QuickLinks -- Click here to rapidly navigate through this document

As filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on January 15, 2004

Registration No. 333-            



SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
Washington, D.C. 20549


FORM S-4
REGISTRATION STATEMENT
UNDER
THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933


Compass Minerals International, Inc.
(formerly Salt Holdings Corporation)
(Exact name of registrant as specified in its charter)


Delaware   1400   36-3972986
(State or other jurisdiction of
incorporation or organization)
  (Primary Standard Industrial
Classification Code Number)
  (I.R.S. Employer
Identification No.)

8300 College Boulevard
Overland Park, Kansas 66210
(913) 344-9200
(Address, including zip code, and telephone number, including area code,
of the registrant's principal executive offices)


Michael E. Ducey
Chief Executive Officer and President
8300 College Boulevard
Overland Park, Kansas 66210
(913) 344-9200
(Name, address, including zip code, and telephone number, including area code, of agent for service)


Copies to:
Gregory A. Ezring, Esq.
Latham & Watkins LLP
885 Third Avenue, Suite 1000
New York, New York 10022
(212) 906-1200


         Approximate date of commencement of proposed exchange offer: As soon as practicable after the effective date of this registration statement.

        If the securities being registered on this form are being offered in connection with the formation of a holding company and there is compliance with General Instruction G, check the following box.     o

        If this form is filed to register additional securities for an offering pursuant to Rule 462(b) under the Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering.     o

        If this form is a post-effective amendment filed pursuant to Rule 462(d) under the Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering.     o

CALCULATION OF REGISTRATION FEE


Title of Each Class of
Securities to be Registered

  Amount to be Registered
  Proposed Maximum
Offering Price per
Exchange Note(1)(2)

  Proposed
Maximum
Aggregate
Offering
Price(1)(2)

  Amount of
Registration
Fee(1)(2)


12% Senior Subordinated Discount Notes due 2013   $179,600,000   60.073%   $107,891,190   $8,729

(1)
The registration fee has been calculated pursuant to Rule 457 under the Securities Act of 1933. The Proposed Maximum Aggregate Offering Price is estimated solely for the purpose of calculating the registration fee.

(2)
The Proposed Maximum Aggregate Offering Price is based on the book value of the notes, as of January 15, 2004, in the absence of a market for them as required by Rule 457(f)(2) under the Securities Act.

         The registrant hereby amends this registration statement on such date or dates as may be necessary to delay its effective date until the registrant shall file a further amendment which specifically states that this registration statement shall thereafter become effective in accordance with Section 8(a) of the Securities Act of 1933 or until this registration statement shall become effective on such date as the Commission, acting pursuant to said Section 8(a), may determine.




Subject to completion, dated January 15, 2004

The information in this prospectus is not complete and may be changed. We may not sell these securities until the registration statement filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission is effective. This prospectus is not an offer to sell these securities and it is not an offer to buy these securities in any state where the offer or sale is not permitted.

PROSPECTUS

COMPASS MINERALS INTERNATIONAL, INC.
(FORMERLY SALT HOLDINGS CORPORATION)
OFFER TO EXCHANGE

$179,600,000 aggregate principal amount at maturity of its 12% Series B Senior Subordinated Discount Notes due 2013, which have been registered under the Securities Act, for any and all of its outstanding 12% Series A Senior Subordinated Discount Notes due 2013.


        We are offering to exchange our 12% series B senior subordinated discount notes due 2013, or the "exchange notes," for our currently outstanding 12% series A senior subordinated discount notes due 2013, or the "outstanding notes." We refer to the outstanding notes and the exchange notes collectively in this prospectus as the "notes." The exchange notes are substantially identical to the outstanding notes, except that the exchange notes have been registered under the federal securities laws and will not bear any legend restricting their transfer. The exchange notes will represent the same debt as the outstanding notes and we will issue the exchange notes under the same indenture.

        We may redeem up to 35% of the exchange notes using proceeds from one or more equity offerings on or prior to June 1, 2006. We may redeem the exchange notes on or after June 1, 2008 at the prices set forth in this prospectus. Additionally, we may redeem the notes, in whole but not in part, upon a change of control prior to June 1, 2008. Holders may require us to repurchase the exchange notes upon a change of control. There is no sinking fund for the exchange notes. The exchange notes will be our senior subordinated obligations and will rank junior to all of our existing and future senior debt. As of September 30, 2003, the exchange notes would have been subordinated to $169.3 million of our debt. The notes are not guaranteed by any of our subsidiaries and will be effectively subordinated to the existing and future debt of our subsidiaries.

        The principal features of the exchange offer are as follows:

        Broker-dealers receiving exchange notes in exchange for outstanding notes acquired for their own account though market making or other trading activities must deliver a prospectus in any resale of the exchange notes.


         Investing in the exchange notes involves risks. See "Risk Factors" beginning on page 12.


         Neither the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission nor any other federal or state agency has approved or disapproved of these securities to be distributed in the exchange offer, nor have any of these organizations determined that this prospectus is truthful or complete. Any representation to the contrary is a criminal offense.

The date of this prospectus is                        , 2004.


        Each broker-dealer that receives exchange notes for its own account pursuant to the exchange offer must acknowledge that it will deliver a prospectus in connection with any resale of such exchange notes. The letter of transmittal delivered with this prospectus states that by so acknowledging and by delivering a prospectus, a broker-dealer will not be deemed to admit that it is an "underwriter" within the meaning of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended. This prospectus, as it may be amended or supplemented from time to time, may be used by a broker-dealer in connection with resales of exchange notes received in exchange for outstanding notes where such outstanding notes were acquired by such broker-dealer as a result of market making activities or other trading activities. We have agreed that, for a period of 180 days after the completion of the exchange offer, we will make this prospectus available to any broker-dealer for use in connection with any such resale. See "Plan of Distribution."

         We have not authorized any dealer, salesman or other person to give any information or to make any representation other than those contained or incorporated by reference in this prospectus. You must not rely upon any information or representation not contained or incorporated by reference in this prospectus as if we had authorized it. This prospectus does not constitute an offer to sell or a solicitation of an offer to buy any securities other than the registered securities to which it relates, nor does this prospectus constitute an offer to sell or a solicitation of an offer to buy securities in any jurisdiction to any person to whom it is unlawful to make such offer or solicitation in such jurisdiction.


CAUTIONARY NOTE REGARDING
FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS

        This prospectus, including the sections entitled "Prospectus Summary" and "Business," contains forward-looking statements. These statements relate to future events or our future financial performance, and involve known and unknown risks, uncertainties and other factors that may cause our actual results, levels of activity, performance or achievements to be materially different from any future results, levels of activity, performance or achievements, expressed or implied, by these forward-looking statements. These risks and other factors include, among other things, those listed in "Risk Factors" and elsewhere in this prospectus. In some cases, you can identify forward-looking statements by terminology such as "may," "will," "should," "expects," "intends," "plans," "anticipates," "believes," "estimates," "predicts," "potential," "continue" or the negative of these terms or other comparable terminology. These statements are only predictions. Actual events or results may differ materially. In evaluating these statements, you should specifically consider various factors, including the risks outlined in "Risk Factors." These factors may cause our actual results to differ materially from any forward-looking statement.

        Although we believe that the expectations reflected in the forward-looking statements are reasonable, we cannot guarantee future results, levels of activity, performance or achievements. We are under no duty to update any of the forward-looking statements after the date of this prospectus.

i



MARKET AND INDUSTRY DATA AND FORECASTS

        This prospectus includes market share and industry data and forecasts that we obtained from internal company surveys, market research, consultant surveys, publicly available information and industry publications and surveys. Industry surveys, publications, consultant surveys and forecasts generally state that the information contained therein has been obtained from sources believed to be reliable, but there can be no assurance as to the accuracy and completeness of such information. We have not independently verified any of the data from third-party sources nor have we ascertained the underlying economic assumptions relied upon therein. Similarly, internal company surveys, industry forecasts and market research, which we believe to be reliable based upon management's knowledge of the industry, have not been verified by any independent sources. In addition, we do not know what assumptions regarding general economic growth were used in preparing the forecasts we cite. Except where otherwise noted, references to North America include only the continental United States and Canada, and statements as to our position relative to our competitors or as to market share refer to the most recent available data. Statements concerning (a) North America general trade salt are generally based on historical sales volumes, (b) North America highway deicing salt are generally based on historical production capacity, (c) sulfate of potash are generally based on historical sales volumes and (d) United Kingdom salt sales (general trade and highway deicing) are generally based on sales volumes. Except where otherwise noted, all references to tons refer to "short tons." One short ton equals 2,000 pounds.


        The following items referred to in this prospectus are fiduciary registered and other trademarks pursuant to applicable intellectual property laws and are the property of our wholly owned subsidiary Compass Minerals Group, Inc. or its subsidiaries: "Sifto®," "American Stockman®," "Safe Step®," "Winter Storm®," "Guardian®," "FreezGard®," "Nature's Own®" and "K-Life®."

ii



WHERE YOU CAN FIND MORE INFORMATION

        We have filed with the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission, or the "SEC," a registration statement on Form S-4, the "exchange offer registration statement," which term shall encompass all amendments, exhibits, annexes and schedules thereto, pursuant to the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, and the rules and regulations thereunder, which we refer to collectively as the "Securities Act," covering the exchange notes being offered. This prospectus does not contain all the information in the exchange offer registration statement. For further information with respect to Compass Minerals International, Inc. and the exchange offer, reference is made to the exchange offer registration statement. Statements made in this prospectus as to the contents of any contract, agreement or other documents referred to are not necessarily complete. For a more complete understanding and description of each contract, agreement or other document filed as an exhibit to the exchange offer registration statement, we encourage you to read the documents contained in the exhibits.

        We are currently obligated to file annual, quarterly and current reports, proxy statements and other information with the SEC. We intend to make these filings available on our website upon each filing. Furthermore, the indenture governing the notes provides that we will furnish to the holders of the notes copies of the periodic reports required to be filed by us with the SEC under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, and the rules and regulations thereunder, which we refer to collectively as the "Exchange Act." In addition, we will provide the trustee for the notes within 15 days after such filings with annual reports containing the information required to be contained in Form 10-K and quarterly reports containing the information required to be contained in Form 10-Q promulgated by the Exchange Act. If the filing of such information is not accepted by the SEC or is prohibited by the Exchange Act, you can obtain a copy of such report, at no cost, by writing or telephoning us at the following address:

Compass Minerals International, Inc.
8300 College Boulevard
Overland Park, Kansas 66210
Attention: Chief Financial Officer
(913) 344-9200

         To ensure timely delivery, please make your request as soon as practicable and, in any event, no later than five business days prior to the expiration of the exchange offer.

        You may read and copy any document we file with the SEC at the SEC's public reference room at 450 Fifth Street, N.W., Washington, D.C. 20549. Please call the SEC at 1-800-SEC-0330 for further information on the public reference room. Our SEC filings are also available to the public at the SEC's web site at http://www.sec.gov .

iii



PROSPECTUS SUMMARY

         This summary highlights important information about this offering and our business. It does not include all information you should consider before investing in the exchange notes. Please review this prospectus in its entirety, including the risk factors and our financial statements and the related notes, before you decide to invest. Unless otherwise noted, the terms the "Company," "Compass Minerals," "we," "us" and "our" refer to Compass Minerals International, Inc. (formerly known as Salt Holdings Corporation) and its consolidated subsidiaries, collectively, and "Compass Minerals Group" refers to Compass Minerals Group, Inc., a wholly owned subsidiary of the Company.


Summary of the Terms of the Exchange Offer

        The following is a brief summary of terms of the exchange offer. For a more complete description of the exchange offer, see "The Exchange Offer."

Securities Offered   $179,600,000 in aggregate principal amount at maturity of 12% Series B Senior Subordinated Discount Notes due 2013.

Exchange Offer

 

We are offering to exchange $1,000 principal amount at maturity of our 12% Series B Senior Subordinated Discount Notes due 2013, which have been registered under the Securities Act, for each $1,000 principal amount at maturity of our currently outstanding 12% Series A Senior Subordinated Discount Notes due 2013. We will accept any and all outstanding notes validly tendered and not withdrawn prior to 5:00 p.m., New York City time, on                        , 2004. Holders may tender some or all of their outstanding notes pursuant to the exchange offer. However, notes may be tendered only in integral multiples of $1,000 in principal amount at maturity. The form and terms of the exchange notes are the same as the form and terms of the outstanding notes except that:

 

 

•  the exchange notes have been registered under the federal securities laws and will not bear any legend restricting their transfer;

 

 

•  the exchange notes bear a series B designation and a different CUSIP number than the outstanding notes; and

 

 

•  the holders of the exchange notes will not be entitled to certain rights under the registration rights agreement, including the provisions for an increase in the interest rate on the outstanding notes in some circumstances relating to the timing of the exchange offer.

 

 

See "The Exchange Offer."

1



Transferability of Exchange Notes

 

We believe that you will be able to freely transfer the exchange notes without registration or any prospectus delivery requirement so long as you may accurately make the representations listed under "The Exchange Offer—Transferability of the Exchange Notes." If you are a broker-dealer that acquired outstanding notes as a result of market making or other trading activities, you must deliver a prospectus in connection with any resale of the exchange notes. See "Plan of Distribution."

Expiration Date

 

The exchange offer will expire at 5:00 p.m., New York City time, on                   , 2004, unless we decide to extend the exchange offer.

Conditions to the Exchange Offer

 

The exchange offer is subject to customary conditions, including our determination that the exchange offer does not violate any law, statute, rule, regulation or interpretation by the staff of the SEC or any other government agency or court of competent jurisdiction, some of which may be waived by us. See "The Exchange Offer—Conditions to the Exchange Offer."

Procedures for Tendering Outstanding Notes

 

If you wish to accept the exchange offer, you must complete, sign and date the letter of transmittal, or a facsimile of the letter of transmittal, in accordance with the instructions contained in this prospectus and in the letter of transmittal. You should then mail or otherwise deliver the letter of transmittal, or facsimile, together with the outstanding notes to be exchanged and any other required documentation, to the exchange agent at the address set forth in this prospectus and in the letter of transmittal.

 

 

By executing the letter of transmittal, you will represent to us that, among other things:

 

 

•  you, or the person or entity receiving the related exchange notes, are acquiring the exchange notes in the ordinary course of business;

 

 

•  neither you nor any person or entity receiving the related exchange notes is engaging in or intends to engage in a distribution of the exchange notes within the meaning of the federal securities laws;

 

 

•  neither you nor any person or entity receiving the related exchange notes has an arrangement or understanding with any person or entity to participate in any distribution of the exchange notes;

 

 

•  neither you nor any person or entity receiving the related exchange notes is an "affiliate" of Compass Minerals, as that term is defined under Rule 405 of the Securities Act; and

 

 

•  you are not acting on behalf of any person or entity who could not truthfully make these statements.

2



 

 

See "The Exchange Offer—Procedures for Tendering Outstanding Notes" and "Plan of Distribution."

Effect of Not Tendering

 

Any outstanding notes that are not tendered, or that are tendered but not accepted, will remain subject to the restrictions on transfer. Since the outstanding notes have not been registered under the federal securities laws, they bear a legend restricting their transfer absent registration or the availability of a specific exemption from registration. Upon the completion of the exchange offer, we will have no further obligations, except under limited circumstances, to provide for registration of the outstanding notes under the federal securities laws. See "The Exchange Offer—Effect of Not Tendering."

Withdrawal Rights

 

Tenders of outstanding notes may be withdrawn at any time prior to 5:00 p.m., New York City time, on the Expiration Date.

United States Federal Income Tax Consequences

 

The exchange of the exchange notes for the outstanding notes in the exchange offer should not be treated as an "exchange" for U.S. federal income tax purposes. See "Material United States Federal Income Tax Consequences."

Use of Proceeds

 

We will not receive any proceeds from the issuance of exchange notes pursuant to the exchange offer. See "Use of Proceeds."

Exchange Agent

 

The Bank of New York, the trustee under the indenture, is serving as exchange agent in connection with the exchange offer.

3



Terms of the Exchange Notes

        The following is a brief summary of the terms of the exchange notes. The financial terms and covenants of the exchange notes are the same as the outstanding notes. For a more complete description of the terms of the exchange notes, see "Description of the Exchange Notes."

Issuer   Compass Minerals International, Inc.

Securities Offered

 

$179,600,000 in aggregate principal amount at maturity of our 12% Series B Senior Subordinated Discount Notes due 2013.

Maturity Date

 

June 1, 2013.

Interest

 

Prior to June 1, 2008, interest will accrue on the exchange notes in the form of an increase in the accreted value of the exchange notes. Thereafter, cash interest on the exchange notes will accrue and be payable semiannually in arrears on June 1 and December 1 of each year, commencing on December 1, 2008, at a rate of 12% per annum. The accreted value of each exchange note will increase from the date of issuance until June 1, 2008 at a rate of 12% per annum, reflecting the accrual of non-cash interest, such that the accreted value will equal the principal amount at maturity on June 1, 2008.

Original Issue Discount

 

The exchange notes are being offered with original issue discount for U.S. federal income tax purposes. Thus, although cash interest will not be payable on the exchange notes prior to December 1, 2008, interest will accrue from the issue date of the exchange notes based on the yield to maturity of the exchange notes and will be included as interest income (including for periods ending prior to June 1, 2008) for U.S. federal income tax purposes in advance of receipt of the cash payments to which the income is attributable. See "Material United States Federal Income Tax Consequences."

Ranking

 

The exchange notes are unsecured senior subordinated obligations of ours. Accordingly, they will rank:

 

 

•  subordinated in right of payment to all of our existing and future senior indebtedness, including our guarantee of our senior credit facilities and the 12 3 / 4 % senior discount notes due 2012, or the "senior discount notes;"

 

 

•  equally with any of our future unsecured senior subordinated indebtedness;

 

 

•  ahead of any of our current and future debt that expressly provides for subordination to the exchange notes; and

 

 

•  senior to any of our future indebtedness that is expressly subordinated in right of payment to the notes.

 

 

As of September 30, 2003, the notes would have ranked junior to approximately $169.3 million of our senior indebtedness.

4



 

 

The exchange notes will be effectively subordinated to all of the existing and future indebtedness of our subsidiaries. As of September 30, 2003, our subsidiaries had total liabilities of $619.2 million.

Optional Redemption

 

We may redeem any of the exchange notes at any time on or after June 1, 2008, in whole or in part, in cash at the redemption prices described in this prospectus, plus accrued and unpaid interest to the date of redemption. At any one or more times on or before June 1, 2006, we may choose to repurchase up to 35% of the exchange notes with the money that we raise in one or more equity offerings, as long as we pay 112% of the accreted value of the exchange notes and at least 65% of the original aggregate principal amount at maturity of notes remains outstanding afterwards. See "Description of the Exchange Notes—Optional Redemption."

Change in Control

 

Upon a change in control, we may be required to make an offer to purchase each holder's exchange notes at a price equal to 101% of the principal amount thereof (or accreted value, as applicable), plus accrued and unpaid interest, if any, to the date of purchase.

 

 

In addition, upon a change in control prior to June 1, 2008, we may redeem the exchange notes, in whole but not in part, at a redemption price equal to the accreted value of the exchange notes plus an applicable premium.

Basic Covenants of the Indenture

 

The indenture contains covenants that will, among other things, limit our ability and the ability of our restricted subsidiaries to:

 

 

•  incur additional indebtedness;

 

 

•  pay dividends on, redeem or repurchase our capital stock;

 

 

•  make investments;

 

 

•  permit payment or dividend restrictions on our restricted subsidiaries;

 

 

•  sell assets;

 

 

•  create liens;

 

 

•  engage in transactions with affiliates; and

 

 

•  consolidate or merge or sell all or substantially all of our assets and the assets of our restricted subsidiaries.

 

 

In addition, we will be obligated to offer to repurchase the exchange notes at 100% of their accreted value, plus accrued and unpaid interest, if any, to the date of repurchase, in the event of certain asset sales.

 

 

These restrictions and prohibitions are subject to a number of important qualifications and exceptions. See "Description of the Exchange Notes—Certain Covenants."

5



Absence of a Public Market for the Exchange Notes

 

The exchange notes are new securities, for which there is currently no established trading market and none may develop. Accordingly, there can be no assurance as to the development or liquidity of any market for the exchange notes. The initial purchasers of the outstanding notes have advised us that they intend to make a market in the exchange notes. However, they are not obligated to do so and may discontinue any market making activities with respect to the exchange notes at any time without notice. We do not intend to apply for listing of the exchange notes on any securities exchange or to arrange for any quotation system to quote them.


Risk Factors

        See the section entitled "Risk Factors" beginning on page 12 for a discussion of factors you should carefully consider before deciding to invest in the exchange notes.

6



Company Overview

        We are the largest producer of rock, or highway deicing, salt in North America and the United Kingdom, and operate the largest highway deicing salt mines in these regions. We are also the third largest producer of general trade salt in North America and the second largest in the United Kingdom, serving major retailers, agricultural cooperatives and food producers. In addition, we are the largest producer of sulfate of potash, or "SOP," in North America, which is used in the production of specialty fertilizers. Salt is one of the most widely used minerals in the world and has a wide variety of end-use applications, including highway deicing, food grade applications, water conditioning and various industrial uses. Our business also includes the following key characteristics:

        • We believe that our cash flows are not materially impacted by economic cycles due to the stable end-use markets of salt and the absence of cost-effective alternatives.

        • We operate eleven facilities in North America and the United Kingdom, including the largest rock salt mine in the world in Goderich, Ontario and the largest salt mine in the United Kingdom in Winsford, Cheshire.

        • We believe that we are among the lowest cost rock salt producers in our markets. Our cost advantage is due to the size and quality of our reserves, effective mining techniques and efficient production processes. In addition, our salt mines in North America are located near either rail or water transport systems, thereby minimizing shipping and handling costs, which constitute a significant portion of the overall delivered cost of salt.

        For the year ended December 31, 2002, and the nine months ended September 30, 2003, we sold approximately 11.0 million and 8.6 million tons of salt and other minerals, generating sales of $502.6 million and $398.5 million and net income of $77.6 million and $11.3 million, respectively.

        We operate through the following product lines:

Highway Deicing

        We are the largest producer of rock, or highway deicing, salt in North America. We also operate the largest highway deicing salt mine in the United Kingdom at Winsford, Cheshire and provide an estimated 55% of the United Kingdom's highway deicing salt requirements. We believe we are the only local supplier of highway deicing salt capable of meeting peak winter demand in the United Kingdom. In addition, our highway deicing product line includes the following characteristics:

        • We sell primarily to state, provincial, county and municipal highway departments for deicing applications for which demand depends largely on the number of snowfall days.

        • While subject to seasonal variations in demand, highway-deicing salt is not materially affected by an economic downturn, as it is an essential part of highway maintenance to ensure public safety and continued personal and commercial mobility.

        • Due to the lack of cost-effective alternatives and the steadily expanding highway infrastructure, the production of highway deicing salt in the United States has increased over time at a historical average of approximately 1% per annum during the thirty year period ending 2002, while prices have increased at a historical average of approximately 4% per annum during the same period.

General Trade Salt

        We are the third largest producer of general trade salt in North America and the second largest in the United Kingdom, serving major retailers, agricultural cooperatives and food producers. Our general trade salt product line includes the following key characteristics:

        • We offer a full range of salt products distributed to several end use markets, including consumer applications such as table salt, water conditioning, consumer ice control, food processing, agricultural applications and a variety of industrial applications.

7



        • We believe we are the largest private label producer of water conditioning salt and the largest producer of salt-based agricultural products in North America based on tonnage.

        • We manufacture more than 70 private labels of table salt for grocers and major retailers and, in Canada, we market salt under the popular Sifto® brand name.

        • We are the market leader in the United Kingdom for evaporated salt used for water conditioning.

        • Our operations are generally not susceptible to economic cycles as a result of the non-discretionary need for, and low cost of, salt. During the thirty year period ending 2002, the production of general trade salt products in the United States has increased at a historical average of over 1% per annum, while prices for general trade products has increased at a historical average of approximately 5% per annum over the same period.

Sulfate of Potash

        We are the market leader in North American sales of SOP. Approximately 62% of our SOP sales in 2002 were made to domestic customers, which include fertilizer manufacturers, dealers and distributors. Our SOP product line includes the following key characteristics:

        • SOP is primarily used as a specialty fertilizer, providing essential potassium to high-value, chloride-sensitive crops, such as vegetables, fruits, tea, tobacco and turf grass. We believe that there are growth opportunities for SOP both domestically and internationally because of its favorable impact on crop yield and quality.

        • We believe we are the low cost producer of SOP in North America. We leverage our abundant mineral resources and unique low cost manufacturing process to achieve margins that are attractive compared to other fertilizer products.

        We believe that SOP requires more intense focus and active marketing efforts to sell the benefits of utilizing this product compared to other fertilizer products. In addition, we believe that SOP, as a specialty fertilizer was a non-core product of IMC Global and did not receive sufficient focus to realize its market potential. As we continue our market development of our SOP product line, we believe that we can take advantage of the significant growth opportunities arising from SOP's superior performance over commodity potash. See "Business—Specialty Potash Segment."


Recent Developments

        On December 17, 2003, the Company completed an initial public offering of 16,675,000 shares of its common stock, par value $.01 per share, at an initial public offering price of $13.00 per share. In connection with the offering, the Company changed its name from Salt Holdings Corporation to Compass Minerals International, Inc. The shares were sold by certain stockholders of the Company and the Company did not receive any proceeds from the sale of the shares. Apollo Management V, L.P., or "Apollo," and IMC Global each sold more than one-half of their beneficial holdings of the Company's common stock, which reduced Apollo's beneficial ownership of the Company's common stock from 87.73% to 35.97% and reduced IMC Global's beneficial ownership of the Company's common stock from 5.76% to 2.36%. Certain members of management, including the president and chief executive officer, also sold approximately 10% of their holdings of the Company's common stock in the initial public offering. There was no change in the Company's management as a result of the initial public offering and the initial public offering does not constitute a change of control under the indenture governing the notes.

        The Company intends to pay quarterly cash dividends on its common stock at an initial annual rate of $0.75 per share. The declaration and payment of future dividends to holders of the Company's common stock will be at the discretion of our board of directors and will depend upon many factors, including our financial condition, earnings, legal requirements, restrictions in our debt agreements and other factors our board of directors deems relevant.

8



Post-Recapitalization Organization

        On November 28, 2001, Apollo, a managed investment fund, through its subsidiary YBR Holdings LLC, or "YBR Holdings," acquired a controlling interest in our common stock from IMC Global and has effective control over our business and affairs pursuant to a recapitalization of the Company, or the "Recapitalization." See "Risk Factors—We are controlled by our principal stockholder whose interests may conflict with or differ from your interests" and "Principal Stockholders." We were ultimately structured as a holding company, with no operations of our own and derive substantially all of our revenue and cash flow from our operating subsidiaries. All of our operating subsidiaries are wholly owned subsidiaries of GSL Corporation, NAMSCO Inc. and Compass Minerals (Europe) Limited, which are wholly owned by Compass Minerals Group. The diagram below summarizes our corporate organization as a result of the consummation of the Recapitalization.

GRAPHIC

9



Summary Combined and Consolidated Financial Information

        The following table presents summary combined and consolidated financial information. The statement of operations data for the years ended December 31, 2002, 2001 and 2000 and the balance sheet data as of December 31, 2002 and 2001 have been derived from our audited combined and consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus. The statement of operations data for the year ended December 31, 1999 and for the nine months ended December 31, 1998 and the balance sheet data as of December 31, 2000 and 1999 have been derived from our audited combined financial statements that are not included herein. The historical statement of operations data for the nine months ended September 30, 2003 and 2002, and the historical balance sheet data as of September 30, 2003 and 2002 and December 31, 1998 have been derived from unaudited combined and consolidated financial statements that, in the opinion of management, include all adjustments, consisting only of normal recurring adjustments, necessary to present fairly the data for such periods. The results of operations for the interim periods are not necessarily indicative of the operating results for the entire year or any future period.

        Prior to November 28, 2001, Compass Minerals was incorporated as IMC Potash Corporation, an inactive wholly owned subsidiary of IMC Global. On November 28, 2001, Apollo, through its subsidiary YBR Holdings, acquired control of our business from IMC Global pursuant to the Recapitalization. Accordingly, prior to November 28, 2001, the combined and consolidated financial data reflect only the results of our wholly owned subsidiary Compass Minerals Group and its subsidiaries which were included in the Recapitalization. As part of the Recapitalization, IMC Potash Corporation was reincorporated as Salt Holdings Corporation, which is now known as Compass Minerals International, Inc. At November 28, 2001, IMC Global contributed the net assets of Compass Minerals Group to the Company.

        The information included in this table should be read in conjunction with "Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations" and the audited and unaudited combined and consolidated financial statements and accompanying notes thereto included elsewhere in this prospectus.

 
  For the nine months
ended December 31,

  For the years ended
December 31,

  For the nine months
ended September 30,

 
 
  1998
  1999
  2000
  2001
  2002
  2002
  2003
 
 
  (dollars in millions)

 
Statement of Operations Data:                                            
Sales   $ 277.7   $ 494.4   $ 509.2   $ 523.2   $ 502.6   $ 336.9   $ 398.5  
Cost of sales—shipping and handling     55.8     126.9     140.0     143.2     137.5     91.2     109.3  
Cost of sales—products(1)     111.8     213.1     227.7     224.4     202.1     144.6     168.3  
Depreciation and amortization(2)     34.3     55.1     44.3     32.6     37.1     28.7     31.2  
Selling, general and administrative expenses     36.7     37.2     35.5     38.9     40.6     30.1     34.3  
Goodwill write-down(3)         87.5     191.0                  
Restructuring and other charges(3)(4)     20.3     13.7     425.9     27.0     7.7     6.8      
Operating earnings (loss)     18.8     (39.1 )   (555.2 )   57.1     77.6     35.5     55.4  
Interest expense(5)     17.4     19.0     16.4     14.4     42.4     31.8     40.5  
Net income (loss)     (14.4 )   (67.5 )   (467.7 )   19.0     18.9     0.3     11.3  

Balance Sheet Data (at period end):

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 
Total cash and cash equivalents   $ 4.9   $ 4.3   $ 0.3   $ 15.9   $ 11.9   $ 7.5   $ 3.6  
Total assets     1,423.0     1,290.5     636.0     655.6     644.1     598.0     620.3  
Series A redeemable preferred stock(6)                 74.6     19.1     83.1     1.8  
Total debt(7)     264.7     196.0     152.4     526.5     507.8     451.2     601.6  

Other Financial Data:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 
Cash flows provided by operating activities   $ 25.7   $ 78.4   $ 72.1   $ 112.4   $ 82.4   $ 57.8   $ 51.4  
Cash flows used for investing activities     (39.3 )   (48.1 )   (34.0 )   (43.6 )   (19.1 )   (11.8 )   (31.0 )
Cash flows (used for) provided by financing activities     6.4     (33.6 )   (43.3 )   (53.7 )   (69.8 )   (56.5 )   (30.1 )
Ratio of earnings to fixed charges(8)                 3.69 x   1.67 x       1.29 x
Capital expenditures   $ 39.6   $ 45.6   $ 33.7   $ 43.0   $ 19.5   $ 12.1   $ 9.7  

10



(1)
"Cost of sales—products" is presented net of depreciation and amortization.

(2)
"Depreciation and amortization" for purposes of this table excludes amortization of deferred financing costs.

(3)
Based on anticipated proceeds from the sale of the Company by IMC Global, we recorded an asset impairment charge of $616.6 million, $482.1 million after tax, in the fourth quarter of 2000. In connection with this non-cash charge, goodwill was reduced $191.0 million and intangible assets—mineral interests was reduced $425.6 million. The goodwill write-down in 1999 was the result of lowering goodwill to its recoverable value based on estimated future discounted cash flows of the business.

(4)
"Restructuring and other charges" include primarily those charges related to the impairment of idled assets in December of 1998, the restructuring of our business in the fourth quarter of 1999 designed to reduce employee headcount and an asset impairment in the fourth quarter of 2000 related to the planned disposition of the Company by IMC Global as described in (3) above. During 2001, we incurred $27.0 million of transaction and transition costs in connection with the Recapitalization. During 2002, we incurred $7.7 million of transition costs in connection with separating the Company from IMC Global. Substantially all cash payments related to these charges have been made.

(5)
As we have incurred substantial indebtedness in connection with the Recapitalization, we believe it is helpful to provide a measure describing the cash requirements necessary to satisfy our debt service in terms of "cash interest expense," which is interest expense less non-cash interest related to the outstanding notes, the senior discount notes, the Seller Notes and the amortization of debt issuance costs, plus amortization of the original issuance premium. For a discussion of our indebtedness, see Note 8 to our audited combined and consolidated financial statements and "Description of Other Indebtedness." For a discussion of the Seller Notes, see Note 11 to our audited combined and consolidated financial statements. Cash interest expense was $39.6 million, $29.7 million and $28.1 million for the year ended December 31, 2002 and the nine months ended September 30, 2002 and 2003, respectively. Cash interest expense is not calculated under GAAP. While cash interest expense and similar variations thereof is commonly used as a measure of the ability to meet debt service requirements, it is not necessarily comparable to other similarly titled captions of other companies due to potential inconsistencies in the method of calculation. The following table reconciles the differences between cash interest expense and interest expense, calculated in accordance with GAAP.

 
   
  For the nine months ended
September 30,

 
 
  For the year
ended
December 31,
2002

 
 
  2002
  2003
 
 
  (dollars in millions)

 
Interest expense   $ 42.4   $ 31.8   $ 40.5  

Less non-cash interest expense:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 
  Outstanding notes             4.3  
  Senior discount notes     0.2         6.4  
  Seller Notes     0.8     0.8     0.2  

Less (plus) amortization:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 
  Deferred financing costs     1.9     1.4     1.7  
  Amortization of premium on senior subordinated notes     (0.1 )   (0.1 )   (0.2 )
   
 
 
 
Cash interest expense   $ 39.6   $ 29.7   $ 28.1  
   
 
 
 
(6)
In connection with the Company's initial public offering, we redeemed all of the outstanding shares of series A redeemable preferred stock on December 17, 2003 for $1.9 million (which includes an additional $0.1 million in accrued interest to the date of redemption).

(7)
"Total debt" does not include $9.3 million and $10.1 million of our senior subordinated debentures, or the "Settlement Notes," as of December 31, 2002 and September 30, 2003, respectively, including interest, currently held by a wholly owned subsidiary subject to reissuance if expected future levels of equity returns are not achieved (see Note 11 to our combined and consolidated financial statements). See "Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations—Management's Discussion on Critical Accounting Policies—Seller Notes and Settlement Notes."

(8)
For the purposes of computing the ratio of earnings to fixed charges, earnings consist of earnings before income taxes and fixed charges. Fixed charges consist of net interest expense including the amortization of deferred debt issuance costs and the interest component of our operating rents. The ratio of earnings to fixed charges on a historical basis is not meaningful because we participated in a credit facility with IMC Global and its affiliates and the level of third-party debt was not comparable to the level of third-party debt in place upon consummation of the Recapitalization, the offering by Compass Minerals Group of an additional $75.0 million in aggregate principal amount of its 10% senior subordinated notes due 2011 on April 10, 2002, or the "April 2002 senior subordinated notes," the offering of the notes, the offering of the senior discount notes and the amendment to the senior credit facilities. Earnings were insufficient to cover fixed charges by approximately $1.5 million, $55.6 million, $572.5 million and $0.4 million, respectively, for the nine months ended December 31, 1998, the fiscal years ended December 31, 1999 and 2000, and for the nine months ended September 30, 2002.

11



RISK FACTORS

         You should carefully consider the following risks and all of the information set forth in this prospectus before participating in the exchange offer. The risks described below are not the only ones facing our company. Additional risks and uncertainties not currently known to us or that we currently deem to be immaterial may also materially and adversely affect our business, financial condition or results of operations.

Risks Relating to the Exchange Notes and the Exchange Offer

If you do not properly tender your outstanding notes, your ability to transfer such outstanding notes will be adversely affected.

        We will only issue exchange notes in exchange for outstanding notes that are timely received by the exchange agent, together with all required documents, including a properly completed and signed letter of transmittal. Therefore, you should allow sufficient time to ensure timely delivery of the outstanding notes and you should carefully follow the instructions on how to tender your outstanding notes. If you do not tender your outstanding notes or if we do not accept your outstanding notes because you did not tender your outstanding notes properly, then, after we consummate the exchange offer, you may continue to hold outstanding notes that are subject to the existing transfer restrictions. In addition, if you tender your outstanding notes for the purpose of participating in a distribution of the exchange notes, you will be required to comply with the registration and prospectus delivery requirements of the Securities Act in connection with any resale of the exchange notes. If you are a broker-dealer that receives exchange notes for your own account in exchange for outstanding notes that you acquired as a result of market making activities or any other trading activities, you will be required to acknowledge that you will deliver a prospectus in connection with any resale of such exchange notes. After the exchange offer is consummated, if you continue to hold any outstanding notes, you may have difficulty selling them because there will be a smaller market for the remaining outstanding notes not tendered in the exchange offer. In addition, if a large amount of outstanding notes are not tendered or are tendered improperly, the limited amount of exchange notes that would be issued and outstanding after we consummate the exchange offer could lower the market price of such exchange notes.

Our substantial indebtedness could adversely affect our financial condition and prevent us from fulfilling our obligations under the exchange notes.

        As of September 30, 2003, we had $601.6 million of outstanding indebtedness, including approximately $78.5 million under our senior credit facilities, $17.5 million under our revolving credit facility, $328.0 million of Compass Mineral Group's senior subordinated notes, $73.3 million of our senior discount notes, $104.3 million of our outstanding notes and a stockholders' deficit of $174.9 million. In addition, our outstanding indebtedness does not include $10.1 million of our Settlement Notes, including interest, currently held by a wholly owned subsidiary subject to reissuance if expected future levels of equity returns are not achieved (see Note 11 to our combined and consolidated financial statements). As a result, we are a highly leveraged company.

        This level of leverage could have important consequences for you, including the following:

12


        In addition, the indenture governing the notes, the indenture governing the senior discount notes and our senior credit facilities contain financial and other restrictive covenants discussed below that may limit our ability to engage in activities that may be in our long-term best interests. Our failure to comply with those covenants could result in an event of default which, if not cured or waived, could result in the acceleration of all of our debt. See "—Restrictive covenants in the agreements governing our indebtedness and certain indebtedness of Compass Minerals Group may restrict our ability to pursue business strategies. A default under our senior credit facilities may also prohibit us from making any payments on the exchange notes," "Description of Other Indebtedness" and "Description of the Exchange Notes."

Despite our substantial indebtedness we may still incur significantly more debt. This could exacerbate the risks described above.

        The terms of the indenture governing the notes, the indenture governing the senior discount notes and our senior credit facilities permit us and our subsidiaries to incur significant additional indebtedness in the future. As of September 30, 2003, we had approximately $108.5 million available for additional borrowing under the revolving credit facility, subject to the satisfaction of customary conditions, including absence of a default and accuracy of representations and warranties. All borrowings under our senior credit facilities are effectively senior to the exchange notes.

We are a holding company with no operations of our own and depend on our subsidiaries for cash. Our ability to access the cash flow of our subsidiaries may be contingent upon our ability to refinance the debt of our subsidiaries.

        We have no operations of our own and derive substantially all of our revenue and cash flow from our subsidiaries. None of our subsidiaries guaranteed these notes. Creditors of our subsidiaries (including trade creditors) will generally be entitled to payment from the assets of those subsidiaries before those assets can be distributed to us. As a result, these notes will effectively be subordinated to the prior payment of all of the debts (including trade payables) of our subsidiaries.

        As of September 30, 2003, the aggregate amount of indebtedness and other liabilities of our subsidiaries was approximately $619.2 million, or approximately 78% of our total indebtedness and other liabilities. Further, approximately $108.5 million was available to our subsidiaries for additional borrowing under the revolving credit facility. Our subsidiaries who have their debt accelerated may not be able to repay such indebtedness. As a result of general economic, financial, competitive and other factors we can also not assure you that our assets and our subsidiaries' assets will be sufficient to fully repay the exchange notes and our other indebtedness. See "Description of Other Indebtedness."

We may not have access to the cash flow and other assets of our subsidiaries that may be needed to make payment on the exchange notes.

        Although our operations are conducted through our subsidiaries, none of our subsidiaries are obligated to make funds available to us for payment on the exchange notes. Accordingly, our ability to make payments on the exchange notes is dependent on the earnings and the distribution of funds from our subsidiaries. The terms of our senior credit facilities and the indenture governing the senior subordinated notes of Compass Minerals Group significantly restrict our subsidiaries from paying dividends and otherwise transferring assets to us. Furthermore, our subsidiaries will be permitted under

13



the terms of our senior credit facilities and other indebtedness to incur additional indebtedness that may severely restrict or prohibit the making of distributions, the payment of dividends or the making of loans by such subsidiaries to us. The terms of our senior credit facilities also restrict our subsidiaries from paying dividends to us in order to fund cash interest on the exchange notes after June 1, 2008, if we do not maintain an adjusted senior indebtedness leverage ratio of 5.25 or less (as of September 30, 2003) or if a default or event of default has occurred and is continuing under our senior credit facilities. As of September 30, 2003, our adjusted senior indebtedness leverage ratio was 3.02. We cannot assure you that we will maintain this ratio. This ratio is not necessarily comparable to other similarly titled ratios of other companies due to inconsistencies in the method of calculation and we encourage you to read our amended and restated credit agreement contained in the exhibits to the registration statement of which this prospectus is a part.

        We cannot assure you that the agreements governing the current and future indebtedness of our subsidiaries will permit our subsidiaries to provide us with sufficient dividends, distributions or loans to fund scheduled interest and principal payments on these exchange notes when due. See "Description of Other Indebtedness."

Your right to receive payments on the exchange notes is junior to our existing senior indebtedness and possibly all of our future borrowings.

        The exchange notes rank behind all of our existing senior indebtedness, including the senior credit facilities and the senior discount notes, and all of our future indebtedness except any future indebtedness that expressly provides that it ranks equal with, or subordinated in right of payment to, the exchange notes. As a result, upon any distribution to our creditors in a bankruptcy, liquidation or reorganization or similar proceeding relating to us or our property, the holders of our senior indebtedness will be entitled to be paid in full before any payment may be made with respect to the exchanges notes.

        In addition, all payments on the exchange notes will be blocked in the event of a payment default on senior indebtedness and may be blocked for up to 179 of 360 consecutive days in the event of certain non-payment defaults on senior indebtedness.

        In the event of a bankruptcy, liquidation or reorganization or similar proceeding relating to us, holders of the exchange notes will participate with trade creditors and all other holders of our subordinated indebtedness in the assets remaining after we have paid all of our senior indebtedness. However, because the indenture governing the exchange notes requires that amounts otherwise payable to holders of the exchange notes in a bankruptcy or similar proceeding be paid to holders of senior indebtedness instead, holders of the exchange notes may receive less, ratably, than holders of trade payables in any such proceeding. In any of these cases, we may not have sufficient funds to pay all of our creditors and holders of exchange notes may receive less, ratably, than the holders of our senior indebtedness.

        Assuming we had completed this offering on September 30, 2003, the exchange notes would have been subordinated to $169.3 million of senior indebtedness and approximately $108.5 million would have been available for borrowing as additional senior indebtedness under our revolving credit facility. The terms of indenture, the indenture governing the senior discount notes and our senior credit facilities permit us and our subsidiaries to incur significant additional indebtedness, including senior indebtedness, in the future.

14



Restrictive covenants in the agreements governing our indebtedness and certain indebtedness of Compass Minerals Group may restrict our ability to pursue our business strategies. A default under our senior credit facilities may also prohibit us from making any payments on the exchange notes.

        Our senior credit facilities, the indenture governing the notes, the indenture governing the senior discount notes and the indenture governing the senior subordinated notes of Compass Minerals Group limit our ability and the ability of our restricted subsidiaries, among other things, to:

        In addition, our senior credit facilities require us to maintain financial ratios. These financial ratios include an interest coverage ratio and a consolidated indebtedness leverage ratio. Although we have historically always been able to maintain these financial ratios, we may not be able to maintain these ratios in the future. Covenants in our senior credit facilities may also impair our ability to finance future operations or capital needs or to enter into acquisitions or joint ventures or engage in other favorable business activities.

        If we default under our senior credit facilities, we could be prohibited from making any payments on the exchange notes. In addition, if we default under our senior credit facilities under certain circumstances the lenders could require immediate repayment of the entire principal. These circumstances include a change of control, default under agreements governing our other indebtedness, material judgments in excess of $5,000,000 or breach of representations and warranties. Any default under our senior credit facilities or agreements governing our other indebtedness could lead to an acceleration of debt under our other debt instruments that contain cross-acceleration or cross-default provisions. If the lenders under our senior credit facilities require immediate repayment, we will not be able to repay them and also repay the exchange notes in full. Our ability to comply See "Description of Other Indebtedness—The Senior Credit Facilities." We also encourage you to read our amended and restated credit agreement contained in the exhibits to the registration statement of which this prospectus is a part.

To service our indebtedness, including the exchange notes, we will require a significant amount of cash. The ability to generate cash depends on many factors beyond our control.

        Our ability to make payments on and to refinance our indebtedness, including the exchange notes, and to fund planned capital expenditures and research and development efforts will depend on our ability to generate cash in the future. This is subject to general economic, financial, competitive, legislative, regulatory and other factors that are beyond our control. As a result, we cannot assure you that our business will generate sufficient cash flow from operations, that currently anticipated cost savings and operating improvements will be realized on schedule or that future borrowings will be available to us in an amount sufficient to enable us to pay our indebtedness, including the exchange notes, or to fund our other liquidity needs. If we consummate an acquisition, our debt service

15



requirements could increase. We may need to refinance all or a portion of our indebtedness, including the exchange notes on or before maturity. Depending on prevailing general economic and financial conditions, competition and other factors, we cannot assure you that we will be able to refinance any of our indebtedness, including our senior credit facilities and the exchange notes, on commercially reasonable terms or at all.

We may not have the ability to raise the funds necessary to finance any change of control offer required by the indenture governing the exchange notes.

        If we undergo a change of control (as defined in the indenture governing the exchange notes) we may need to refinance large amounts of our debt, including the exchange notes, the senior discount notes and borrowings under our senior credit facilities. If a change of control occurs, we must offer to buy back the exchange notes for a price equal to 101% of the accreted value of the exchange notes, plus any accrued and unpaid interest. We may not have sufficient funds available to make any required repurchases of the exchange notes and our other indebtedness with similar provisions upon a change of control. In addition, our senior credit facilities prohibit us from repurchasing the exchange notes until we first repay our senior credit facilities in full. If we fail to repurchase the exchange notes in that circumstance, we will go into default under the indentures governing the exchange notes and the senior discount notes, as well as our senior credit facilities. Any future debt which we incur may also contain restrictions on repayment upon a change of control. If any change of control occurs, we cannot assure you that we will have sufficient funds to satisfy all of our debt obligations. The buyback requirements also delay or make it harder for others to effect a change of control. However, certain other corporate events, such as a leveraged recapitalization that would increase our level of indebtedness, would not constitute a change of control under the indenture governing the exchange notes. See "Description of the Exchange Notes—Change of Control."

You will be required to pay U.S. federal income tax on accrual of original issue discount on the exchange notes even if we do not pay cash interest.

        The exchange notes will be issued at a substantial discount from their principal amount at maturity. Although cash interest will not accrue on the exchange notes prior to June 1, 2008, and there will be no periodic payments of cash interest on the exchange notes prior to December 1, 2008, original issue discount (the difference between the stated redemption price at maturity and the issue price of the exchange notes) will accrue from the issue date of the exchange notes. Consequently, purchasers of the exchange notes generally will be required to include amounts in gross income for United States federal income tax purposes in advance of their receipt of the cash payments to which the income is attributable. Such amounts in the aggregate will be equal to the difference between the stated redemption price at maturity (inclusive of stated interest on the exchange notes) and the issue price of the exchange notes. See "Material United States Federal Income Tax Consequences."

You may be unable to sell your exchange notes if a trading market for the exchange notes does not develop.

        The exchange notes will be new securities for which there is currently no established trading market and none may develop. We do not intend to apply for listing of the exchange notes on any securities exchange or for quotation on any automated dealer quotation system. The liquidity of any market for the exchange notes will depend on the number of holders of the exchange notes, the interest of securities dealers in making a market in the exchange notes and other factors. The initial purchasers of the outstanding notes have indicated to us that they intend to make a market in the exchange notes, as permitted by applicable laws and regulations. However, the initial purchasers are under no obligation to do so. At their discretion, the initial purchasers could discontinue their market making efforts at any time without notice. Accordingly, we cannot assure you as to the development or liquidity of any market for the exchange notes. If an active trading market does not develop, the

16



market price and liquidity of the exchange notes may be adversely affected. If the exchange notes are traded, they may trade at a discount from their initial offering price depending upon prevailing interest rates, the market for similar securities, general economic conditions, our performance and business prospects and other factors.

The market price for the exchange notes may be volatile.

        Historically, the market for non-investment grade debt has been subject to disruptions that have caused substantial volatility in the prices of securities similar to the exchange notes. Although we have not experienced any substantial disruptions or volatility with respect to our non-investment grade debt, including the outstanding notes, the market for the exchange notes, if any, may be subject to disruptions and price volatility. Any such disruptions may adversely affect the market price of your exchange notes.

Risks Relating to Our Business

The seasonal demand for our products and the variations in our cash flows from quarter to quarter as a result of weather conditions may have an adverse effect on our ability to make payments on our indebtedness, including the exchange notes.

        Our highway deicing product line is seasonal, with operating results varying from quarter to quarter. Over the last four years, our North American highway deicing product line has generated over 65% of its annual sales during the months of December through March when the need for highway deicing is at its peak. We need to stockpile sufficient highway deicing salt in the first two fiscal quarters to meet estimated demand for the winter season. Weather conditions that impact our highway deicing product line include temperature, levels of precipitation, number of snow days and duration and timing of snow fall in our relevant geographic markets. Lower than expected sales by us during this period could have a material adverse effect on the timing of our cash flows and therefore our ability to service our obligations with respect to our indebtedness.

        Our SOP operating results are dependent in part upon conditions in the agriculture markets. The agricultural products business can be affected by a number of factors, the most important of which for U.S. markets are weather patterns and field conditions (particularly during periods of traditionally high crop nutrients consumption) and quantities of crop nutrients imported to and exported from North America.

Economic and other risks associated with international sales and operations could adversely affect our business, including economic loss and a negative impact on earnings.

        Since we manufacture and sell our products primarily in the United States, Canada and the United Kingdom, our business is subject to risks associated with doing business internationally. Our sales outside the United States, as a percentage of our total sales, were 34% and 36% for the year ended December 31, 2002 and the nine months ended September 30, 2003, respectively. Accordingly, our future results could be harmed by a variety of factors, including:

17


        Fluctuations in the value of the U.S. dollar may adversely affect our results of operations. Because our consolidated financial results are reported in U.S. dollars, if we generate sales or earnings in other currencies the translation of those results into dollars can result in a significant increase or decrease in the amount of those sales or earnings. In addition, our debt service requirements are primarily in U.S. dollars even though a significant percentage of our cash flow is generated in Canadian dollars and pound sterling. Significant changes in the value of Canadian dollars and pound sterling relative to the U.S. dollar could have a material adverse effect on our financial condition and our ability to meet interest and principal payments on U.S. dollar denominated debt, including the exchange notes and borrowings under our senior credit facilities.

        In addition to currency translation risks, we incur currency transaction risk whenever we or one of our subsidiaries enter into either a purchase or a sales transaction using a currency other than the local currency of the transacting entity. Given the volatility of exchange rates, we cannot assure you that we will be able to effectively manage our currency transaction and/or translation risks. It is possible that volatility in currency exchange rates will have a material adverse effect on our financial condition or results of operations. We have in the past experienced and expect to continue to experience economic loss and a negative impact on earnings as a result of foreign currency exchange rate fluctuations. We expect that the amount of our revenues denominated in non-U.S. dollar currencies will continue to increase in future periods. See "Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations—Effects of Currency Fluctuations and Inflation" and "Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations—Market Risk."

        Our overall success as a global business depends, in part, upon our ability to succeed in differing economic and political conditions. We cannot assure you that we will continue to succeed in developing and implementing policies and strategies that are effective in each location where we do business.

Our operations are dependent on natural gas and a significant interruption in the supply or increase in the price of natural gas could have a material adverse affect on our financial condition or results of operations.

        Energy costs, including primarily natural gas and electricity, represented approximately 12% of the costs of our North American salt production in 2002. Natural gas is a primary fuel source used in the salt production process. Our profitability is impacted by the price and availability of natural gas we purchase from third parties. We have not entered into any long-term contracts for the purchase of natural gas. Our contractual arrangements for the supply of natural gas do not specify quantities and are automatically renewed annually unless either party elects not to do so. We do not have arrangements in place with back-up suppliers. A significant increase in the price of natural gas that is not recovered through an increase in the price of our products or covered through our hedging arrangements, or an extended interruption in the supply of natural gas to our production facilities, could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition or results of operations.

Competition in our markets could limit our ability to attract and retain customers, force us to continuously make capital investments and put pressure on the prices we can charge for our products.

        We encounter competition in all areas of our business. Competition in our product lines is based on a number of considerations, including product performance, transportation costs in salt distribution, brand reputation, quality of client service and support and price. Additionally, customers for our products are attempting to reduce the number of vendors from which they purchase in order to

18



increase their efficiency. Our customers increasingly demand a broad product range and we must continue to develop our expertise in order to manufacture and market these products successfully. To remain competitive, we will need to invest continuously in manufacturing, marketing, customer service and support and our distribution networks. We may have to adjust the prices of some of our products to stay competitive. We may not have sufficient resources to continue to make such investments or maintain our competitive position. Some of our competitors have greater financial and other resources than we do.

Environmental laws and regulation may subject us to significant liability and require us to incur additional costs in the future.

        We are subject to numerous environmental, health and safety laws and regulations in the United States, Canada and Europe, including laws and regulations relating to land reclamation and remediation of hazardous substance releases, and discharges to air and water. For example, the U.S. Comprehensive Environmental Response, Compensation, and Liability Act, or "CERCLA," imposes liability, without regard to fault or to the legality of a party's conduct, on certain categories of persons (known as "potentially responsible parties") who are considered to have contributed to the release of "hazardous substances" into the environment. Although we are not currently incurring material liabilities pursuant to CERCLA, we may in the future incur material liabilities under CERCLA and other environmental cleanup laws, with regard to our current or former facilities, adjacent or nearby third party facilities or off-site disposal locations. Under CERCLA, or its various state analogues, one party may, under some circumstances, be required to bear more than its proportional share of cleanup costs at a site where it has liability if payments cannot be obtained from other responsible parties. Liability under these laws involves inherent uncertainties. Violations of environmental, health and safety laws are subject to civil, and in some cases criminal, sanctions.

        We have received notices from governmental agencies that we may be a potentially responsible party at certain sites under CERCLA or other environmental cleanup laws. We have entered into " de minimis " settlement agreements with the United States with respect to certain CERCLA sites, pursuant to which we have made one-time cash payments and received statutory protection from future claims arising from those sites. At other sites for which we have received notice of potential CERCLA liability, we have provided information to the U.S. Environmental Protection Agency, or the "EPA," that we believe demonstrates that we are not liable and the EPA has not asserted claims against us with respect to such sites. In some instances, we have agreed, pursuant to consent orders or agreements with the appropriate governmental agencies, to undertake investigations, which currently are in progress, to determine whether remedial action may be required to address such contamination. At other locations, we have entered into consent orders or agreements with appropriate governmental agencies to perform remedial activities that will address identified site conditions. At the present time, we are not aware of any additional sites for which we expect to receive a notice from the EPA of potential CERCLA liability. However, based on past operations there is a potential that we may receive such notices in the future for sites of which we are currently unaware. Taking into account established reserves, expenditures for our known environmental liabilities and site conditions currently are not expected, individually or in the aggregate, to be material. However, material expenditures could be required in the future to remediate the contamination at these or at other current or former sites.

        We have also developed alternative mine uses. For example, we entered into a joint venture with a subsidiary of Vivendi SA that is in the waste management industry. The joint venture has applied for a permit to allow for the storage of certain stable types of hazardous waste in our salt mine in the United Kingdom. We believe that the mine is stable and should provide a secure storage location. However, we recognize that any temporary or permanent storage of hazardous waste may involve risks to the environment. Although, we believe that we have taken these risks into account as much as

19



possible in our planning process, it is possible that material expenditures could be required in the future to further reduce this risk, or to remediate any future contamination.

        Continued government and public emphasis on environmental issues can be expected to result in increased future investments for environmental controls at ongoing operations, which will be charged against income from future operations. Present and future environmental laws and regulations applicable to our operations may require substantial capital expenditures and may have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations. For more information, see "Business—Environmental, Health and Safety Matters."

The Canadian government's proposal to designate road salt as a toxic substance could have a material adverse affect on our business, including reduced sales and the incurrence of substantial costs and expenditures.

        In December 2001, the Canadian government released a Priority Substances List Assessment Report for road salt. This report found that road salts are entering the environment under conditions that may have a harmful effect or constitute a danger to the environment. Based on this report, the Minister of Environment has proposed designating road salt as a "toxic" substance pursuant to the Canadian Environmental Protection Act. Canada's federal cabinet, which has ultimate responsibility, has not yet taken final action with respect to this proposal and is not subject to any deadline to do so. At this point, Environment Canada has indicated that, whether or not road salts are declared toxic, their preferred course of action is the establishment of voluntary guidelines for users as opposed to any form of regulation. Environment Canada has been developing these guidelines based on consultation with a broad-based stakeholders group, which includes the salt industry. On September 20, 2003, Environment Canada released a proposed Code of Practice to serve as these guidelines. The proposed Code of Practice remained subject to public comment until November 19, 2003. Environment Canada has indicated that it expects to publish the final code in 2004. Although the proposed Code of Practice remains subject to change, the released draft requires large road salt users to develop salt management plans. We do not believe that this would have a material direct effect on us, but the new salt management plans may lead our customers in Canada to require less road salt.

        Given the importance of road salt for traffic safety and the current lack of any practical substitute, we deem it unlikely that any final guideline or regulation would result in a complete ban on the use of road salt. We do, however, recognize the importance of environmental protection in Canada's decision-making process. Although we cannot predict whether the proposal to designate road salts as a toxic substance will be finalized or the precise form of the proposed Code of Practice or other future regulation, if standardized guidelines are developed for the use and storage of road salt or any alternate deicing products, we could suffer reduced sales and incur substantial costs and expenses that could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operation. Our road salt sales, net of shipping and handling, in Canada generated approximately 10% of our total sales in 2002. In addition, while we are not aware of any similar governmental proposals for the designation of road salt as a toxic substance in either the United States or the United Kingdom, we cannot guarantee that these proposals will not arise.

Our operations are dependent on our having received the required permits and approvals from governmental authorities.

        We hold numerous governmental environmental, mining and other permits and approvals authorizing operations at each of our facilities. A decision by a governmental agency to deny or delay issuing a new or renewed permit or approval, or to revoke or substantially modify an existing permit or approval, could have a material adverse effect on our ability to continue operations at the affected facility. Expansion of our existing operations also is predicated upon securing the necessary

20



environmental or other permits or approvals. We currently do not have any material pending permits or approvals.

Protection of proprietary technology—Our intellectual property may be misappropriated or subject to claims of infringement.

        We attempt to protect our intellectual property rights through a combination of patent, trademark, copyright and trade secret protection, as well as licensing agreements and third-party nondisclosure and assignment agreements. We cannot assure you that any of our applications for protection of our intellectual property rights will be approved or that others will not infringe or challenge our intellectual property rights. The patents we currently have in place expire over the next one to fifteen years. We also rely on unpatented proprietary technology. It is possible that others will independently develop the same or similar technology or otherwise obtain access to our unpatented technology. To protect our trade secrets and other proprietary information, we require employees, consultants, advisors and collaborators to enter into confidentiality agreements. Many of our important brand names are registered as trademarks in the United States and foreign countries. These registrations can be renewed if the trademark remains in use. These agreements may not provide meaningful protection for our trade secrets, know-how or other proprietary information in the event of any unauthorized use, misappropriation or disclosure. If we are unable to maintain the proprietary nature of our technologies, we may lose the competitive advantage provided by our intellectual property. As a result, our results of operations may be adversely affected.

If we are unsuccessful in negotiating new collective bargaining agreements, we may experience significant increases in the cost of labor or a disruption in our operations.

        As of September 30, 2003, we had 1,541 employees. Approximately 37% of our U.S. workforce (54% of our global workforce) is represented by labor unions. Of our nine material collective bargaining agreements, four will expire in 2004, one will expire in 2005 and three will expire in 2006. One of these agreements covering 9 employees expired in August 2003. We are in the process of renegotiating this agreement. Additionally, approximately 13% of our workforce is employed in Europe where trade union membership is common. Although we believe that our relations with our employees are good, as a result of general economic, financial, competitive, legislative, political and other factors beyond our control, we cannot assure you that we will be successful in negotiating new collective bargaining agreements, including the agreement that expired in August 2003, that such negotiations will not result in significant increases in the cost of labor or that a breakdown in such negotiations will not result in the disruption of our operations.

We rely on independent distributors and the loss of a substantial number of these distributors may reduce our profits and sales.

        In addition to our own direct sales force, we depend on the services of independent distributors to sell our products and provide service and aftermarket support to our customers. In 2002, 12% of our revenues were generated through these independent distributors. Many of these independent distributors are not bound to us by exclusive distribution contracts and may offer products of, and services to, businesses that compete with ours. In addition, the majority of the distribution contracts we have with these independent distributors are cancelable by the distributor after providing us with notice, which on average is six months prior to termination. The loss of a substantial number of these distributors or the decision by many of these distributors to offer competitors' products to our customers could materially reduce our sales and profits.

21



We are controlled by our principal stockholder whose interests may conflict with or differ from your interests.

        Entities controlled by Apollo hold a substantial percentage of the voting power of the Company. Apollo and its affiliates own approximately 37% of our fully diluted equity. Consequently, Apollo has the ability to influence the election of our directors, the appointment of new management and the potential outcome of all matters submitted to a vote of our stockholders, including entering into mergers, the sale of substantially all of our assets and other extraordinary transactions. The directors so elected have authority, subject to the terms of our debt, to issue additional stock, implement stock repurchase programs, declare dividends and make other decisions about our capital stock. See "Related Party Transactions."

        The interests of Apollo and its affiliates could conflict with your interests. For example, if we encounter financial difficulties or are unable to pay our debts as they mature, the interests of Apollo as equity holder might conflict with your interests as a exchange note holder. Affiliates of Apollo may also have an interest in pursuing acquisitions, divestitures, financings or other transactions that, in their judgment, could enhance their equity investments, even though such transactions might involve risks to you as a holder of exchange notes. In addition, Apollo and its affiliates currently own, and may in the future own, businesses that directly compete with ours.

If we cannot successfully complete acquisitions or integrate acquired businesses, our growth may be limited and our financial condition adversely affected.

        Our business strategy includes supplementing internal growth by pursuing acquisitions of small complementary businesses. We may be unable to complete acquisitions on acceptable terms, identify suitable businesses to acquire or successfully integrate acquired businesses in the future. We compete with other potential buyers for the acquisition of other small complementary businesses. This competition and regulatory considerations may result in fewer acquisition opportunities. If we cannot complete acquisitions, our growth may be limited and our financial condition may be adversely affected.

Our business is dependent upon highly skilled personnel, and the loss of key personnel may have a material adverse effect on our development and results of operations.

        The success of our business is dependent on our ability to attract and retain highly skilled managers and other personnel. We cannot assure you that we will be able to attract and retain the personnel necessary for the development of our business. The loss of the services of key personnel or the failure to attract additional personnel as required could have a material adverse effect on our development and results of operations. We do not currently maintain "key person" life insurance on any of our key employees.

22



THE EXCHANGE OFFER

Purpose of the Exchange Offer

        We sold the outstanding notes to Credit Suisse First Boston LLC, J.P. Morgan Securities Inc., Deutsche Bank Securities Inc. and Credit Lyonnais Securities (USA) Inc., the initial purchasers of the outstanding notes, on May 22, 2003. The initial purchasers subsequently resold the outstanding notes to qualified institutional buyers pursuant to Rule 144A under the Securities Act and to non-U.S. persons outside the United States in reliance on Regulation S under the Securities Act. In connection with the issuance of the outstanding notes, we entered into a registration rights agreement with the initial purchasers of the outstanding notes. The registration rights agreement requires us to register the exchange notes under the federal securities laws and offer to exchange the exchange notes for the outstanding notes. The exchange notes will be issued without a restrictive legend and generally may be resold without registration under the federal securities laws. We are effecting the exchange offer to comply with the registration rights agreement.

        The registration rights agreement requires us to:

        These requirements under the registration rights agreement will be satisfied when we complete the exchange offer. However, if we fail to meet any of these requirements, we must pay additional interest on the outstanding notes at a rate of 0.25% per annum for the first 90-day period and an additional 0.25% per annum with respect to each subsequent 90-day period until the applicable requirement has been met, up to a maximum additional interest rate of 1.0% per annum. All additional interest that accrues on or prior to June 1, 2008 shall be added to the accreted value of each outstanding note and all additional interest that accrues thereafter shall be payable in cash to holders of outstanding notes on each scheduled interest payment date. We have also agreed to keep the registration statement for the exchange offer effective for not less than 20 business days (or longer, if required by applicable law) after the date on which notice of the exchange offer is mailed to holders.

        Under the registration rights agreement, our obligations to register the exchange notes will terminate upon the completion of the exchange offer. However, we may be required to file a "shelf" registration statement for a continuous offer in connection with the outstanding notes pursuant to Rule 415 under the Securities Act.

        This summary includes only the material terms of the registration rights agreement. For a full description, you should refer to the complete copy of the registration rights agreement, which has been filed as an exhibit to the registration statement for the exchange offer and the exchange notes. See "Where You Can Find More Information."

23



Transferability of the Exchange Notes

        Based on an interpretation of the Securities Act by the staff of the SEC in several no-action letters issued to third parties unrelated to us, we believe that you, or any other person receiving exchange notes, may offer for resale, resell or otherwise transfer such notes without complying with the registration and prospectus delivery requirements of the federal securities laws, if:

        To participate in the exchange offer, you must represent as the holder of outstanding notes that each of these statements is true.

        Any holder of outstanding notes who is our affiliate or who intends to participate in the exchange offer for the purpose of distributing the exchange notes:


        Broker-dealers receiving exchange notes in exchange for outstanding notes acquired for their own account through market making or other trading activities may not rely on this interpretation by the SEC. Such broker-dealers may be deemed to be "underwriters" within the meaning of the Securities Act and must therefore acknowledge, by signing the letter of transmittal, that they will deliver a prospectus meeting the requirements of the Securities Act in connection with the resale of the exchange notes. The letter of transmittal states that by acknowledging that it will deliver, and by delivering, a prospectus, a broker-dealer will not be deemed to admit that it is an "underwriter" within the meaning of the Securities Act. The SEC has taken the position that participating broker-dealers may fulfill their prospectus delivery requirements with respect to the exchange notes, other than a resale of an unsold allotment from the original sale of the outstanding notes, with the prospectus contained in the exchange offer registration statement. As described above, under the registration rights agreement, we have agreed to allow participating broker-dealers and other persons, if any, subject to similar prospectus delivery requirements to use the prospectus contained in the exchange offer registration statement in connection with the resale of the exchange notes. See "Plan of Distribution."

Terms of the Exchange Offer; Acceptance of Tendered Notes

        Upon the terms and subject to the conditions in this prospectus and in the letter of transmittal, we will accept any and all outstanding notes validly tendered and not withdrawn prior to 5:00 p.m., New York City time, on                        , 2004. We will issue $1,000 principal amount at maturity of exchange notes in exchange for each $1,000 principal amount at maturity of outstanding notes accepted in the exchange offer. Holders may tender some or all of their outstanding notes pursuant to the exchange

24



offer. However, outstanding notes may be tendered only in integral multiples of $1,000 in principal amount at maturity.

        The form and terms of the exchange notes are the same as the form and terms of the outstanding notes except that:

        The exchange notes will evidence the same debt as the outstanding notes. Holders of exchange notes will be entitled to the benefits of the indenture.

        As of the date of this prospectus, $179.6 million in aggregate principal amount at maturity of notes was outstanding. We have fixed                        , 2004 as the date on which this prospectus and the letter of transmittal will be mailed initially. We intend to conduct the exchange offer in accordance with the applicable requirements of the Exchange Act and the rules and regulations of the SEC under the Exchange Act.

        We shall be deemed to have accepted validly tendered outstanding notes when and if we have given oral or written notice to the exchange agent of our acceptance. The exchange agent will act as agent for the tendering holders for the purpose of receiving the exchange notes from us. If any tendered notes are not accepted for exchange because of an invalid tender, the occurrence of other events described in this prospectus or otherwise, we will return the certificates for any unaccepted notes, at our expense, to the tendering holder promptly after the expiration of the exchange offer.

        Holders who tender outstanding notes in the exchange offer will not be required to pay brokerage commissions or fees with respect to the exchange of notes. Tendering holders will also not be required to pay transfer taxes in the exchange offer. We will pay all charges and expenses in connection with the exchange offer as described under the subheading "—Solicitation of Tenders; Fees and Expenses." However, we will not pay any taxes incurred in connection with a holder's request to have exchange notes or non-exchanged notes issued in the name of a person other than the registered holder. See "—Transfer Taxes" in this section below.

Expiration Date; Extensions; Amendment

        We will accept validly tendered outstanding notes and exchange them promptly for exchange notes in accordance with Rule 14e-1(c) under the Exchange Act. The exchange offer will expire at 5:00 p.m., New York City time, on            , 2004, or the "Expiration Date," unless we extend the exchange offer. To extend the exchange offer, we will notify the exchange agent and each registered holder of any extension before 9:00 a.m., New York City time, on the next business day after the previously scheduled Expiration Date. We reserve the right to extend the exchange offer, delay accepting any tendered notes or, if any of the conditions described below under the heading "—Conditions to the Exchange Offer" have not been satisfied, to terminate the exchange offer. We also reserve the right to amend the terms of the exchange offer in any manner. We will give oral or written notice of such delay, extension, termination or amendment to the exchange agent.

25



Interest on the Exchange Notes

        Prior to June 1, 2008, interest will accrue on the exchange notes in the form of an increase in the accreted value of the exchange notes. Thereafter, cash interest on the exchange notes will accrue and be payable semiannually in arrears on June 1 and December 1 of each year, commencing on December 1, 2008, at a rate of 12% per annum. The accreted value of each exchange note will increase from the date of issuance until June 1, 2008, at a rate of 12% per annum, reflecting the accrual of non-cash interest, such that the accreted value will equal the principal amount at maturity on June 1, 2008.

Procedures for Tendering Outstanding Notes

        Only a holder of outstanding notes may tender notes in the exchange offer. To tender in the exchange offer, you must:

        To tender outstanding notes effectively, you must complete the letter of transmittal and other required documents and the exchange agent must receive all the documents prior to 5:00 p.m., New York City time, on the Expiration Date. Delivery of the outstanding notes may be made by book-entry transfer in accordance with the procedures described below. The exchange agent must receive confirmation of book-entry transfer prior to the Expiration Date.

        By executing the letter of transmittal, you will make to us the representations set forth in the first paragraph under the heading "—Transferability of the Exchange Notes."

        All tenders not withdrawn before the Expiration Date and the acceptance of the tender by us will constitute agreement between you and us under the terms and subject to the conditions in this prospectus and in the letter of transmittal including an agreement to deliver good and marketable title to all tendered notes prior to the Expiration Date free and clear of all liens, charges, claims, encumbrances, adverse claims and rights and restrictions of any kind.

         The method of delivery of outstanding notes and the letter of transmittal and all other required documents to the exchange agent is at the election and sole risk of the holder. Instead of delivery by mail, you should use an overnight or hand delivery service. In all cases, you should allow for sufficient time to ensure delivery to the exchange agent before the expiration of the exchange offer. You may request your broker, dealer, commercial bank, trust company or nominee to effect these transactions for you. You should not send any note, letter of transmittal or other required document to us.

        If your notes are registered in the name of a broker, dealer, commercial bank, trust company or other nominee and you desire to tender, you should contact the registered holder promptly and instruct the registered holder to tender on your behalf. See "Instruction to Registered Holder and/or Book-Entry Transfer Facility Participant from Beneficial Owner" included with the letter of transmittal.

        The exchange of notes will be made only after timely receipt by the exchange agent of certificates for outstanding notes, a letter of transmittal and all other required documents, or timely completion of a book-entry transfer. If any tendered notes are not accepted for any reason or if outstanding notes are submitted for a greater principal amount than the holder desires to exchange, the exchange agent will return such unaccepted or non-exchanged notes to the tendering holder promptly after the expiration or termination of the exchange offer. In the case of outstanding notes tendered by book-entry transfer,

26



the exchange agent will credit the non-exchanged notes to an account maintained with The Depository Trust Company.

Guarantee of Signatures

        Holders must obtain a guarantee of all signatures on a letter of transmittal or a notice of withdrawal unless the outstanding notes are tendered:

        Signature guarantees must be made by a member of or participant in the Securities Transfer Agents Medallion Program, the New York Stock Exchange Medallion Signature Program, the Stock Exchange Medallion Program or by an "eligible guarantor institution" within the meaning of Rule 17Ad-15 promulgated under the Exchange Act (namely, banks; brokers and dealers; credit unions; national securities exchanges; registered securities associations; learning agencies; and savings associations).

Signature on the Letter of Transmittal; Bond Powers and Endorsements

        If the letter of transmittal is signed by a person other than the registered holder of the outstanding notes, the registered holder must endorse the outstanding notes or provide a properly completed bond power. Any such endorsement or bond power must be signed by the registered holder as that registered holder's name appears on the outstanding notes. Signatures on such outstanding notes and bond powers must be guaranteed by an "eligible guarantor institution."

        If you sign the letter of transmittal or any outstanding notes or bond power as a trustee, executor, administrator, guardian, attorney-in-fact, officer of a corporation, fiduciary or in any other representative capacity, you must so indicate when signing. You must submit satisfactory evidence to the exchange agent of your authority to act in such capacity.

Book-Entry Transfer

        We understand that the exchange agent will make a request promptly after the date of this prospectus to establish accounts with respect to the outstanding notes at the book-entry transfer facility, The Depository Trust Company, or the "DTC," for the purpose of facilitating the exchange offer. Subject to the establishment of the accounts, any financial institution that is a participant in DTC's system may make book-entry delivery of outstanding notes by causing DTC to transfer such notes into the exchange agent's account in accordance with DTC's procedures for such transfer. However, although delivery of outstanding notes may be effected through book-entry transfer into the exchange agent's account at DTC, the letter of transmittal (or a manually signed facsimile of the letter of transmittal) with any required signature guarantees, or an "agent's message" in connection with a book-entry transfer, and any other required documents, must, in any case, be transmitted to and received by the exchange agent, or the guaranteed delivery procedures set forth below must be complied with, in each case, prior to the Expiration Date. Delivery of documents to DTC does not constitute delivery to the exchange agent.

        The exchange agent and DTC have confirmed that the exchange offer is eligible for the DTC Automated Tender Offer Program. Accordingly, the DTC participants may electronically transmit their acceptance of the exchange offer by causing the DTC to transfer outstanding notes to the exchange agent in accordance with DTC's Automated Tender Offer Program procedures for transfer. Upon receipt of such holder's acceptance through the Automated Tender Offer Program, DTC will edit and verify the acceptance and send an "agent's message" to the exchange agent for its acceptance. Delivery

27



of tendered notes must be made to the exchange agent pursuant to the book-entry delivery procedures set forth above, or the tendering DTC participant must comply with the guaranteed delivery procedures set forth below.

        The term "agent's message" means a message transmitted by DTC, and received by the exchange agent and forming part of the confirmation of a book-entry transfer, which states that:

        In the case of an agent's message relating to guaranteed delivery, the term means a message transmitted by DTC and received by the exchange agent, which states that DTC has received an express acknowledgment from the participant in DTC tendering notes that such participant has received and agrees to be bound by the notice of guaranteed delivery.

Determination of Valid Tenders; Compass Minerals' Rights Under the Exchange Offer

        All questions as to the validity, form, eligibility, time of receipt, acceptance and withdrawal of tendered notes will be determined by us in our sole discretion, which determination will be final and binding on all parties. We expressly reserve the absolute right, in our sole discretion, to reject any or all outstanding notes not properly tendered or any outstanding notes the acceptance of which would, in the opinion of our counsel, be unlawful. We also reserve the absolute right in our sole discretion to waive or amend any conditions of the exchange offer for all holders of outstanding notes or to waive any defects or irregularities of tender for any notes. Our interpretation of the terms and conditions of the exchange offer will be final and binding on all parties. No alternative, conditional or contingent tenders will be accepted. Unless waived, any defects or irregularities in connection with tenders of outstanding notes must be cured by the tendering holder within such time as we determine.

        We intend to notify holders of defects or irregularities in tenders of outstanding notes. Holders will be deemed to have tendered outstanding notes only when such defects or irregularities have been cured or waived. The exchange agent will return to the tendering holder, after the expiration of the exchange offer, any outstanding notes that are not properly tendered and as to which the defects have not been cured or waived.

Guaranteed Delivery Procedures

        If you desire to tender outstanding notes pursuant to the exchange offer and (1) certificates representing such outstanding notes are not immediately available, (2) time will not permit your letter of transmittal, certificates representing such outstanding notes and all other required documents to reach the exchange agent on or prior to the Expiration Date, or (3) the procedures for book-entry transfer (including delivery of an agent's message) cannot be completed on or prior to the Expiration Date, you may nevertheless tender such notes with the effect that such tender will be deemed to have been received on or prior to the Expiration Date if all the following conditions are satisfied:

28


        The notice of guaranteed delivery may be sent by hand delivery, facsimile transmission or mail to the exchange agent and must include a guarantee by an eligible guarantor institution in the form set forth in the notice of guaranteed delivery.

Withdrawal Rights

        Except as otherwise provided in this prospectus, you may withdraw tendered notes at any time before 5:00 p.m., New York City time, on                        , 2004. For a withdrawal of tendered notes to be effective, a written or facsimile transmission notice of withdrawal must be received by the exchange agent on or prior to the expiration of the exchange offer. For DTC participants, a written notice of withdrawal may be made by electronic transmission through DTC's Automated Tender Offer Program. Any notice of withdrawal must:

        Any permitted withdrawal of notes may not be rescinded. Any notes properly withdrawn will thereafter be deemed not to have been validly tendered for purposes of the exchange offer. The exchange agent will return any withdrawn notes without cost to the holder promptly after withdrawal of the notes. Holders may retender properly withdrawn notes at any time before the expiration of the exchange offer by following one of the procedures described above under the heading "—Procedures for Tendering Outstanding Notes."

Conditions to the Exchange Offer

        Notwithstanding any other term of the exchange offer, we shall not be required to accept for exchange, or issue any exchange notes for, any outstanding notes, and may terminate or amend the exchange offer as provided in this prospectus before the acceptance of the outstanding notes, if we determine that the exchange offer violates any law, statute, rule, regulation or interpretation by the staff of the SEC or any order of any governmental agency or court of competent jurisdiction.

29



        These conditions are for the sole benefit of Compass Minerals and may be asserted or waived by us in whole or in part at any time and from time to time in our sole discretion. Our failure to exercise any of these rights at any time will not be deemed a waiver of such rights and each of such rights shall be deemed an ongoing right which may be asserted by us at any time and from time to time prior to the expiration of the exchange offer.

        In addition, we will not accept for exchange any outstanding notes tendered, and no exchange notes will be issued in exchange for those outstanding notes, if at any time any stop order is threatened or issued with respect to the registration statement for the exchange offer and the exchange notes or the qualification of the indenture under the Trust Indenture Act of 1939. In any such event, we must use every reasonable effort to obtain the withdrawal or lifting of any stop order at the earliest possible moment.

Effect of Not Tendering

        To the extent outstanding notes are tendered and accepted in the exchange offer, the principal amount at maturity of outstanding notes will be reduced by the amount so tendered and a holder's ability to sell untendered outstanding notes could be adversely affected. In addition, after the completion of the exchange offer, the outstanding notes will remain subject to restrictions on transfer. Since the outstanding notes have not been registered under the federal securities laws, they bear a legend restricting their transfer absent registration or the availability of a specific exemption from registration. The holders of outstanding notes not tendered will have no further registration rights, except for the limited registration rights described above under the heading "—Purpose of the Exchange Offer."

        Accordingly, the notes not tendered may be resold only:

        Upon completion of the exchange offer, due to the restrictions on transfer of the outstanding notes and the absence of such restrictions applicable to the exchange notes, it is likely that the market, if any, for outstanding notes will be relatively less liquid than the market for exchange notes. Consequently, holders of outstanding notes who do not participate in the exchange offer could experience significant diminution in the value of their outstanding notes, compared to the value of the exchange notes.

Regulatory Approvals

        Other than the federal securities laws, there are no federal or state regulatory requirements that we must comply with and there are no approvals that we must obtain in connection with the exchange offer.

30


Solicitation of Tenders; Fees and Expenses

        We will bear the expenses of soliciting tenders. We are mailing the principal solicitation. However, our officers and regular employees and those of our affiliates may make additional solicitation by telegraph, telecopy, telephone or in person.

        We have not retained any dealer-manager in connection with the exchange offer. We will not make any payments to brokers, dealers, or others soliciting acceptances of the exchange offer. However, we may pay the exchange agent reasonable and customary fees for its services and may reimburse it for its reasonable out-of-pocket expenses.

        We will pay the cash expenses incurred in connection with the exchange offer. These expenses include fees and expenses of the exchange agent and trustee, accounting and legal fees and printing costs, among others.

Accounting Treatment

        The exchange notes will be recorded at the same carrying value as the outstanding notes. The carrying value is face value. Accordingly, we will recognize no gain or loss for accounting purposes. The expenses of the exchange offer will be expensed over the term of the exchange notes.

Transfer Taxes

        We will pay all transfer taxes, if any, required to be paid by us in connection with the exchange of the outstanding notes for the exchange notes. However, holders who instruct us to register exchange notes in the name of, or request that outstanding notes not tendered or not accepted for exchange be returned to, a person other than the registered holder will be responsible for the payment of any transfer tax arising from such transfer.

The Exchange Agent

        The Bank of New York is serving as the exchange agent for the exchange offer. ALL EXECUTED LETTERS OF TRANSMITTAL SHOULD BE SENT TO THE EXCHANGE AGENT AT THE ADDRESS LISTED BELOW. Questions, requests for assistance and requests for additional copies of this prospectus or the letter of transmittal should be directed to the exchange agent at the address or telephone number listed below.

By Registered or Certified Mail:   The Bank of New York
Corporate Trust Operations
Reorganization Unit
101 Barclay Street—7 East
New York, New York 10286
Attn: Carolle Montreuil

By Overnight Courier or By Hand:

 

The Bank of New York
Corporate Trust Operations
Reorganization Unit
101 Barclay Street—7 East
New York, New York 10286
Attn: Carolle Montreuil

Confirm by Telephone:

 

(212) 815-5920

        Originals of all documents sent by facsimile should be promptly sent to the exchange agent by registered or certified mail, by hand, or by overnight delivery service.

        DELIVERY TO AN ADDRESS OTHER THAN AS SET FORTH ABOVE WILL NOT CONSTITUTE A VALID DELIVERY.

31



USE OF PROCEEDS

        The net proceeds from the issuance of the outstanding notes were distributed to our stockholders. We will not receive any proceeds from the issuance of the exchange notes in the exchange offer. We will receive in exchange outstanding notes in like principal amount at maturity. We will retire or cancel all of the outstanding notes tendered in the exchange offer.

32



CAPITALIZATION

        The following table sets forth our consolidated capitalization as of September 30, 2003. This table should be read in conjunction with the information contained in "Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations" and the combined and consolidated financial statements and the notes thereto included in the back of this prospectus.

 
  As of
September 30,
2003

 
 
  (in millions)

 
Cash and cash equivalents   $ 3.6  
   
 

Debt:

 

 

 

 
  Senior credit facilities        
    Revolving debt(1)   $ 17.5  
    Bank term debt     78.5  
  10% Senior Subordinated Notes(2)     328.0  
  12 3 / 4 % Senior Discount Notes     73.3  
  12% Senior Subordinated Discount Notes     104.3  
   
 
      Total Debt(3)     601.6  
Series A Redeemable Preferred Stock(4)     1.8  
Total stockholders' deficit     (174.9 )
   
 
Total capitalization   $ 428.5  
   
 

(1)
As of September 30, 2003, $108.5 million was available for general corporate purposes and seasonal borrowings, subject to the satisfaction of customary conditions, including absence of defaults and the accuracy of representations and warranties. The average amount of revolver borrowings during the year will vary due to seasonal working capital requirements.

(2)
Includes a premium of $3.0 million received in connection with the issuance of $75.0 million in aggregate principal amount of the April 2002 senior subordinated notes, net of amortization.

(3)
"Total debt" does not include $10.1 million of our Settlement Notes, including interest, currently held by a wholly owned subsidiary, subject to reissuance if expected future levels of equity returns are not achieved (see Note 11 to our audited combined and consolidated financial statements). See "Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations—Management's Discussion on Critical Accounting Policies—Seller Notes and Settlement Notes."

(4)
In connection with the Company's initial public offering, we redeemed all of the outstanding shares of series A redeemable preferred stock on December 17, 2003 for $1.9 million (which includes an additional $0.1 million in accrued interest to the date of redemption).

33



SELECTED COMBINED AND CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL INFORMATION

        The following table presents selected combined and consolidated financial information. The statement of operations data for the years ended December 31, 2002, 2001 and 2000 and the balance sheet data as of December 31, 2002 and 2001 have been derived from our audited combined and consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus. The statement of operations data for the year ended December 31, 1999 and for the nine months ended December 31, 1998 and the balance sheet data as of December 31, 2000 and 1999 have been derived from our audited combined financial statements that are not included herein. The historical statement of operations data for the nine months ended September 30, 2003 and 2002, and the historical balance sheet data as of September 30, 2003 and 2002 and December 31, 1998 have been derived from unaudited combined and consolidated financial statements that, in the opinion of management, include all adjustments, consisting only of normal recurring adjustments, necessary to present fairly the data for such periods. The results of operations for the interim periods are not necessarily indicative of the operating results for the entire year or any future period.

        Prior to November 28, 2001, Compass Minerals was incorporated as IMC Potash Corporation, an inactive wholly owned subsidiary of IMC Global. On November 28, 2001, Apollo, through its subsidiary YBR Holdings, acquired control of our business from IMC Global pursuant to the Recapitalization. Accordingly, prior to November 28, 2001, the combined and consolidated financial data reflect only the results of our wholly owned subsidiary Compass Minerals Group and its subsidiaries which were included in the Recapitalization. As part of the Recapitalization, IMC Potash Corporation was reincorporated as Salt Holdings Corporation, which is now known as Compass Minerals International, Inc. At November 28, 2001, IMC Global contributed the net assets of Compass Minerals Group to the Company.

        The information included in this table should be read in conjunction with "Prospectus Summary—Summary Combined and Consolidated Financial Information," "Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations" and the audited and unaudited combined and consolidated financial statements and accompanying notes thereto included elsewhere in this prospectus.

 
For the nine
months ended
December 31,

  For the years ended
December 31,

  For the nine
months ended
September 30,

 
 
1998
  1999
  2000
  2001
  2002
  2002
  2003
 
 
(dollars in millions)

 
Statement of Operations Data:                                          
Sales $ 277.7   $ 494.4   $ 509.2   $ 523.2   $ 502.6   $ 336.9   $ 398.5  
Cost of sales—shipping and handling   55.8     126.9     140.0     143.2     137.5     91.2     109.3  
Cost of sales—products(1)   111.8     213.1     227.7     224.4     202.1     144.6     168.3  
Depreciation and amortization(2)   34.3     55.1     44.3     32.6     37.1     28.7     31.2  
Selling, general and administrative expenses   36.7     37.2     35.5     38.9     40.6     30.1     34.3  
Goodwill write-down(3)       87.5     191.0                  
Restructuring and other charges(3)(4)   20.3     13.7     425.9     27.0     7.7     6.8      
Operating earnings (loss)   18.8     (39.1 )   (555.2 )   57.1     77.6     35.5     55.4  
Interest expense(5)   17.4     19.0     16.4     14.4     42.4     31.8     40.5  
Net income (loss)   (14.4 )   (67.5 )   (467.7 )   19.0     18.9     0.3     11.3  
Dividends on preferred stock               0.8     10.6     7.9     1.2  
Gain on redemption of preferred stock                           (8.2 )
Net income (loss) available for common stock   (14.4 )   (67.5 )   (467.7 )   18.2     8.3     (7.6 )   18.3  

Balance Sheet Data (at period end):

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 
Total cash and cash equivalents $ 4.9   $ 4.3   $ 0.3   $ 15.9   $ 11.9   $ 7.5   $ 3.6  
Total assets   1,423.0     1,290.5     636.0     655.6     644.1     598.0     620.3  
Series A redeemable preferred stock(6)               74.6     19.1     83.1     1.8  
Total debt(7)   264.7     196.0     152.4     526.5     507.8     451.2     601.6  

34



Per Share Data:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 
Net income (loss) per share:                                          
  Basic $ (28,927.04 ) $ (135,452.15 ) $ (938,709.50 ) $ 5.65   $ 0.24   $ (0.22 ) $ 0.55  
  Diluted   (28,927.04 )   (135,452.15 )   (938,709.50 )   5.65     0.23     (0.22 )   0.53  
Weighted average common shares outstanding:                                          
  Basic   498     498     498     3,220,724     35,039,110     35,017,537     33,265,989  
  Diluted   498     498     498     3,220,724     35,474,539     35,017,537     34,620,497  
Cash dividends declared per share             $ 8.28           $ 2.85  

Other Financial Data:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 
Cash flows provided by operating activities $ 25.7   $ 78.4   $ 72.1   $ 112.4   $ 82.4   $ 57.8   $ 51.4  
Cash flows used for investing activities   (39.3 )   (48.1 )   (34.0 )   (43.6 )   (19.1 )   (11.8 )   (31.0 )
Cash flows (used for) provided by financing activities   6.4     (33.6 )   (43.3 )   (53.7 )   (69.8 )   (56.5 )   (30.1 )
Ratio of earnings to fixed charges(8)               3.69 x   1.67 x       1.29 x

Capital expenditures

$

39.6

 

$

45.6

 

$

33.7

 

$

43.0

 

$

19.5

 

$

12.1

 

$

9.7

 

(1)
"Cost of sales—products" is presented net of depreciation and amortization.

(2)
"Depreciation and amortization" for purposes of this table excludes amortization of deferred financing costs.

(3)
Based on anticipated proceeds from the sale of the Company by IMC Global, we recorded an asset impairment charge of $616.6 million, $482.1 million after tax, in the fourth quarter of 2000. In connection with this non-cash charge, goodwill was reduced $191.0 million and intangible assets—mineral interests was reduced $425.6 million. The goodwill write-down in 1999 was the result of lowering goodwill to its recoverable value based on estimated future discounted cash flows of the business.

(4)
"Restructuring and other charges" include primarily those charges related to the impairment of idled assets in December of 1998, the restructuring of our business in the fourth quarter of 1999 designed to reduce employee headcount and an asset impairment in the fourth quarter of 2000 related to the planned disposition of the Company by IMC Global as described in (3) above. During 2001, we incurred $27.0 million of transaction and transition costs in connection with the Recapitalization. During 2002, we incurred $7.7 million of transition costs in connection with separating the Company from IMC Global. Substantially all cash payments related to these charges have been made.

(5)
As we have incurred substantial indebtedness in connection with the Recapitalization, we believe it is helpful to provide a measure describing the cash requirements necessary to satisfy our debt service in terms of "cash interest expense," which is interest expense less non-cash interest related to the outstanding notes, the senior discount notes, the Seller Notes and the amortization of debt issuance costs, plus amortization of the original issuance premium. For a discussion of our indebtedness, see Note 8 to our audited combined and consolidated financial statements and "Description of Other Indebtedness." For a discussion of the Seller Notes, see Note 11 to our audited combined and consolidated financial statements. Cash interest expense was $39.6 million, $29.7 million and $28.1 million for the year ended December 31, 2002 and the nine months ended September 30, 2002 and 2003, respectively. Cash interest expense is not calculated under GAAP. While cash interest expense and similar variations thereof is commonly used as a measure of the ability to meet debt service requirements, it is not necessarily comparable to other similarly titled captions of other companies due to potential inconsistencies in the method of

35


 
   
  For the nine
months ended
September 30,

 
 
  For the year
ended
December 31,
2002

 
 
  2002
  2003
 
 
  (dollars in millions)

 
Interest expense   $ 42.4   $ 31.8   $ 40.5  
Less non-cash interest expense:                    
  Outstanding notes             4.3  
  Senior discount notes     0.2         6.4  
  Seller Notes     0.8     0.8     0.2  
Less (plus) amortization:                    
  Deferred financing costs     1.9     1.4     1.7  
  Amortization of premium on senior subordinated notes     (0.1 )   (0.1 )   (0.2 )
   
 
 
 
Cash interest expense   $ 39.6   $ 29.7   $ 28.1  
   
 
 
 
(6)
In connection with the Company's initial public offering, we redeemed all of the outstanding shares of series A redeemable preferred stock on December 17, 2003 for $1.9 million (which includes an additional $0.1 million in accrued interest to the date of redemption).

(7)
"Total debt" does not include $9.3 million and $10.1 million of our Settlement Notes as of December 31, 2002 and September 30, 2003, respectively, including interest, currently held by a wholly owned subsidiary subject to reissuance if expected future levels of equity returns are not achieved (see Note 11 to our combined and consolidated financial statements). See "Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations—Management's Discussion on Critical Accounting Policies—Seller Notes and Settlement Notes."

(8)
For the purposes of computing the ratio of earnings to fixed charges, earnings consist of earnings before income taxes and fixed charges. Fixed charges consist of net interest expense including the amortization of deferred debt issuance costs and the interest component of our operating rents. The ratio of earnings to fixed charges on a historical basis is not meaningful because we participated in a credit facility with IMC Global and its affiliates and the level of third-party debt was not comparable to the level of third-party debt in place upon consummation of the Recapitalization, the offering by Compass Minerals Group of an additional $75.0 million in aggregate principal amount of the April 2002 senior subordinated notes, the offering of the notes, the offering of the senior discount notes and the amendment to the senior credit facilities. Earnings were insufficient to cover fixed charges by approximately $1.5 million, $55.6 million, $572.5 million and $0.4 million, respectively, for the nine months ended December 31, 1998, the fiscal years ended December 31, 1999 and 2000, and for the nine months ended September 30, 2002.

36



MANAGEMENT'S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION
AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

        The statements in this discussion regarding the industry outlook, our expectations regarding the future performance of our business, and the other non-historical statements in this discussion are forward-looking statements. These forward-looking statements are subject to numerous risks and uncertainties, including, but not limited to, the risks and uncertainties described in the "Risk Factors" section. You should read the following discussion together with the section entitled "Risk Factors" and the combined and consolidated financial statements and notes thereto included elsewhere in this prospectus.

Company Overview

        We are the largest producer of rock, or highway deicing, salt in North America and the United Kingdom, and operate the largest highway deicing salt mines in these regions. We are also the third largest producer of general trade salt in North America and the second largest in the United Kingdom, serving major retailers, agricultural cooperatives and food producers. In addition, we are the largest producer of sulfate of potash, or "SOP," in North America, which is used in the production of specialty fertilizers. Salt is one of the most widely used minerals in the world and has a wide variety of end-use applications, including highway deicing, food grade applications, water conditioning and various industrial uses. Our business also includes the following key characteristics:

        •  We believe that our cash flows are not materially impacted by economic cycles due to the stable end-use markets of salt and the absence of cost-effective alternatives. Short-term cash flows are affected by the seasonality of our business and are dependent on weather conditions. See "Risk Factors—The seasonal demand for our products and the variations in our cash flows from quarter to quarter as a result of weather conditions may have an adverse effect on our ability to make payments on our indebtedness, including the exchange notes."

        •  We operate eleven facilities in North America and the United Kingdom, including the largest rock salt mine in the world in Goderich, Ontario and the largest salt mine in the United Kingdom in Winsford, Cheshire.

        •  We believe that we are among the lowest cost rock salt producers in our markets. Our cost advantage is due to the size and quality of our reserves, effective mining techniques and efficient production processes. In addition, our salt mines in North America are located near either rail or water transport systems, thereby minimizing shipping and handling costs, which constitute a significant portion of the overall delivered cost of salt. Note 13 to our audited combined and consolidated financial statements included in this prospectus provides additional information regarding geographical data.

        For the nine months ended September 30, 2003, we sold approximately 8.6 million tons of salt and other minerals, generating sales of $398.5 million and net income of $11.3 million. These amounts do not include the benefit of approximately 100,000 tons of SOP sales to customers, which were serviced by the SOP marketing business of IMC Global, Inc., or "IMC Global," from its Carlsbad, New Mexico facility and which we acquired from IMC Global in June 2003. IMC Global continued to operate this business until November 30, 2003, after which we began to realize the benefits of this transaction. In our North American highway deicing business, the Company has been awarded contracts for over 10% more volume as compared to last year, with an increase in contract prices of almost 1% as compared to last year. Contract bid volumes are non-binding indications of our customers' expected volume requirements for the upcoming winter season.

37



Stand-Alone Company

        The combined and consolidated financial information related to periods ending 2001 and prior included in this prospectus have been derived from the consolidated financial statements of IMC Global. The preparation of this information was based on assumptions and estimates, including allocations of costs from IMC Global, that we believe are reasonable. This financial information may not, however, necessarily reflect the results of operations, financial positions and cash flows that would have occurred if we had been a separate, stand-alone entity during the periods presented or our future results of operations, financial position and cash flows.

        We believe that there are opportunities to improve performance on both the revenue and cost sides of our business. For example, we believe that our new management focus on operating efficiencies and monitoring capital expenditures following the consummation of the Recapitalization has led to reductions in our operating costs and maintenance capital expenditures. Additionally, we intend to continue to focus on regaining our lost market share and growing our SOP business.

        In connection with the Recapitalization, we have incurred substantial indebtedness, interest expense and repayment obligations. The interest expense relating to this debt has adversely affected our net income. Upon consummation of the Recapitalization, we incurred a number of one-time fees and expenses of approximately $35.0 million. See "Related Party Transactions."

Management's Discussion on Critical Accounting Policies

        We have identified the critical accounting policies that are most important to the portrayal of our financial condition and results of operations. The policies set forth below require management's most subjective or complex judgments, often as a result of the need to make estimates about the effect of matters that are inherently uncertain.

Inventory Allowances

        We record allowances for unusable or slow moving finished goods and raw materials and supplies inventory. We adjust the value of certain inventory to the estimated market value to the extent that management's assumptions of future demand, market or functional conditions indicate the cost basis is either in excess of market or the inventory will not be utilized or sold in future operations. If actual demand or conditions are less favorable than those projected by management, additional inventory write-downs may be required.

Mineral Interests

        As of September 30, 2003, we maintained $148.7 million of net mineral interests as a part of mineral interests and other intangible assets and $7.4 million of net mineral properties as a part of property, plant and equipment, respectively.

        Mineral interests include probable mineral reserves. We lease mineral reserves at several of our extraction facilities. These leases have varying terms, and many provide for a royalty payment to the lessor based on a specific amount per ton of mineral extracted or as a percentage of revenue. Pursuant to Statement of Financial Accounting Standards, or "SFAS," No. 141, "Business Combinations" and SFAS No. 142, "Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets," mineral interests associated with other than owned properties are classified as intangible assets.

        Our mineral interests are amortized on a units-of-production method based on internal and third-party estimates of recoverable reserves.

        Our rights to extract minerals are contractually limited by time. If we are not able to continue to extend lease agreements, as we have in the past, at commercially reasonable terms, without incurring

38



substantial costs or incurring material modifications to the existing lease terms and conditions, the assigned lives may be less than that projected by management, or if the actual size, quality or recoverability of the minerals is less than that projected by management, then the rate of amortization could be increased or the value of the reserves could be reduced by a material amount.

Deferred Tax Asset Valuation Allowance

        As of September 30, 2003, we had approximately $100.0 million of NOLs that expire between 2009 and 2020. We have previously experienced two ownership changes that have placed significant limitations on our ability to use these NOLs. Since we do not consider utilization of these credits to be more likely than not under our proposed operating structure and current tax law, a valuation allowance has been recorded for the entire amount of the NOLs. In making this determination, management considers many factors, including its internal forecasts. Many of the assumptions in these forecasts are inherently difficult to predict and in some cases are outside of our direct control, and therefore, may prove to be significantly different than the actual outcomes. As a result, the amount of required valuation allowance could be materially different.

Pension Plans

        We make actuarial assumptions that we believe are reasonable. These assumptions include discount rates, expected long-term rates of return on plan assets and rate of compensation increases, and are used in the calculation of the actuarial valuation of our defined benefit pension plans. If actual conditions or results vary from those projected by management, adjustments may be required in future periods to meet minimum pension funding, thereby increasing pension expense and our pension liability. Note 9 to our audited combined and consolidated financial statements included in this prospectus provides additional information regarding pension assumptions used by us.

        We have two defined benefit pension plans for some of our employees in the United States and the United Kingdom. The size of the U.S. plan is not significant as compared to the U.K. plan, taken as a whole. The U.K. plan was closed to new participants in 1992. Our funding policy is to make the minimum annual contributions required by applicable regulations. Cash contributions to the plans totaled $1.1 and $1.4 million during the nine months ended September 30, 2003 and year ended December 31, 2002, respectively.

Seller Notes and Settlement Notes

        In connection with the Recapitalization on November 28, 2001, we issued $11.3 million in notes payable to IMC Global, or the "Seller Notes." Should threshold equity returns not be achieved by Apollo affiliates, the Seller Notes and any accrued and unpaid interest (including any related promissory notes) may be payable in whole or in part to Apollo affiliates rather than IMC Global.

        On August 29, 2002, we, Apollo, IMC Global and certain of their affiliates amended the Seller Notes in connection with post-closing requirements of the Recapitalization. IMC Global returned $8.4 million of Seller Notes, plus $0.6 million of accrued interest, to the Company. Pursuant to this settlement, we retained a contingent obligation whereby the $9.0 million of notes plus accrued interest, now termed the "Settlement Notes" ($10.1 million at September 30, 2003), may be payable, in whole or in part, to Apollo affiliates should certain levels of equity returns not be achieved. Future equity returns are inherently difficult to predict, and therefore, our expectations may prove to be significantly different than actual outcomes. As a result, expected future levels of equity returns may not be achieved causing the Settlement Notes to become payable, in whole or in part. At September 30, 2003, management believed that the performance targets would be met and, accordingly, no amounts payable related to the Settlement Notes have been included in the consolidated balance sheet.

39



        On June 23, 2003, we purchased all of the remaining Seller Notes held by IMC Global. For a discussion of the Seller Notes and the Settlement Notes, see Note 11 to our audited combined and consolidated financial statements.

Other Significant Accounting Policies

        Other significant accounting policies not involving the same level of measurement uncertainties as those discussed above are nevertheless important to an understanding of our financial statements. Policies related to revenue recognition, financial instruments and consolidation require difficult judgments on complex matters that are often subject to multiple sources of authoritative guidance. Certain of these matters are among topics currently under re-examination by accounting standards setters and regulators. Although no specific conclusions reached to date by these standard setters appear likely to cause a material change in our accounting policies, future outcomes cannot be predicted with confidence.

Results of Operations

        The following table sets forth combined and consolidated historical financial information for the years ended December 31, 2000, 2001 and 2002 and the nine months ended September 30, 2002 and 2003. We record sales to customers based upon total billings, including pass-through shipping and handling costs necessary to transport our products from the production site to the delivery point. We manage the profitability and attractiveness of existing and prospective customers, product lines and plants by, among other factors, analyzing the customer billings net of related shipping and handling costs. This allows for a more comparable look at the relative profitability of our business as well as providing a more accurate analysis upon which to analyze trends in the business.

        The following table and discussion should be read in conjunction with the information contained in our combined and consolidated financial statements and the notes thereto included elsewhere in this prospectus. However, our results of operations set forth below and elsewhere in this prospectus may not necessarily reflect what would have occurred if we had been a separate, stand-alone entity during the periods presented or what will occur in the future. See "Risk Factors—We are a holding company

40



with no operations of our own and depend on our subsidiaries for cash. Our ability to access the cash flow of our subsidiaries may be contingent upon our ability to refinance the debt of our subsidiaries."

 
  For the year ended
December 31,

  For the
nine months ended
September 30,

 
 
  2000
  2001
  2002
  2002
  2003
 
 
  (dollars in millions, except per ton data)

 
Sales   $ 509.2   $ 523.2   $ 502.6   $ 336.9   $ 398.5  
Cost of sales—shipping and handling     140.0     143.2     137.5     91.2     109.3  
Cost of sales—products     272.0     257.0     239.2     173.3     199.5  
   
 
 
 
 
 
  Gross profit     97.2     123.0     125.9     72.4     89.7  
Selling, general and administrative expenses     35.5     38.9     40.6     30.1     34.3  
Goodwill write-down     191.0                  
Restructuring and other charges     425.9     27.0     7.7     6.8      
   
 
 
 
 
 
  Operating earnings (loss)     (555.2 )   57.1     77.6     35.5     55.4  

Interest expense

 

 

16.4

 

 

14.4

 

 

42.4

 

 

31.8

 

 

40.5

 
Other (income) expense     (0.2 )   (3.1 )   4.9     4.1     2.6  
   
 
 
 
 
 
  Income (loss) before taxes     (571.4 )   45.8     30.3     (0.4 )   12.3  
Income tax expense (benefit)     (103.7 )   26.8     11.4     (0.7 )   1.0  
   
 
 
 
 
 
  Net income (loss)   $ (467.7 ) $ 19.0   $ 18.9   $ 0.3   $ 11.3  
   
 
 
 
 
 
Dividends on preferred stock   $   $ 0.8   $ 10.6   $ 7.9   $ 1.2  
Gain on redemption of preferred stock                     (8.2 )
   
 
 
 
 
 
Net income (loss) available for common stock   $ (467.7 ) $ 18.2   $ 8.3   $ (7.6 ) $ 18.3  
   
 
 
 
 
 
Sales by Segment:                                
Salt   $ 465.1   $ 485.0   $ 452.5   $ 299.5   $ 359.8  
Specialty potash fertilizers     44.1     38.2     50.1     37.4     38.7  
   
 
 
 
 
 
  Total   $ 509.2   $ 523.2   $ 502.6   $ 336.9   $ 398.5  
   
 
 
 
 
 
Sales Volumes (in thousands of tons):                                
Highway Deicing     9,146     9,402     7,965     5,266     6,355  
General Trade     2,686     2,822     2,786     1,926     2,042  
SOP     246     188     242     181     183  

Average Sales Price (per ton):

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 
Highway Deicing   $ 25.72   $ 26.87   $ 27.96   $ 27.45   $ 28.77  
General Trade     85.59     82.35     82.48     80.48     86.64  
SOP     179.27     203.19     207.02     206.28     211.84  

Nine Months Ended September 30, 2003 Compared to the Nine Months Ended September 30, 2002

Sales

        Sales for the nine months ended September 30, 2003 of $398.5 million increased $61.6 million, or 18% compared to $336.9 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2002. Sales include revenues from the sale of our products, or "Product Sales," as well as pass-through shipping and handling fees charged to customers to reimburse us for shipping and handling costs incurred in delivering salt and SOP product to the customer. Such shipping and handling fees were $109.3 million during the nine months ended September 30, 2003, an increase of $18.1 million compared to shipping and handling fees of $91.2 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2002. The increase in shipping and handling related fees for the nine months ended September 30, 2003 was primarily due to more tons of deicing salt and general trade salt sold in North America as compared to the same period in 2002.

41



        Product Sales for the nine months ended September 30, 2003 of $289.2 million increased $43.5 million, or 18% compared to $245.7 million for the same period in 2002. Salt Product Sales for the nine months ended September 30, 2003 of $256.9 million increased $43.3 million, or 20% compared to $213.6 million for the same period in 2002. This increase was primarily due to a 1,073,000 ton increase in sales volumes in our North American deicing product line combined with a 145,000 ton increase in sales volumes in our North American general trade product line. These increases in sales volumes impacted sales by approximately $22.1 million and $9.0 million, respectively. Also contributing to the increase in Product Sales was improved pricing in both our North American deicing product line and general trade product line of approximately $7.7 million. SOP Product Sales for the nine months ended September 30, 2003 of $32.3 million remained relatively consistent as compared to the same period in 2002.

Gross Profit

        Gross profit for the nine months ended September 30, 2003 of $89.7 million increased $17.3 million, or 24% compared to $72.4 million for the same period in 2002. The increase in gross profit primarily reflects the impact of improved highway and consumer deicing sales volumes and improved pricing as described in the preceding paragraph.

Selling, General and Administrative Expenses

        Selling, general and administrative expenses of $34.3 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2003 increased $4.2 million, or 14% compared to $30.1 million for the same period in 2002. This increase primarily reflects additional compensation and benefit costs and higher spending on discretionary promotional and marketing costs.

Restructuring and Other Charges

        Restructuring and other charges are transition costs that are non-recurring in nature and relate to charges required to establish us as an independent entity. We incurred $6.8 million of restructuring costs in the nine months ended September 30, 2002 consisting primarily of one-time compensation costs, costs to develop stand-alone tax and inventory strategies and costs associated with determining the post-closing purchase price adjustment. No such costs were incurred in 2003.

Interest Expense

        Interest expense for the nine months ended September 30, 2003 of $40.5 million increased $8.7 million compared to $31.8 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2002. This increase was primarily the result of higher outstanding debt balances during 2003.

Other Expense

        Other expense for the nine months ended September 30, 2003 of $2.6 million decreased $1.5 million compared to $4.1 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2002. In April 2002, we recorded a $5.3 million charge related to the write-off of the deferred financing costs associated with the refinancing of our term loan credit facility. In the second quarter of 2003, we recorded $1.1 million of costs related to amending our senior credit facilities and a $1.9 million gain related to the early extinguishment of debt. We also recorded non-cash foreign exchange losses and (gains) of $3.3 million and $(1.0) million in the nine months ended September 30, 2003 and 2002, respectively.

Income Tax Expense / (Benefit)

        Income tax expense for the nine months ended September 30, 2003 of $1.0 million increased $1.7 million compared to income tax benefit of $(0.7) million for the same period in 2002. A greater

42



portion of pre-tax income was generated in the U.S. in the nine months ended September 30, 2003 than in the same period in 2002 causing an increase in income tax due to utilization of previously reserved NOLs that would offset U.S. taxable income. Our income tax provision differs from the U.S. statutory federal income tax rate primarily due to U.S. statutory depletion, state income taxes (net of federal tax benefit), foreign income tax rate differentials, changes in the expected utilization of previously reserved NOLs, non-deductible interest expense on discount notes, non-deductible transaction costs incurred in 2002 and foreign mining taxes.

Dividends on Preferred Stock

        Dividends on redeemable preferred stock for the nine months ended September 30, 2003 of $1.2 million decreased $6.7 million compared to $7.9 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2002. This decrease was the result of approximately 78% of the then outstanding redeemable preferred stock being converted into senior discount notes in December 2002 and the repurchase on redemption of 14,704 shares of redeemable preferred stock in June 2003.

        Beginning on July 1, 2003, dividends on our mandatorily redeemable preferred stock are accounted for as interest expense in our consolidated statements of operations in accordance with SFAS No. 150, "Accounting for Certain Financial Instruments with Characteristics of both Liabilities and Equity." Prior to that time, the dividends were treated as a deduction from net income available for common stock.

Gain on Redemption of Preferred Stock

        The $8.2 million gain on redemption of preferred stock resulted from the repurchase of 14,704 shares of redeemable preferred stock in June 2003 and was treated as an increase to net income available for common stock. No such redemptions occurred in 2002.

Year Ended December 31, 2002 Compared to the Year Ended December 31, 2001

Sales

        Sales for 2002 of $502.6 million decreased $20.6 million, or 3.9% compared to $523.2 million in 2001. Sales include Product Sales as well as pass-through shipping and handling fees charged to customers to reimburse us for shipping and handling costs incurred in delivering salt and SOP product to the customer. Such shipping and handling fees were $137.5 million during 2002, a decrease of $5.7 million compared to 2001 shipping and handling fees of $143.2 million. The decline in shipping and handling related fees during 2002 was due to fewer tons of products sold compared to 2001.

        Product Sales for 2002 of $365.1 million decreased $14.9 million, or 3.9% compared to $380.0 million for 2001. Salt Product Sales for 2002 of $322.3 million decreased $19.5 million, or 5.7% compared to $341.8 million for 2001. This decrease was primarily the result of a 1,437,000 ton decline in sales volumes in our combined North American and U.K. highway deicing product lines due to the mild winter weather in the March 2002 quarter. The decline in volumes negatively impacted sales by approximately $27 million. Additionally, the general trade product lines had a 36,000 ton reduction in sales volumes which was also primarily the result of the mild March 2002 quarter winter weather. This reduction in volumes unfavorably impacted sales by approximately $7 million. Overall, the reduction in sales volumes were offset in part by an improvement in the pricing for our North American salt product lines of $15 million. SOP Product Sales for 2002 of $42.8 million increased $4.6 million compared to $38.2 million for 2001 primarily due to a 54,000 ton increase in sales volumes partially offset by lower average prices.

43



Gross Profit

        Gross profit for 2002 of $125.9 million increased $2.9 million, or 2.4% compared to $123.0 million for 2001. The increase in gross profit primarily reflects the $15 million resulting from the improvement in the pricing of our North American salt product lines offset by an approximate $17 million decline due to lower highway deicing sales volumes. Gross margins also increased by approximately $2 million due to the increase in SOP sales volumes partially offset by lower average prices. Lower operating costs also improved our gross margin by $4 million.

Selling, General and Administrative Expenses

        Selling, general and administrative expenses of $40.6 million for 2002 increased $1.7 million, or 4.4% compared to $38.9 million for 2001. The increase primarily reflects additional costs related to our transition to a stand-alone entity for services previously provided by IMC Global prior to the Recapitalization.

Restructuring and Other Charges

        Transition costs are non-recurring in nature and relate to charges required to establish us as an independent entity. During 2002, we incurred $7.7 million of transition costs that were directly related to our transition from an entity controlled by IMC Global and consisted primarily of one-time compensation costs, costs to develop stand-alone tax and inventory strategies and costs associated with determining the post-closing purchase price adjustment.

Interest Expense

        Interest expense for 2002 of $42.4 million increased $28.0 million compared to $14.4 million for 2001. This increase is primarily the result of our new capital structure following the Recapitalization on November 28, 2001.

Other (Income) Expense

        Other expense for 2002 of $4.9 million increased $8.0 million compared to other income of $3.1 million for 2001. Other income in 2001 was primarily interest income earned from IMC Global. We earned no interest income from IMC Global in 2002. Additionally, we recorded a $5.3 million loss related to refinancing our term loan credit facility in 2002.

Income Tax Expense

        Income tax expense for 2002 of $11.4 million decreased $15.4 million compared to $26.8 million of income tax expense for 2001 due to a decline in pre-tax income partially resulting from higher interest expense following the Recapitalization. Our income tax provision differs from the United States statutory federal income tax rate primarily due to U.S. statutory depletion, state income taxes (net of federal tax benefit), foreign income tax rate differentials, changes in the expected utilization of previously reserved NOLs, non-deductible transaction costs and foreign mining taxes.

Year Ended December 31, 2001 Compared to the Year Ended December 31, 2000

Sales

        Sales for 2001 of $523.2 million increased $14.0 million, or 2.7% compared to $509.2 million in 2000. Sales include Product Sales as well as pass-through shipping and handling fees charged to customers to reimburse us for shipping and handling costs incurred in delivering salt and SOP product to the customer. Such shipping and handling fees were $143.2 million during 2001, an increase of

44



$3.2 million compared to 2000 shipping and handling fees of $140.0 million. The increase in shipping and handling related fees during 2001 was due to more tons of products sold compared to 2000.

        Product Sales for 2001 of $380.0 million increased $10.8 million, or 2.9% compared to $369.2 million for 2000. Salt Product Sales for 2001 of $341.8 million increased $16.7 million, or 5.1% compared to $325.1 million for 2000. This increase was primarily the result of a 256,000 ton increase in highway deicing sales volumes, primarily attributable to the United Kingdom. Higher general trade sales volumes of 136,000 tons also favorably impacted sales by approximately $8 million. Overall, the increase in highway deicing sales volumes were increased further by approximately $4 million resulting from the improvement in salt pricing, offset in part by approximately $4 million of unfavorable changes in foreign currency.

        SOP Product Sales for 2001 of $38.2 million decreased $5.9 million, or 13.4% compared to $44.1 million for 2000. SOP sales volumes for 2001 declined 58,000 tons, or approximately $10 million as compared to 2000, as a result of lower demand for fertilizers and reduced marketing of SOP as part of IMC Global's broader potash marketing strategy. This decline was partially offset by an approximate $4 million increase in the average price of SOP.

Gross Profit

        Gross profit for 2001 of $123.0 million increased $25.8 million, or 26.5% compared to $97.2 million for 2000. This improvement in gross profit primarily reflects the approximate $8 million resulting from the overall improvement in pricing combined with an approximate $5 million increase due to higher highway deicing sales volumes, approximately $4 million of improved costs and reduced depreciation and amortization expenses of $11.5 million.

Selling, General and Administrative Expenses

        Selling, general and administrative expenses for 2001 of $38.9 million increased $3.4 million, or 9.6% compared to $35.5 million for 2000 primarily reflecting higher sales related charges.

Goodwill Write-down, Restructuring and Other Charges

        During 2001, we incurred $27.0 million in expenses in connection with the Recapitalization which consisted of transaction and transition costs. The transaction costs were directly related to the acquisition and consisted primarily of outside professional services. Transition costs are non-recurring in nature and related to charges required to establish us as an independent entity. During 2000, we recorded goodwill write-down and restructuring and other charges of $616.9 million. The 2000 charges were comprised of a $191.0 million write-down of goodwill and $425.9 million of restructuring and other charges, which were recorded in the fourth quarter. Substantially all these charges were non-cash charges and reflected the amount by which our net book value exceeded IMC Global's anticipated proceeds from the disposition of the Company.

Other Income/Expense

        Other income for 2001 of $3.1 million increased $2.9 million compared to $0.2 million for 2000. This increase was largely the result of Canadian non-cash foreign currency exchange gains.

Interest Expense

        Interest expense for 2001 of $14.4 million decreased $2.0 million, or 12.2% compared to $16.4 million for 2000. This decrease was primarily the result of lower average borrowings from IMC Global and its affiliates during 2001 as compared to the prior year period, partially offset by interest expense related to our new debt borrowings at the end of 2001 related to the Recapitalization.

45



Income Tax Expense

        Income tax expense for 2001 of $26.8 million increased $130.5 million compared to an income tax benefit of $103.7 million for 2000. This was due to the effect in 2000 of the $616.6 million asset impairment recorded by us, which resulted in an income tax benefit for the year. Our income tax provision differs from the U.S. statutory federal income tax rate primarily due to U.S. statutory depletion, state income taxes (net of federal tax benefit), foreign income tax rate differentials, foreign mining taxes, non-deductible transaction costs and amortization of goodwill not deductible for tax purposes.

Liquidity and Capital Resources

Historical Cash Flow

        Historically, we have used cash generated from operations to meet our working capital needs and to fund capital expenditures. Our primary sources of liquidity will continue to be cash from operations and borrowings under our revolving credit facility. We expect that ongoing requirements for debt service and capital expenditures will be funded from these sources.

For the nine months ended September 30, 2003 and 2002

        Net cash flow generated by operating activities for the nine months ended September 30, 2003 and 2002 was $51.4 million and $57.8 million, respectively. Of these amounts, $8.7 million and $21.4 million for 2003 and 2002, respectively, were generated by working capital reductions. The primary working capital reductions for 2003 and 2002 were decreases in receivables of $42.0 million and $39.7 million, respectively, decreases in inventories of $1.3 million and $1.6 million, respectively, and decreases in accounts payable and accrued expenses of $32.0 million and $16.7 million, respectively. These reductions are indicative of the seasonal nature of highway deicing product line sales with differences primarily related to more normal winter weather in the 2002-2003 winter season than in the mild 2001-2002 winter season.

        Net cash flow used by investing activities for the nine months ended September 30, 2003 and 2002, were $31.0 million and $11.8 million, respectively. These cash flows consisted of capital expenditures primarily to maintain our facilities of $9.7 million and $12.1 million in 2003 and 2002, respectively, and $21.1 million in 2003 related to our purchase of certain intangible assets related to IMC Global's SOP business.

        Net cash flow used by financing activities was $30.1 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2003, primarily due to a $9.8 million repurchase of common stock (treasury stock), a $30.0 million voluntary principal repayment that reduced the amount of long-term debt outstanding under our term loan credit facility, $6.6 million related to the redemption of preferred stock and $4.2 million of deferred financing costs. These outflows were partially offset by $17.5 million of borrowings under our revolving credit facility and the receipt of $8.8 million from IMC Global to pay income taxes for periods prior to the Recapitalization which were indemnified by IMC Global. Additionally, in May 2003, we issued the outstanding notes and used the proceeds of approximately $100.0 million to pay a dividend on our common stock.

        Net cash flow used by financing activities was $56.5 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2002, primarily due to the $39.8 million repayment of our revolver borrowings, combined with $30.0 million voluntary principal repayments that reduced the amount of long-term debt outstanding under our term loan credit facility. The cash used was partially offset by approximately $13 million of capital contributions received by us from IMC Global related to the post-closing purchase price adjustment.

46



        Additionally, on April 10, 2002, Compass Minerals Group completed an offering of $75.0 million aggregate principal amount of its senior subordinated notes. The April 2002 senior subordinated notes were issued to bondholders at a premium of $3.4 million, plus accrued interest from February 15, 2002 and accordingly, we received gross proceeds of $79.5 million from the offering of the these notes. The proceeds from the offering of the April 2002 senior subordinated notes, net of transaction costs, were used to repay borrowings under the revolving credit facility. In connection with this transaction, we recorded a charge to Other (income) expense in our consolidated statements of operations of approximately $5.3 million, which was reflected as a non-cash add-back to net cash provided by operating activities.

For the year ended December 31, 2002

        Net cash flow generated by operating activities was $82.4 million for the year ended December 31, 2002. Of this amount, $12.7 million was generated by working capital reductions. The primary working capital reductions were increases in accounts payable and accrued expenses of $14.8 million and decreases in inventories of $3.8 million offset in part by an increase in receivables of $5.9 million. The improvement in working capital is partially due to faster collections of our receivables and the timing of interest payments. These improvements were partially offset by more severe winter weather in December 2002 than in December 2001. Additionally, in August 2002, we amended an agreement with a supplier related to the purchase of salt from the supplier's chemical production facility. Effective with the amendment, we discontinued the purchase of salt from this supplier. We received a one-time cash payment of $8.0 million related to the amendment which terminates in December 2010. In the future we may elect to resume purchasing salt from the supplier's facility. In that event, we would repay a ratable portion of the cash received.

        Net cash flow used by investing activities was $19.1 million for the year ended December 31, 2002, primarily related to capital expenditures. Extensive efforts have been made throughout 2002 to focus capital spending on maintaining the business while leveraging our growth and cost reduction capital spending in prior years. Capital expenditures during 2002 included $17.0 million of expenditures to maintain our facilities. During the four years prior to 2002, on average, we have spent in excess of $20.0 million per year in growth and cost reduction capital expenditures to upgrade our core operating facilities, expand and rationalize production capacities and improve operating efficiencies. Growth and cost reduction capital expenditures were $2.5 million for 2002.

        Net cash flow used by financing activities was $69.8 million for the year ended December 31, 2002, primarily due to the $39.8 million repayment of borrowings under our revolving credit facility, combined with $40.0 million of voluntary principal repayments that reduced the amount of long-term debt outstanding under our term loan credit facility. The cash used was partially offset by $12.8 million of capital contributions received by us from IMC Global related to the post-closing purchase price adjustment.

        In connection with the offering of the April 2002 senior subordinated notes by Compass Minerals Group, we amended and restated our senior credit facilities and reduced the term loan credit facility to $150.0 million. In connection with this transaction, we recorded a charge to Other (income) expense in our combined and consolidated statements of operations of approximately $5.3 million, which was reflected as a non-cash add-back to net cash provided by operating activities.

For the year ended December 31, 2001

        Net cash flow generated by operating activities was $112.4 million for the year ended December 31, 2001. Of this amount, $50.8 million was generated by working capital reductions. The largest working capital reduction, reflective of our exposure to weather conditions, was a $36.3 million

47



decrease in our receivables. This reduction was primarily related to more severe winter weather in December 2000 than in December 2001.

        Net cash flow used by investing activities was $43.6 million for the year ended December 31, 2001, primarily representing capital expenditures of the business. As part of these capital expenditures, we incurred $5.7 million related to the new mine shaft, mill and headframe at the Cote Blanche, Louisiana facility. The remaining capital expenditures included $26.4 million of expenditures to maintain our facilities and $11.0 million of growth and cost reduction capital expenditures. The significant growth and cost reduction projects related to the continuing expansion of our Lyons, Kansas evaporation facility and the purchase of a continuous miner at our Winsford facility.

        Net cash flow used by financing activities was $53.7 million for the year ended December 31, 2001. A significant level of activity occurred during the fourth quarter as a result of the Recapitalization. Most notably, Compass Minerals Group borrowed $250.0 million from its newly issued notes, $225.0 million from its new term loan credit facility and approximately $39.8 million on its new revolving credit facility. These funds were used primarily to repay certain notes payable to IMC Global and affiliates and to declare a dividend to IMC Global. We also incurred $18.0 million in financing costs. Additionally, $70.7 million was used in the net repayment of third-party debt, including a £45.0 million bank facility for our U.K. operations.

For the year ended December 31, 2000

        Net cash flow generated from operating activities was $72.1 million for the year ended December 31, 2000. Of this amount, $6.6 million was generated by working capital reductions.

        Net cash flow used by investing activities was $34.0 million for the year ended December 31, 2000, primarily representing capital expenditures of the business. Included in this amount was $9.4 million related to the construction of the new mine shaft, mill and headframe at our Cote Blanche, Louisiana facility. The remaining capital expenditures primarily relate to $18.8 million of expenditures to maintain our facilities and $5.5 million of growth and cost reduction capital expenditures. The significant growth and cost reduction projects related to the completion of the rationalization of our facilities in Hutchinson and Lyons, Kansas as well as energy and manpower efficiency projects at our evaporation facilities.

        Net cash used by financing activities was $43.3 million for the year ended December 31, 2000, of which $39.6 million was repayments of borrowings from IMC Global and its affiliates. The remaining $3.7 million related to the net repayment of third-party debt, which included capital leases.

Post-Recapitalization

        Effective with the consummation of the Recapitalization, we no longer participate in IMC Global's centralized treasury management system. Following the Recapitalization, we established our own centralized treasury management system. Our primary sources of liquidity will continue to be cash flow from operations and borrowings under our revolving credit facility. We expect that ongoing requirements for debt service and capital expenditures will be funded from these sources.

        We have incurred substantial indebtedness in connection with the Recapitalization. As of September 30, 2003, we had $598.6 million of indebtedness outstanding, net of issuance premium. Our significant debt service obligations could, under certain circumstances, materially affect our financial condition and prevent us from fulfilling our debt obligations. See "Risk Factors—Our substantial indebtedness could adversely affect our financial condition and prevent us from fulfilling our obligations under the exchange notes."

        Concurrent with the Recapitalization, Compass Minerals Group issued $250.0 million aggregate principal amount of its 10% senior subordinated notes due 2011 and entered into the senior credit

48



facilities. Our senior credit facilities provided for a term loan credit facility in the principal amount of $225.0 million and a revolving credit facility in an aggregate amount of up to $135.0 million. Upon consummation of the Recapitalization, Compass Minerals Group borrowed the full amount available under the term loan credit facility and made borrowings under the revolving credit facility based upon our working capital needs. As of September 30, 2003, $17.5 million of indebtedness and $9.0 million of letters of credit were outstanding under the revolving credit facility. Future borrowings under the revolving credit facility will be available to fund our working capital requirements, capital expenditures and for other general corporate purposes. As of September 30, 2003, approximately $108.5 million was available under the revolving credit facility. The revolving credit facility is available until 2008.

        On April 10, 2002, Compass Minerals Group completed an offering of an additional $75.0 million aggregate principal amount of its senior subordinated notes. The April 2002 senior subordinated notes and the senior subordinated notes are governed by, and treated as a single class of securities under an indenture, dated November 28, 2001, between Compass Minerals Group and The Bank of New York, as trustee. The gross proceeds from the offering of the April 2002 senior subordinated notes in the amount of $78.4 million, including a purchase premium in the amount of $3.4 million, were used to refinance borrowings under the term loan credit facility and pay related fees and expenses. The April 2002 senior subordinated notes mature in August 2011. As part of the issuance of the April 2002 senior subordinated notes, we amended our senior credit facilities to reduce the term loan credit facility to $150.0 million and reduce the related interest rate margin by 0.75%. Borrowings under the amended term loan credit facility are due and payable in quarterly installments that began in 2002. The quarterly term loan amortization payments due before 2009 approximate $0.8 million on an annual basis, or 1% of the term loan. The remaining balance of the term loan credit facility will amortize in equal quarterly installments in the eighth year of the term loan credit facility. As of September 30, 2003, the outstanding balance of the term loan was $78.5 million.

        In December 2002, certain holders of our preferred stock converted their preferred stock into subordinated discount debentures. We then issued $123.5 million in aggregate principal amount of senior discount notes in exchange for our subordinated discount debentures. No cash interest will accrue on the senior discount notes prior to December 15, 2007. The accreted value of each senior discount note will increase from the date of issuance until December 15, 2007 at a rate of 12 3 / 4 % per annum, reflecting the accrual of non-cash interest, such that the accreted value will equal the principal amount at maturity on December 15, 2007. Cash interest will accrue on the senior discount notes at a rate of 12 3 / 4 % per annum, beginning December 15, 2007. The first cash interest payment will be made on June 15, 2008.

        On May 5, 2003, we amended our senior credit facilities to allow us to pay a dividend to be funded with either cash on hand or with borrowings under the amended and restated senior revolving credit facility. Additionally, the amendment permits us to repurchase our securities (other than the notes and the senior discount notes) not held by Apollo or management.

        On May 22, 2003, we issued $179.6 million in aggregate principal amount at maturity of outstanding notes in a private placement under Rule 144A and Regulation S of the Securities Act. See "Description of the Exchange Notes." The proceeds from the sale of the notes were distributed to our stockholders. In connection with the offering of notes, we amended our senior credit facilities and received consent from the holders of a majority of the aggregate principal amount at maturity of our senior discount notes to amend the indenture governing the senior discount notes in order to permit the distribution of the proceeds from the offering of the outstanding notes to our stockholders.

        On November 17, 2003, we amended our senior credit facilities to allow us to pay future dividends funded with either cash on hand or with borrowings under the amended and restated senior revolving credit facility. Additionally, the amendment permits us to redeem or repurchase all outstanding shares of our series A redeemable preferred stock.

49



        In connection with the Recapitalization, we received NOLs and expect to realize cash tax savings if these NOLs are able to be utilized. As of September 30, 2003, we had approximately $100.0 million of NOLs remaining that expire between 2009 and 2020. These NOLs may be used to offset a portion of future taxable income, up to the year 2020, and thereby reduce or eliminate our U.S. federal income taxes otherwise payable. The Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, or the "Code," imposes significant limitations on the utilization of NOLs in the event of an "ownership change," as defined in Section 382 of the Code. Generally, an ownership change occurs with respect to a corporation if the aggregate increase in the percentage of stock ownership by value of that corporation by one or more 5% shareholders, including specified groups of shareholders who in the aggregate own at least 5% of that corporation's stock (including a group of public shareholders), exceeds 50 percentage points over a three-year testing period. The Company has incurred two ownership changes that have placed annual limitations on the amount of each loss carryforward utilization, and may incur future ownership changes either as a result of this offering or future changes in ownership. We cannot assure you that we will be able to use any NOLs to offset future taxable income or that the NOLs will not become subject to additional limitations due to future ownership changes. Due to the uncertainty that these carryforwards will be utilized, a full valuation allowance was previously established against the remaining deferred tax asset.

        We have two defined benefit pension plans for certain of our U.K. and U.S. employees. Our cash funding policy is to make the minimum annual contributions required by applicable regulations. Since the plans' accumulated benefit obligations are in excess of the fair value of the plans' assets, we may be required to use cash from operations above our historical levels to further fund these plans in the future.

        Our contractual obligations and commitments as of September 30, 2003 are as follows (in millions):

 
  Payments Due by Period
Contractual Obligations

  Total
  Less than
1 Year

  2-3
Years

  4-5
Years

  After
5 Years

Long-term Debt   $ 598.6   $ 0.8   $ 1.6   $ 19.1   $ 577.1
Operating Leases(1)     24.9     5.8     7.5     4.3     7.3
Unconditional Purchase Obligations(2)     62.0     8.1     16.2     16.2     21.5
   
 
 
 
 
Total Contractual Cash Obligations   $ 685.5   $ 14.7   $ 25.3   $ 39.6   $ 605.9
   
 
 
 
 
 
  Amount of Commitment Expiration per Period
Other Commitments

  Total
  Less than
1 Year

  2-3
Years

  4-5
Years

  After
5 Years

Revolver   $ 108.5   $   $   $ 108.5   $
Letters of Credit     9.0     9.0            
Settlement Notes(3)     10.1                 10.1
   
 
 
 
 
Total Other Commitments   $ 127.6   $ 9.0   $   $ 108.5   $ 10.1
   
 
 
 
 

(1)
We lease property and equipment under non-cancelable operating leases for varying periods.

(2)
We have long-term contracts to purchase certain amounts of electricity and steam.

(3)
The Settlement Notes, including interest, are subject to the conditions described in "Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations—Management's Discussion on Critical Accounting Policies—Seller Notes and Settlement Notes." See also Note 11 to our audited combined and consolidated financial statements.

50


        Our ability to make scheduled payments of principal of, to pay the interest on, or to refinance our indebtedness, including the exchange notes, or to fund planned capital expenditures will depend on our ability to generate cash in the future. This, to a certain extent, is subject to general economic, financial, competitive, legislative, regulatory and other factors that are beyond our control.

        Based on our current level of operations, we believe that cash flow from operations and available cash, together with available borrowings under our senior credit facilities, will be adequate to meet our liquidity needs over the next twelve months.

        As a holding company, our investments in our operating subsidiaries, including Compass Minerals Group, constitute substantially all of our operating assets. Consequently, our subsidiaries conduct all of our consolidated operations and own substantially all of our operating assets. Our principal source of the cash we need to pay our obligations and to repay the principal amount of our obligations, including the exchange notes, is the cash that our subsidiaries generate from their operations and their borrowings. Our subsidiaries are not obligated to make funds available to us. The terms of our senior credit facilities and the indenture governing the senior subordinated notes significantly restrict our subsidiaries from paying dividends and otherwise transferring assets to us. The terms of our senior credit facilities also restrict our subsidiaries from paying dividends to us in order to fund cash interest payments on the senior discount notes and the notes if we do not comply with an adjusted senior indebtedness leverage ratio or if a default or event of default has occurred and is continuing under our senior credit facilities. We cannot assure you that we will maintain this ratio. Furthermore, our subsidiaries will be permitted under the terms of our senior credit facilities and the indenture governing our senior subordinated notes to incur additional indebtedness that may severely restrict or prohibit the making of distributions, the payment of dividends or the making of loans by such subsidiaries to us. We cannot assure you that the agreements governing the current and future indebtedness of our subsidiaries will permit our subsidiaries to provide us with sufficient dividends, distributions or loans to fund scheduled interest and principal payments on our indebtedness, including the exchange notes, when due. If we consummate an acquisition, our debt service requirements could increase. We may need to refinance all or a portion of our indebtedness on or before maturity. We cannot assure you that we will be able to refinance any of our indebtedness, including our senior credit facilities on commercially reasonable terms or at all.

Sensitivity Analysis Related to EBITDA

        Both prior to the Recapitalization and in connection with the Recapitalization, we have incurred significant non-recurring restructuring and other charges that impact our results of operations. As a result, our results of operations and cash flows are not indicative of what they would have been had we not incurred these non-recurring charges. We believe it would be helpful to provide a sensitivity analysis that describes our ability to satisfy our debt service, capital expenditures and working capital requirements and make dividend payments in terms of earnings before interest, taxes, depreciation and amortization, or "EBITDA," and EBITDA adjusted for the restructuring and other charges described below, or "Adjusted EBITDA." We believe that these non-GAAP measures can assist investors in understanding our cost structure, cash flows and financial position. In addition, the financial covenants and ratios in our senior credit facilities and our indentures, such as restrictions on payments and indebtedness and ratios relating to leverage, interest coverage and fixed charge coverage, are also tied to measures that are calculated by adjusting EBITDA as described below. We believe it is necessary to adjust EBITDA to enable investors to see how we view our business given the significant non-recurring restructuring and other charges that have historically affected our results of operations.

        Neither EBITDA nor Adjusted EBITDA are calculated under GAAP and neither should be considered in isolation or as a substitute for net income, cash flows or other income or cash flow data prepared in accordance with GAAP or as a measure of our profitability or liquidity. While EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA and similar variations thereof are frequently used as a measure of operations

51



and the ability to meet debt service requirements, these terms are not necessarily comparable to other similarly titled captions of other companies due to the potential inconsistencies in the method of calculation.

        The following is a summary of our goodwill write-down, restructuring and other charges incurred for each of our last five fiscal years:

    For the nine months ended December 31, 1998

        In 1998, we incurred restructuring and other charges in the amount of $20.3 million. These charges were largely related to the impairment of certain of our assets in the fourth quarter of 1998, including a $17.7 million write-down of property, plant and equipment at our Hutchinson and Canadian locations, driven by the consolidation of certain facilities. The majority of the write-down related to production equipment and mineral rights. The remaining $2.6 million charge related to the estimated costs of closing the facilities and the severance of employees.

    For the year ended December 31, 1999

        In the fourth quarter of 1999, IMC Global implemented a restructuring program that included the closure of our Hutchinson facility and reductions in our employee headcount. In conjunction with this program, we recorded a restructuring charge of $13.7 million, which was comprised of the following:

    $1.1 million was related to disposal of property, plant and equipment at our Hutchinson facility;

    $1.9 million of closure costs for moving businesses from our Hutchinson plant to other facilities and incremental environmental land reclamation of surrounding areas;

    $8.0 million for severance benefits related to employee headcount reductions in connection with IMC Global's restructuring program (most of these reductions were the result of the closure of our Hutchinson facility); and

    $2.7 million to reduce the carrying value of inventories and spare parts as a result of the closure of our Hutchinson facility.

        In 1999, we also recorded a charge in the amount of $87.5 million in connection with goodwill write-down related to our election to change our method of assessing the recoverability of goodwill from one based on undiscounted cash flows to one based on discounted cash flows. We recorded this non-cash write-down of goodwill in the fourth quarter of 1999 as a result of this change in methodology.

    For the year ended December 31, 2000

        In the fourth quarter of 2000, IMC Global authorized its board of directors to proceed with the sale of our operations. In connection with the proposed sale, we recorded an impairment charge of $616.6 million, $482.1 million after tax, in the fourth quarter of 2000. In addition, as part of this charge, goodwill was reduced $191.0 million to zero and intangible assets—mineral interests was reduced $425.6 million. We recorded a $0.2 million after tax charge for employee severance costs in connection with the proposed sale.

    For the year ended December 31, 2001

        In connection with the Recapitalization, we expensed certain transaction and transition costs. We incurred $20.1 million of transaction costs related to activities associated with the Recapitalization (which consisted primarily of costs related to outside professional services). We also expensed $6.9 million of transition costs related to activities and other charges incurred in connection with separating us from IMC Global.

52


    For the year ended December 31, 2002

        Following the Recapitalization, we incurred and expensed certain non-recurring costs totaling $7.7 million that consisted of transition costs required to establish us as an independent entity. The costs were directly related to the transition from an entity controlled by IMC Global and consisted primarily of one-time compensation costs, costs to develop stand-alone tax and inventory strategies and costs associated with determining the post-closing purchase price adjustment.

    For the nine months ended September 30, 2002 and 2003

        Following the Recapitalization, we incurred and expensed certain non-recurring costs totaling $6.8 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2002 that consisted of transition costs required to establish us as an independent entity. The costs were directly related to the transition from an entity controlled by IMC Global and consisted primarily of one-time compensation costs, costs to develop stand-alone tax and inventory strategies, and costs associated with determining the post-closing purchase price adjustment. No such costs were incurred in 2003.

        The adjustments to EBITDA set forth in the table below include adjustments relating to the expenses and charges described above, which we believe are not likely to recur. Although these adjustments are not permitted as adjustments in preparing financial statements in accordance with Regulation S-X, management believes that the presentation of EBITDA, as so adjusted, provides useful information in analyzing the effects of non-recurring restructuring charges, including those resulting from the Recapitalization.

 
   
   
   
   
   
  For the nine
months ended
September 30,

 
   
  For the year ended December 31,
 
  For the nine
months ended
December 31, 1998

 
  1999
  2000
  2001
  2002
  2002
  2003
 
  (dollars in millions)

Net income (loss)   $ (14.4 ) $ (67.5 ) $ (467.7 ) $ 19.0   $ 18.9   $ 0.3   $ 11.3
  Income tax expense (benefit)     9.3     12.4     (103.7 )   26.8     11.4     (0.7 )   1.0
  Interest expense     17.4     19.0     16.4     14.4     42.4     31.8     40.5
  Depreciation and amortization     34.3     55.1     44.3     32.6     37.1     28.7     31.2
  Goodwill write-down         87.5     191.0                
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
EBITDA     46.6     106.5     (319.7 )   92.8     109.8     60.1     84.0
  Adjustments to income (loss) from operations:                                          
  Restructuring and other charges     20.3     13.7     425.9     27.0     7.7     6.8    
  Other expense (income)(1)     2.9     (3.0 )   (0.2 )   (3.1 )   4.9     4.1     2.6
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
Adjusted EBITDA   $ 69.8   $ 117.2   $ 106.0   $ 116.7   $ 122.4   $ 71.0   $ 86.6
   
 
 
 
 
 
 

(1)
"Other expense (income)" primarily includes losses on early retirements of debt ($5.3 million in 2002 and $3.5 million in 1998), interest income and non-cash foreign exchange gains and losses.

Effects of Currency Fluctuations and Inflation

        We conduct operations in Canada, the United Kingdom and the United States. Therefore, our results of operations are subject to both currency transaction risk and currency translation risk. We incur currency transaction risk whenever we or one of our subsidiaries enter into either a purchase or sales transaction using a currency other than the local currency of the transacting entity. With respect to currency translation risk, our financial condition and results of operations are measured and recorded in the relevant local currency and then translated into U.S. dollars for inclusion in our historical combined and consolidated financial statements. Exchange rates between these currencies and

53



U.S. dollars in recent years have fluctuated significantly and may do so in the future. The majority of our revenues and costs are denominated in U.S. dollars, with pound sterling, Canadian dollars and other currencies also being significant. We generated 34% of our 2002 sales in foreign currencies, and we incurred 32% of our 2002 total operating expenses in foreign currencies. The net depreciation of the pound sterling and Canadian dollar against the U.S. dollar and other world currencies over the 1998 to 2002 period has had a negative impact on our sales and EBITDA, as reported in U.S. dollars in our combined and consolidated financial statements. Significant changes in the value of the Canadian dollar, the euro or pound sterling relative to the U.S. dollar could have a material adverse effect on our financial condition and our ability to meet interest and principal payments on U.S. dollar denominated debt, including borrowings under our senior credit facilities.

Seasonality

        We experience a substantial amount of seasonality in salt sales. The result of this seasonality is that sales and operating income are generally higher in the first and fourth quarters and lower during the second and third quarters of each year. In particular, sales of highway and consumer deicing salt products are seasonal as they vary based on the severity of the winter conditions in areas where the product is used. Following industry practice in North America, we and our customers stockpile sufficient quantities of deicing salt in the second, third and fourth quarters to meet the estimated requirements for the winter season.

Market Risk

Interest Rate Risk

        As of September 30, 2003, we had $78.5 million of debt outstanding under the term loan credit facility and $17.5 million outstanding under our revolving credit facility. Both the term loan credit facility and revolving credit facility are subject to variable rates. Accordingly, our earnings and cash flows are affected by changes in interest rates. Assuming no change in the term loan credit facility borrowings at September 30, 2003, and an average level of borrowings from our revolving credit facility at variable rates, and assuming a one hundred basis point increase in the average interest rate under these borrowings, it is estimated that our interest expense for the nine months ended September 30, 2003 would have increased by approximately $0.6 million.

Foreign Currency Risk

        We conduct our business primarily in the United Kingdom and North America and export some products to Europe and Southeast Asia. Our operations may, therefore, be subject to volatility because of currency fluctuations, inflation changes and changes in political and economic conditions in these countries. Sales and expenses are frequently denominated in local currencies, and results of operations may be affected adversely as currency fluctuations affect our product prices and operating costs or those of our competitors. We may engage in hedging operations, including forward foreign exchange contracts, to reduce the exposure of our cash flows to fluctuations in foreign currency rates. We will not engage in hedging for speculative investment reasons. Our historical results do not reflect any foreign exchange hedging activity. There can be no assurance that our hedging operations will eliminate or substantially reduce risks associated with fluctuating currencies. See "Risk Factors—Economic and other risks associated with international sales and operations could adversely affect our business, including economic loss and a negative impact on earnings."

        Considering our currency expenses, a hypothetical 10% unfavorable change in the exchange rates compared to the U.S. dollar could have an estimated $1.0 million impact on earnings for the nine months ended September 30, 2003. Actual changes in market prices or rates may differ from hypothetical changes.

54



Commodity Pricing Risk: Commodity Derivative Instruments and Hedging Activities

        We have reviewed various options to mitigate the impact of fluctuating natural gas prices. During 2002 and 2003, we instituted a hedging policy to mitigate the impact of fluctuations in the price of natural gas. Pursuant to such policy, we entered into contractual gas price swaps related to the purchase price of our natural gas requirements. We have determined that these financial instruments qualify as hedges under SFAS No. 133, "Accounting for Derivative Instruments and Hedging Activity."

        Excluding the effects of our derivative instruments and our commodity price exposures to natural gas, a hypothetical 10% adverse change in our natural gas prices during the nine months ended September 30, 2003 could have had an estimated $0.8 million impact on earnings. Actual results may vary based on actual changes in market prices and rates.

Recent Accounting Pronouncements

        We have adopted the new rules on accounting for goodwill and other intangible assets as set forth in SFAS No. 141, "Business Combinations," and SFAS No. 142, "Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets." Under the new rules, goodwill and intangible assets deemed to have indefinite lives are not amortized but are subject to annual impairment tests in accordance with the statements. Other intangible assets continue to be amortized over their useful lives. Adoption of these statements did not have a material impact on our consolidated statements of operations as we, in the fourth quarter of 2000, recorded a charge to reduce goodwill to zero and have no material other intangible assets with indefinite lives. The adoption of SFAS No. 142 required the reclassification of $151.1 million of other than owned mineral interests at January 1, 2002 from property, plant and equipment to intangible assets on our consolidated balance sheets and additional disclosures in the notes to the combined and consolidated financial statements regarding these definite lived intangible assets.

        In June 2001, the Financial Accounting Standards Board, or "FASB," issued SFAS No. 143, "Accounting for Obligations Associated with the Retirement of Long-Lived Assets." The objective of SFAS No. 143 is to establish an accounting standard for the recognition and measurement of an obligation related to the retirement of certain long-lived assets. The retirement obligation must be one that results from the acquisition, construction or normal operation of a long-lived asset. SFAS No. 143 requires the legal obligation associated with the retirement of a tangible long-lived asset to be recognized at fair value as a liability when incurred and the cost to be capitalized by increasing the carrying amount of the related long-lived asset. SFAS No. 143 became effective for us on January 1, 2003. We have evaluated the effect of implementing SFAS No. 143 and have determined that its adoption will not have a material impact on our financial position, results of operations or cash flows.

        In January of 2002, we adopted SFAS No. 144, "Accounting for the Impairment or Disposal of Long-Lived Assets." This Statement supersedes SFAS No. 121, "Accounting for the Impairment of Long-Lived Assets and for Long-Lived Assets to be Disposed Of" and Accounting Principles Board, or "APB," Opinion No. 30, "Reporting the Results of Operations—Reporting the Effects of Disposal of a Segment of a Business, and Extraordinary, Unusual and Infrequently Occurring Events and Transactions." This statement establishes an accounting model based on SFAS No. 121 for long lived assets to be disposed of by sale, previously accounted for under APB No. 30. We adopted SFAS No. 144 as of January 1, 2002 without significant effect on our consolidated financial statements.

        During the second quarter of 2002, we adopted SFAS No. 145, "Rescission of FASB Statements No. 4, 44 and 64, Amendment of FASB Statement No. 13, and Technical Corrections." SFAS No. 145 rescinds SFAS No. 4 and SFAS No. 64, which required gains and losses from extinguishment of debt to be classified as extraordinary items. The early adoption of SFAS No. 145 resulted in a $5.3 million charge to other (income) expense related to the debt refinancing that occurred in the quarter ended June 30, 2002 (see Note 8 to our audited combined and consolidated financial statements). Under

55



previous guidance this charge would have been recorded as extraordinary loss, net of tax, on the consolidated statement of income.

        In July 2002, the FASB issued SFAS No. 146, "Accounting for Costs Associated with Exit or Disposal Activities." This statement addresses financial accounting and reporting for costs associated with exit or disposal activities and nullifies EITF Issue No. 94-3, "Liability Recognition for Certain Employee Termination Benefits and Other Costs to Exit an Activity (including Certain Costs Incurred in a Restructuring)." This statement requires that a liability for costs associated with an exit or disposal activity be recognized when the liability is incurred. The provisions of this statement are effective for exit or disposal activities that are initiated after December 31, 2002. We believe that the adoption of SFAS No. 146 will not have a material impact on our financial position, results of operations or cash flows.

        In December 2002, the FASB issued SFAS No. 148, "Accounting for Stock-Based Compensation—Transition and Disclosure," which provides guidance on how to transition from the intrinsic value method of accounting for stock-based employee compensation under APB Opinion No. 25 to SFAS No. 123's fair value method of accounting, if a company so elects. Through December 31, 2002, we accounted for our stock option plan under the recognition and measurement provisions of APB Opinion No. 25. In the fourth quarter of 2003, the Company adopted the preferable fair value recognition provisions of SFAS No. 123 using the prospective method of adoption as described in SFAS No. 148. Under the prospective method, all options granted or modified after January 1, 2003 are accounted for under the fair value method retroactively effective as of January 1, 2003. The impact of this adoption, under the fair value recognition provisions, will result in stock option compensation expense of approximately $0.2 million in 2003.

        We adopted new rules on accounting for our mandatorily redeemable preferred stock as set forth in SFAS No. 150, "Accounting for Certain Financial Instruments with Characteristics of both Liabilities and Equity." In May 2003, the FASB issued SFAS No. 150 that was effective for the Company at the beginning of the first interim period beginning after June 15, 2003, the Company's third quarter of 2003. This statement established standards for how an issuer classifies and measures certain financial instruments with characteristics of both liabilities and equity. It required that an issuer classify a financial instrument that is within its scope as a liability. Many of those instruments were previously classified as equity. The adoption of this statement required the reclassification of our mandatorily redeemable preferred stock to noncurrent liabilities in our consolidated balance sheet and to account for dividends declared on this financial instrument after July 1, 2003 as interest expense in our consolidated statement of operations.

        Also during 2002, the FASB issued Interpretation, or "FIN," No. 45, "Guarantor's Accounting and Disclosure Requirements for Guarantees, Including Indirect Guarantees of Indebtedness of Others." The Interpretation requires that a guarantor recognize a liability for the fair value of guarantee obligations issued after December 31, 2002. We determined that their were no guarantees requiring disclosure as of December 31, 2002. We will record the fair value of future material guarantees, if any.

        FIN 46, "Consolidation of Variable Interest Entities," is effective immediately for all enterprises with variable interests in variable interest entities. If an entity is determined to be a variable interest entity, it must be consolidated by the enterprise that absorbs the majority of the entity's expected losses, if they occur, or receives a majority of the entity's expected residual returns, if they occur, or both. We have determined that we do not have variable interest entities, therefore, the impact of FIN 46 did not have any effect on our results of operations or financial position.

56



BUSINESS

Company Overview

        We are the second largest producer of salt in North America, the largest producer of salt in the United Kingdom and overall, the world's third largest producer of salt. In addition, in North America we are the largest producer of sulfate of potash, or "SOP", which is used in the production of specialty fertilizers. Salt is one of the most widely used minerals in the world and has a wide variety of end-use applications, including highway deicing, food grade applications, water conditioning and various industrial uses. Our business also includes the following key characteristics:

        • We believe that our cash flows are not materially impacted by economic cycles due to the stable end-use markets of salt and the absence of cost effective alternatives.

        • We operate eleven facilities in North America and the United Kingdom, including the largest rock salt mine in the world in Goderich, Ontario and the largest salt mine in the United Kingdom in Winsford, Cheshire.

        • We believe that we are among the lowest cost rock salt producers in our markets. Our cost advantage is a result of the size and quality of our reserves, effective mining techniques and efficient production processes. In addition, our North American salt mines are located near either rail or water transport systems, thereby minimizing shipping and handling costs, which constitute a significant portion of the overall delivered cost of salt.

        For the nine months ended September 30, 2003, we sold approximately 8.6 million tons of salt and other minerals, generating sales of $398.5 million and net income of $11.3 million. These amounts do not include the benefit of approximately 100,000 tons of SOP sales to customers, which were serviced by the SOP marketing business of IMC Global, Inc., or "IMC Global," from its Carlsbad, New Mexico facility and which we acquired from IMC Global in June 2003. IMC Global continued to operate this business until November 30, 2003, after which we began to realize the benefits of this transaction. In our North American highway deicing business, the Company has been awarded contracts for over 10% more volume as compared to last year, with an increase in contract prices of almost 1% as compared to last year. Contract bid volumes are non-binding indications of our customers' expected volume requirements for the upcoming winter season.

Competitive Strengths

         Leading Market Positions— We are the second largest producer of salt in North America with approximately 28% of total production capacity and, together with the other two largest salt producers, represent approximately 77% of total production capacity in North America. In the United Kingdom, we are the largest highway deicing salt producer with 63% of total production capacity, and, together with the next two largest producers, represent 100% of total production capacity. In the North American SOP market, we are the leading producer and, together with the second largest North American SOP producer, represent approximately 61% of sales in the North American market.

         Low Cost Producer— We believe that our Goderich, Ontario, Cote Blanche, Louisiana and Winsford, Cheshire facilities are the lowest cost, high volume rock salt mines in the markets in which we sell. This cost advantage is a result of the size and quality of our reserves, effective mining techniques and efficient production processes. In addition, our North American mines are located near either rail or water transport systems, thereby minimizing shipping and handling costs, which constitute a significant portion of the overall delivered cost of salt. Through our solar evaporation facility in Ogden, Utah, we believe that we are among the lowest cost solar salt producers in our North American markets and among the lowest cost producers of SOP in the world. Since 1998, we have implemented cost-cutting measures, including manpower and energy efficiencies, and pursued significant capital investments to improve mining technology and production efficiencies, and to expand and rationalize production.

57



         Stable Financial Performance— Our business is generally less susceptible to economic cycles based on the non-discretionary need for salt products and their low cost nature. The overriding concern for public safety insulates the demand for salt used for highway maintenance from economic cycles. For example, from the 1999-2000 winter season to the 2002-2003 winter season, total volumes tendered to us and our competitors in the annual bidding process in the markets we serve have increased an average of 1.8% per year. Total volumes tendered increased an additional 4% for the 2003-2004 winter bid season in the same markets. Also, in our highway deicing product line, pricing is set and volume is reserved up to a year in advance under annual contracts. The volumes tendered in the annual bidding process are non-binding indications of our customers' expected volume requirements for the upcoming winter season. While winter weather conditions in individual locations are difficult to predict, the overall amount of snowfall and general intensity of winter weather conditions across our major target markets in the U.S. Upper Midwest and the U.S. and Canadian Great Lakes region are relatively stable. As a result, over the last 17 years, we have, on average, sold approximately 99% of our committed volume. In our general trade salt product line, sales are generally secured through our long-term customer relationships. Our manufacturing costs are relatively stable and our cost per ton has remained relatively constant over the last four years. Our fully-integrated manufacturing processes do not materially depend on the consumption of any individual raw materials susceptible to market price fluctuations.

         Strong Free Cash Flow— We generate strong cash flow from operations, after capital expenditures, as a result of our high margins and low maintenance capital expenditures. We believe that our high margins are the result of our low and stable production costs, variable operating cost structure, efficient distribution network, strong market positions and the related multiple end-use regional markets in which we operate. From 2000 to 2002, we have been able to improve our gross profit as a percentage of sales from 19% to 25% due to higher prices and our improved cost structure. Our recurring low maintenance capital expenditure requirements of approximately $20 million to $25 million per annum, coupled with the non-cyclical nature of our business, provide a stable stream of cash flow. During the years from 1998 to 2001, we spent on average in excess of $17 million per year in capital expenditures for capacity expansions and productivity enhancements. We believe that our capacity is sufficient to meet our current growth initiatives without significant additional spending and that future growth capital will be spent only upon the expectation of significant returns. Our free cash flow allows us to reduce our indebtedness, reinvest in our business or pay dividends.

         Diversified Customer Base— We have a diversified customer base in a wide variety of end markets that have few economical substitutes for the products we sell. Salt is used in many different products and in a wide variety of consumer and industrial applications. Consumption of salt is relatively stable over the long term and generally increases as the general population grows. Due to the unique characteristics and low cost of salt, consumers cannot cost-effectively substitute any other product for salt, resulting in relatively stable consumption and growth over the long term. Salt is one of the most cost-effective products available for deicing applications. For example, the next most cost-efficient highway deicer is calcium chloride, which costs approximately three to five times, depending on freight charges. Similarly, there is currently no cost-effective substitute for salt in the water conditioning and food processing markets. Our presence in different segments of the general trade market effectively diversifies our exposure to events affecting any single end-use market. No single customer accounted for more than 5% of our 2002 sales while our top ten customers accounted for approximately 20% of our 2002 sales.

         Industry Expertise— We believe that our mining and logistics expertise and quality of service in the highway deicing salt business give us a strong competitive advantage. As a result of our low production costs, transportation and handling costs tend to be a significant component of the total delivered cost of salt, making logistics a key competitive factor in the industry. We maintain approximately 75 depots in North America for storage and distribution of highway deicing salt and we consider our salt distribution network to be the most extensive in the markets in which we sell. Our over 35 years of

58



market experience in the North American highway deicing salt business, proven customer service, product quality and modeling techniques enable us to bid effectively on highway deicing salt contracts. Our customers in charge of maintaining public safety over their road network have stringent qualification standards and a strong preference for dealing with existing salt manufacturers that can handle bulk capacity and have track records for on-time delivery.

         Significant Barriers to Entry— We believe that our rock salt mines are the lowest cost, high volume mines in the markets in which we sell. In addition, our mineral rights are strategically located and we believe that there are no undeveloped high quality salt reserves available for new market entrants in close proximity to both low cost transportation systems and our end-use markets. Since shipping and handling costs constitute a significant portion of the overall delivered cost of salt, it would be difficult for new market entrants to significantly encroach on our highway deicing service territory, which is concentrated around the U.S. Upper Midwest and the U.S. and Canadian Great Lakes region. Our asset base for all of our significant businesses is large and it would be extremely expensive and time-consuming to replicate. Our long-term relationships with many of our general trade and highway deicing salt customers, coupled with the higher standard of care required in handling food grade salt, create a deterrent for potential new entrants. High quality potassium sulfate reserves for our SOP business are scarce and we believe that there are no known comparable commercially viable sources in North America other than those currently being extracted.

Business Strategy

         Increase Revenues— We seek to be the market leader with respect to profitable sales growth. We believe that we can achieve this goal by:

        Leverage our leading market positions.     We intend to strengthen our leadership position in the highway deicing business by focusing on the customers located within our distribution network. We believe that this will allow us to efficiently grow our business in line with market volume and price growth, which in the United States have increased at a historical average of approximately 1% and 4% per annum, respectively, during the thirty year period ending 2002. We believe we can further increase sales to our existing and new customers by offering liquid deicing products and other value-added deicing and anti-icing products that improve the application of the product to roads and permit the conditioning of roads prior to the impact of snow and ice. We plan to improve our profitability in our general trade salt product line by focusing on shifting our sales mix to more higher-value consumer salt products, which contribute more margins per volume of product sold. For example, the production capacity of our premium consumer water conditioning product is being increased to meet the continued growth in demand in this faster growing segment of the salt business. In addition, in 2002 we launched our first high-value deicing product in Canada, Sifto's® Extreme Icemelter, which is beginning to effectively compete in this under-served market.

        Increase service offerings.     We plan to expand the scope of our management of customer inventory and replenishment systems, such as the deicing management services we provide for some U.K. customers. We currently have several contracts in place for these services in the United Kingdom and anticipate entering into additional contracts in the future. Also, we are beginning to develop alternative mine uses, such as waste disposal and document storage. For this purpose, we have entered into a joint venture with a subsidiary of Vivendi SA to use the excavated space in our mine in the United Kingdom as a document storage site and the joint venture awaits a final permit to also dispose of hazardous waste. In addition, we are working with various third parties to develop some of our North American salt facilities as storage sites for natural gas and waste. We expect to generate new ongoing revenue streams from these alternative uses.

        Continue to take advantage of growth opportunities in SOP.     We believe that the declining sales volumes in the SOP product line from 1999 to 2001 were the result of SOP, a non-core product of IMC Global, not receiving sufficient focus to realize its market potential. Following the acquisition of the

59



Company from IMC Global in November 2001, we recruited an experienced global sales force dedicated to marketing the many benefits of SOP versus other potassium sources. This renewed marketing focus improved sales volumes in our SOP business by over 28% in 2002 compared to the prior year. In June 2003, we also purchased IMC Global's remaining SOP marketing business, which sold over 100,000 tons of SOP in 2002. With the existing capacity of our single, low-cost solar evaporation production facility in Ogden, Utah, we intend to continue to build our customer service focus in our SOP business line.

        Supplement growth through acquisitions.     To supplement internal growth, we may pursue acquisitions of small complementary businesses in both North America and Europe. There are several smaller producers of highway deicing salt, which could be attractive to further expand the scope of our operations. There are also several independent salt producers in various niches of the salt market, which could broaden both our geographic coverage and product diversity.

         Improve Profitability —We are focused on improving our profitability by achieving productivity enhancements and by improving our cost platform. From 1998 through 2001, we implemented manufacturing programs to consolidate our facilities and expand our production capacity by over 300,000 tons while divesting less efficient operations. We have increased our workforce productivity as measured by man hours per ton by over 7% per annum in our general trade salt product line over the period from 1998 to 2002 through increased automation and capacity increases. In 2002, we began operating a continuous miner and shaft automation system, which has decreased manufacturing costs and increased manpower productivity at our Winsford facility. We monitor the performance of each product line on a regular basis to aid in meeting target revenue and margin goals. By maintaining, but not materially growing, our share of the highway deicing market, we believe that we have an opportunity to improve our margins and overall profitability in this product line. We intend to continue to achieve greater productivity from previously invested capital and improve our average price levels and our customer mix.

         Maximize Cash Flow —During 2002, cash flow from operating activities (which includes cash interest and cash taxes), less cash used in investing activities, was in excess of $60 million. We intend to maximize our cash flow realization through effective working capital management and prudent reinvestment in our business. We intend to manage our working capital efficiently and generate cash flow from enhanced management focus. During 2002, we reduced our working capital requirements by more than $10 million. We expect to spend approximately $20 million to $25 million annually on maintenance capital expenditures in support of our operations. During the period from 1998 to 2001, we spent on average more than $17 million per year in capital expenditures for capacity expansions and productivity enhancements. Because of this spending, we believe that our capacity is sufficient to meet our current growth initiatives without significant additional spending and that future growth capital will be spent only upon the expectation of significant returns. Also, in connection with the Recapitalization of the Company in November 2001, we received NOLs and expect to realize cash tax savings if these NOLs are able to be utilized. We intend to use our free cash flow to reduce our indebtedness, reinvest in our business or pay dividends.


SALT SEGMENT

        Our salt segment mines, produces, processes and distributes salt in North America and Europe, including rock, evaporated and solar salt. Our products are marketed primarily in the United States, Canada and the United Kingdom. Salt is used in a wide variety of applications, including as a deicer for both highway and consumer use (rock salt), an ingredient in the production of chemicals for paper bleaching, water treatment and a variety of other industrial uses, a flavor enhancer and preservative in food, a nutrient and trace mineral delivery vehicle in animal feeds and an essential component in both industrial and residential water softeners. The demand for salt has historically remained relatively stable during economic cycles due to its relative low cost and high value in a diverse number of end uses.

60



However, demand in the highway deicing market is affected by changes in winter weather conditions. Approximately 65% of our highway deicing annual revenues are generated from December through March when the need for highway deicing salt is at its peak.

Salt Industry Overview

        The salt industry is characterized by stable demand and steady price increases across various grades. Salt is one of the most common and widely consumed minerals in the world due to its low relative cost and its utility in a variety of applications, including food processing, water conditioning, industrial chemical processing, nutritional supplements for animal stock and highway deicing. We estimate that the consumption of highway deicing salt in North America is 23 million tons per annum (18 million tons per annum in our served markets), while the general trade market totals 11 million tons per annum. In the United Kingdom, we estimate that the size of the highway deicing market is 1.9 million tons per annum while the general trade market is approximately 1.0 million tons per annum. During the thirty year period ending 2002, the production of salt used in highway deicing in the United States has increased at a historical average of approximately 1% per annum, while the production of general trade salt products has increased at a historical average of over 1% per annum over the same period.

        Salt prices vary according to purity from the lowest grade (highway deicing salt) at around $20 per ton to the highest grade salt (food grade salt) at more than $400 per ton. The price difference between highway and food grade salt reflects, among other things, the more elaborate refining and packaging processes for higher grade salt. Due to its low production cost, transportation and handling costs tend to be a significant component of total delivered cost making logistics management and customer service key competitive factors in the industry. The higher relative cost associated with transportation also acts as a barrier to entry in favor of salt manufacturers located within close proximity to their customers. During the thirty year period ending 2002, prices for salt used in highway deicing in the United States have increased at a historical average of approximately 4% per annum, while prices for general trade salt products have increased at a historical average of approximately 5% per annum over the same period.

Processing Methods

        We have production capacity, including salt purchased under long-term contracts, of approximately 14.5 million tons of salt per annum. Mining, other production activities and packaging are currently conducted at eleven of our facilities and at two facilities where finished product is purchased from IMC Global under long-term contracts.

        Summarized below are the three processing methods we use to produce salt.

        Rock Salt Underground Mining.     We employ a drill and blast mining technique at our underground rock salt mines. Mining machinery moves salt from the salt face to conveyor belts where it is then crushed and screened. Salt is then hoisted to the surface where it is loaded onto shipping vessels, railcars or trucks. The primary power sources for each of our rock salt mines are electricity and diesel fuel. At our Winsford, U.K. facility, this mining method is supplemented by a continuous miner process. Rock salt is primarily used in our highway and consumer deicing products. Rock salt underground mining represents approximately 76.1% of our salt production.

        Mechanical Evaporation.     The mechanical evaporation method involves subjecting salt-saturated brine to vacuum pressure and heat, generated by natural gas or oil, to precipitate salt. The salt brine is obtained from underground salt deposits through a series of brine wells. The resulting product has both a high purity and uniform physical shape. Evaporated salt is primarily used in our general trade salt product lines. Mechanical evaporation represents approximately 14.7% of our salt production.

61



        Solar Evaporation.     The solar evaporation method is used in areas of the world where high salinity brine is available and where weather conditions provide for a high natural evaporation rate. The brine is pumped into a series of large open ponds where sun and wind evaporate the water and crystallize the salt, which is then mechanically harvested and processed through washing, drying and screening. Solar salt is primarily used in our general trade salt product lines. Solar evaporation represents approximately 9.2% of our salt production.

Operations and Facilities

        United States.     Our central and midwestern United States general trade customer base is served by our mechanical evaporation plant in Kansas. Additionally, we serve areas around the Great Lakes with evaporated salt purchased from IMC Global's potash and salt facility in Michigan. The Cote Blanche, Louisiana rock salt mine serves chemical customers in the southern and western United States, highway deicing customers through a series of depots located along the Mississippi and Ohio Rivers, and agriculture customers in the southern and midwestern United States. Our solar evaporation facility located in Ogden, Utah is the largest solar salt production site in the United States This facility principally serves the western United States general trade markets, and also provides salt for chemical applications, and highway deicing and magnesium chloride, which is primarily used in deicing, dust control and soil stabilization applications. Production capacity of salt at our Ogden facility is currently only limited by demand. We also own and operate two salt packaging facilities in Illinois and Wisconsin, which also serve consumer deicing and water conditioning customers in the central, midwestern and parts of the northeastern United States.

        Canada.     Our salt is produced at five different locations in Canada. Mechanically evaporated salt is produced at three facilities strategically located throughout Canada: Amherst, Nova Scotia in eastern Canada; Goderich, Ontario in central Canada; and Unity, Saskatchewan in western Canada. From the Goderich, Ontario rock salt mine, we serve the consumer and highway deicing markets in Canada and the Great Lakes region of the United States. We also purchase salt and other products from IMC Global's potash and salt facilities located in Saskatchewan, which serve both the general trade and the highway deicing markets.

        United Kingdom.     Our United Kingdom customer base is served by two facilities. Highway deicing customers throughout the United Kingdom are served by the Winsford rock salt mine in northwest England. The Weston Point mechanical evaporation plant is located twelve miles north of the mine and serves our general trade and chemical customers in the United Kingdom as well as in continental Europe.

        The table below shows the capacity and type of salt produced at each of our owned or leased production locations:

Location

  Annual
Production
Capacity (tons)

  Product Type
North America        
  Goderich, Ontario Mine   6,500,000   Rock
  Cote Blanche, Louisiana Mine   2,800,000   Rock
  Ogden, Utah Plant   1,500,000   Solar
  Lyons, Kansas Plant   425,000   Evaporated
  Unity, Saskatchewan Plant   175,000   Evaporated
  Goderich, Ontario Plant   170,000   Evaporated
  Amherst, Nova Scotia Plant   115,000   Evaporated
United Kingdom        
  Winsford, Cheshire Mine   2,000,000   Rock
  Weston Point, Cheshire Plant   850,000   Evaporated

62


        Salt production at these facilities totaled an aggregate 9.2 million tons, 12.2 million tons and 10.0 million tons for the years ended December 31, 2000, 2001 and 2002, respectively.

        Salt is found throughout the world and is typically deposited in extremely large quantities where commercially produced. Our mines at Goderich, Cote Blanche and Winsford, as well as at our other operating facilities, are proximate to vast mineral deposits. In most instances involving our production locations, we estimate the recoverable salt to exceed 100 years of reserves at current production rates and capacities. Our rights to extract those minerals may currently be contractually limited by either geographic boundaries or time. We believe that we will be able to continue to extend these agreements, as we have in the past, at commercially reasonable terms, without incurring substantial costs or incurring material modifications to the existing lease terms and conditions, thereby allowing us to extract additional salt necessary to fully develop our existing mineral rights.

        Our underground mines in Canada (Goderich, Ontario), the United States (Cote Blanche, Louisiana) and the United Kingdom (Winsford, Cheshire) make up approximately three-fourths of our salt producing capacity. Each of these mines are operated with modern mining equipment and utilize subsurface improvements such as vertical shaft lift systems, milling and crushing facilities, maintenance and repair shops and extensive conveyor systems. We believe that the properties and their operating equipment are maintained in good working condition.

        The land and related surface rights at the Goderich mine are owned. We also maintain a mineral lease at Goderich with the provincial government, which grants us the right to mine salt. This lease expires in 2022 with the option to renew until 2043. Cote Blanche is operated under land and mineral leases with a third-party landowner that grants us the right to mine salt and expires in 2060. We own the land, related surface rights and salt reserves at the Winsford mine.

        Our mines at Goderich, Cote Blanche and Winsford have been in operation for approximately 44, 38 and 158 years, respectively. At current average rates of production, we estimate that our remaining years of production for recoverable minerals we presently own or lease to be 177, 93 and 32 years, respectively. Our mineral interests are amortized on an individual basis over estimated useful lives not to exceed 99 years using the units-of-production method for leased mineral rights and the straight-line method for owned minerals. Our estimates are based on, among other things, both internal estimates and the results of reserve studies completed by a third-party engineering firm. The reserve estimates are primarily a function of the area and volume covered by the mining rights and estimates of extraction rates utilized by the company with the reasonable expectation of reliably operating the mines on a long-term basis. Established criteria for proven and probable reserves is primarily applicable to discontinuous metal mining deposits, where both presence of ore and its variable grade need to be precisely identified. However, the massive continuous nature of evaporative deposits, such as salts, require proportionately less data for the same degree of confidence in mineral reserves, both in terms of quantity and quality. Reserve studies performed by a third-party engineering firm suggest that our salt reserves most closely resemble probable reserves and we have therefore classified our reserves as probable reserves.

        In addition to production, we package salt product produced by us or others off-site at two additional facilities. The table below shows the packaging capacity at each of these facilities:

Location

  Annual Packaging
Capacity
(tons)

Kenosha, Wisconsin   100,000
Chicago, Illinois   100,000

63


        We also purchase finished salt from IMC Global, which is produced as a co-product of their potash operations, under a long term contract. The table below shows the amount and type of salt purchased from each of these production facilities:

Location

  Annual Purchasing
Capacity (tons)

  Product Type
Esterhazy, Saskatchewan   200,000   Rock
Hersey, Michigan   250,000   Evaporated

        We divide our salt products into two separate product lines: highway deicing salt (including chemical salt) and general trade salt.

Highway Deicing Salt Products

        Highway deicing constitutes our second largest salt product line based on revenue, representing approximately 39% of our sales of salt in 2002. Principal customers are states, provinces, counties, municipalities and road maintenance contractors that purchase bulk salt for ice control on public roadways. Highway deicing salt is sold primarily through an annual tendered bid contract system as well as through some longer-term contracts, with price, product quality and delivery being the primary competitive market factors. Annual supply contracts generally are awarded on the basis of tendered bids once the purchaser is assured that the minimum requirements for purity, service and delivery can be met. The bidding process eliminates the need to invest significant time and effort in marketing and advertising. Location of the source of salt and distribution outlets also play a significant role in determining a supplier. We have an extensive network of approximately 75 depots for storage and distribution of highway deicing salt in North America. The majority of these depots are located on the Great Lakes and the Mississippi and Ohio River systems where our Goderich, Ontario and Cote Blanche, Louisiana mines are located to serve those markets. Salt from our Ogden, Utah facility is also partially used for highway deicing.

        We produce highway deicing salt in the United Kingdom for the highway deicing product line through our facility at Winsford, Cheshire, the largest rock salt mine in the United Kingdom. We believe our superior production capacity, productivity and favorable logistics allow us to be the only supplier of highway deicing salt capable of meeting peak winter demands in the United Kingdom. This strong position has resulted in us being viewed as a strategic operation by the United Kingdom's Highway Agency. As such, we work with the Highway Agency to develop standards for deicing product specifications and to monitor Highway Agency deicing application contractors. We further act as a primary contact for the Highway Agency in connection with winter road management in the United Kingdom. In the United Kingdom approximately 53% of our highway deicing business is on multi-year contracts.

        Winter weather variability is the most significant factor affecting salt sales for deicing applications because mild winters reduce the need for salt used in ice and snow control. Over the last four years, our North American highway deicing product line has generated over 65% of its annual sales from December through March when the need for highway deicing is at its peak. Lower than expected sales during this period could have a material adverse effect on our results of operations. The vast majority of North American deicing sales are made in Canada and the midwestern United States where winter weather is generally harsher than in other parts of North America. In keeping with industry practice, we, together with our customers, stockpile sufficient quantities of salt to meet estimated requirements for the next winter season. See "Risk Factors—The seasonal demand for our products and the variations in our cash flows from quarter to quarter as a result of weather conditions may have an adverse effect on our ability to make payments on our indebtedness, including the exchange notes" and

64



"Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations—Seasonality."

        Chemical customers accounted for approximately 8% of our 2002 sales of salt. Principal customers are producers of intermediate chemical products used in pulp bleaching, water treatment and a variety of other industrial uses that do not have a captive source of brine. Distribution into the chemical market is made primarily through multi-year supply agreements, which are negotiated privately. Price, service and product quality are the major competitive market factors.

        The table below shows our shipments of highway deicing and chemical salt products (thousands of tons):

 
  Year Ended December 31,
 
  2000
  2001
  2002
 
  Tons
  %
  Tons
  %
  Tons
  %
U.S.   6,078   66   5,656   60   5,104   64
Canada   2,159   24   2,301   25   2,162   27
Europe and Others   909   10   1,445   15   699   9
   
 
 
 
 
 
Total   9,146   100   9,402   100   7,965   100
   
 
 
 
 
 

    Competition

        We face strong competition in each of the markets in which we operate. In North America, other large, nationally recognized companies compete against our highway deicing and chemical salt products. In addition, there are several smaller regional producers of highway deicing salt. There are several importers of salt into North America but these mostly impact the eastern seaboard where we have a minimal position. In the United Kingdom, there are two other companies that produce highway deicing salt, one in northern England and the other in Northern Ireland. There are no significant imports of highway deicing salt into the United Kingdom.

General Trade Salt Products

    Products and Sales

        The general trade business is our largest salt product line based on revenue, and accounted for approximately 53% of our 2002 sales of salt. We are the third largest producer of general trade salt in North America. This product line includes commercial and consumer applications, such as table salt, water conditioning, consumer ice control, food processing, agricultural applications, as well as a variety of industrial applications. We believe that we are the largest private label producer of water conditioning and salt-based agricultural products in North America and sell more than 70 private labels of table salt to major retailers. Our Sifto® brand is well recognized in the Canadian market.

        In the United Kingdom we operate the largest evaporated salt plant in the United Kingdom at Weston Point. We are one of the U.K. brand market leaders in evaporated salt for water conditioning. We also produce salt for the food, chemical, animal feeds and textile markets. We will continue to pursue further cost reduction investments to help drive future growth and profitability.

        We have maintained a significant presence in the general trade business over recent years due to our strong focus on: (i) the midwestern region of the United States; (ii) all of Canada and the United Kingdom; (iii) our distribution network to the grocery trade; and (iv) our relationships with large distributors of water conditioning salt.

        The general trade market is driven by strong customer relationships. Sales in the general trade salt product line occur through retail channels, such as grocery stores, building supply, hardware and automotive stores and feed suppliers. Distribution in the general trade salt product line is channeled

65



through a direct sales force located in various parts of our service territories who sell products to distributors, dealers and end-users. We also maintain a network of brokers who sell table salt, consumer deicing and water conditioning products. These brokers service wholesalers, grocery chains and retailers, as well as the food service industry.

        The table below shows our shipments of general trade salt products (thousands of tons):

 
  Year Ended December 31,
 
  2000
  2001
  2002
 
  Tons
  %
  Tons
  %
  Tons
  %
United States   1,537   57   1,725   61   1,629   59
Canada   481   18   513   18   506   18
Europe and Others   668   25   584   21   651   23
   
 
 
 
 
 
Total   2,686   100   2,822   100   2,786   100
   
 
 
 
 
 

    Competition

        In North America, other large nationally recognized companies compete against our salt business in production and marketing of general trade salt products. In addition, there are several smaller regional producers of general trade salt. There are several importers of salt into North America but they mostly impact the east coast and west coast of the United States where we have a minimal position. In the United Kingdom, there is one other large domestic producer of general trade salt, several small local producers and some imports from continental Europe. We also export salt from the United Kingdom to Scandinavia and continental Europe and compete with many other European producers in these markets.


SPECIALTY POTASH SEGMENT

        SOP is primarily used as a specialty fertilizer, providing essential potassium to high-value, chloride-sensitive crops, such as vegetables, fruits, tea, tobacco and turf grass. We are the market leader in North America for SOP and market SOP products both domestically and overseas. We offer several grades of SOP, which are designed to differentiate us from our competitors, as well as to better serve the needs of our customers. In 2002, the specialty potash segment accounted for approximately 12% of our sales after shipping and handling costs.

Potash Industry Overview

        The annual worldwide consumption of all potash fertilizers approaches 50 million tons. Muriate of potash, or potassium chloride, is the most common source of potassium and accounts for over 90% of all potash consumed in fertilizer production. SOP represents about 5% of potash consumption. The remainder is supplied in the forms of potassium magnesium sulfate, nitrate of potassium, and, to a lesser extent, potassium thiosulfate and monopotassium phosphate. All of these products contain varying concentrations of potassium expressed as potassium oxide (K 2 0) and different combinations of co-nutrients.

        Muriate of potash is the least expensive form of potash fertilizer based on the concentration of K 2 0. It is the preferred potassium source for most crops. However, SOP (containing approximately 50% K 2 0) is utilized by growers for many high-value crops, especially where the requirements are for fertilizers with low chloride content. The use of SOP has been scientifically proven to improve the yield and quality of certain crops.

        Examples of crops where SOP is utilized to increase yield and quality include tobacco, tea, potatoes, citrus fruits, grapes, almonds, some vegetables and on turfgrass for golf courses. Approximately 62% of our annual SOP sales volumes in 2002 were made to domestic customers, which

66



include retail fertilizer dealers and distributors of professional turf care products. These dealers and distributors combine or blend SOP with other fertilizers and minerals to produce fertilizer blends tailored to individual requirements.

    Operations and Facilities

        All of our SOP production is located on the Great Salt Lake near Ogden, Utah. It is the largest SOP production facility in North America. The solar evaporation facility, located west of Ogden, utilizes solar energy and over 40,000 acres of evaporation ponds to manufacture SOP and magnesium chloride from the brines of the Great Salt Lake. The property utilized in our operation is both owned and leased under annually renewing leases. This facility has the capacity to annually produce approximately 450,000 tons of SOP, approximately 400,000 tons of magnesium chloride and over 1.5 million tons of salt. These recoverable minerals exist in vast quantities in the Great Salt Lake. We estimate the recoverable minerals exceed 100 years of reserves at current production rates and capacities. Our rights to extract these minerals are contractually limited. We believe we will continue to be able to extend these agreements, as we have in the past, at commercially reasonable terms, without incurring substantial costs or incurring material modifications to the existing lease terms and conditions, thereby allowing us to extract additional quantities of minerals necessary to significantly extend the economic life of the reserves.

        The potassium bearing salts are mechanically harvested and refined to high purity SOP in an integrated production facility that has been in operation for 36 years. We believe that our property and operating equipment are maintained in good working condition.

        Ogden was unable to produce SOP from 1984 through the beginning of 1989 due to flooding. Following the flood, dikes were raised to a height three feet over the historic peak flood level. Also, the State of Utah constructed and implemented the West Desert Pumping Project, which could be utilized to lower the level of the Great Salt Lake by up to twelve inches per year thus reducing the risk of flooding. Although we believe that the subsequent dike improvements and the West Desert Pumping Project have reduced the likelihood of future pond flooding, we maintain both property damage and business interruption insurance policies for this risk.

    Products and Sales

        Our domestic sales of SOP are concentrated in the western states of California, Oregon, Washington, Idaho and the central tobacco belt area where the crops and soil conditions favor SOP. We generally export SOP through major trading companies. International SOP sales volumes in 2002 were 38% of our annual SOP sales. Prior to the acquisition by IMC Global in 1998, our SOP was marketed and sold by a sales group consisting of trained agronomists and professional fertilizer agents. These representatives directly contacted dealers and growers in the United States. Following the IMC Global acquisition, this SOP sales group was dissolved and the IMC Global sales force handled SOP sales. The IMC Global sales group was responsible for selling all potash and phosphate fertilizer products for IMC Global. Because the bulk of these fertilizers are sold as commodities, the focus on specialty products such as SOP diminished under IMC Global. Upon the purchase of the SOP business from IMC Global, we organized and employed an experienced global sales group similar to the one that was in place prior to 1998.

67


        The table below shows our shipments of SOP (thousands of tons):

 
  Year Ended December 31,
 
  2000
  2001
  2002
 
  Tons
  %
  Tons
  %
  Tons
  %
U.S.   179   73   148   79   151   62
Export(1)   67   27   40   21   91   38
   
 
 
 
 
 
Total   246   100   188   100   242   100
   
 
 
 
 
 

(1)
Export sales include product sold to foreign customers at U.S. ports.

        As a result of our purchase of IMC Global's remaining SOP marketing business in June 2003, our long-term contract with IMC Global terminated on November 30, 2003. Under this long-term contract with IMC Global, we had the exclusive right in North America (with limited exceptions) to purchase the SOP product at IMC Global's Carlsbad, New Mexico facility to meet a portion of our North American SOP requirements. The contract did not limit the amount of SOP we could purchase from IMC Global. In addition to the customers previously serviced by our Ogden facility, we began to act as a sales agent for IMC Global to customers serviced by the Carlsbad facility following the Recapitalization.

    Competition

        Approximately 56% of the world SOP production is located in Europe, 14% in the United States and the remaining 30% in various other countries. The world consumption of SOP totals about 2.9 million tons. Our major competition for SOP sales in North America include imports from Germany, Chile, Canada and Belgium. In addition, there is also some functional competition between SOP, muriate of potash and nitrate of potash. For exports into Asia, the Pacific Rim countries and Latin America, we compete with various local and European producers.


INTELLECTUAL PROPERTY

        We rely on a combination of patents, trademarks, copyright and trade secret protection, employee and third-party non-disclosure agreements, license arrangements and domain name registrations to protect our intellectual property. We sell many of our products under a number of registered trademarks that we believe are widely recognized in the industry. No single patent, trademark or trade name is material to our business as a whole.

        Any issued patents that cover our proprietary technology and any of our other intellectual property rights may not provide us with substantial protection or be commercially beneficial to us. The issuance of a patent is not conclusive as to its validity or its enforceability. Competitors may also be able to design around our patents. If we are unable to protect our patented technologies, our competitors could commercialize our technologies.

        With respect to proprietary know-how, we rely on trade secret protection and confidentiality agreements. Monitoring the unauthorized use of our technology is difficult, and the steps we have taken may not prevent unauthorized use of our technology. The disclosure or misappropriation of our intellectual property could harm our ability to protect our rights and our competitive position. See "Risk Factors—Protection of proprietary technology—Our intellectual property may be misappropriated or subject to claims of infringement."


EMPLOYEES

        As of September 30, 2003, we had 1,541 employees, of which 725 are employed in the United States, 618 in Canada and 198 in the United Kingdom. Approximately 37% of our U.S. workforce

68



(54% of our global workforce) is represented by labor unions. Of our nine material collective bargaining agreements, four will expire in 2004, one will expire in 2005 and three will expire in 2006. One of these agreements covering 9 employees expired in August 2003. We are in the process of renegotiating this agreement. Additionally, approximately 13% of our workforce is employed in Europe where trade union membership is common. We consider our labor relations to be good.


PRINCIPAL PROPERTIES

        The table below sets forth our principal properties:

 
   
  Land and Related
Surface Rights

  Mineral Reserves
Location

  Use

  Owned/
Leased

  Expiration
of Lease

  Owned/
Leased

  Expiration
of Lease

Ogden, Utah   SOP and solar salt production facility   Owned   N/A   Leased   (1)
Lyons, Kansas   Evaporated salt production facility   Owned   N/A   Owned   N/A
Cote Blanche, Louisiana   Rock salt production facility   Leased   2060   Leased   2060
Weston Point, Cheshire, U.K.   Evaporated salt production facility   Owned   N/A   Owned   N/A
Winsford, Cheshire, U.K.   Rock salt production facility   Owned   N/A   Owned   N/A
Goderich, Ontario, Canada   Evaporated salt and rock salt production facility   Owned   N/A   Leased   2022(2)
Unity, Saskatchewan, Canada   Evaporated salt production facility   Owned   N/A   Leased   2009/2016(3)
Amherst, Nova Scotia, Canada   Evaporated salt production facility   Owned   N/A   Owned   N/A
Overland Park, Kansas   Corporate headquarters   Leased   2008   N/A   N/A

(1)
The Ogden lease automatically renews on an annual basis.

(2)
Subject to the right of renewal through 2043.

(3)
Consists of two leases expiring in 2009 and 2016 subject to the right of renewal through 2030 and 2037, respectively.

        With respect to each facility at which we extract salt, brine or SOP, we obtain any required or necessary permits prior to the commencement of mining. Permits or licenses are obtained as needed in the normal course of business based on our mine plans and state, provincial and local regulatory provisions regarding mine permitting and licensing. Based on our historical permitting experience, we expect to be able to continue to obtain necessary mining permits to support historical rates of production.

        Our mineral leases have varying terms. Some will expire after a set term of years, while others continue indefinitely. Many of these leases provide for a royalty payment to the lessor based on a specific amount per ton of mineral extracted or as a percentage of revenue. We believe we will be able to continue to extend our material mineral lease agreements, as we have in the past, at commercially reasonable terms, without incurring substantial costs or incurring material modifications to the existing lease terms and conditions. In addition, we own a number of properties and are party to non-mining leases that permit us to perform activities that are ancillary to our mining operations, such as surface use leases, and storage, depot and warehouse leases. We also believe that all of our leases were entered into on market terms.

69


        The following map shows the locations of our principal salt and SOP production facilities:

GRAPHIC


ENVIRONMENTAL, HEALTH AND SAFETY MATTERS

        We produce and distribute crop and animal nutrients, salt and deicing products. These activities subject us to an evolving set of international, federal, state, provincial and local environmental, health and safety ("EHS") laws that regulate, or propose to regulate: (i) product content; (ii) use of products by both us and our customers; (iii) conduct of mining and production operations, including safety procedures followed by employees; (iv) management and handling of raw materials; (v) air and water quality impacts from our facilities; (vi) disposal, storage and management of hazardous and solid wastes; (vii) remediation of contamination at our facilities and third-party sites; and (viii) post-mining land reclamation. For new regulatory programs, it is difficult for us to ascertain future compliance obligations or estimate future costs until implementing regulations have been finalized and definitive regulatory interpretations have been adopted. We intend to respond to these regulatory requirements at the appropriate time by implementing necessary modifications to our facilities or operating procedures.

        We have expended, and anticipate that we will continue to expend, substantial financial and managerial resources to comply with EHS standards. We estimate that our 2004 environmental capital expenditures will total approximately $1.25 million, primarily related to air quality devices and highway deicing salt storage pads. We expect that our estimated expenditures in 2004 for reclamation activities will be approximately $0.22 million. It is possible that greater than anticipated EHS capital expenditures or reclamation expenditures will be required in 2004 or in the future.

        We maintain accounting accruals for certain contingent environmental liabilities and believe these accruals comply with generally accepted accounting principles. We record accruals for environmental investigatory and non-capital remediation costs when litigation has commenced or a claim or assessment has been asserted or is imminent, the likelihood of an unfavorable outcome is probable and the financial impact of such outcome is reasonably estimable. Based on current information, it is the opinion of management that our contingent liabilities arising from EHS matters, taking into account established accruals, will not have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition or results of operations. As of September 30, 2003, we had recorded accruals of $1.9 million.

70



Product Requirements and Impacts

        International, federal, state and provincial standards: (i) require registration of many of our products before such products can be sold; (ii) impose labeling requirements on those products; and (iii) require producers to manufacture the products to formulations set forth on the labels. Environmental, natural resource and public health agencies at all regulatory levels continue to evaluate alleged health and environmental impacts that might arise from the handling and use of products such as those we manufacture. The EPA, the State of California and The Fertilizer Institute have each completed independent assessments of potential risks posed by crop nutrient materials. These assessments concluded that, based on the available data, crop nutrient materials generally do not pose harm to human health. It is unclear whether any further evaluations may result in additional standards or regulatory requirements for the producing industries, including us, or for our customers. At this stage, it is the opinion of management that the potential impact of these standards on the market for our products or on the expenditures that may be necessary to meet new requirements will not have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition or results of operations.

        In December 2001, the Canadian government released a Priority Substances List Assessment Report for road salt. This report found that road salts are entering the environment under conditions that may have a harmful effect or constitute a danger to the environment. Based on this report, the Minister of Environment has proposed designating road salt as a "toxic" substance pursuant to the Canadian Environmental Protection Act. Canada's federal cabinet, which has ultimate responsibility, has not yet taken final action with respect to this proposal and is not subject to any deadline to do so. This proposal was subject to a public comment, during which individuals and the municipalities which comprise most of our customers expressed a variety of views, including noting the utility and cost-efficiency of salt as compared to other potential measures to reduce ice-related road hazards. At this point, Environment Canada has indicated that, whether or not road salts are declared toxic, their preferred course of action is the establishment of voluntary guidelines for users as opposed to any form of regulation. Environment Canada has been developing these guidelines based on consultation with a broad-based stakeholders group, which includes the salt industry. On September 20, 2003, Environment Canada released a proposed Code of Practice to serve as these guidelines. The proposed Code of Practice remained subject to public comment until November 19, 2003. Environment Canada has indicated that it expects to publish the final code in 2004. Although the proposed Code of Practice remains subject to change, the released draft requires large road salt users to develop salt management plans. We do not believe that this would have a material direct effect on us, but the new salt management plans may reduce the demand from our customers in Canada for road salt.

        Given the importance of road salt for traffic safety and the current lack of any practical substitute, we deem it unlikely that any final guidance or regulation would result in a complete ban on the use of road salt. As noted in the December 2001 report, the use of road salt and other deicing agents "is an important component of strategies to keep roadways open and safe during the winter and minimize traffic crashes, injuries and mortality under icy and snowy conditions." The report further stated that mitigation measures "must be based on optimization of winter road maintenance practices so as not to jeopardize road safety, while minimizing the potential for harm to the environment." Environment Canada recently confirmed the high importance of road safety in its proposed regulation of road salt. In its September 22, 2003 press release in connection with the proposed Code of Practice, it indicated that the proposed code "will provide those who use road salts with a way to reduce harm to the environment without jeopardizing road safety." Since the dissemination of the December 2001 report, we have endeavored to work more closely with the national government as well as provinces and municipalities to better manage the use, storage and release of our road salts. As a result, we believe it has become less likely that road salts will be designated as a toxic substance. Although we cannot predict whether the proposal to list road salts will be finalized or the precise form of the proposed Code of Practice or other future regulation, if standardized guidelines are developed for the use and storage of road salt or any alternate deicing products, we could suffer reduced sales and incur

71



substantial costs and expenses that could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operation. In addition, while we are not aware of any similar governmental proposals for such designation of road salt in either the United States or the United Kingdom, we cannot guarantee that such proposals will not arise.

Operating Requirements and Impacts

        We hold numerous environmental, mining and other permits or approvals authorizing operations at each of our facilities. Our operations are subject to permits for extraction of salt and brine, discharges of process materials to air and surface water, and injection of brine and wastewater to subsurface wells. Some of our proposed activities may require waste storage permits. A decision by a government agency to deny or delay issuing a new or renewed permit or approval, or to revoke or substantially modify an existing permit or approval, could have a material adverse effect on our ability to continue operations at the affected facility. In addition, changes to environmental and mining regulations or permit requirements could have a material adverse effect on our ability to continue operations at the affected facility. Expansion of our operations also is predicated upon securing the necessary environmental or other permits or approvals. For example, since we recently installed a new grinding circuit, some of our existing equipment at our Lyons, Kansas facility is subject to the Federal Clean Air Act's New Source Performance Standard requirement. We have implemented a compliance program with the Kansas Department of Health and Environment, and do not expect to incur significant costs or penalties, although there can be no guarantee.

        Pursuant to the Mine Safety and Health Act, new interim regulatory standards for diesel particulate matter became effective in 2002 and final standards are expected to become effective in 2006. In response to litigation regarding its final rule on diesel particulate matter, the Mine Safety and Health Administration has initiated a new rulemaking regarding certain provisions of the final standards. We believe that we are currently in compliance with the interim standards that are in effect between 2002 and 2006. However, material expenditures may be required to achieve compliance with the final standards at the Cote Blanche facility in Louisiana.

Remedial Activities

Remediation at Our Facilities

        Many of our formerly-owned and current facilities have been in operation for a number of years. Operations have involved the historical use and handling of regulated chemical substances, salt and by-products or process tailings by us and predecessor operators which have resulted in soil, surface water and groundwater contamination. At some locations there are areas where salt-processing waste and ordinary trash may have been disposed or buried, and have since been closed and covered with soil and other materials. These past operating practices have at several of our facilities resulted in soil, surface water and groundwater contamination.

        At many of these facilities, spills or other releases of regulated substances have occurred previously and potentially could occur in the future, possibly requiring us to undertake or fund cleanup efforts under CERCLA or state and provincial or United Kingdom laws governing cleanup or disposal of hazardous substances. In some instances, we have agreed, pursuant to consent orders or agreements with the appropriate governmental agencies, to undertake investigations, which currently are in progress, to determine whether remedial action may be required to address such contamination. At other locations, we have entered into consent orders or agreements with appropriate governmental agencies to perform required remedial activities that will address identified site conditions. At still other locations, we have undertaken voluntary remediation, and have removed formerly used underground storage tanks. Taking into account established reserves, expenditures for these known conditions currently are not expected, individually or in the aggregate, to be material. However, material expenditures could be required in the future to remediate the contamination at these or at

72



other current or former sites. In addition, in connection with the Recapitalization, IMC Global has agreed to indemnify us against liabilities for certain known and unknown conditions at existing and former sites.

Remediation at Third-Party Facilities

        Along with impacting the sites at which we have operated, various third-parties have alleged that our historic operations have resulted in contamination to neighboring off-site areas or nearby third-party facilities. CERCLA imposes liability, without regard to fault or to the legality of a party's conduct, on certain categories of persons who are considered to have contributed to the release of "hazardous substances" into the environment. Under CERCLA, or its various state analogues, one party may potentially be required to bear more than its proportional share of cleanup costs at a site where it has liability if payments cannot be obtained from other responsible parties.

        We have entered into " de minimis " settlement agreements with the EPA with respect to several CERCLA sites, pursuant to which we have made one-time cash payments and received statutory protection from future claims arising from those sites. In some cases, however, such settlements have included "reopeners," which could result in additional liability at such sites in the event of newly discovered contamination or other circumstances.

        At other sites for which we have received notice of potential CERCLA liability, we have provided information to the EPA that we believe demonstrates that we are not liable, and the EPA has not asserted claims against us with respect to such sites. In some instances, we have agreed, pursuant to orders from or agreements with appropriate governmental agencies or agreements with private parties, to undertake or fund investigations, some of which currently are in progress, to determine whether remedial action, under CERCLA or otherwise, may be required to address contamination. At other locations, we have entered into consent orders or agreements with appropriate governmental agencies to perform required remedial activities that will address identified site conditions. At the present time, we are not aware of any additional sites for which we expect to receive a notice from the EPA or any other party of potential CERCLA liability. However, based on past operations, there is a potential that we may receive notices in the future for sites of which we are currently unaware or that our liability at currently known sites may increase. Taking into account established accruals, expenditures for our known environmental liabilities and site conditions currently are not expected, individually or in the aggregate, to be material or have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition or results of operations.


LEGAL MATTERS

        We are party from time to time to various routine legal proceedings. Except as otherwise described in "—Environmental, Health and Safety Matters," these primarily involve commercial claims, products liability claims, personal injury claims and workers' compensation claims. We cannot predict the outcome of these lawsuits, legal proceedings and claims with certainty. Nevertheless, we believe that the outcome of these proceedings, even if determined adversely, would not have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations. In addition, in connection with the Recapitalization, IMC Global has agreed to indemnify us against certain legal matters.

73



MANAGEMENT

Directors and Executive Officers

        The following table sets forth the name, age and position of each person who is an executive officer or director of the Company or Compass Minerals Group on the date of this prospectus.

Name

  Age
  Position
Michael E. Ducey   55   President, Chief Executive Officer and Director of Compass Minerals and President, Chief Executive Officer and Director of Compass Minerals Group
Keith E. Clark   48   Vice President and General Manager, General Trade of Compass Minerals Group
David J. Goadby   49   Vice President of Compass Minerals Group and Managing Director, Salt Union
Rodney L. Underdown   37   Chief Financial Officer and Vice President of Compass Minerals and Chief Financial Officer of Compass Minerals Group
Steven Wolf   58   Vice President and General Manager, Highway Deicing and SOP of Compass Minerals Group
Joel A. Asen   53   Director of Compass Minerals and Compass Minerals Group
Robert F. Clark   61   Director of Compass Minerals and Compass Minerals Group
Peter P. Copses   45   Director of Compass Minerals and Compass Minerals Group
Robert H. Falk   65   Director of Compass Minerals and Compass Minerals Group
Joshua J. Harris   39   Director of Compass Minerals and Compass Minerals Group
Scott M. Kleinman   31   Director of Compass Minerals and Compass Minerals Group
Douglas A. Pertz   49   Director of Compass Minerals and Compass Minerals Group
Heinn F. Tomfohrde, III   70   Director of Compass Minerals and Compass Minerals Group
Bradley J. Bell   51   Director of Compass Minerals and Compass Minerals Group

         Michael E. Ducey was appointed the President and Chief Executive Officer of the Company in December 2002. Mr. Ducey joined Compass Minerals Group as the President and Chief Executive Officer on April 1, 2002. Prior to joining Compass Minerals Group, Mr. Ducey worked approximately 30 years for Borden Chemical, a diversified chemical company, in various positions including President and Chief Executive Officer (December 1999 to March 2002) and Executive Vice President and Chief Operation Officer (October 1997 to December 1999).

         Keith E. Clark has served as the Vice President and General Manager of Compass Minerals Group's General Trade business unit since August 1997, when North American Salt Company was still under the management of Harris Chemical Group. Prior to this position, Mr. Clark served as Vice President, Operations for North American Salt for two years, beginning in April 1995. Prior to his career at Harris Chemical Group, Mr. Clark held various operations positions at US Steel Corporation and General Chemical Inc., where he most recently served as the Operations Manager at General Chemical.

         David J. Goadby has served as the Vice President of Compass Minerals Group since November 2001 and as the Managing Director of Salt Union Ltd., our U.K. subsidiary, since April 1994, when IMC Inorganic Chemicals, Inc. was still under the management of Harris Chemical Group. Prior to that position, Mr. Goadby served as the Commercial Manager of Salt Union Ltd. for two years. From 1984 until 1992, Mr. Goadby was employed with Imperial Chemical Industries plc in various production and distribution positions, where he most recently served as Business Manager Sulphur Chemicals.

74



         Rodney L. Underdown was appointed Chief Financial Officer of the Company in December 2002 and has served as a Vice President of the Company since November 2001. Mr. Underdown has served as the Chief Financial Officer of Compass Minerals Group since November 2001. Prior to that he served as the Vice President, Finance of Compass Minerals Group's salt division since June 1998 when the company was purchased by IMC Global. Mr. Underdown joined the Harris Chemical Group in September 1997, where he served as the Director of Corporate Reporting. Prior to his career at Harris Chemical Group, Mr. Underdown was employed with Arthur Andersen for nine years, where he most recently served as an Audit Manager.

         Steven Wolf has served as the Vice President and General Manager, Highway Deicing of Compass Minerals Group since 1994, when Compass Minerals Group, formerly known as IMC Inorganic Chemicals, Inc., was still under the management of Harris Chemical Group. Mr. Wolf joined Harris Chemical Group in 1991, assuming various management responsibilities. Prior to his career at Harris Chemical Group, Mr. Wolf was employed by Kerr McGee, where he served as a Senior Vice President. Mr. Wolf also became the General Manager, SOP of Compass Minerals Group in August 2003.

         Joel A. Asen has been a director of the Company since December 2003 and a director of Compass Minerals Group since November 2001. Mr. Asen has been the Managing Director of PLASE Capital Group LP, an affiliate of Apollo, since June 2003 and has served as the President of Asen Advisory since April 1992, which provides strategic and financial advisory services. He was Managing Director at Whitehead Sterling from 1991 to 1992, at Paine Webber, Inc. from 1990 to 1991 and at Drexel Burnham Lambert Incorporated from 1988 to 1990. From 1985 to 1988, he was a Senior Vice President at GAF Corporation. Prior to that time, Mr. Asen was a Manager of Business Development at GE and Manager of Marketing and Business Development at GECC. Mr. Asen is also a Director of Resolution Performance Products Inc. and Anchor Glass Container Corp.

         Robert F. Clark has been a director of the Company since December 2003 and a director of Compass Minerals Group since November 2001. Mr. Clark served as the President and Chief Executive Officer of Compass Minerals Group from November 2001 to April 2002. From April 1999 to November 2001, Mr. Clark served as Senior Vice President of IMC Global and President of IMC Salt, Inc. since joining IMC Global in April 1998 as a result of the acquisition of Harris Chemical Group. From 1993 to 1998, Mr. Clark served as President of Great Salt Lake Minerals, a division of Harris Chemical Group.

         Peter P. Copses has been a director of the Company since December 2003 and a director of Compass Minerals Group since November 2001. Mr. Copses is a founding Senior Partner at Apollo where he has worked since September 1990. From 1986 to 1990, Mr. Copses was initially an investment banker at Drexel Burnham Lambert Incorporated, and subsequently at Donaldson, Lufkin & Jenrette Securities Corporation, concentrating on the structuring, financing and negotiation of mergers and acquisitions. Mr. Copses is also a Director of Rent-A-Center, Inc., Zale Corporation and Resolution Performance Products Inc.

         Robert H. Falk has been a director of the Company and Compass Minerals Group since November 2001. Mr. Falk is a Partner at Apollo and has served as an officer of certain affiliates of Apollo since 1992. Prior to 1992, Mr. Falk was a Partner in the law firm of Skadden, Arps, Slate, Meagher & Flom LLP. Mr. Falk is a Director of Newiesy Gmbh.

         Joshua J. Harris has been a director of the Company and Compass Minerals Group since November 2001. Mr. Harris is a founding Senior Partner at Apollo and has served as an officer of certain affiliates of Apollo since 1990. Prior to that time, Mr. Harris was a member of the Mergers and Acquisitions Department of Drexel Burnham Lambert Incorporated. Mr. Harris is also a Director of Breuners Home Furnishings Corporation, Pacer International, Inc., Quality Distribution Inc., Resolution Performance Products Inc. and Nalco Company.

75



         Scott M. Kleinman has been a director of the Company and Compass Minerals Group since November 2001. Mr. Kleinman is a Partner at Apollo, where he has worked since February 1996. Prior to that time, Mr. Kleinman was employed by Smith Barney Inc. in its Investment Banking division. Mr. Kleinman is also a Director of Resolution Performance Products Inc.

         Douglas A. Pertz has been a director of the Company since December 2003 and a director of Compass Minerals Group since November 2001. Mr. Pertz has been Chairman and Chief Executive Officer of IMC Global since March 2002. From October 2000 to March 2002, Mr. Pertz served as Chairman, President and Chief Executive Officer of IMC Global, and from October 1999 to October 2000, Mr. Pertz served as President and Chief Executive Officer of IMC Global. Mr. Pertz served as President and Chief Operating Officer of IMC Global from October 1998 to October 1999. Prior to joining IMC Global, Mr. Pertz served from 1995 to 1998 as President and Chief Executive Officer and as a director of Culligan Water Technologies, Inc., a leading manufacturer and distributor of water purification and treatment products.

         Heinn F. Tomfohrde, III has been a director of the Company since December 2003 and a director of Compass Minerals Group since November 2001. Mr. Tomfohrde has served the chemicals industry in a variety of leadership positions for 44 years. Currently, Mr. Tomfohrde serves in directorship positions only. Mr. Tomfohrde served as President and Chief Operating Officer of International Specialty Products, Inc. and its predecessor company, GAF Chemicals Corp., from 1987 to 1993. Prior to that time, Mr. Tomfohrde spent 31 years with Union Carbide Corp., rising from positions in research and development and marketing to senior management, serving as President of Union Carbides's Consumer and Industrial Products Group from 1983 to 1986. Mr. Tomfohrde is also a Director of Resolution Performance Products Inc.

         Bradley J. Bell has been a director of the Company since December 2003 and a director of Compass Minerals Group since November 2003. Mr. Bell has been Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer of Nalco Company since November 2003. From 1997 to 2003, Mr. Bell served as Senior Vice President and Chief Financial Officer of Rohm and Haas Company. Prior to that time, Mr. Bell served from 1987 to 1997 as Vice President and Treasurer of the Whirlpool Corporation, and from 1980 to 1987 as Vice President and Treasurer of the Bundy Corporation. Mr. Bell is also a Director and Chairman of the Audit Committee of IDEX Corporation.

Board of Directors

        Our board of directors is divided into three classes, each of whose members serve for staggered three-year terms. Mr. Ducey, Mr. Tomfohrde and Mr. Pertz serve in the class of directors whose terms will expire at our 2004 annual meeting; Mr. Asen, Mr. Bell and Mr. Clark serve in the class of directors whose terms will expire at our 2005 annual meeting; and Mr. Harris, Mr. Kleinman, Mr. Falk and Mr. Copses serve in the class of directors whose terms will expire at our 2006 annual meeting. Because only one third of our directors are elected at each annual meeting, two annual meetings of stockholders could be required for the stockholders to change a majority of the board.

        In addition, we intend to nominate and elect up to two additional directors, both of which are expected to be independent directors. We currently have an audit committee of our board of directors and we expect to form additional committees of our board as well. We expect to shift the composition of our board of directors as soon as practical to comply with the corporate governance rules of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 and the New York Stock Exchange.

Board Committees

        Our board of directors has a standing audit committee and will have a standing compensation committee. We may appoint additional committees of our board of directors in the future, including for purposes of complying with all applicable corporate governance rules of the New York Stock Exchange.

76



        Our audit committee oversees the engagement of independent public accountants, reviews our annual financial statements and the scope of annual audits and considers matters relating to accounting policies and internal controls. The audit committee is currently comprised of directors Heinn F. Tomfohrde, III, Bradley J. Bell and Scott M. Kleinman. Our board of directors has determined that directors Heinn F. Tomfohrde, III and Bradley J. Bell satisfy the independence requirements of Rule 10A-3 of the Exchange Act. In addition, our board of directors has determined that director Bradley J. Bell meets the New York Stock Exchange standard of possessing accounting or related financial management expertise. The New York Stock Exchange has adopted new corporate governance rules with respect to the charter, structure and membership requirements for audit committees. We intend to comply with these rules.

        We do not currently have a compensation committee. We anticipate that our compensation committee will consist of individuals meeting the relevant New York Stock Exchange requirements. The compensation committee will review, approve and make recommendations to our board of directors concerning our compensation practices, policies and procedures for our executive officers. The compensation committee's duties will include the administration of our 2001 Stock Option Plan and compensation arrangements for our executives. The New York Stock Exchange has adopted new corporate governance rules with respect to the charter, structure and membership requirements for compensation committees. We intend to comply with these rules.

Board Compensation

        The members of our board of directors are reimbursed for their out-of-pocket expenses. Those directors who are not employees of the Company also receive compensation for their service on the board of directors.

77


Executive Compensation

        The following table sets forth the compensation for the year ended December 31, 2002 paid or awarded to the Chief Executive Officer and the four other most highly compensated executive officers serving as executive officers of our wholly owned subsidiary, Compass Minerals Group, or "the named executive officers." There was no compensation paid to the executive officers of the Company, in their capacity as executive officers of the Company, for the year ended December 31, 2002.


Summary Compensation Table

 
   
   
  Long Term Compensation
   
 
   
   
  Awards
  Payouts
   
 
  Annual Compensation for the Year Ended December 31, 2002
   
 
  Securities
Underlying
Options/SARs
(#)(2)

   
   
Name and Principal Position

  Long Term
Incentive
Payouts ($)

  All Other
Compensation ($)(4)

  Salary($)
  Bonus($)(1)
Michael E. Ducey(3)
President and Chief Executive Officer of Compass Minerals and President and Chief Executive Officer of Compass Minerals Group
  262,500   251,328   540,769     130,761
Robert F. Clark(3)
President and Chief Executive Officer of Compass Minerals Group
  155,352   63,715       660,715
Steven Wolf
Vice President and General Manager, Highway Deicing and SOP of Compass Minerals Group
  258,803   143,465     63,408   412,430
Keith E. Clark
Vice President and General Manager, General Trade of Compass Minerals Group
  199,190   93,234     8,150   325,054
David J. Goadby(5)
Vice President of Compass Minerals Group and Managing Director, Salt Union Ltd.
  168,774   47,095       219,886
Rodney L. Underdown
Vice President and Chief Financial Officer of Compass Minerals and Chief Financial Officer of Compass Minerals Group
  150,000   48,960       211,294

(1)
Bonuses were paid pursuant to the Compass Minerals Group Incentive Compensation Program. Under this program, bonus amounts were calculated on an annual basis according to business performance.

(2)
Represents the number of shares of our common stock underlying options (as adjusted to reflect changes in our capital structure following the date of grant).

(3)
Mr. Clark served as the President and Chief Executive Officer of Compass Minerals Group until April 1, 2002. Mr. Ducey became President and Chief Executive Officer of Compass Minerals Group on April 1, 2002.

(4)
Consists of sale and retention bonuses related to the change in ownership subsequent to the Recapitalization, certain moving expenses incurred by Mr. Ducey considered by the U.S. Internal Revenue Service to be compensation and other employer contributions to our tax- qualified and non-tax-qualified defined contribution and defined benefit retirement plans.

(5)
Mr. Goadby's compensation is paid in British pounds sterling, which has been converted to U.S. dollars at a rate of £0.6427 per $1.00.

78


        The following table shows all grants of options to acquire shares of our common stock made to our named executive officers during 2002.

 
   
   
   
   
  Potential Realizable Value at Assumed Annual Rates of Stock Appreciation for Option Term(4)
 
  Number of Securities Underlying the Options Granted(1)
   
   
   
Name

  % of Total
Options Granted to Employees in Fiscal Year

  Exercise
Price Per
Share

   
  Expiration Date
  5%
  10%
Michael E. Ducey   540,769(2)   43.73 % $1.40(3)   December 28, 2009   $ 365,442   $ 877,649

(1)
Each option was granted on April 1, 2002 pursuant to our 2001 Stock Option Plan. See "2001 Option Plan." Each option is a non-qualified stock option and is not intended to be an "incentive stock option." None of the options were vested or exercisable as of December 31, 2002 and Mr. Ducey did not exercise any options during 2002.

(2)
As adjusted to reflect changes in our capital structure following the date of grant.

(3)
Exercise price is equal to the fair market value at the date of the grant (as adjusted to reflect changes in our capital structure following the date of grant).

(4)
Potential realizable value is net of exercise price, but before deduction of taxes associated with exercise. A zero percent gain in stock price will result in zero dollars for the optionee. The dollar amounts indicated in these columns are the result of calculations assuming growth rates required by the SEC. These growth rates are not intended to forecast future appreciation, if any, in the price of our common stock.

2001 Option Plan

        Our employees, consultants and directors (and employees, consultants and directors of our subsidiaries) are eligible to receive options under our 2001 Stock Option Plan. The option plan will be administered by a committee of two or more members of our board of directors, each of whom is both a "non-employee director" for purposes of Rule 16b-3 under the Exchange Act and an "outside director" for purposes of Section 162(m) of the Code. Notwithstanding the foregoing, our full board of directors will administer the option plan with respect to options granted to members of our board of directors who are not also our employees.

        Options granted under the option plan may be non-qualified stock options or incentive stock options. The maximum number of shares of common stock that are issuable under the option plan is 2,783,283 (as adjusted to reflect changes in our capital structure and as may be further adjusted for future changes in our capital structure and other corporate transactions, such as stock dividends, stock splits, mergers and reorganizations). Furthermore, following the first meeting of our stockholders to occur after the close of the third calendar year following the calendar year in which our common stock is first registered under the Exchange Act (or such earlier date as required by Section 162(m) of the Code or the regulations issued thereunder), the maximum number of shares of common stock that may be subject to options granted to any individual in any calendar year may not exceed 1,000,000.

        Following the consummation of the Recapitalization, we granted non-qualified options to purchase common stock to certain management employees, including the named executive officers. The per share exercise price of each option granted immediately following the Recapitalization was $1.40 (as adjusted to reflect changes in our capital structure following the date of grant), which was equal to the Recapitalization consideration per share of common stock (as adjusted to reflect changes in our capital structure following the date of grant). During the period following the Recapitalization, we have granted options under the option plan to designated newly-hired and other employees. The exercise price per share of these options is equal to an estimate of the fair market value per share of our

79



common stock as of the date of the grant. The options shall generally become vested and exercisable as follows:

        The term of the options is eight years and thirty days from the date of the date of grant. However, all unvested options will automatically expire upon the date of an optionee's termination of employment (or termination of directorship or consultancy, as applicable). In addition, all vested options will generally expire one year following the termination of an optionee's services by us, subject to certain exceptions. Shares of common stock purchased or acquired under the stock plan will generally be subject to restrictions on transfer, repurchase rights and other limitations set forth in the investor rights agreement. See "Description of Capital Stock—Investors Rights Agreement." We filed a registration statement on Form S-8 under the Securities Act to register the issuance of those shares issuable or reserved for issuance under our 2001 Stock Option Plan.

        The option plan may be modified or amended in any respect by the committee administering the option plan with the prior approval of our board of directors, except that the consent of each optionholder is required with respect to any amendment that impairs such optionholder's rights. In addition, to the extent required by any applicable law, regulation or stock exchange rule, no amendment will be effective without the consent of our stockholders.

Deferred Compensation Plan

        In connection with the consummation of the Recapitalization, we adopted the Salt Holdings Corporation Senior Executives' Deferred Compensation Plan. The deferred compensation plan is not a tax qualified retirement plan. The deferred compensation plan is intended to allow certain highly-compensated employees to elect in advance to defer certain retention bonuses or other compensation and to allow such employees to transfer liabilities from certain IMC Global deferred compensation plans to our deferred compensation plan. Any amounts deferred into the deferred compensation plan represent a conditional right to receive our capital stock as described below. Amounts deferred under the deferred compensation plan are represented by bookkeeping accounts established and maintained by the administrator on behalf of the participants. Each such account is deemed to be invested in shares of our capital stock. Distributions shall generally be made to a participant under the deferred compensation plan in one lump sum in the form of our capital stock upon the participant's termination of employment or upon Apollo "exit events." In connection with the establishment of the deferred compensation plan, we have established a "rabbi trust," which has been funded with shares of our capital stock. All assets contained in the rabbi trust will be subject to the claims of creditors in the event of bankruptcy or insolvency.

        On September 29, 2003, the deferred compensation plan was terminated and our capital stock held in the deferred compensation plan was subsequently distributed to the participants.

80



Employment Agreements

        Michael E. Ducey.     Compass Minerals Group entered into an employment agreement, dated March 12, 2002, with Mr. Ducey pursuant to which he agreed to serve as its Chief Executive Officer and be nominated for a seat on its board of directors. Under the agreement, Mr. Ducey is paid a base salary and is eligible for incentive bonuses based upon Compass Minerals Group meeting or exceeding financial objectives. Under the terms of the agreement, Mr. Ducey is subject to non-compete, non-solicitation and confidentiality requirements. In the event that Mr. Ducey's employment is terminated without cause, he will receive his base pay until the earlier of twelve months, the day he accepts other employment or the day he violates the non-compete agreement.

        David J. Goadby.     Salt Union Limited entered into a service agreement, dated September 1, 1997, with Mr. Goadby pursuant to which he was appointed as Managing Director of Salt Union until his employment is terminated by either Salt Union, giving Mr. Goadby not less than twelve months prior written notice, or Mr. Goadby, giving Salt Union not less than three months prior written notice. The agreement provides that Mr. Goadby be paid a base salary, as well as bonuses or additional remuneration, if any, as the board of directors of Salt Union may determine. For a period of six months following his termination, Mr. Goadby will be subject to non-compete, non-solicitation and non-dealing covenants with regard to customers and non-solicitation of suppliers and managerial, supervisory, technical, sales, financial and administrative employees. In the event of a change of control of Salt Union, Mr. Goadby will be entitled to terminate the agreement immediately and Salt Union will be obligated to pay him an amount equal to his annual base salary and the value of his company car and medical insurance calculated over a twelve month period.

        Other Named Executive Officers.     We have not entered into employment agreements with any of our executive officers, except for the agreements entered into by our subsidiaries with Mr. Ducey and Mr. Goadby. Accordingly, each of our executive officers is currently an "at will" employee.

81



PRINCIPAL STOCKHOLDERS

        The following table sets forth information regarding the beneficial ownership of our common stock as of the date of this prospectus with respect to (i) each person that is a beneficial owner of more than 5% of our outstanding common stock, (ii) each director and named executive officer of the Company and (iii) all directors and executive officers of the Company as a group:

Name and Address of Beneficial Owner

  Number of
Shares of
Common Stock
Beneficially Owned(1)

  Percent of
Class

 
Apollo (2)   11,462,064   35.97 %
IMC Global (3)   753,209   2.36 %
Michael E. Ducey (4)   617,191   1.94 %
Keith E. Clark (4)   255,883   *  
David J. Goadby (4)   155,578   *  
Rodney L. Underdown (4)   117,810   *  
Steven Wolf (4)   264,827   *  
Joel A. Asen (5)   53,669   *  
Robert F. Clark (6)   177,832   *  
Peter P. Copses (5)   53,669   *  
Robert H. Falk (5)   53,669   *  
Joshua J. Harris (5)   53,669   *  
Scott M. Kleinman (5)   53,669   *  
Douglas A. Pertz (5)   53,669   *  
Heinn F. Tomfohrde, III (5)   53,669   *  
Bradley J. Bell (5)   37,367   *  
All directors and officers as a group   2,002,171   6.28 %

*
Represents less than 1% of the outstanding shares of common stock (excluding any shares held by YBR Holdings that could be attributed to any of these individuals).

(1)
For purposes of this table, information as to the percentage of shares beneficially owned is calculated based on 31,862,232 shares of common stock outstanding. The amounts and percentages of common stock beneficially owned are reported on the basis of regulations of the SEC governing the determination of beneficial ownership of securities. Under the rules of the SEC, a person is deemed to be a "beneficial owner" of a security if that person has or shares voting power, which includes the power to vote or direct the voting of such security, or investment power, which includes the power to dispose of or to direct the disposition of such security. A person is also deemed to be a beneficial owner of any securities of which that person has a right to acquire beneficial ownership within 60 days. Securities that can be so acquired are deemed to be outstanding for purposes of computing such person's ownership percentage, but not for purposes of computing any other person's percentage. Under these rules, more than one person may be deemed beneficial owner of the same securities and a person may be deemed to be a beneficial owner of securities as to which such person has no economic interest. Except as otherwise indicated in these footnotes, each of the beneficial owners has, to our knowledge, sole voting and investment power with respect to the indicated shares of common stock.

(2)
Represents all shares held of record by YBR Holdings. YBR Holdings is an affiliate of, and is controlled by, Apollo through Apollo's majority ownership of YBR Holdings' membership interests. The address of each of YBR Holdings, Apollo and of Messrs. P. Copses, R. Falk, J. Harris and S. Kleinman is c/o Apollo Management, L.P., 1301 Avenue of the Americas, New York, New York 10019.

82


(3)
The address of IMC Global is 100 South Saunders Road, Suite 300, Lake Forest, Illinois 60045.

(4)
Includes options that are currently exercisable or will become exercisable in the next 60 days. Does not include options to purchase 135,192, 53,352, 35,125, 24,553 and 55,240 shares of our common stock that we have granted to Messrs. M. Ducey, K. Clark, D. Goadby, R. Underdown and S. Wolf, respectively. These options are subject to time and performance vesting conditions and are not currently exercisable (and will not become exercisable within the next 60 days). See "Management—2001 Option Plan." The address of each of Messrs. M. Ducey, K. Clark, D. Goadby, R. Underdown and S. Wolf is c/o Compass Minerals International, Inc., 8300 College Boulevard, Overland Park, Kansas 66210.

(5)
Represents options to purchase 37,367 shares of our common stock that we have granted to Mr. B. Bell and 53,669 shares of our common stock that we have granted to each of Messrs. J. Asen, P. Copses, R. Falk, J. Harris, S. Kleinman, D. Pertz and H. Tomfohrde III. These options are exercisable immediately.

(6)
The address of Mr. R. Clark is c/o Compass Minerals International, Inc., 8300 College Boulevard, Overland Park, Kansas 66210.

83



RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS

Ongoing Relationship with IMC Global

        In connection with the Recapitalization, we entered into several additional agreements with IMC Global or their affiliates providing for the continuation or transfer and transition of certain aspects of our business operations. These agreements were the result of arm's-length negotiations, and we believe they are on terms at least as favorable to us as those we could have obtained from unaffiliated third parties. Set forth below are descriptions of the material agreements that we or our affiliates have entered into with IMC Global.

        We have contracted with IMC Global or its affiliates to supply some of our facilities with raw materials used in the production of our products and to supply to other facilities finished products that we distribute to our customers or other distributors. IMC Global supplies us with the following products:

        The initial terms of these supply contracts range from five to twelve years and are automatically extended by one-year intervals unless termination notice is given by either party six months prior to the end of the term. The prices we pay for these products vary depending on the product. However, we believe that the prices IMC Global charges us are generally as favorable as the prices that we can obtain from third parties. Some contracts require the purchase of all of our requirements for a particular product from IMC Global. Others require the purchase of no less than 90% of our requirements from IMC Global, while others have no purchase requirement at all. Certain of those contracts permit us to obtain a lower price elsewhere and, if IMC Global does not match the lower price, we can purchase at the lower price from the third party. We cannot exercise our matching rights under these provisions more than twice in a year. Under the Hersey salt supply contract, we are required to purchase no less than 200,000 tons of salt products each year under most circumstances and we can purchase from third parties if a force majeure event prevents IMC Global from delivering products to us. Pricing for the Esterhazy highway deicing salt contract is adjusted each year based on a Canadian product price index. Pricing under the other supply contracts is generally adjusted each year based on the movement in the sales prices of the products to our own or IMC Global's customers. Under the Hersey salt supply contract, the price is adjusted each year based on a salt producer price index, although we have the right to change the pricing adjustment formula to a quarterly adjustment based on the prices we sell the products to our customers.

        On June 23, 2003, we purchased IMC Global's SOP business, including its SOP marketing business, Carlsbad, New Mexico SOP product line and inventory. The SOP supply contract that grants

84



us the right to purchase SOP from IMC Global has been in place since the Recapitalization and, as a result of the purchase of IMC Global's remaining SOP business in June 2003, terminated on November 30, 2003.

        We sublease railcars from affiliates of IMC Global that are used by us to transport products used in our business. At September 30, 2003, we leased approximately 103 railcars with terms that expire on various dates throughout 2003 and with options available on some railcars until 2014.

Management Consulting Agreement

        In connection with the Recapitalization, we entered into a management consulting agreement with Apollo. The agreement allows us and any of our affiliates to avail itself of Apollo's expertise in areas such as financial transactions, acquisitions and other matters that relate to our business, administration and policies. Apollo received a one time transaction fee for structuring the Recapitalization and thereafter received an annual fee for its management services and advice. In connection with the initial public offering, we amended the management consulting agreement whereby Apollo has the right to terminate the amended management consulting agreement at any time upon prior written notice to the Company. Upon Apollo's election to terminate the amended management consulting agreement, we will pay Apollo approximately $5.5 million, less any amounts paid under the annual fee from December 10, 2003, as a final payment for all services rendered under the agreement. Upon termination of the agreement by Apollo, any future obligations of Apollo under the agreement will effectively terminate. Such payment will be expensed as incurred. Apollo maintains the right following termination to act, in return for additional fees, as our financial advisor or investment banker for any merger, acquisition, disposition or the like if we decide to hire someone to fill such a role.

85



DESCRIPTION OF OTHER INDEBTEDNESS

        We summarize below the principal terms of the agreements that govern our material outstanding indebtedness. This summary is not a complete description of all of the terms of the agreements and you should refer to the relevant agreement for additional information, a copy of which is filed as an exhibit to the registration statement of which this prospectus forms a part.

The Senior Credit Facilities

        In connection with the offering of the April 2002 senior subordinated notes by Compass Minerals Group, we amended and restated our senior credit facilities with a syndicate of financial institutions and institutional lenders. Set forth below is a summary of the terms of the amended and restated senior credit facilities. We encourage you to read our amended and restated credit agreement contained in the exhibits to the registration statement of which this prospectus is a part.

        The amended and restated senior credit facilities provide for senior secured financing by Compass Minerals Group and certain of its subsidiaries of up to $285.0 million, consisting of (a) a $150.0 million term loan credit facility with a maturity of eight years from the date of the Recapitalization and (b) a $135.0 million revolving credit facility that will terminate in six and one-half years from the date of the Recapitalization. The revolving credit facility permits our Canadian subsidiary to borrow up to the Canadian dollar equivalent of $30.0 million in revolving loans and our U.K. subsidiary to borrow up to the pounds sterling equivalent of $10.0 million in revolving loans. The revolving credit facility includes a $50.0 million sub-limit for the issuance of letters of credit for our account. All borrowings are subject to the satisfaction of customary conditions, including absence of a default and accuracy of representations and warranties.

        Proceeds of the term loan credit facility were used to finance the Recapitalization. Proceeds of the revolving credit facility have been and will be used for general corporate purposes.

Interest and Fees

        The interest rates per annum applicable to loans under the amended and restated senior credit facilities (other than revolving loans to either of the foreign borrowers) are, at the option of Compass Minerals Group, a base rate or eurodollar rate plus, in each case, an applicable margin. The applicable margin for loans under the revolving credit facility is subject to adjustment based on Compass Minerals Group's total leverage ratio. The base rate is a fluctuating interest rate equal to the higher of (a) the prime rate reported by The Chase Manhattan Bank and (b) the federal funds effective rate plus one-half of one percent (0.5%). The interest rates per annum applicable to revolving loans made to either of the foreign borrowers under the revolving credit facility are at the rates plus applicable margins set forth in the amended and restated senior credit agreement governing the amended and restated senior credit facilities. In addition, the borrowers are required to pay to the lenders under the revolving credit facility a commitment fee in respect of the unused commitments thereunder at a rate per annum that is subject to adjustment based on our total leverage ratio.

Prepayments

        The term loan credit facility is required to be prepaid with 100% of the net cash proceeds of certain asset sales and certain debt issuances, 75% of annual excess cash flow and 50% of the net cash proceeds of certain equity issuances by us, in each case, subject to certain exceptions and subject to percentage reductions or elimination based on the total leverage ratio of Compass Minerals Group.

        Voluntary prepayments of loans under the amended and restated senior credit facilities and voluntary reductions in the unused commitments under the revolving credit facility are permitted in

86



whole or in part, in minimum amounts and subject to certain other exceptions as set forth in the amended and restated senior credit agreement.

Amortization of Principal

        The term loan amortization payments due before 2009 are nominal amounts. The remaining balance of the term loan will generally amortize in equal quarterly installments in the eighth year of the term loan credit facility.

Collateral and Guarantees

        We and our domestic subsidiaries guarantee (on a senior basis) the obligations of the borrowers under the amended and restated senior credit facilities. Substantially all of the domestic guarantors' real and personal property, including intercompany notes held by the domestic guarantors and certain equity interests held by the domestic guarantors in their respective subsidiaries, secure the domestic guarantees and the obligations of the borrowers under the amended and restated senior credit facilities.

        In addition, certain of our foreign subsidiaries, including the foreign borrowers, guarantee (on a senior basis) the obligations of the foreign borrowers under the amended and restated senior revolving credit facility. Substantially all of the foreign guarantors' real and personal property, including intercompany notes held by the foreign guarantors and certain equity interests held by the foreign guarantors in their respective subsidiaries, secure the foreign guarantees and the obligations of the foreign borrowers under the amended and restated senior revolving credit facility.

Covenants and Other Matters

        The amended and restated senior credit facilities require us to comply with certain financial covenants, including a maximum total leverage ratio and a minimum interest coverage ratio. The amended and restated senior credit facilities include negative covenants restricting our and our subsidiaries' ability to, among other things:

        The amended and restated senior credit facilities contain customary representations and warranties, affirmative covenants and events of default, including change of control, default under agreements governing our other indebtedness, material judgments in excess of $5,000,000 and inaccuracy of representations and warranties.

87



        In addition, the terms of our amended and restated senior credit facilities restrict our subsidiaries from paying dividends to us in order to fund cash interest payments on the senior discount notes after June 1, 2008 if we do not comply with an adjusted senior indebtedness leverage ratio or if a default or event of default has occurred and is continuing under our amended and restated senior credit facilities. We cannot assure you that the agreements governing our amended and restated senior credit facilities will permit our subsidiaries to provide us with sufficient dividends, distributions or loans to fund scheduled cash interest and principal payments on the senior discount notes when due. See "Risk Factors—Restrictive covenants in the agreements governing our indebtedness and certain indebtedness of Compass Minerals Group may restrict our ability to pursue our business strategies."

12 3 / 4 % Senior Discount Notes Due 2012

        On December 20, 2002, we issued $123,500,000 in aggregate principal amount at maturity of our 12 3 / 4 % senior discount notes due 2012 in a private transaction under Rule 144A and Regulation S of the Securities Act. Prior to December 15, 2007, interest will accrue in the form of an increase in the accreted value of the senior discount notes, and no cash interest will be paid. Thereafter, cash interest on the senior discount notes will accrue at the rate of 12 3 / 4 % per annum and be payable semiannually in arrears on June 15 and December 15 of each year, commencing on June 15, 2008. The accreted value of each senior discount note will increase at a rate of 12 3 / 4 % per annum from the date of issuance until December 15, 2007, reflecting the accrual of non-cash interest, such that the accreted value will equal the principal amount at maturity on December 15, 2007.

        The senior discount notes are unsecured senior obligations of the Company. Accordingly, they rank equally with all of our existing and future unsecured senior indebtedness, senior to any of our future indebtedness that expressly provides for subordination to the senior discount notes, and subordinated to any of our secured indebtedness to the extent of the value of the security for that indebtedness, including our guarantee of our senior credit facilities. The senior discount notes will be effectively subordinated to all of the existing and future indebtedness of our subsidiaries.

        We may redeem the senior discount notes at any time on or after December 15, 2007, in whole or in part, in cash at the redemption prices described in indenture governing the senior discount notes, plus accrued and unpaid interest to the date of redemption. At any one or more times on or before December 15, 2005, we may choose to repurchase up to 35% of the senior discount notes with the money what we raise in one or more equity offerings, as long as we pay 112 3 / 4 % of the accreted value of the senior discount notes and at least 65% of the original aggregate principal amount at maturity of senior discount notes remains outstanding after the redemption. Upon the occurrence of a change in control, we may be required to make an offer to purchase all outstanding senior discount notes at a price equal to 101% of the accreted value thereof, plus accrued and unpaid interest, if any, to the date of purchase. In addition, upon the occurrence of a change in control prior to December 15, 2007, we may redeem the senior discount notes, in whole but not in part, at a redemption price equal to the accreted value of the senior discount notes plus an applicable premium described in the indenture.

        The indenture governing the senior discount notes contains certain restrictive covenants that limit, among other things, our ability and the ability of our restricted subsidiaries to:

88


Compass Minerals Group 10% Senior Subordinated Notes Due 2011

        Our wholly owned subsidiary, Compass Minerals Group, has outstanding $325.0 million in aggregate principal amount of 10% Senior Subordinated Notes due 2011. Interest on the senior subordinated notes is payable semiannually on February 15 and August 15 of each year. The senior subordinated notes are guaranteed by all of Compass Minerals Group's domestic subsidiaries.

        The senior subordinated notes constitute unsecured, subordinated indebtedness of Compass Minerals Group. The senior subordinated notes are effectively subordinated in right of payment to all existing and future senior indebtedness of Compass Minerals Group and the guarantees are subordinated in right of payment to all existing and future senior indebtedness of the guarantors.

        On or after August 15, 2006, Compass Minerals Group may redeem some or all of the senior subordinated notes in cash at the redemption prices described in the indenture governing these notes, plus accrued and unpaid interest to the date of redemption. Prior to August 15, 2004, Compass Minerals Group may redeem up to 35% of the senior subordinated notes with the proceeds of certain equity offerings of the Company or Compass Minerals Group at a purchase price of 110% of the principal amount of senior subordinated notes. Upon the occurrence of a change of control of the Company or Compass Minerals Group, we must offer to repurchase the senior subordinated notes at a purchase price equal to 101% of the aggregate principal amount, plus accrued and unpaid interest. In addition, upon the occurrence of a change of control prior to August 15, 2006, Compass Minerals Group may redeem the senior subordinated notes, in whole but not in part, at a redemption price equal to the principal amount of the senior subordinated notes plus an applicable premium described in the indenture.

        The indenture governing the senior subordinated notes contains certain restrictive covenants that limit, among other things, the ability of Compass Minerals Group and the ability of its subsidiaries to:

89



DESCRIPTION OF THE EXCHANGE NOTES

        The exchange notes will be issued under an indenture between Compass Minerals International, Inc. (formerly Salt Holdings Corporation) (the "Issuer") and The Bank of New York, as trustee. The definitions of certain capitalized terms used in the following summary are set forth below under "—Certain Definitions."

        The following description is a summary of the material provisions of the indenture. It does not restate the terms of the indenture in their entirety. We urge that you carefully read the indenture and the Trust Indenture Act of 1939 (the "TIA"), because the indenture and the TIA govern your rights as holders of the notes, not this description. A copy of the indenture may be obtained from us or the initial purchasers. The definitions of certain capitalized terms used in the following summary are set forth below under "—Certain Definitions."

General

        We issued $179.6 million in aggregate principal amount at maturity of the outstanding notes to the initial purchasers on May 22, 2003. The initial purchasers sold the outstanding notes to "qualified institutional buyers," as defined in Rule 144A under the Securities Act. The terms of the exchange notes are substantially identical to the terms of the outstanding notes. However, the exchange notes are not subject to transfer restrictions or registration rights unless held by certain broker-dealers, affiliates of Compass Minerals or certain other persons. See "The Exchange Offcer—Transferability of the Exchange Notes." In addition, we do not plan to list the exchange notes on any securities exchange or seek quotation on any automated quotation system. The outstanding notes are listed on Nasdaq's PORTAL system.

        The exchange notes will be general unsecured obligations of the Issuer, ranking subordinate in right of payment to all existing and future Senior Debt of the Issuer.

        The exchange notes will be issued in fully registered form only, without coupons, in denominations of $1,000 principal amount at maturity and integral multiples of $1,000.

        Initially, the trustee will act as paying agent and registrar for the exchange notes. You may present your exchange notes for registration of transfer and exchange at the offices of the registrar, which initially will be the trustee's corporate trust office. The Issuer may change any paying agent and registrar without prior notice.

        The Issuer will pay principal (and premium, if any) on the exchange notes at the trustee's corporate office in New York, New York. At the Issuer's option, interest may be paid at the trustee's corporate trust office or by check mailed to the registered address of holders.

        Any outstanding notes that remain outstanding after completion of the exchange offer, together with the exchange notes issued in connection with the exchange offer, will be treated as a single class of securities under the indenture.

Principal, Maturity and Interest

        The notes will mature on June 1, 2013. Additional notes in an unlimited amount may be issued under the indenture from time to time, subject to the limitations set forth under "—Certain Covenants—Limitation on Incurrence of Additional Indebtedness." The notes and any additional notes subsequently issued will be treated as a single class for all purposes under the indenture.

        No cash interest will accrue on the notes prior to June 1, 2008, although for U.S. federal income tax purposes a significant amount of original issue discount, taxable as ordinary income, will be recognized by a holder as such discount accretes. See "Material United States Federal Income Tax Consequences" for a discussion regarding the taxation of such original issue discount. The accreted value of each note will increase from the date of issuance until June 1, 2008 at a rate of 12% per

90



annum, reflecting the accrual of non-cash interest, such that the accreted value will equal the principal amount at maturity on June 1, 2008. Cash interest will accrue on the notes at the rate per annum shown on the front cover of this offering circular from June 1, 2008, or from the most recent date to which interest has been paid, semiannually on June 1 and December 1 of each year, commencing December 1, 2008, to the holders of record at the close of business on May 15 and November 15 immediately preceding the interest payment date. Interest will be calculated on the basis of a 360-day year comprised of twelve 30-day months.

        The notes will not be entitled to the benefit of any mandatory sinking fund.

Redemption

        The Issuer may redeem all or any portion of the notes, on and after June 1, 2008, upon not less than 30 nor more than 60 days' notice, at the following redemption prices (expressed as percentages of the principal amount at maturity thereof) if redeemed during the twelve-month period commencing on June 1 of the year set forth below, plus, in each case, accrued and unpaid interest, if any, to the date of redemption:

Year

  Percentage
 
2008   106.000  
2009   104.000  
2010   102.000  
2011 and thereafter   100.000 %

        At any time, or from time to time, on or prior to June 1, 2006, we may, at our option, use the net cash proceeds of one or more Equity Offerings to redeem up to 35% in aggregate principal amount at maturity of the notes originally issued under the indenture at a redemption price equal to 112% of the Accreted Value thereof at the redemption date; provided, however, that after any such redemption the aggregate principal amount at maturity of the notes outstanding must equal at least 65% of the aggregate principal amount at maturity of the notes originally issued under the indenture. In order to effect the foregoing redemption with the net cash proceeds of any Equity Offering, we shall make such redemption not more than 120 days after the consummation of any such Equity Offering.

        In addition, at any time prior to June 1, 2008, upon the occurrence of a Change of Control, we may redeem the notes, in whole but not in part, at a redemption price equal to the Accreted Value of the notes on the redemption date plus the Applicable Premium. Notice of redemption of the notes upon a Change of Control will be mailed to holders of the notes not more than 30 days following the occurrence of a Change of Control.

        If less than all of the notes are to be redeemed at any time, the trustee will select those notes for redemption in compliance with the requirements of the principal national securities exchange, if any, on which the notes are listed or, if the notes are not then listed on a national securities exchange, on a proportional basis, by lot or by such method as the trustee considers fair and appropriate, provided that:

91


        Notice of redemption will be mailed by first-class mail at least 30 but not more than 60 days before the redemption date to each holder of notes to be redeemed at its registered address. If any note is to be redeemed in part only, the notice of redemption that relates to the note will state the portion of the principal amount to be redeemed. A new note in a principal amount at maturity equal to the unredeemed portion will be issued in the name of the holder upon cancellation of the original note. On and after the redemption date, Accreted Value will cease to accrete and interest will cease to accrue, in each case to the extent applicable, on those notes called for redemption if the Issuer has deposited with the paying agent the funds needed to pay the applicable redemption price.

Subordination

        The payment of all Obligations on or relating to the notes is subordinated in right of payment to the prior payment in full in cash or Cash Equivalents of all Obligations on all existing and future Senior Debt of the Issuer (including the Obligations with respect to our guarantee of the Credit Agreement and with respect to the Existing Holdings Notes).

        The holders of Senior Debt will be entitled to receive payment in full in cash or Cash Equivalents of all Obligations in respect of Senior Debt (including interest accruing after the commencement of any bankruptcy or other like proceeding at the rate specified in the applicable Senior Debt even if such interest is not an allowed claim in such proceeding) before the holders of notes will be entitled to receive any payment or distribution of any kind or character with respect to any Obligations on, or relating to, the notes in the event of any total or partial distribution to creditors of the Issuer:


        Until such Obligations in respect of Senior Debt have been paid in full in cash or Cash Equivalents, any payment or distribution to which holders of notes would have been entitled but for the subordination provisions of the indenture will be made to holders of Senior Debt as their interests may appear. If a payment or distribution is made to holders of notes that due to the subordination provisions of the indenture should not have been made to them, such holders of notes will be required to hold it in trust for the holders of Senior Debt and pay it over to such holders of Senior Debt as their interests may appear.

        The Issuer may not make any payment or distribution of any kind or character with respect to any Obligations on, or relating to, the notes or purchase, repurchase, redeem or otherwise acquire or retire any notes for cash or property or otherwise or set aside any funds or make any deposit with the trustee for any purpose (collectively, "pay the notes") if:

92


        Payments and distributions with respect to any Obligations on, or with respect to, the notes may and will be resumed:

        No new Payment Blockage Notice may be delivered unless and until 360 days have elapsed since the delivery of the immediately prior Payment Blockage Notice.

        No nonpayment default that existed or was continuing on the date of delivery of any Payment Blockage Notice to the trustee will be, or be made, the basis for a subsequent Payment Blockage Notice unless such default shall have been cured or waived for a period of not less than 90 consecutive days. However, under the indenture, any subsequent action, or any breach of any financial covenants for a period commencing after the date of delivery of such initial Payment Blockage Notice, that in either case would give rise to a default pursuant to any provisions under which a default previously existed or was continuing would constitute a new default for this purpose.

        The Credit Agreement requires that we promptly notify each lender if payment of the notes is accelerated because of an Event of Default.

        Since the right to be paid principal, interest and other Obligations on or relating to the notes ranks junior to the rights of holders of our Senior Debt, if we become bankrupt or insolvent, creditors of the Issuer who are not holders of Senior Debt, including the holders of the notes, may recover less proportionately than holders of Senior Debt.

        At September 30, 2003, we had approximately $169.3 million of Senior Debt outstanding. In addition to the amount then outstanding, we could have borrowed an additional $108.5 million under the Credit Agreement which, if borrowed, also would have been senior to the notes.

Holding Company

        We are a holding company and do not have any material assets or operations other than ownership of Capital Stock of our Subsidiaries; all of our operations are conducted through our Subsidiaries. Claims of creditors of such Subsidiaries, including trade creditors, and claims of preferred stockholders (if any) of such Subsidiaries generally will have priority with respect to the assets and earnings of such Subsidiaries over the claims of our creditors, including holders of the notes. The notes, therefore, will be structurally subordinated to creditors (including trade creditors) and preferred stockholders (if any) of our Subsidiaries. As of September 30, 2003, on a pro forma basis after giving effect to this offering and use of proceeds, we and our Subsidiaries had indebtedness of approximately $601.6 million outstanding, of which $424.0 million would have been at our Subsidiaries. Although the indenture limits the incurrence of Indebtedness and the issuance of preferred stock of our Restricted Subsidiaries, such limitation is subject to a number of significant qualifications. Moreover, the indenture does not impose any limitation on the incurrence by such Restricted Subsidiaries of liabilities that are not considered Indebtedness under the indenture. See "Risk Factors—We are a holding company with no operations of our own and depend on our subsidiaries for cash. Our ability to access the cash flow of our subsidiaries may be contingent upon our ability to refinance the debt of our subsidiaries."

93


Change of Control

        The indenture provides that upon the occurrence of a Change of Control, each holder will have the right to require that we purchase all or a portion of such holder's exchange notes pursuant to the offer described below (the "Change of Control Offer"), at a purchase price equal to 101% of the Accreted Value thereof plus accrued interest to the date of purchase. Notwithstanding the occurrence of a Change of Control, we will not be obligated to repurchase the exchange notes under this covenant if we have exercised our right to redeem all the exchange notes under the terms of the section titled "—Optional Redemption."

        The indenture provides that, prior to the mailing of the notice referred to below, but in any event within 60 days following any Change of Control, we covenant to: repay in full and terminate all commitments under Indebtedness under the Credit Agreement and all other Senior Debt the terms of which require repayment upon a Change of Control or offer to repay in full and terminate all commitments under all Indebtedness under the Credit Agreement and all such other Senior Debt and to repay the Indebtedness owed to (and terminate all commitments of) each lender which has accepted such offer; or obtain consents required under the Credit Agreement and all such other Senior Debt to permit the repurchase of the notes as provided below.

        We will first comply with the covenant in the immediately preceding sentence before we are required to repurchase notes under the provisions described below. Our failure to comply with the covenant described in the second preceding sentence (and any failure to send the notice referred to in the succeeding paragraph as a result of the prohibition in the second preceding sentence) constitutes an Event of Default described in clause (3) and not in clause (2) under "Events of Default" below.

        Within 60 days following the date upon which the Change of Control occurred, we will send, by first-class mail, a notice to each holder, with a copy to the trustee, which notice shall govern the terms of the Change of Control Offer. The notice will state, among other things, the purchase date, which must be no earlier than 30 days nor later than 60 days from the date the notice is mailed, other than as may be required by law (the "Change of Control Payment Date"). Holders electing to have a note purchased pursuant to a Change of Control Offer must surrender the note, with the form entitled "Option of Holder to Elect Purchase" on the reverse of the note completed, to the paying agent at the address specified in the notice prior to the close of business on the third business day prior to the Change of Control Payment Date.

        We will not be required to make a Change of Control Offer upon a Change of Control if a third party makes the Change of Control Offer in the manner, at the times and otherwise in compliance with the requirements set forth in the indenture applicable to a Change of Control Offer made by us and purchases all notes validly tendered and not withdrawn under such Change of Control Offer.

        The Credit Agreement contains, and future indebtedness of us and our Subsidiaries may contain, prohibitions on the occurrence of certain events that would constitute a Change of Control or require such indebtedness to be repaid or purchased upon a Change of Control. There can be no assurance that sufficient funds will be available when necessary to make any required purchases. The Credit Agreement does not permit Compass Minerals to pay dividends or make distributions to us for the purpose of purchasing notes in the event of a Change of Control. Even if sufficient funds were otherwise available, the terms of certain of our Indebtedness could prohibit our prepayment of notes prior to their scheduled maturity. Consequently, if we are not able to prepay such Indebtedness, we will be unable to fulfill our repurchase obligations if holders of notes exercise their repurchase rights following a Change of Control. Our failure to make or consummate the Change of Control Offer or pay the purchase price when due will give the trustee and the holders the rights described under "—Events of Default." In the event we are required to purchase outstanding notes pursuant to a Change of Control Offer, we expect that we would seek third party financing to the extent we lack

94



available funds to meet our purchase obligations. However, there can be no assurance that we would be able to obtain such financing.

        The trustee may not waive the covenant relating to a holder's right to redemption upon a Change of Control. However, the covenant and other provisions contained in the indenture relating to our obligation to make a Change of Control Offer may be waived or modified with the written consent of the holders of a majority in principal amount at maturity of the notes. Restrictions described in the indenture on the ability of the Issuer and our Restricted Subsidiaries to incur additional Indebtedness, to grant Liens on our property, to make Restricted Payments and to make Asset Sales may also make more difficult or discourage a takeover of the Issuer, whether favored or opposed by our management. Consummation of any such transaction may require redemption or repurchase of the notes, and there can be no assurance that the Issuer or the acquiring party will have sufficient financial resources to effect such redemption or repurchase. Such restrictions and the restrictions on transactions with Affiliates may make more difficult or discourage any leveraged buyout of us or any of our Restricted Subsidiaries by our management. While such restrictions cover a wide variety of arrangements which have traditionally been used to effect highly leveraged transactions, the indenture may not afford you protection in all circumstances from the adverse aspects of a highly leveraged transaction, reorganization, restructuring, merger or similar transaction.

        We will comply with the requirements of Rule 14e-1 under the Exchange Act and any other securities laws and regulations thereunder to the extent such laws and regulations are applicable in connection with the repurchase of notes pursuant to a Change of Control Offer. To the extent that the provisions of any securities laws or regulations conflict with the "Change of Control" provisions of the indenture, we will comply with the applicable securities laws and regulations and will not be deemed to have breached our obligations under the "Change of Control" provisions of the indenture by so doing.

        The definition of "Change of Control" includes, among other transactions, a disposition of "all or substantially all" of our property and assets. With respect to the disposition of property or assets, the phrase "all or substantially all" as used in the indenture varies according to the facts and circumstances of the subject transaction, has no clearly established meaning under relevant law and is subject to judicial interpretation. Accordingly, in certain circumstances, there may be a degree of uncertainty in ascertaining whether a particular transaction would involve a disposition of "all or substantially all" of the property or assets of a Person, and therefore it may be unclear whether a Change of Control has occurred and whether we are required to make a Change of Control Offer.

Certain Covenants

        The indenture contains, among others, the following covenants:

        We will not, and will not permit any of our Restricted Subsidiaries to, directly or indirectly, create, incur, assume, guarantee, acquire, become liable, contingently or otherwise, with respect to, or otherwise become responsible for payment of (collectively, "incur"), any Indebtedness (other than Permitted Indebtedness); provided, however, that if no Default or Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing at the time of or as a consequence of the incurrence of any such Indebtedness, (i) we may incur Indebtedness (including, without limitation, Acquired Indebtedness) if on the date of the incurrence of such Indebtedness, after giving effect to the incurrence thereof, our Consolidated Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio is greater than 2.0 to 1.0 and (ii) any of our Restricted Subsidiaries may incur Indebtedness (including, without limitation, Acquired Indebtedness) if on the date of the incurrence of such Indebtedness, after giving effect to the incurrence thereof, such Restricted Subsidiary's Consolidated Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio is greater than 2.0 to 1.0.

95


        We will not, and will not cause or permit any of our Restricted Subsidiaries to, directly or indirectly,

if at the time of such Restricted Payment or immediately after giving effect thereto:

96


provided, however, that the sum of clauses (I), (II) and (III) above will not exceed the aggregate amount of all such Investments made by us or any Restricted Subsidiary in the relevant Person or Unrestricted Subsidiary after November 28, 2001.

        However, the provisions set forth in the immediately preceding paragraph do not prohibit:

97


98


        In determining the aggregate amount of Restricted Payments made after November 28, 2001, in accordance with clause (3) of the immediately preceding paragraph, amounts expended pursuant to clauses (1), (2), (4), (5), (6), (7), (8), (9), (14) and (16) will be included in the calculation.

        Not later than the date of making any Restricted Payment, we will deliver to the trustee an officers' certificate stating that such Restricted Payment complies with the indenture and setting forth in reasonable detail the basis upon which the required calculations were computed, which calculations may be based upon our latest available internal quarterly financial statements.

        We will not, and will not permit any of our Restricted Subsidiaries to, consummate an Asset Sale unless:

99


        Pending the final application of the Net Cash Proceeds, we and our Restricted Subsidiaries may temporarily reduce Indebtedness or otherwise invest such Net Cash Proceeds in any manner not prohibited by the indenture.

        On the 391st day after an Asset Sale or such earlier date, if any, as the senior management or the Board of Directors of us or of such Restricted Subsidiary determines not to apply the Net Cash Proceeds relating to such Asset Sale as set forth in clauses (3)(a), (3)(b) and (3)(c) of the next preceding paragraph (each, a "Net Proceeds Offer Trigger Date"), such aggregate amount of Net Cash Proceeds which have not been applied on or before such Net Proceeds Offer Trigger Date as permitted in clauses (3)(a), (3)(b) and (3)(c) of the next preceding paragraph (each a "Net Proceeds Offer Amount") shall be applied by us or such Restricted Subsidiary to make an offer to purchase (the "Net Proceeds Offer") on a date (the "Net Proceeds Offer Payment Date") not less than 30 nor more than 60 days following the applicable Net Proceeds Offer Trigger Date, from all holders on a pro rata basis, that amount of notes equal to the Net Proceeds Offer Amount at a price equal to 100% of the Accreted Value of the notes to be purchased, plus accrued and unpaid interest thereon, if any, to the date of purchase; provided, however, that if we are required by the terms of any Senior Subordinated Debt, such Net Proceeds Offer may be made ratably to purchase the notes and such other Indebtedness of ours that ranks pari passu with the notes.

        If at any time any non-cash consideration received by us or any Restricted Subsidiary of ours, as the case may be, in connection with any Asset Sale is converted into or sold or otherwise disposed of for cash (other than interest received with respect to any such non-cash consideration), then such conversion or disposition shall be deemed to constitute an Asset Sale hereunder as of the date of such conversion or disposition and the Net Cash Proceeds thereof will be applied in accordance with this covenant.

        The Issuer may defer the Net Proceeds Offer until there is an aggregate unutilized Net Proceeds Offer Amount equal to or in excess of $10.0 million resulting from one or more Asset Sales (at which time, the entire unutilized Net Proceeds Offer Amount, and not just the amount in excess of $10.0 million, shall be applied as required pursuant to the second preceding paragraph).

100


        In the event of the transfer of substantially all (but not all) of the property and assets of us and our Restricted Subsidiaries as an entirety to a Person in a transaction permitted under "Merger, Consolidation and Sale of Assets," which transaction does not constitute a Change of Control, the successor corporation shall be deemed to have sold the properties and assets of us and our Restricted Subsidiaries not so transferred for purposes of this covenant and shall comply with the provisions of clause (3) of this covenant with respect to such deemed sale as if it were an Asset Sale. In addition, the fair market value of such properties and assets of us or our Restricted Subsidiaries deemed to be sold shall be deemed to be Net Cash Proceeds for purposes of this covenant.

        Notice of each Net Proceeds Offer will be mailed to the record holders as shown on the register of holders within 25 days following the Net Proceeds Offer Trigger Date, with a copy to the trustee, and will comply with the procedures set forth in the indenture. Upon receiving notice of the Net Proceeds Offer, holders may elect to tender their notes in whole or in part in integral multiples of $1,000 principal amount at maturity in exchange for cash. To the extent holders properly tender notes in an amount exceeding the Net Proceeds Offer Amount, notes of tendering holders will be purchased on a pro rata basis (based on amounts tendered). To the extent that the aggregate amount of the notes tendered pursuant to a Net Proceeds Offer is less than the Net Proceeds Offer Amount, we may use such excess Net Proceeds Offer Amount for general corporate purposes or for any other purposes not prohibited by the indenture. Upon completion of any such Net Proceeds Offer, the Net Proceeds Offer Amount shall be reset at zero. A Net Proceeds Offer shall remain open for a period of 20 business days or such longer period as may be required by law.

        The Issuer will comply with the requirements of Rule 14e-1 under the Exchange Act and any other securities laws and regulations thereunder to the extent such laws and regulations are applicable in connection with the repurchase of notes pursuant to a Net Proceeds Offer. To the extent that the provisions of any securities laws or regulations conflict with the "Asset Sale" provisions of the indenture, the Issuer shall comply with the applicable securities laws and regulations and shall not be deemed to have breached its obligations under the "Asset Sale" provisions of the indenture by virtue thereof. The covenant and other provisions contained in the indenture relating to the Issuer's obligation to make a Net Proceeds Offer may be waived or modified with the written consent of the holders of a majority in principal amount at maturity of the notes.

        We will not, and will not cause or permit any of our Restricted Subsidiaries (other than a Restricted Subsidiary that has executed a Guarantee) to, directly or indirectly, create or otherwise cause or permit to exist or become effective any encumbrance or restriction on the ability of any Restricted Subsidiary of ours to

except for such encumbrances or restrictions existing under or by reason of:

101


102


        We will not permit any of our Restricted Subsidiaries, directly or indirectly, to guarantee any of our Indebtedness (other than Indebtedness and other obligations under the Credit Agreement), unless (1) such Restricted Subsidiary simultaneously executes and delivers a supplemental indenture to the indenture providing for an unsecured senior subordinated Guarantee of payment of the notes by such Restricted Subsidiary, which Guarantee shall be subordinated to any Indebtedness under the Credit Agreement to the same extent that the notes are subordinated to the guarantee under the Credit Agreement and (2) such Restricted Subsidiary waives and will not in any manner whatsoever claim or take the benefit or advantage of any rights of reimbursement, indemnity or subrogation or any other rights against us or any other Restricted Subsidiary as a result of any payment by such Restricted Subsidiary under its Guarantee so long as any notes remain outstanding.

        Notwithstanding the foregoing, any such Guarantee by a Restricted Subsidiary may provide by its terms that it shall be automatically and unconditionally released and discharged upon


        We will not, directly or indirectly, create, incur, assume or permit or suffer to exist any Lien of any kind against or upon any property or assets of us, whether owned on the Issue Date or acquired after the Issue Date, or any proceeds therefrom, or assign or otherwise convey any right to receive income or profits therefrom unless:

except for the following Liens which are expressly permitted:

103


        The Issuer and the Guarantors, if any, will not incur or suffer to exist Indebtedness that is senior in right of payment to the notes or any Guarantee, if any, and subordinate in right of payment by its terms to any other Indebtedness of the Issuer or such Guarantor, as the case may be.

        We will not, in a single transaction or series of related transactions, consolidate or merge with or into any Person, or sell, assign, transfer, lease, convey or otherwise dispose of (or cause or permit any Restricted Subsidiary of ours to sell, assign, transfer, lease, convey or otherwise dispose of) all or substantially all of our assets (determined on a consolidated basis for us and our Restricted Subsidiaries) whether as an entirety or substantially as an entirety to any Person unless:

104


        Notwithstanding the foregoing, (a) the merger of the Issuer with an Affiliate incorporated solely for the purpose of reincorporating the Issuer in another jurisdiction shall be permitted and (b) the merger of any Restricted Subsidiary of the Issuer into the Issuer or the transfer, lease, conveyance or other disposition of all or substantially all of the assets of a Restricted Subsidiary of the Issuer to the Issuer shall be permitted so long as the Issuer delivers to the trustee an officers' certificate stating that the purpose of such merger, transfer, lease, conveyance or other disposition is not to consummate a transaction that would otherwise be prohibited by clause (3) of this covenant.

        For purposes of the foregoing, the transfer (by lease, assignment, sale or otherwise, in a single transaction or series of transactions) of all or substantially all of the properties or assets of one or more Restricted Subsidiaries of the Issuer the Capital Stock of which constitutes all or substantially all of the properties and assets of the Issuer shall be deemed to be the transfer of all or substantially all of the properties and assets of the Issuer.

        The indenture provides that upon any consolidation, combination or merger or any transfer of all or substantially all of the assets of the Issuer in accordance with the foregoing in which the Issuer is not the continuing corporation, the successor Person formed by such consolidation or into which the Issuer is merged or to which such conveyance, lease or transfer is made shall succeed to, and be substituted for, and may exercise every right and power of, the Issuer under the indenture and the notes with the same effect as if such Surviving Entity had been named as such.

Limitations on Transactions with Affiliates


105



        The indenture provides that, whether or not required by the rules and regulations of the Commission, so long as any notes are outstanding, we will file a copy of the following information and reports with the Commission for public availability (unless the Commission will not accept such a filing) and will furnish to the holders of notes and to securities analysts and prospective investors, upon their written request:

106


        In addition, following the consummation of the exchange offer, whether or not required by the rules and regulations of the Commission, we will file a copy of all such information and reports with the Commission for public availability within the time periods specified in the Commission's rules and regulations (unless the Commission will not accept such a filing) and make such information available to securities analysts and prospective investors upon written request to us.

        In addition, we have agreed that, for so long as any notes remain outstanding, we will furnish to the holders and to securities analysts and prospective investors, upon their request, the information required to be delivered pursuant to Rule 144A(d)(4) under the Securities Act.

Events of Default

        The following events are defined in the indenture as "Events of Default:"


        If an Event of Default (other than an Event of Default specified in clause (6) above with respect to us) shall occur and be continuing, the trustee or the holders of at least 25% in principal amount at maturity of outstanding notes may declare the Accreted Value of and accrued and unpaid interest, if any, on all the notes to be due and payable by notice in writing to us and the trustee specifying the

107


respective Event of Default and that it is a "notice of acceleration" (the "Acceleration Notice"), and the same shall become immediately due and payable, or if there are any amounts outstanding under the Credit Agreement, it shall become immediately due and payable upon the first to occur of an acceleration under the Credit Agreement or five business days after receipt by us and the Representative under the Credit Agreement of such Acceleration Notice (but only if such Event of Default is then continuing).

        If an Event of Default specified in clause (6) above with respect to us occurs and is continuing, then all unpaid Accreted Value of and premium, if any, and accrued and unpaid interest, if any, on all of the outstanding notes shall automatically become and be immediately due and payable without any declaration or other act on the part of the trustee or any holder.

        The indenture provides that, at any time after a declaration of acceleration with respect to the notes as described in the preceding paragraph, the holders of a majority in principal amount at maturity of the notes may rescind and cancel such declaration and its consequences:

        No such rescission will affect any subsequent Default or Event of Default or impair any right consequent thereto.

        The holders of a majority in principal amount at maturity of the notes may waive any existing Default or Event of Default under the indenture, and its consequences, except a Default in the payment of the principal of or interest on any notes.

        Holders of the notes may not enforce the indenture or the notes except as provided in the indenture and under the TIA. Subject to the provisions of the indenture relating to the duties of the trustee, the trustee is under no obligation to exercise any of its rights or powers under the indenture at the request, order or direction of any of the holders, unless such holders have offered to the trustee reasonable indemnity. Subject to all provisions of the indenture and applicable law, the holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount at maturity of the then outstanding notes have the right to direct the time, method and place of conducting any proceeding for any remedy available to the trustee or exercising any trust or power conferred on the trustee.

        Under the indenture, we are required to provide an officers' certificate to the trustee

108


No Personal Liability of Directors, Officers, Employees, Members and Stockholders

        No Affiliate, director, officer, employee, limited liability company member or stockholder of us or any Subsidiary, as such, shall have any liability for any obligations of us under the notes or the indenture or for any claim based on, in respect of, or by reason of, such obligations or their creation. Each holder of notes by accepting a note waives and releases all such liability. The waiver and release were part of the consideration for issuance of the notes.

Legal Defeasance and Covenant Defeasance

        We may at any time elect to have our obligations discharged with respect to the outstanding notes ("Legal Defeasance"). Such Legal Defeasance means that we will be deemed to have paid and discharged the entire Indebtedness represented by the outstanding notes, except for:

        In addition, we may at any time elect to have our obligations released with respect to certain covenants that are described in the indenture ("Covenant Defeasance"). Any omission to comply with such obligations would then not constitute a Default or Event of Default with respect to the notes. If Covenant Defeasance occurs, our failure to perform these covenants will no longer constitute an Event of Default with respect to the notes.

        In order to exercise either Legal Defeasance or Covenant Defeasance:

109


        However, the opinion of counsel required by clause (2) above is not required if all notes not theretofore delivered to the trustee for cancellation have become due and payable, will become due and payable on the maturity date within one year or are to be called for redemption within one year under arrangements satisfactory to the trustee for the giving of notice of redemption by the trustee in our name, and at our expense.

Satisfaction and Discharge

        The indenture will be discharged when:

110


        When the indenture is discharged, it ceases to be of further effect except for surviving rights of registration or transfer or exchange of the notes.

Modification of the Indenture

        From time to time, we and the trustee, without the consent of the holders, may amend the indenture to cure ambiguities, defects or inconsistencies, and to add guaranties to secure the notes or similar provisions, so long as such change does not, in the good faith determination of our Board of Directors, adversely affect the rights of any of the holders in any material respect. In making its determination, our Board of Directors may rely on such evidence as it deems appropriate. Other modifications and amendments of the indenture may be made with the consent of the holders of a majority in principal amount at maturity of the then outstanding notes issued under the indenture, except that the consent of each holder affected thereby is required to:

        However, no modification or amendment may be made to any provision of the indenture or the related definitions affecting the subordination or ranking of the notes or any Guarantee, if any, that adversely affects the rights of any holder of Senior Debt of the Issuer then outstanding unless the holders of such Senior Debt (or any group or Representative thereof authorized to give a consent) consent to such amendment.

Governing Law

        The indenture and the notes will be governed by, and construed in accordance with, the laws of the State of New York but without giving effect to applicable principles of conflicts of law to the extent that the application of the law of another jurisdiction would be required thereby.

The Trustee

        The Bank of New York is the trustee under the indenture and has been appointed to act as registrar and paying agent with respect to the notes. The indenture provides that, except during the continuance of an Event of Default, the trustee will perform only such duties as are specifically set

111



forth in the indenture. During the existence of an Event of Default, the trustee will exercise such rights and powers vested in it by the indenture and use the same degree of care and skill in its exercise as a prudent man would exercise or use under the circumstances in the conduct of his own affairs.

        If the trustee becomes a creditor of ours, the indenture and the provisions of the TIA limit the rights of the trustee to obtain payments of its claims or to realize on certain property received in respect of its claims. Subject to the TIA, the trustee will be permitted to engage in other transactions; however, if the trustee acquires any conflicting interest as described in the TIA, it must eliminate such conflict or resign.

Certain Definitions

        Set forth below is a summary of certain of the defined terms used in the indenture. You should read the indenture for the full definition of all such terms and any other terms used herein for which no definition is provided.

        "Accreted Value" means, as of any date (the "Specified Date"), the amount provided below for each $1,000 principal amount at maturity of notes:


Semi-Annual Accrual Date

  Accreted Value
June 1, 2003   $ 558.39
December 1, 2003   $ 591.90
June 1, 2004   $ 627.41
December 1, 2004   $ 665.06
June 1, 2005   $ 704.96
December 1, 2005   $ 747.26
June 1, 2006   $ 792.09
December 1, 2006   $ 839.62
June 1, 2007   $ 890.00
December 1, 2007   $ 943.40
June 1, 2008   $ 1,000.00

112


        "Acquired Indebtedness" means Indebtedness of a Person or any of its Subsidiaries

in each case, not incurred by such Person in connection with, or in contemplation of, such Person becoming a Restricted Subsidiary of ours or such acquisition, merger or consolidation.

        "Affiliate" of any specified Person means any other Person who directly or indirectly through one or more intermediaries controls, or is controlled by, or is under common control with, such specified Person. The term "control" means the possession, directly or indirectly, of the power to direct or cause the direction of the management and policies of a Person, whether through the ownership of voting securities, by contract or otherwise. "Controlling" and "controlled" shall have correlative meanings. For purposes of the indenture, IMC Global Inc. and its Affiliates are not deemed Affiliates of ours so long as they beneficially own securities representing equal to or less than thirty-five percent of our voting power; provided that Apollo beneficially owns securities representing a greater percentage of our voting power than IMC Global Inc. and its Affiliates.

        "Apollo" means Apollo Management V, L.P. and its Affiliates.

        "Applicable Premium" means, with respect to a note, the greater of

        "Asset Acquisition" means:

        "Asset Sale" means any direct or indirect sale, issuance, conveyance, transfer, lease (other than operating leases entered into in the ordinary course of business), assignment or other transfer for value by us or any of our Restricted Subsidiaries, including any Sale and Leaseback Transaction, to any Person other than us or a Wholly Owned Restricted Subsidiary of ours of

        Notwithstanding the preceding, the following items shall not be deemed Asset Sales:

113


        "Beneficial Owner" has the meaning assigned to such term in Rule 13d-3 and Rule 13d-5 under the Exchange Act, except that in calculating the beneficial ownership of any particular "person" (as such term is used in Section 13(d)(3) of the Exchange Act), such "person" will be deemed to have beneficial ownership of all securities that such "person" has the right to acquire, whether such right is currently exercisable or is exercisable only upon the occurrence of a subsequent condition, regardless of when such right may be exercised.

        "Board of Directors" of any Person means the board of directors or equivalent governing board of such Person or any duly authorized committee thereof.

        "Board Resolution" means a copy of a resolution certified by the Secretary or an Assistant Secretary of any Person to have been duly adopted by the Board of Directors of such Person and to be in full force and effect on the date of such certification, and delivered to the trustee.

        "Capacity Arrangements" means any agreement or arrangement involving, relating to or otherwise facilitating, (a) requirement contracts, (b) tolling arrangements or (c) the reservation or presale of production capacity of us or our Restricted Subsidiaries by one or more third parties.

        "Capitalized Lease Obligation" means, at the time any determination thereof is to be made, the amount of the liability of a Person under a capital lease that would at that time be required to be capitalized on a balance sheet in accordance with GAAP, with the stated maturity being the date of the last payment of rent or any other amount due under such lease prior to the first date upon which such lease may be prepaid by the lessee without payment of a penalty.

        "Capital Stock" means:

114


        "Cash Equivalents" means:


        "Change of Control" means the occurrence of one or more of the following:

115


        "Commission" means the Securities and Exchange Commission.

        "Commodity Agreement" means any commodity futures contract, commodity option or other similar agreement or arrangement entered into by us or any of our Restricted Subsidiaries designed to protect us or any of our Restricted Subsidiaries against fluctuations in the price of the commodities at the time used in the ordinary course of our business or the business of any of our Restricted Subsidiaries.

        "Common Stock" means any and all shares, interests or other participations in, and other equivalents (however designated and whether voting or nonvoting) of, such Person's common stock, whether outstanding on the Issue Date or issued after the Issue Date, including all series and classes of such common stock.

        "Consolidated EBITDA" means, with respect to any Person, for any period, the sum (without duplication) of:

all as determined on a consolidated basis for such Person and its Restricted Subsidiaries in accordance with GAAP as applicable.

        "Consolidated Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio" means, with respect to any Person, the ratio of Consolidated EBITDA of such Person during the four full fiscal quarters for which financial statements are available (the "Four Quarter Period") ending on or prior to the date of the transaction giving rise to the need to calculate the Consolidated Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio (the "Transaction Date") to Consolidated Fixed Charges of such Person for the Four Quarter Period. In addition to and without limitation of the foregoing, for purposes of this definition, "Consolidated EBITDA" and "Consolidated Fixed Charges" shall be calculated after giving effect on a pro forma basis (consistent with the provisions below) for the period of such calculation to:

116


        Furthermore, in calculating "Consolidated Fixed Charges" for purposes of determining the denominator (but not the numerator) of this "Consolidated Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio,"


        "Consolidated Fixed Charges" means, with respect to any Person for any period, the sum, without duplication, of:

        "Consolidated Interest Expense" means, with respect to any Person for any period, the sum of, without duplication:

117


        "Consolidated Net Income" means, with respect to any Person for any period, the aggregate net income (or loss) of such Person and its Restricted Subsidiaries for such period on a consolidated basis, determined in accordance with GAAP; provided that the following shall be excluded:

        "Consolidated Non-cash Charges" means, with respect to any Person for any period, the aggregate depreciation, amortization and other non-cash expenses (solely for the purpose of determining compliance with the "Limitation on Restricted Payments" covenant, excluding any non-cash items for

118



which a future cash payment will be required and for which an accrual or reserve is required by GAAP to be made) of such Person and its Restricted Subsidiaries reducing Consolidated Net Income of such Person and its Restricted Subsidiaries for such period, determined on a consolidated basis in accordance with GAAP.

        "Credit Agreement" means the Credit Agreement dated as of November 28, 2001, as amended, among us, Compass Minerals, one or more of our other Subsidiaries, the lenders party to the Credit Agreement in their capacities as lenders and The Chase Manhattan Bank, as administrative agent, together with the related documents (including, without limitation, any guarantee agreements and security documents), in each case as such agreements may be amended (including any amendment and restatement), supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time, including any agreement extending the maturity of, refinancing, replacing or otherwise restructuring (including increasing the amount of available borrowings thereunder or adding Restricted Subsidiaries of ours as additional borrowers or guarantors thereunder) all or any portion of the Indebtedness under such agreement or any successor or replacement agreement and whether by the same or any other agent, lender or group of lenders.

        "Currency Agreement" means any foreign exchange contract, currency swap agreement or other similar agreement or arrangement designed to protect us or any Restricted Subsidiary of ours against fluctuations in currency values.

        "Default" means an event that is, or with the passage of time or the giving of notice or both would be, an Event of Default.

        "Designated Senior Debt" means:

        "Disqualified Capital Stock" means that portion of any Capital Stock which, by its terms (or by the terms of any security into which it is convertible or for which it is exchangeable at the option of the holder thereof), or upon the happening of any event (other than an event which would constitute a Change of Control or an Asset Sale), matures or is mandatorily redeemable, pursuant to a sinking fund obligation or otherwise, or is redeemable at the sole option of the holder thereof (except, in each case, upon the occurrence of a Change of Control or an Asset Sale) on or prior to the final maturity date of the notes; provided that any class of Capital Stock of such Person that by its terms authorizes such Person to satisfy its obligations thereunder by delivery of Qualified Capital Stock shall not be deemed Disqualified Capital Stock.

        "Domestic Restricted Subsidiary" means any Restricted Subsidiary of ours incorporated or otherwise organized or existing under the laws of the United States, any State or the District of Columbia.

        "Equity Offering" means a public or private sale of Qualified Capital Stock (other than on Form S-8) of the Issuer or any direct or indirect parent of the Issuer; provided that with respect to any Equity Offering by such direct or indirect parent of the Issuer, such person contributes the net cash proceeds from such Equity Offering to the Issuer.

        "Euros" means the single currency of the participating member states as described in any legislative measures of the European Union for the introduction of, change over to, or operation of, a single or unified European currency.

        "Exchange Act" means the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, or any successor statutes.

119



        "Excluded Contribution" means Net Cash Proceeds received by us from (a) contributions to our common equity capital and (b) the sale of our Qualified Capital Stock, in each case designated as Excluded Contributions pursuant to an officers' certificate executed on the date such capital contributions are made or the date such Qualified Capital Stock is sold, as the case may be, which are excluded from the calculation set forth in clause (3) under "—Certain Covenants—Limitation on Restricted Payments."

        "Existing Compass Minerals Indenture" means the indenture dated as of November 28, 2001 among Compass Minerals, the guarantors named therein and The Bank of New York, as trustee.

        "Existing Compass Minerals Notes" means the 10% Senior Subordinated Notes Due 2011 of Compass Minerals issued under the Existing Compass Minerals Indenture.

        "Existing Holdings Indenture" means the indenture dated as of December 20, 2002 between the Issuer and The Bank of New York, as trustee, as the same may be amended or supplemented from time to time.

        "Existing Holdings Notes" means the 12 3 / 4 % Senior Discount Notes Due 2012 of the Issuer issued under the Existing Holdings Indenture.

        "fair market value" means with respect to any asset or property, the price which could be negotiated in an arm's-length, free market transaction, for cash, between a willing seller and a willing and able buyer, neither of whom is under undue pressure or compulsion to complete the transaction. Fair market value shall be determined conclusively by our Board of Directors acting reasonably and in good faith and shall be evidenced by a Board Resolution of our Board of Directors delivered to the trustee.

        "Foreign Restricted Subsidiary" means any of our Restricted Subsidiaries incorporated in any jurisdiction outside of the United States.

        "GAAP" means generally accepted accounting principles set forth in the opinions and pronouncements of the Accounting Principles Board of the American Institute of Certified Public Accountants and statements and pronouncements of the Financial Accounting Standards Board or in such other statements by such other entity as may be approved by a significant segment of the accounting profession of the United States, which are in effect as of November 28, 2001.

        "guarantee" means any obligation, contingent or otherwise, of any Person directly or indirectly guaranteeing any Indebtedness of any other Person, including any obligation, direct or indirect, contingent or otherwise, of such Person

        Notwithstanding the preceding, "guarantee" does not include endorsements for collection or deposit in the ordinary course of business. The term "guarantee" used as a verb has a corresponding meaning.

        "Guarantee" means the guarantee by each Guarantor of the Issuer's obligations under the indenture.

120



        "Guarantor" means each of our Restricted Subsidiaries that in the future executes a supplemental indenture in which such Restricted Subsidiary agrees to be bound by the terms of the indenture as a Guarantor, provided that any Person constituting a Guarantor as described above shall cease to constitute a Guarantor when its Guarantee is released in accordance with the terms of the indenture.

        "Indebtedness" means with respect to any Person any indebtedness of such Person, without duplication, in respect of:

        For purposes of this definition of Indebtedness, the "maximum fixed repurchase price" of any Disqualified Capital Stock which does not have a fixed repurchase price shall be calculated in accordance with the terms of such Disqualified Capital Stock as if such Disqualified Capital Stock were purchased on any date on which Indebtedness shall be required to be determined pursuant to the indenture, and if such price is based upon, or measured by, the fair market value of such Disqualified Capital Stock, such fair market value shall be determined reasonably and in good faith by the Board of Directors of the issuer of such Disqualified Capital Stock. For purposes of the covenant described above under the caption "Limitation on Incurrence of Additional Indebtedness," in determining the principal amount of any Indebtedness to be incurred by us or any Restricted Subsidiary or which is outstanding at any date, the principal amount of any Indebtedness which provides that an amount less than the principal amount shall be due upon any declaration of acceleration shall be the accreted value of the Indebtedness at the date of determination.

        "Independent Financial Advisor" means a firm:

121


        "Interest Swap Obligations" means the obligations of any Person pursuant to any arrangement with any other Person, whereby, directly or indirectly, such Person is entitled to receive from time to time periodic payments calculated by applying either a floating or a fixed rate of interest on a stated notional amount in exchange for periodic payments made by such other Person calculated by applying a fixed or a floating rate of interest on the same notional amount and shall include, without limitation, interest rate swaps, caps, floors, collars and similar agreements.

        "Investment" means, with respect to any Person, any direct or indirect loan or other extension of credit, including a guarantee, or capital contribution to (by means of any transfer of cash or other property to others or any payment for property or services for the account or use of others), or any purchase or acquisition by such Person of any Capital Stock, bonds, notes, debentures or other securities or evidences of Indebtedness issued by, any Person. "Investment" does not include extensions of trade credit by, prepayment of expenses by, and receivables owing to, us and our Restricted Subsidiaries on commercially reasonable terms in accordance with our normal trade practices or those of such Restricted Subsidiary, as the case may be. For purposes of the "Limitation on Restricted Payments" covenant:

        If we or any Restricted Subsidiary of ours sells or otherwise disposes of any Common Stock of any direct or indirect Restricted Subsidiary of ours such that, after giving effect to any such sale or disposition, such Person ceases to be a Restricted Subsidiary of ours, we shall be deemed to have made an Investment on the date of any such sale or disposition equal to the fair market value of the Common Stock of that Restricted Subsidiary not sold or disposed of.

        "Issue Date" means May 22, 2003, the date of original issuance of the notes under the indenture.

        "Lien" means any lien, mortgage, deed of trust, pledge, security interest, charge or encumbrance of any kind, including any conditional sale or other title retention agreement, any lease in the nature thereof and any agreement to give any security interest.

        "Management Agreement" means the Management Agreement dated as of November 28, 2001 between Compass Minerals and Apollo.

        "Merger Agreement" means the Agreement and Plan of Merger, dated as of October 13, 2001, among IMC Global, Inc., us, YBR Holdings LLC and YBR Acquisition Corp.

122


        "Net Cash Proceeds" means (a) with respect to any Asset Sale, the proceeds in the form of cash or Cash Equivalents including payments in respect of deferred payment obligations when received in the form of cash or Cash Equivalents (other than the portion of any such deferred payment constituting interest) received by us or any of our Restricted Subsidiaries from such Asset Sale net of:

and (b) with respect to any issuance or sale of Capital Stock, the cash proceeds of such issuance or sale, net of attorneys' fees, accountants' fees, underwriters' or placement agents' or initial purchasers' fees, discounts or commissions and brokerage, consultant and other fees and expenses actually incurred in connection with such issuance or sale and net of taxes paid or payable as a result thereof.

        "Obligations" means all obligations for principal, premium, interest, penalties, fees, indemnifications, reimbursements, damages and other liabilities payable under the documentation governing any Indebtedness.

        "Permitted Business" means the business of us and our Restricted Subsidiaries as existing on the Issue Date and any other businesses that are the same, similar or reasonably related, ancillary or complementary thereto and reasonable extensions thereof.

        "Permitted Holders" means Apollo and other Related Parties.

        "Permitted Indebtedness" means, without duplication, each of the following

123


124


125



        For purposes of determining compliance with the "Limitation on Incurrence of Additional Indebtedness" covenant,

        "Permitted Investments" means:

126


        "Permitted Liens" means the following types of Liens:

127


128


        "Person" means an individual, partnership, corporation, limited liability company, unincorporated organization, trust or joint venture, or a governmental agency or political subdivision thereof or any other entity.

        "Preferred Stock" of any Person means any Capital Stock of such Person that has preferential rights to any other Capital Stock of such Person with respect to dividends or redemptions or upon liquidation.

        "Purchase Money Indebtedness" means Indebtedness of us and our Restricted Subsidiaries incurred in the normal course of business for the purpose of financing all or any part of the purchase price, or the cost of installation, construction or improvement, of property or equipment or other related assets and any Refinancing thereof.

        "Qualified Capital Stock" means any Capital Stock that is not Disqualified Capital Stock.

        "Qualified Receivables Transaction" means any transaction or series of transactions that may be entered into by us or any of our Restricted Subsidiaries in which we or any of our Restricted Subsidiaries may sell, convey or otherwise transfer to (1) a Receivables Subsidiary (in the case of a transfer by us or any of our Restricted Subsidiaries) and (2) any other Person (in the case of a transfer by a Receivables Subsidiary), or may grant a security interest in, any accounts receivable (whether now

129



existing or arising in the future) of us or any of our Restricted Subsidiaries, and any related assets, including all collateral securing such accounts receivable, all contracts and all guarantees or other obligations in respect of such accounts receivable, proceeds of such accounts receivable and other assets (including contract rights) which are customarily transferred or in respect of which security interests are customarily granted in connection with asset securitization transactions involving accounts receivable.

        "Recapitalization" means the recapitalization of us and Compass Minerals consummated on November 28, 2001.

        "Receivables Subsidiary" means a Wholly Owned Restricted Subsidiary of ours that engages in no activities other than in connection with the financing of accounts receivable and that is designated by our Board of Directors (as provided below) as a Receivables Subsidiary:

        Any such designation by our Board of Directors shall be evidenced to the trustee by filing with the trustee a Board Resolution giving effect to such designation and an officers' certificate certifying that such designation complied with the preceding conditions.

        "Refinance" means, in respect of any security or Indebtedness, to refinance, extend, renew, refund, repay, prepay, redeem, defease or retire, or to issue a security or Indebtedness in exchange or replacement for, such security or Indebtedness in whole or in part. "Refinanced" and "Refinancing" shall have correlative meanings.

        "Refinancing Indebtedness" means any Refinancing by us or any Restricted Subsidiary of ours of (A) for purposes of clause (15) of the definition of "Permitted Indebtedness," Indebtedness incurred or existing in accordance with the "Limitation on Incurrence of Additional Indebtedness" covenant (other than pursuant to clause (2), (4), (5), (6), (7), (8), (9), (10), (11), (12), (13) or (14) of the definition of "Permitted Indebtedness") or (B) for any other purpose, Indebtedness incurred in accordance with the "Limitation on Incurrence of Additional Indebtedness" covenant, in each case that does not:

130


provided that—

        "Related Parties" of a specified Person means

        "Representative" means the indenture trustee or other trustee, agent or representative in respect of any Designated Senior Debt; provided that if, and for so long as, any Designated Senior Debt lacks such a Representative, then the Representative for such Designated Senior Debt shall at all times constitute the holders of a majority in outstanding principal amount at maturity of such Designated Senior Debt in respect of any Designated Senior Debt.

        "Restricted Subsidiary" of any Person means any Subsidiary of such Person which at the time of determination is not an Unrestricted Subsidiary.

        "Sale and Leaseback Transaction" means any direct or indirect arrangement with any Person or to which any such Person is a party, providing for the leasing to us or a Restricted Subsidiary of ours of any property, whether owned by us or any Restricted Subsidiary at the Issue Date or later acquired, which has been or is to be sold or transferred by us or such Restricted Subsidiary to such Person or to any other Person from whom funds have been or are to be advanced by such Person on the security of such property other than:

131


        "Securities Act" means the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, or any successor statutes.

        "Senior Debt" means the principal of, premium, if any, and accrued and unpaid interest (including any interest accruing subsequent to the filing of a petition of bankruptcy or other like proceeding at the rate provided for in the documentation with respect thereto, whether or not such interest is an allowed claim under applicable law) on any of our Indebtedness, whether outstanding on the Issue Date or thereafter created, incurred or assumed, unless, in the case of any particular Indebtedness, the instrument creating or evidencing the same or pursuant to which the same is outstanding expressly provides that such Indebtedness shall not be senior in right of payment to the notes.

        Without limiting the generality of the preceding sentence, "Senior Debt" shall also include the principal of, premium, if any, interest (including any interest accruing subsequent to the filing of petition of bankruptcy or other like proceeding at the rate provided for in the documentation with respect thereto, whether or not such interest is an allowed claim under applicable law) on, and all other amounts owing by us in respect of,

        Notwithstanding the preceding, "Senior Debt" shall not include:

132


provided , if any Senior Debt is disallowed under Section 548 of Title 11, United States Code, or any applicable state fraudulent conveyance law, such Senior Debt shall nevertheless constitute Senior Debt for all purposes of the indenture.

        "Senior Subordinated Debt" means, with respect to a Person, the notes and any other Indebtedness of such Person that specifically provides that such Indebtedness is to rank on an equal basis with the notes in right of payment and is not subordinated by its terms in right of payment to any Indebtedness or other obligations of such Person which are not Senior Debt of such Person.

        "Significant Subsidiary" means (1) any Restricted Subsidiary that would be a "significant subsidiary" as defined in Regulation S-X under the Securities Act as such Regulation is in effect on the Issue Date and (2) any Restricted Subsidiary that, when aggregated with all other Restricted Subsidiaries that are not otherwise Significant Subsidiaries and as to which any event described in clause (5) or (6) under "Events of Default" has occurred and is continuing, would constitute a Significant Subsidiary under clause (1) of this definition.

        "Subsidiary," with respect to any Person, means:

        "Transactions" means the Recapitalization and the related offering of the Existing Compass Minerals Notes and the initial borrowings under the Credit Agreement on November 28, 2001.

        "Treasury Rate" means the rate per annum equal to the yield to maturity at the time of computation of United States Treasury securities with a constant maturity most nearly equal to the period from such date of redemption to June 1, 2008; provided, however, that if the period from such date of redemption to June 1, 2008 is not equal to the constant maturity of a United States Treasury security for which a weekly average yield is given, the Treasury Rate shall be obtained by linear interpolation (calculated to the nearest one-twelfth of a year) from the weekly average yields of United States Treasury securities for which such yields are given, except that if the period from such date of redemption to June 1, 2008 is less than one year, the weekly average yield on actually traded United States Treasury securities adjusted to a constant maturity of one year shall be used.

        "Unrestricted Subsidiary" means (1) any Subsidiary of any Person that is designated an Unrestricted Subsidiary by the Board of Directors of such Person in the manner provided below and (2) any Subsidiary of an Unrestricted Subsidiary. The Board of Directors may designate any Subsidiary, including any newly acquired or newly formed Subsidiary, to be an Unrestricted Subsidiary only if:

133


        The Board of Directors may designate any Unrestricted Subsidiary to be a Restricted Subsidiary only if

        "Weighted Average Life to Maturity" means, when applied to any Indebtedness at any date, the number of years obtained by dividing


        "Wholly Owned Restricted Subsidiary" of any Person means any Restricted Subsidiary of such Person of which all the outstanding voting securities (other than in the case of a Foreign Restricted Subsidiary, directors' qualifying shares or an immaterial amount of shares required to be owned by other Persons pursuant to applicable law) are owned by such Person or any Wholly Owned Restricted Subsidiary of such Person.

134



BOOK-ENTRY; DELIVERY AND FORM

        The exchange notes will be issued in the form of one or more fully registered notes in global form ("Global Notes"). Ownership of beneficial interests in a Global Note will be limited to persons who have accounts with DTC ("participants") or persons who hold interests through participants. Ownership of beneficial interests in a Global Note will be shown on, and the transfer of that ownership will be effected only through, records maintained by DTC or its nominee (with respect to interests of participants) and the records of participants (with respect to interests of persons other than participants).

        So long as DTC, or its nominee, is the registered owner or holder of a Global Note, DTC or such nominee, as the case may be, will be considered the sole owner or holder of the notes represented by such Global Note for all purposes under the indenture and the exchange notes. No beneficial owner of an interest in a Global Note will be able to transfer that interest except in accordance with DTC's applicable procedures, in addition to those provided for under the indenture.

        Payments of the principal of, and interest on, a Global Note will be made to DTC or its nominee, as the case may be, as the registered owner thereof. Neither Compass Minerals, the Trustee nor any Paying Agent will have any responsibility or liability for any aspect of the records relating to or payments made on account of beneficial ownership interests in a Global Note or for maintaining, supervising or reviewing any records relating to such beneficial ownership interests.

        We expect that DTC or its nominee, upon receipt of any payment of principal or interest in respect of a Global Note, will credit participants' accounts with payments in amounts proportionate to their respective beneficial interests in the principal amount of such Global Note as shown on the records of DTC or its nominee. We also expect that payments by participants to owners of beneficial interests in such Global Note held through such participants will be governed by standing instructions and customary practices, as is now the case with securities held for the accounts of customers registered in the names of nominees for such customers. Such payments will be the responsibility of such participants.

        Transfers between participants in DTC will be effected in the ordinary way in accordance with DTC rules and will be settled in same-day funds.

        We expect that DTC will take any action permitted to be taken by a holder of exchange notes (including the presentation of exchange notes for exchange as described below) only at the direction of one or more participants to whose account the DTC interests in a Global Note is credited and only in respect of such portion of the aggregate principal amount of exchange notes as to which such participant or participants has or have given such direction. However, if there is an Event of Default under the exchange notes, DTC will exchange the applicable Global Note for Certificated Notes, which it will distribute to its participants.

        We understand that: DTC is a limited purpose trust company organized under the laws of the State of New York, a "banking organization" within the meaning of New York Banking Law, a member of the Federal Reserve System, a "clearing corporation" within the meaning of the Uniform Commercial Code and a "Clearing Agency" registered pursuant to the provisions of Section 17A of the Exchange Act. DTC was created to hold securities for its participants and facilitate the clearance and settlement of securities transactions between participants through electronic book-entry changes in accounts of its participants, thereby eliminating the need for physical movement of certificates. Indirect access to the DTC system is available to others such as banks, brokers, dealers and trust companies and certain other organizations that clear through or maintain a custodial relationship with a participant, either directly or indirectly ("indirect participants").

        Although DTC is expected to follow the foregoing procedures in order to facilitate transfers of interests in a Global Note among participants of DTC, it is under no obligation to perform or continue

135



to perform such procedures, and such procedures may be discontinued at any time. Neither Compass Minerals nor the Trustee will have any responsibility for the performance by DTC or its respective participants or indirect participants of their respective obligations under the rules and procedures governing their operations.

        If DTC is at any time unwilling or unable to continue as a depositary for the Global Notes and a successor depositary is not appointed by Compass Minerals within 90 days, we will issue Certificated Notes in exchange for the Global Notes. Holders of an interest in a Global Note may receive Certificated Notes in accordance with the DTC's rules and procedures in addition to those provided.

136



PLAN OF DISTRIBUTION

        Each broker-dealer that receives exchange notes for its own account pursuant to the exchange offer must acknowledge that it will deliver a prospectus in connection with any resale of such exchange notes. This prospectus, as it may be amended or supplemented from time to time, may be used by a broker-dealer in connection with resales of exchange notes received in exchange for outstanding notes where such outstanding notes were acquired as a result of market making activities or other trading activities. We have agreed that we will, for a period of 180 days after the consummation of the exchange offer, make this prospectus, as amended or supplemented, available to any broker-dealer for use in connection with any such resale. In addition, until                        , 2004, all dealers effecting transactions in the exchange notes may be required to deliver a prospectus.

        We will not receive any proceeds from any sale of exchange notes by broker-dealers. Exchange notes received by broker-dealers for their own account pursuant to the exchange offer may be sold from time to time in one or more transactions in the over-the-counter market, in negotiated transactions, through the writing of options on the exchange notes or a combination of such methods of resale, at market prices prevailing at the time of resale, at prices related to such prevailing market prices or negotiated prices. Any such resale may be made directly to purchasers or to or through brokers or dealers who may receive compensation in the form of commissions or concessions from any such broker-dealer and/or the purchasers of any such exchange notes. Any broker-dealer that resells exchange notes that were received by it for its own account pursuant to the exchange offer and any broker or dealer that participates in a distribution of such exchange notes may be deemed to be an "underwriter" within the meaning of the Securities Act and any profit on any such resale of exchange notes and any commissions or concessions received by any such persons may be deemed to be underwriting compensation under the Securities Act. The letter of transmittal states that by acknowledging that it will deliver and by delivering a prospectus, a broker-dealer will not be deemed to admit that it is an "underwriter" within the meaning of the Securities Act.

        For a period of 180 days after the consummation of the exchange offer, we will promptly send additional copies of this prospectus and any amendment or supplement to this prospectus to any broker-dealer that requests such document in the letter of transmittal. We have agreed to pay all expenses incident to the exchange offer (including the expenses of one counsel for the holders of the exchange notes) other than commissions or concessions of any brokers or dealers and will indemnify the holders of the exchange notes, including any broker-dealers, against certain liabilities, including liabilities under the Securities Act.

137



MATERIAL UNITED STATES FEDERAL INCOME TAX CONSEQUENCES

        The following discussion is a summary of material United States federal income tax consequences relevant to the exchange of the outstanding notes for the exchange notes pursuant to this exchange offer and the ownership and disposition of the exchange notes, but does not purport to be a complete analysis of all potential tax effects. The discussion is based upon the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the "Code"), United States Treasury Regulations issued thereunder, Internal Revenue Service rulings and pronouncements and judicial decisions now in effect, all of which are subject to change at any time. Any such change may be applied retroactively in a manner that could adversely affect a holder of the notes. This discussion does not address all of the United States federal income tax consequences that may be relevant to a holder in light of such holder's particular circumstances or to holders subject to special rules, such as certain financial institutions, U.S. expatriates, partnerships or other pass-through entities, insurance companies, dealers in securities or currencies, traders in securities, United States Holders (as defined below) whose functional currency is not the U.S. dollar, tax-exempt organizations and persons holding the notes as part of a "straddle," "hedge," "conversion transaction" or other integrated transaction. Moreover, the effect of any applicable state, local or foreign tax laws is not discussed. The discussion deals only with notes held as "capital assets" within the meaning of Section 1221 of the Code.

        As used herein, "United States Holder" means a beneficial owner of the notes that is, for United States federal income tax purposes:

        We have not sought and will not seek any rulings from the Internal Revenue Service (the "IRS") with respect to the matters discussed below. There can be no assurance that the IRS will not take a different position concerning the tax consequences of the exchange of outstanding notes for exchange notes pursuant to this exchange offer or the ownership or disposition of the exchange notes or that any such position would not be sustained. If a partnership or other entity taxable as a partnership holds the notes, the tax treatment of a partner will generally depend on the status of the partner and the activities of the partnership. We recommend that such partner consults its tax advisor as to the tax consequences.

         We recommend that you consult your own tax advisors as to the particular tax consequences to you of the exchange of outstanding notes for exchange notes pursuant to this exchange offer and the ownership and disposition of the exchange notes, including the applicability of any United States federal tax laws and any state, local or foreign tax laws or tax treaties.

Exchange Pursuant to this Exchange Offer

        The exchange of the exchange notes for the outstanding notes in the exchange offer should not be treated as an "exchange" for United States federal income tax purposes, because the exchange notes

138



should not be considered to differ materially in kind or extent from the outstanding notes. Accordingly, the exchange of the exchange notes for the outstanding notes should not be a taxable event to holders for United States federal income tax purposes. Moreover, the exchange notes should have the same tax attributes as the outstanding notes and the same consequences to holders as the outstanding notes have to holders, including the same issue price, adjusted issue price, adjusted tax basis and holding period.

United States Holders

        The notes were issued with original issue discount ("OID") for United States federal income tax purposes, and accordingly, United States Holders of notes are subject to special rules relating to the accrual of income for tax purposes. United States Holders of notes generally must include OID in gross income for United States federal income tax purposes on an annual basis under a constant yield accrual method regardless of their regular method of tax accounting. As a result, United States Holders must include OID in income in advance of the receipt of cash attributable to such income. However, United States Holders of the notes generally will not be required to include separately in income cash payments received on such notes to the extent such payments constitute payments of previously accrued OID.

        The notes will be treated as issued with OID equal to the excess of a note's "stated redemption price at maturity" over its "issue price." The stated redemption price at maturity of a note includes all payments on the note, whether denominated as principal or interest. Thus, the stated interest on the notes will be taxed as part of OID and will not again be taxed as it is paid. The issue price is the offering price listed on the cover page of the offering circular for the notes. The amount of OID includible in income by an initial United States Holder of a note is the sum of the "daily portions" of OID with respect to the note for each day during the taxable year or portion thereof in which such United States Holder holds such note ("accrued OID"). A daily portion is determined by allocating to each day in any "accrual period" a pro rata portion of the OID that accrued in such period. The "accrual period" of a note may be of any length and may vary in length over the term of the note, provided that each accrual period is no longer than one year and each scheduled payment of principal or interest occurs either on the first or last day of an accrual period. The amount of OID that accrues with respect to any accrual period is the product of the note's adjusted issue price at the beginning of such accrual period and its yield to maturity, determined on the basis of compounding at the close of each accrual period and properly adjusted for the length of such period. The "adjusted issue price" of a note at the start of any accrual period is equal to its issue price, increased by the accrued OID for each prior accrual period and reduced by any prior payments made on such note.

        If a United States Holder acquires a note at a cost that is less than its adjusted issue price, as defined above, the amount of such difference is treated as "market discount" for federal income tax purposes, unless such difference is less than .0025 multiplied by the stated redemption price at maturity multiplied by the number of complete years to maturity (from the date of acquisition).

        Under the market discount rules of the Code, a United States Holder is required to treat any partial payment of principal on a note, and any gain on the sale, exchange, retirement or other disposition of a note, as ordinary income to the extent of the accrued market discount that has not previously been included in income. If such note is disposed of by the United States Holder in certain otherwise nontaxable transactions, accrued market discount must be included as ordinary income by the United States Holder as if the holder had sold the note at its then fair market value.

139



        In general, the amount of market discount that has accrued is determined on a ratable basis. A United States Holder may, however, elect to determine the amount of accrued market discount on a constant yield to maturity basis. This election is made on a note-by-note basis and is irrevocable.

        With respect to notes with market discount, a United States Holder may not be allowed to deduct immediately a portion of the interest expense on any indebtedness incurred or continued to purchase or to carry the notes. A United States Holder may elect to include market discount in income currently as it accrues, in which case the interest deferral rule set forth in the preceding sentence will not apply. This election will apply to all debt instruments acquired by the United States Holder on or after the first day of the first taxable year to which the election applies and is irrevocable without the consent of the IRS. A United States Holder's tax basis in a note will be increased by the amount of market discount included in the holder's income under the election.

        If a United States Holder purchases a note issued with original issue discount at an "acquisition premium," the amount of original issue discount that the United States Holder includes in gross income is reduced to reflect the acquisition premium. A note will be treated as purchased at an acquisition premium if its adjusted basis, immediately after its purchase, is:

        If a note is purchased at an acquisition premium, the United States Holder will reduce the amount of original issue discount that otherwise would be included in income during an accrual period by an amount equal to

        As an alternative to reducing the amount of original issue discount that otherwise would be included in income by this fraction, the United States holder may elect to compute original issue discount accruals by treating the purchase as a purchase at original issuance and applying the constant yield method described above.

        United States Holders may elect to include in gross income all interest that accrues on a note, including any stated interest, original issue discount, market discount, de minimis market discount and unstated interest, as adjusted by acquisition premium, by using the constant yield method described above under the heading "Original Issue Discount." This election for a note with market discount will result in a deemed election to accrue market discount in income currently for the note and for all other debt instruments acquired by the United States Holder with market discount on or after the first day of the taxable year to which the election first applies, and may be revoked only with the permission of the IRS. A United States Holder's tax basis in a note will be increased by each accrual of the amounts treated as original issue discount under the constant yield election described in this paragraph.

        We believe the notes will be considered applicable high yield discount obligations for United States federal income tax purposes. Accordingly, we will not be permitted to deduct for United States federal

140


income tax purposes OID accrued on the notes until such time as we actually pay such OID in cash or in property other than our stock or our debt (or stock or debt of a person related to us). Moreover, the lesser of (a) the amount of OID on the notes and (b) the product of the total OID on the notes times the ratio of (i) the excess of the note's yield to maturity over the sum of the appropriate applicable federal rate plus 6% to (ii) the yield to maturity (the "Dividend-Equivalent Interest") will not be deductible at any time by us for United States federal income tax purposes (regardless of whether we actually pay such Dividend-Equivalent Interest in cash or other property). A corporate United States Holder will be eligible for the dividends-received deduction for the portion of the Dividend-Equivalent Interest that would have been treated as a dividend had it been distributed by us with respect to our stock.

        A United States Holder will recognize gain or loss on the sale, exchange, redemption, retirement or other taxable disposition of a note equal to the difference between the sum of cash plus the fair market value of all other property received on such disposition and the United States Holder's adjusted tax basis in the note. A United States Holder's adjusted basis in a note generally will be the United States Holder's cost therefor, increased by any OID or market discount included in gross income with respect to the note and decreased by any payments received by such holder with respect to the note. This gain or loss generally will be a capital gain or loss (except as described above under the heading "Market Discount"), and will be a long-term capital gain or loss if the United States Holder has held the note for more than one year. Otherwise, such gain or loss will be a short-term capital gain or loss. The deductibility of capital losses is subject to limitations.

        A United States Holder may be subject to a backup withholding tax when such holder receives payments on the notes held or upon the proceeds received upon the sale or other disposition of such notes. Certain holders (including, among others, corporations and certain tax-exempt organizations) are generally not subject to backup withholding. A United States Holder will be subject to this backup withholding tax if such holder is not otherwise exempt and such holder:

        We recommend that United States Holders consult their personal tax advisor regarding their qualification for an exemption from backup withholding and the procedures for obtaining such an exemption, if applicable. The backup withholding tax is not an additional tax and taxpayers may use amounts withheld as a credit against their United States federal income tax liability or may claim a refund as long as they timely provide certain information to the IRS.

Non-United States Holders

        A non-United States Holder is a beneficial owner of the notes that is a non-resident alien or a corporation, estate or trust that is not a United States Holder.

141



        Payments in respect to OID to a non-United States Holder will not be subject to United States federal withholding tax of 30% provided that such payments are not effectively connected with a United States trade or business and:

        Even if the above conditions are not met, a non-United States Holder may be entitled to a reduction in or an exemption from withholding tax on interest under a tax treaty between the United States and the non-United States Holder's country of residence. To claim such a reduction or exemption, a non-United States Holder must generally complete IRS Form W-8BEN and claim this exemption on the form. In some cases, a non-United States Holder may instead be permitted to provide documentary evidence of its claim to the intermediary, or a qualified intermediary may already have some or all of the necessary evidence in its files.

        A non-United States Holder generally will also be exempt from withholding tax on interest if such interest is effectively connected with such holder's conduct of a United States trade or business (as described below) and the holder provides us with an IRS Form W-8ECI.

        A non-United States Holder will generally not be subject to United States federal income tax or withholding tax on gain recognized on the sale, exchange, redemption, retirement or other taxable disposition of a note that is not effectively connected with a United States trade or business of the non-United States Holder. However, a non-United States Holder may be subject to tax on such gain if such holder is an individual who was present in the United States for 183 days or more in the taxable year of the disposition and certain other conditions are met, in which case such holder may have to pay a United States federal income tax of 30% (or, if applicable, a lower treaty rate) on such gain.

        If OID or gain from a disposition of the notes is effectively connected with a non-United States Holder's conduct of a United States trade or business, and, if an income tax treaty applies, the non-United States Holder maintains a United States "permanent establishment" to which the OID or gain is generally attributable, the non-United States Holder generally will be subject to United States federal income tax on the OID or gain on a net basis in the same manner as if it were a United States

142


Holder. A foreign corporation that is a holder of a note also may be subject to a branch profits tax equal to 30% of its effectively connected earnings and profits for the taxable year, subject to certain adjustments, unless it qualifies for a lower rate under an applicable income tax treaty. For this purpose, OID on a note or gain recognized on the disposition of a note will be included in earnings and profits if the OID or gain is effectively connected with the conduct by the foreign corporation of a trade or business in the United States.

        Backup withholding will likely not apply to payments of principal or interest made by us or our paying agents, in their capacities as such, to a non-United States Holder of a note if the holder certifies that it is not a United States Holder. However, information reporting on IRS Form 1042-S may still apply with respect to interest payments. Payments of the proceeds from a disposition by a non-United States Holder of a note made to or through a foreign office of a broker will not be subject to information reporting or backup withholding, except that information reporting (but generally not backup withholding) may apply to those payments if the broker is:

        Payment of the proceeds from a disposition by a non-United States Holder of a note made to or through the United States office of a broker is generally subject to information reporting and backup withholding unless the holder or beneficial owner establishes an exemption from information reporting and backup withholding.

        We recommend that non-United States Holders consult their own tax advisors regarding application of withholding and backup withholding in their particular circumstance and the availability of and procedure for obtaining an exemption from withholding and backup withholding under current Treasury regulations. In this regard, the current Treasury regulations provide that a certification may not be relied on if we or our agent (or other payor) know or have reasons to know that the certification may be false. Any amounts withheld under the backup withholding rules from a payment to a non-United States Holder will be allowed as a credit against the holder's United States federal income tax liability or such holder may claim a refund, provided the required information is furnished to the IRS on a timely basis.

143



LEGAL MATTERS

        The validity of the exchange notes will be passed upon for us by Latham & Watkins LLP, New York, New York.


EXPERTS

        Ernst & Young LLP, independent auditors, have audited our combined and consolidated financial statements and schedule at December 31, 2001, and for each of the two years in the period ended December 31, 2001, as set forth in their report appearing herein. We have included our financial statements and schedule in the prospectus and elsewhere in the registration statement in reliance on Ernst & Young LLP's report, given on their authority as experts in accounting and auditing.

        The consolidated financial statements as of December 31, 2002 and for the year then ended included in this prospectus have been so included in reliance on the report of PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP, independent accountants, given on the authority of said firm as experts in auditing and accounting.

144



INDEX TO COMBINED AND CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 
  Page
Compass Minerals International, Inc.

Annual Information

 

 
Report of Independent Accountants   F-2
Report of Independent Auditors   F-3
Consolidated Balance Sheets as of December 31, 2002 and 2001   F-4
Combined and Consolidated Statements of Operations for the three years ended December 31, 2002   F-5
Combined and Consolidated Statements of Stockholders' Equity (Deficit) for the three years ended December 31, 2002   F-6
Combined and Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows for the three years ended December 31, 2002   F-7
Notes to Combined and Consolidated Financial Statements   F-8

Interim Information (unaudited)

 

 
Consolidated Balance Sheets as of September 30, 2003   F-32
Consolidated Statements of Operations for the nine months ended September 30, 2003 and 2002   F-33
Consolidated Statement of Stockholders' Equity (Deficit) for the nine month period ended September 30, 2003   F-34
Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows for the nine month periods ended September 30, 2003 and 2002   F-35
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements   F-36

F-1



Report of Independent Accountants

To the Board of Directors and Shareholders
of Compass Minerals International, Inc. (formerly Salt Holdings Corporation):

In our opinion, the consolidated financial statements listed in the annual information section of the index appearing on page F-1 present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of Compass Minerals International, Inc. (formerly Salt Holdings Corporation) and its subsidiaries at December 31, 2002, and the results of their operations and their cash flows for the year then ended in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America. In addition, in our opinion, the financial statement schedule listed in Part II, Item 21(B) of this registration statement presents fairly, in all material respects, the information set forth therein as of and for the year ended December 31, 2002 when read in conjunction with the related consolidated financial statements. These financial statements and financial statement schedule are the responsibility of the Company's management; our responsibility is to express an opinion on these financial statements and financial statement schedule based on our audit. We conducted our audit of these statements in accordance with auditing standards generally accepted in the United States of America, which require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement. An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements, assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, and evaluating the overall financial statement presentation. We believe that our audit provides a reasonable basis for our opinion.

PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP
Kansas City, Missouri
April 7, 2003
except for Notes 13 and 18, which are as of May 5, 2003,
except for Note 2.n., which is as of November 3, 2003,
and except for Note 19, which is as of December 11, 2003

F-2



Report of Independent Auditors

To the Board of Directors and Shareholders
Compass Minerals International, Inc. (formerly Salt Holdings Corporation)

        We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheet of Compass Minerals International, Inc. (formerly Salt Holdings Corporation) as of December 31, 2001, and the related combined and consolidated statements of operations, stockholders' equity (deficit), and cash flows for each of the two years in the period ended December 31, 2001. Our audits also included the financial statement schedule for the years ended December 31, 2001 and 2000 presented at Item 21(B) in Part II of this registration statement. These financial statements and schedule are the responsibility of the Company's management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these financial statements and schedule based on our audits.

        We conducted our audits in accordance with auditing standards generally accepted in the United States. Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement. An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements. An audit also includes assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall financial statement presentation. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.

        In our opinion, the financial statements referred to above present fairly, in all material respects, the consolidated financial position of Compass Minerals International, Inc. (formerly Salt Holdings Corporation) at December 31, 2001, and the combined and consolidated results of its operations and its cash flows for each of the two years in the period ended December 31, 2001, in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States. Also, in our opinion, the related financial statement schedule for the years ended December 31, 2001 and 2000, when considered in relation to the basic financial statements taken as a whole, presents fairly in all material respects the information set forth therein.

                        /s/ Ernst & Young LLP

Kansas City, Missouri
December 9, 2002,
except for Note 13, for which the date is May 8, 2003,
except for Note 2.n., for which the date is November 3, 2003,
and except for Note 19, for which the date is December 11, 2003

F-3



COMPASS MINERALS INTERNATIONAL, INC.
CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS
December 31, 2002 and 2001
(in millions, except share data)

 
  2002
  2001
 
ASSETS  
Current assets:              
  Cash and cash equivalents   $ 11.9   $ 15.9  
  Receivables, less allowance for doubtful accounts of $1.6 million in 2002 and $2.0 million in 2001     94.5     87.9  
  Inventories     96.5     99.4  
  Other     0.7     2.0  
   
 
 
    Total current assets     203.6     205.2  
   
 
 
 
Property, plant and equipment, net

 

 

263.4

 

 

271.0

 
  Intangible assets—mineral interests     149.8     151.1  
  Other     27.3     28.3  
   
 
 
    Total assets   $ 644.1   $ 655.6  
   
 
 

LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY (DEFICIT)

 
Current liabilities:              
  Current portion of long-term debt   $ 1.2   $ 2.5  
  Accounts payable     62.3     52.8  
  Accrued expenses     9.1     17.5  
  Accrued interest     12.6     3.2  
  Accrued salaries and wages     12.6     10.5  
  Income taxes payable     4.8     2.9  
   
 
 
    Total current liabilities     102.6     89.4  

Long-term debt, net of current portion

 

 

503.3

 

 

512.6

 
Notes due to related parties, including accrued interest     3.3     11.4  
Deferred income taxes     99.2     101.1  
Other noncurrent liabilities     25.3     10.3  

Commitments and contingencies (Note 10)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Mandatorily redeemable preferred stock, issued and outstanding shares—16,462 at December 31, 2002 and 73,704 at December 31, 2001

 

 

19.1

 

 

74.6

 

Stockholders' equity (deficit):

 

 

 

 

 

 

 
  Common Stock:              
    Class A, $0.01 par value, authorized shares—47,331,869 at December 31, 2002 and 2001; issued and outstanding shares—35,103,830 at December 31, 2002 and 34,854,690 at December 31, 2001     0.3     0.3  
    Additional paid in capital     81.5     67.8  
    Accumulated deficit     (190.6 )   (209.5 )
    Accumulated other comprehensive (loss) income     0.1     (2.4 )
   
 
 
    Total stockholders' equity (deficit)     (108.7 )   (143.8 )
   
 
 
    Total liabilities and stockholders' equity (deficit)   $ 644.1   $ 655.6  
   
 
 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of the combined and consolidated financial statements.

F-4



COMPASS MINERALS INTERNATIONAL, INC.
COMBINED AND CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS
For the years ended December 31, 2002, 2001 and 2000
(in millions, except share data)

 
  2002
  2001
  2000
 
Sales   $ 502.6   $ 523.2   $ 509.2  
Cost of sales—shipping and handling     137.5     143.2     140.0  
Cost of sales—products     239.2     257.0     272.0  
   
 
 
 
  Gross profit     125.9     123.0     97.2  

Selling, general and administrative expenses

 

 

40.6

 

 

38.9

 

 

35.5

 
Goodwill write-down             191.0  
Restructuring and other charges     7.7     27.0     425.9  
   
 
 
 
  Operating earnings (loss)     77.6     57.1     (555.2 )

Other (income) expense:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 
  Interest expense     42.4     14.4     16.4  
  Other, net     4.9     (3.1 )   (0.2 )
   
 
 
 
Income (loss) before income taxes     30.3     45.8     (571.4 )

Income tax expense (benefit)

 

 

11.4

 

 

26.8

 

 

(103.7

)
   
 
 
 
Net income (loss)     18.9     19.0     (467.7 )

Dividends on redeemable preferred stock

 

 

10.6

 

 

0.8

 

 


 
   
 
 
 
Net income (loss) available for common stock   $ 8.3   $ 18.2   $ (467.7 )
   
 
 
 
Net income (loss) per share, basic   $ 0.24   $ 5.65   $ (938,709.50 )
Net income (loss) per share, diluted     0.23     5.65     (938,709.50 )

Basic weighted-average shares outstanding

 

 

35,039,110

 

 

3,220,724

 

 

498

 
Diluted weighted-average shares outstanding     35,474,539     3,220,724     498  

The accompanying notes are an integral part of the combined and consolidated financial statements.

F-5



COMPASS MINERALS INTERNATIONAL, INC.
COMBINED AND CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY (DEFICIT)
For the years ended December 31, 2002, 2001 and 2000
(in millions)

 
  Common
Stock

  Additional
Paid In
Capital

  Accumulated
Excess
(Deficit)

  Accumulated
Other
Comprehensive
Income (Loss)

  Total
 
Balance, December 31, 1999   $   $ 944.7   $ (189.6 ) $ 2.5   $ 757.6  

Comprehensive loss:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 
  Net loss                 (467.7 )         (467.7 )
  Cumulative translation adjustments                       (1.4 )   (1.4 )
                           
 
  Comprehensive loss                             (469.1 )
   
 
 
 
 
 

Balance, December 31, 2000

 

 


 

 

944.7

 

 

(657.3

)

 

1.1

 

 

288.5

 

Comprehensive income:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 
  Net income                 36.0           36.0  
  Cumulative translation adjustments                       (3.2 )   (3.2 )
                           
 
  Comprehensive income                             32.8  
Capital contribution from IMC           82.0                 82.0  
Dividend to IMC and affiliates                 (71.1 )         (71.1 )
   
 
 
 
 
 

Balance, November 27, 2001

 

$


 

$

1,026.7

 

$

(692.4

)

$

(2.1

)

$

332.2

 
   
 
 
 
 
 

Balance, November 28, 2001

 

$


 

$


 

$


 

$


 

$


 
Contribution of IMCI net assets to CMI (Note 1)     282.1     (23.6 )               258.5  
Capital contribution           0.5                 0.5  
Other           0.9                 0.9  
Redemption and cancellation of stock held by IMC     (281.8 )   90.8     (192.5 )         (383.5 )
Dividends on preferred stock           (0.8 )               (0.8 )
Comprehensive loss:                                
  Net loss                 (17.0 )         (17.0 )
  Unfunded pension losses, net of tax                       (5.4 )   (5.4 )
  Cumulative translation adjustments                       3.0     3.0  
                           
 
  Comprehensive loss                             (19.4 )
   
 
 
 
 
 

Balance, December 31, 2001

 

 

0.3

 

 

67.8

 

 

(209.5

)

 

(2.4

)

 

(143.8

)
Dividends on preferred stock           (10.6 )               (10.6 )
Other           1.1                 1.1  
Comprehensive income:                                
  Net income                 18.9           18.9  
  Unfunded pension losses, net of tax                       (6.5 )   (6.5 )
  Unrealized gain on cash flow hedges, net of tax                       0.1     0.1  
  Cumulative translation adjustments                       8.9     8.9  
                           
 
  Comprehensive income                             21.4  
Capital contributions           23.2                 23.2  
   
 
 
 
 
 
Balance, December 31, 2002   $ 0.3   $ 81.5   $ (190.6 ) $ 0.1   $ (108.7 )
   
 
 
 
 
 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of the combined and consolidated financial statements.

F-6



COMPASS MINERALS INTERNATIONAL, INC.
COMBINED AND CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS
For the years ended December 31, 2002, 2001 and 2000
(in millions)

 
  2002
  2001
  2000
 
Cash flows from operating activities:                    
  Net income (loss)   $ 18.9   $ 19.0   $ (467.7 )
  Adjustments to reconcile net income (loss) to net cash flows provided by operating activities:                    
    Depreciation, depletion and amortization     37.1     32.6     44.3  
    Finance fee amortization     1.9     0.2      
    Goodwill write-down             191.0  
    Early extinguishment of long-term debt     5.3          
    Restructuring charge and other charges, net of cash     1.1     1.4     425.6  
    Accreted non-cash interest     1.1          
    Deferred income taxes     (1.9 )   8.2     (129.6 )
    Loss on disposal of property, plant and equipment     0.2     0.2     1.9  
    Changes in operating assets and liabilities:                    
      Receivables     (5.9 )   36.3     (44.4 )
      Inventories     3.8     (20.9 )   24.8  
      Other assets     0.6     1.8     0.6  
      Accounts payable and accrued expenses     14.8     3.8     11.0  
      Due to IMC and affiliates         32.1     15.1  
      Other noncurrent liabilities     5.4     (2.3 )   (0.5 )
   
 
 
 
    Net cash provided by operating activities     82.4     112.4     72.1  
   
 
 
 

Cash flows from investing activities:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 
  Capital expenditures     (19.5 )   (43.0 )   (33.7 )
  Proceeds from sales of property, plant and equipment     0.6     0.2     0.9  
  Other     (0.2 )   (0.8 )   (1.2 )
   
 
 
 
    Net cash used in investing activities     (19.1 )   (43.6 )   (34.0 )
   
 
 
 

Cash flows from financing activities:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 
  Revolver activity     (39.8 )   35.4     1.6  
  Proceeds from issuance of long-term debt     78.4     475.0      
  Principal payments on other long-term debt, including capital leases     (115.9 )   (66.2 )   (5.3 )
  Payments from (to) IMC and affiliates, net         (81.1 )   (39.6 )
  Dividend to IMC and affiliates         (398.8 )    
  Deferred financing costs     (6.3 )   (18.0 )    
  Capital contributions     12.8          
  Other     1.0          
   
 
 
 
    Net cash used in financing activities     (69.8 )   (53.7 )   (43.3 )
   
 
 
 

Effect of exchange rate changes on cash and cash equivalents

 

 

2.5

 

 

0.5

 

 

1.3

 
   
 
 
 
    Net increase (decrease) in cash and cash equivalents     (4.0 )   15.6     (3.9 )
Cash and cash equivalents, beginning of year     15.9     0.3     4.2  
   
 
 
 

Cash and cash equivalents, end of year

 

$

11.9

 

$

15.9

 

$

0.3

 
   
 
 
 

Supplemental cash flow information:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 
  Interest paid excluding capitalized interest   $ 29.4   $ 15.4   $ 12.5  
  Income taxes paid     10.4     14.8     4.5  

Supplemental disclosure of noncash activities:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 
  Dividends to IMC and affiliates   $   $ 44.4   $  
  Capital contributions from IMC and affiliates         261.1      
  Issuance of notes due to related parties related to stock redemption         11.4      
  Retirement of Seller Notes plus accrued interest     9.0          
  Preferred stock dividends accrued not paid     10.6     0.8      

The accompanying notes are an integral part of the combined and consolidated financial statements.

F-7



COMPASS MINERALS INTERNATIONAL, INC.
NOTES TO COMBINED AND CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

1.     Organization, Formation and Basis of Presentation:

        The combined and consolidated financial statements include the accounts of Compass Minerals International, Inc. ("CMI"), which changed its name from Salt Holdings Corporation, and its wholly owned subsidiary, Compass Minerals Group, Inc. ("CMG"), formerly IMC Inorganic Chemicals Inc. ("IMCI"), and the combined and consolidated results of CMG's wholly owned subsidiaries. CMG's primary subsidiaries include those entities listed below (collectively, the "Company").

    NAMSCO Inc. ("NAMSCO") and subsidiaries
    North American Salt Company ("NASC")
    Carey Salt Company
    Sifto Canada Inc. ("Sifto")

    GSL Corporation and subsidiary ("GSL")
    Great Salt Lake Minerals Corporation

    Compass Minerals (Europe) Limited ("CMGE") and subsidiaries
    Compass Minerals (UK) Limited
    Salt Union Limited U.K. ("SUL") and subsidiaries

        These combined and consolidated financial statements have been prepared to present the historical financial condition and results of operations and cash flows for the subsidiaries that were included in the Recapitalization.

        CMG has been a wholly owned subsidiary of CMI since CMI's acquisition of the Company on November 28, 2001. CMG was a wholly owned subsidiary of IMC since IMC's acquisition of IMCI on April 1, 1998. Those subsidiaries of IMCI as listed above (prior to the Recapitalization described below) and other immaterial subsidiaries have been included in the combined financial statements for periods prior to the Recapitalization.

        The Company is a producer and marketer of inorganic mineral products with manufacturing sites in North America and Europe. Its principal products are salt and sulfate of potash. The Company serves a variety of markets, including agriculture, food processing, chemical processing, water conditioning and highway deicing.

        Prior to November 28, 2001, CMI was incorporated as IMC Potash Corporation, an inactive wholly owned subsidiary of IMC Global Inc. ("IMC"). Accordingly, prior to November 28, 2001, the combined and consolidated financial statements reflect only the results of CMG and its subsidiaries listed above. As part of the recapitalization transaction described below, IMC Potash Corporation was reincorporated as Salt Holdings Corporation, which is now known as Compass Minerals International, Inc. At November 28, 2001, IMC contributed the net assets of CMG to CMI.

        On November 28, 2001, Apollo Management V, L.P. ("Apollo"), through its subsidiary YBR Holdings LLC acquired control of CMI from IMC pursuant to a recapitalization transaction ("Recapitalization") with assets and liabilities of CMG retaining their historical value. Immediately following the Recapitalization, on a fully-diluted basis for management options and stock issuable under CMI's stock option plan, Apollo, co-investors and management own approximately 81% of the outstanding common stock of CMI and IMC owns approximately 19% of the outstanding common stock of CMI.

        Prior to the Recapitalization, sales in the accompanying combined and consolidated statements of operations represent sales directly attributable to the Company. Costs and expenses in the

F-8


accompanying combined and consolidated statements of operations represent direct costs and expenses related to the Company. In addition, the combined and consolidated statements of operations include the estimated cost of all services provided by IMC and its subsidiaries to the Company through November 27, 2001, which had previously not been directly allocated to the Company. All of the allocations and estimates in the combined and consolidated statements of operations are based on assumptions that Company management believes are reasonable under the circumstances. However, these allocations and estimates are not necessarily indicative of the costs and expenses that would have resulted if the Company had been operated as a separate entity.

2.     Summary of Significant Accounting Policies:

a. Management Estimates : The preparation of financial statements in conformity with GAAP requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the amounts reported in the combined and consolidated financial statements and accompanying notes. Actual results could differ from those estimates.

b. Basis of Combination/Consolidation : The Company's combined and consolidated financial statements include the accounts of the Company, which include the domestic and foreign subsidiaries discussed in Note 1. The Company's financial statements have been combined through the Recapitalization date and consolidated thereafter. All significant intercompany balances and transactions have been eliminated.

c. Foreign Currency Translation : Assets and liabilities are translated into U.S. dollars at end of period exchange rates. Revenues and expenses are translated using the average rates of exchange for the year. Adjustments resulting from the translation of foreign currency financial statements into the reporting currency, U.S. dollars, are included in accumulated other comprehensive income (loss). Exchange gains and losses from transactions denominated in a currency other than a company's functional currency are included in income.

d. Revenue Recognition : The Company sells mineral products, primarily salt and SOP. Revenue is recognized by the Company at the time of shipment to the customer, which coincides with the transfer of title and risk of ownership to the customer. Sales represent billings to customers net of sales taxes charged for the sale of the product. Sales include shipping and handling costs which are expensed when the related product is sold.

e. Cash and Cash Equivalents : The Company considers all investments with original maturities of three months or less to be cash equivalents. The Company maintains the majority of its cash in bank deposit accounts with several commercial banks with high credit ratings in the U.S., Canada and Europe. The Company does not believe it is exposed to any significant credit risk on cash and cash equivalents.

f. Inventories : Inventories are stated at the lower of cost or market. Raw materials and supply costs are determined by either the first-in, first-out ("FIFO") or the average cost method. Finished goods costs are determined by the average cost method.

g. Property, Plant and Equipment : Tangible property, plant and equipment, including assets under capital leases, are stated at cost and include interest on funds borrowed to finance construction. The costs of replacements or renewals which improve or extend the life of existing property are capitalized. Maintenance and repairs are expensed as incurred. Upon retirement or disposition of an asset, any resulting gain or loss is included in results from operations.

F-9



        Asset classes or groups are depreciated or amortized on a straight-line basis over the following estimated useful lives:

Land improvements   5 to 25 years
Buildings and improvements   10 to 40 years
Machinery and equipment   3 to 25 years
Furniture and fixtures   3 to 10 years
Mineral properties   20 to 30 years

        Prior to 2002, the Company used the methodology prescribed in Statement of Financial Accounting Standards (SFAS) No. 121, Accounting for the Impairment of Long-Lived Assets and for Long-Lived Assets to Be Disposed Of. The Company reviewed long-lived assets and the related intangible assets for impairment whenever events or changes in circumstances indicated the carrying amounts of such assets may not have been recoverable. Once an indication of a potential impairment existed, recoverability of the respective assets was determined by comparing the forecasted undiscounted net cash flows of the operation to which the assets related, to the carrying amount, including associated intangible assets, of such operation. If the operation was determined to be unable to recover the carrying amount of its assets, then intangible assets were written down first, followed by the other long-lived assets of the operation, to fair value. Fair value was determined based on discounted cash flows or appraised values, depending upon the nature of the assets.

        In January of 2002, the Company adopted SFAS No. 144, "Accounting for the Impairment or Disposal of Long-Lived Assets". This Statement supersedes SFAS No. 121, "Accounting for the Impairment of Long-Lived Assets and for Long-Lived Assets to be Disposed Of" and Accounting Principles Board ("APB") Opinion No. 30, "Reporting the Results of Operations—Reporting the Effects of Disposal of a Segment of a Business, and Extraordinary, Unusual and Infrequently Occurring Events and Transactions". This Statement establishes an accounting model based on SFAS No. 121 for long lived assets to be disposed of by sale, previously accounted for under APB No. 30. The Company adopted SFAS No. 144 as of January 1, 2002 without significant effect on its consolidated financial statements.

h. Mineral Interests : Mineral interests include probable mineral reserves. The Company leases mineral reserves at several of its extraction facilities. These leases have varying terms, and many provide for a royalty payment to the lessor based on a specific amount per ton of mineral extracted or as a percentage of revenue. Pursuant to SFAS No. 141, "Business Combinations" ("SFAS No. 141"), and SFAS No. 142, "Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets" ("SFAS No. 142"), mineral interests associated with other than owned properties are classified as intangible assets. As a result, the Company has reclassified other than owned mineral interests of $151.1 million at January 1, 2002 from property, plant and equipment to mineral interests in its consolidated balance sheets and has provided the disclosures required by SFAS No. 142. Probable mineral reserves are amortized on a units-of-production basis over the respective estimated mine lives not to exceed 99 years. The weighted average amortization period for probable mineral reserves is 97 years as of December 31, 2002. The Company's rights to extract minerals are contractually limited by time, however, the Company believes it will be able to continue to extend lease agreements, as it has in the past, at commercially reasonable terms, without incurring substantial costs or incurring material modifications to the existing lease terms and conditions, and therefore, believes that the assigned lives are appropriate.

i. Goodwill : Goodwill represented the excess of purchase cost over the fair value of net assets of acquired companies (including goodwill related to IMC's acquisition of the Company) and was generally amortized using the straight line method over 40 years. In the fourth quarter of 2000, the Company reduced its goodwill to zero in connection with the proposed IMC sale of the Company (see Note 3). Goodwill amortization charged to earnings for the year ended December 31, 2000 was $5.4 million.

F-10



        The Company adopted the new rules on accounting for goodwill as set forth in SFAS No. 142 and other intangible assets for 2002. Under the new rules, goodwill and intangible assets deemed to have indefinite lives are not amortized but are subject to annual impairment tests in accordance with the Statements. Other intangible assets continue to be amortized over their useful lives. As of December 31, 2002, the Company has no material other intangible assets with indefinite lives.

j. Other Noncurrent Assets : Other noncurrent assets include deferred financing costs of $16.9 million and $17.8 million net of accumulated amortization of $1.9 million and $0.2 million as of December 31, 2002 and 2001, respectively. Deferred financing costs are being amortized over the terms of the debt to which the costs relate and the related amortization is recorded as interest expense.

k. Income Taxes : The Company's U.S. subsidiaries participated in the consolidated federal income tax return of IMC for periods owned by IMC. The foreign subsidiaries file separate-company returns in their respective jurisdictions. For financial reporting purposes, while owned by IMC, the Company computed a provision for income taxes on a stand alone basis. The Company accounts for income taxes using the liability method in accordance with the provisions of SFAS No. 109, Accounting for Income Taxes. Under the liability method, deferred taxes are determined based on the differences between the financial statement and the tax basis of assets and liabilities using enacted tax rates in effect in the years in which the differences are expected to reverse.

l. Environmental Costs : Environmental costs, other than those of a capital nature, are accrued at the time the exposure becomes known and costs can reasonably be estimated. Costs are accrued based upon management's estimates of all direct costs, after taking into account reimbursement by third parties. As of December 31, 2002, the Company did not accrue liabilities for unasserted claims that are not probable of assertion and the Company did not provide for environmental clean-up costs, if any, at the end of the useful lives of its facilities, since it was not practical to estimate such costs due to the long lives of the Company's mineral deposits.

        As discussed in Note 2. q. , the Company will adopt SFAS No. 143, "Accounting for Obligations Associated with the Retirement of Long-Lived Assets" beginning in January 2003 without significant effect on its consolidated financial statements.

m. Stock Options : On November 28, 2001, CMI adopted a stock option plan related to shares of CMI's class B common stock (see Note 15). The Company has elected to follow Accounting Principles Board (APB) Opinion No. 25, Accounting for Stock Issued to Employees , and related Interpretations in accounting for its employee stock options and has adopted the pro forma disclosure requirements under SFAS No. 123, Accounting for Stock-Based Compensation. Under APB No. 25, because the exercise price of the Company's employee stock options is equal to or greater than the market price of the underlying stock on the date of grant, no compensation expense is recognized.

        SFAS No. 123 requires the disclosure of pro forma net income for stock-based awards as if the Company had used the fair value method of accounting for such awards. The fair values of options granted were estimated at the date of grant using the Minimum Value option pricing model with the following weighted-average assumptions for the year ended December 31, 2002: a risk-free interest rate of 4.9%, and a weighted-average expected life of 7.8 years. Under the Minimum Value option pricing model, the volatility factor is excluded. The Company assumed a 0% dividend yield over the life of the options. The effect of applying SFAS No. 123's fair value method to the Company's stock-based awards resulted in pro forma net income that is not materially different from amounts reported in the accompanying combined and consolidated statement of operations for the years ended December 31, 2002 and 2001.

n. Earnings (Loss) per Share : Basic and diluted earnings per share are presented for net income (loss) available for common stock. Basic earnings or (loss) per share is computed by dividing net income (loss) available for common stock by the weighted-average number of outstanding common shares

F-11



during the period. Diluted earnings per share reflects the potential dilution that could occur under the treasury stock method of calculating the weighted-average number of outstanding common shares (i.e. assuming proceeds from the potential exercise of employee stock options are used to repurchase common stock).

        The following table sets forth the computation of basic and diluted earnings (loss) per common share (in millions, except for share and per share data):

 
  2002
  2001
  2000
 
Numerator:                    
Net income (loss)   $ 18.9   $ 19.0   $ (467.7 )
Dividends on redeemable preferred stock     10.6     0.8      
   
 
 
 
Net income (loss) available for common stock   $ 8.3   $ 18.2   $ (467.7 )
   
 
 
 
Denominator:                    
Average common shares outstanding     35,039,110     3,220,724     498  
   
 
 
 

Shares for basic earnings per share

 

 

35,039,110

 

 

3,220,724

 

 

498

 
Stock options     435,429          
Shares for diluted earnings per share     35,474,539     3,220,724     498  

Net income (loss) per share, basic

 

$

0.24

 

$

5.65

 

$

(938,709.50

)
   
 
 
 
Net income (loss) per share, diluted   $ 0.23   $ 5.65   $ (938,709.50 )
   
 
 
 

        Options to purchase 1,692,015 shares of common stock at $2.01 per share were outstanding during the first half of 2002, but were not included in the computation of diluted earnings (loss) per share because the options' exercise price was equal to the average market price of the common shares. Options to purchase 617,043 shares of common stock at $2.01 per share were outstanding from November 28, 2001 to December 31, 2001, but were not included in the computation of diluted earnings (loss) per share because the options' exercise price was equal to the average market price of the common shares

o. Derivatives : On January 1, 2001, the Company adopted SFAS No. 133, Accounting for Derivative Instruments and Hedging Activities, as amended by SFAS No. 137 and SFAS No. 138. The adoption of the provisions of SFAS No. 133, as amended, had no impact on the results of operations or financial position of the Company.

        The Company is exposed to the impact of interest rate changes on borrowings, fluctuations in the functional currency of foreign operations and the impact of fluctuations in the purchase price of natural gas consumed in operations, as well as changes in the market value of its financial instruments. The Company has historically entered into natural gas supply agreements to minimize natural gas pricing risks, but not for trading purposes. These supply agreements did not meet the definition of a derivative instrument under the provisions of SFAS No. 133.

        In the fourth quarter of 2002, the Company adopted a policy of hedging natural gas prices through the use of swap agreements in order to protect against commodity price fluctuations. All of these derivative instruments held by the Company as of December 31, 2002 qualify as cash flow hedges. The Company does not engage in trading activities with these financial instruments.

p. Concentration of Credit Risk : The Company sells its salt products to various governmental agencies, manufacturers, distributors and retailers primarily in the mid-western United States, and throughout Canada and the United Kingdom. The Company's potash products are sold across North America and internationally. No single customer or group of affiliated customers accounted for more than ten

F-12



percent of the Company's sales in any year during the three year period ended December 31, 2002, or for more than ten percent of accounts receivable at December 31, 2002 or 2001.

q. Recent Accounting Pronouncements : The Company has adopted the new rules on accounting for goodwill and other intangible assets as set forth in SFAS No. 141 and SFAS No. 142. Under the new rules, goodwill and intangible assets deemed to have indefinite lives are not amortized but are subject to annual impairment tests in accordance with the Statements. Other intangible assets continue to be amortized over their useful lives. Adoption of these statements did not have a material impact on the Company's consolidated statements of operations as the Company, in the fourth quarter of 2000, recorded a charge to reduce goodwill to zero and has no material other intangible assets with indefinite lives. The adoption of SFAS No. 142 required the reclassification of $151.1 million of other than owned minerals at January 1, 2002 from property, plant and equipment to intangible assets on our consolidated balance sheets and additional disclosures in the notes to the combined and consolidated financial statements regarding these definite lived intangible assets.

        In June 2001, the FASB issued SFAS No. 143, "Accounting for Obligations Associated with the Retirement of Long-Lived Assets". The objective of SFAS No. 143 is to establish an accounting standard for the recognition and measurement of an obligation related to the retirement of certain long-lived assets. The retirement obligation must be one that results from the acquisition, construction or normal operation of a long-lived asset. SFAS No. 143 requires the legal obligation associated with the retirement of a tangible long-lived asset to be recognized at fair value as a liability when incurred, and the cost to be capitalized by increasing the carrying amount of the related long-lived asset. SFAS No. 143 will be effective for the Company beginning January 1, 2003. The Company has evaluated the effect of implementing SFAS No. 143 and has determined that its adoption will not have a material impact on its financial position, results of operations or cash flows.

        As discussed in Note 2. g ., the Company adopted SFAS No. 144 as of January 1, 2002 without significant effect on its consolidated financial statements.

        During the second quarter, the Company early adopted SFAS No. 145, "Rescission of FASB Statements No. 4, 44 and 64, Amendment of FASB Statement No. 13, and Technical Corrections". SFAS No. 145 rescinds SFAS No. 4 and SFAS No. 64, which required gains and losses from extinguishment of debt to be classified as extraordinary items. The early adoption of SFAS No. 145 resulted in a $5.3 million charge to other (income) expense related to the debt refinancing that occurred in the quarter ended June 30, 2002 (see Note 8). Under previous guidance this charge would have been recorded as extraordinary loss, net of tax, on the consolidated statement of operations.

        In July 2002, the FASB issued SFAS No. 146, "Accounting for Costs Associated with Exit or Disposal Activities." This Statement addresses financial accounting and reporting for costs associated with exit or disposal activities and nullifies EITF Issue No. 94-3, "Liability Recognition for Certain Employee Termination Benefits and Other Costs to Exit an Activity (including Certain Costs Incurred in a Restructuring)." This Statement requires that a liability for costs associated with an exit or disposal activity be recognized when the liability is incurred. The provisions of this Statement are effective for exit or disposal activities that are initiated after December 31, 2002. The Company believes that the adoption of SFAS No. 146 will not have a material impact on its financial position, results of operations or cash flows.

        In December 2002, the FASB issued SFAS No. 148, "Accounting for Stock-Based Compensation—Transition and Disclosure," which provides guidance on how to transition from the intrinsic value method of accounting for stock-based employee compensation under the Accounting Principles Board ("APB") Opinion 25 to SFAS 123's fair value method of accounting, if a company so elects. The Company has elected to continue to follow the accounting method under APB Opinion 25.

F-13



        Also during 2002, the FASB issued Interpretation No. 45, "Guarantor's Accounting and Disclosure Requirements for Guarantees, Including Indirect Guarantees of Indebtedness of Others". The Interpretation requires that a guarantor recognize a liability for the fair value of guarantee obligations issued after December 31, 2002. The Company determined that their were no guarantees requiring disclosure as of December 31, 2002.

        FIN 46, "Consolidation of Variable Interest Entities," is effective immediately for all enterprises with variable interests in variable interest entities. If an entity is determined to be a variable interest entity, it must be consolidated by the enterprise that absorbs the majority of the entity's expected losses, if they occur, receives a majority of the entity's expected residual returns, if they occur, or both. The Company has determined that it does not have variable interest entities and, therefore, the impact of FIN 46 did not have any effect on our results of operations or financial position.

r. Reclassifications : Certain reclassifications were made to prior year amounts in order to conform with the current year's presentation.

3.     Asset Impairment, Restructuring and Other Charges:

2002

        Following the Recapitalization, the Company incurred and expensed certain non-recurring costs totaling $7.7 million that consist of transition costs required to establish the Company as an independent entity. The costs were directly related to the transition from an entity controlled by IMC and consisted primarily of one-time compensation costs, costs to develop stand-alone tax and inventory strategies, and costs associated with determining the post-closing purchase price adjustment.

2001

        In connection with the Recapitalization, the Company expensed certain costs totaling $27.0 million which consist of transaction and transition costs. The transaction costs were directly related to the acquisition and consisted primarily of outside professional services. Below is a more detailed description of such costs:

    (1)
    $20.1 million of transaction costs related to activities associated with the sale and Recapitalization, including approximately $6.4 million in legal fees and other fees, and $13.7 million in financial services and advice.

    (2)
    $6.9 million of transition costs, the majority of which related to retention, recruiting, systems design and migration and other activities and charges related to separating CMG from IMC, as well as charges for legal costs and other asset write-offs associated with CMG's new strategic direction.

2000

        On November 10, 2000, IMC's Board of Directors authorized IMC's management to proceed with negotiations on proposed terms for the sale of the Company. Based on anticipated net proceeds to IMC, the Company recorded an impairment charge of $616.6 million, $482.1 million after tax, in the fourth quarter of 2000. As part of this charge, goodwill was reduced $191.0 million to zero and intangible assets—mineral interests were reduced $425.6 million. Additionally, the Company recorded $0.2 million after tax in the fourth quarter of 2000 for employee severance costs.

F-14



4.     Inventories:

        Inventories consist of the following at December 31 (in millions):

 
  2002
  2001
Finished goods   $ 83.5   $ 83.0
Raw materials and supplies     13.0     16.4
   
 
    $ 96.5   $ 99.4
   
 

        Raw materials and supplies primarily consist of raw materials purchased to aid in the production of our mineral products, maintenance materials and packaging materials. Finished goods are comprised of salt and SOP products readily available for sale. All costs associated with the production of salt and SOP at our producing locations are captured as inventory costs. Additionally, since our products are often stored at third-party warehousing locations, we include in the cost of inventory the freight and handling costs necessary to move the product to storage until the product is sold to a customer.

        Certain inventories of approximately $7.5 million at December 31, 2002 and 2001, that will be utilized with respect to long-lived assets have been classified in the consolidated balance sheets as other noncurrent assets.

5.     Property, Plant and Equipment:

        Property, plant and equipment consists of the following at December 31 (in millions):

 
  2002
  2001
Land and buildings   $ 81.9   $ 76.7
Machinery and equipment     422.2     400.9
Furniture and fixtures     9.9     9.6
Mineral properties     18.2     15.2
Construction in progress     13.5     13.7
   
 
      545.7     516.1
Less accumulated depreciation and depletion     282.3     245.1
   
 
    $ 263.4   $ 271.0
   
 

6.     Mineral Interests:

        The Company's mineral interests are subject to amortization. The aggregate amortization of probable mineral reserves for the years ended December 31, 2002, 2001 and 2000 was $1.3 million, $1.4 million and $2.1 million, respectively. The estimated aggregate amortization expense for each of the next five years related to probable mineral reserves is approximately $2.0 million annually.

        Mineral interests consist of the following at December 31 (in millions):

 
  2002
  2001
 
  Gross
Carrying
Value

  Accumulated
Amortization

  Net Book
Value

  Gross Carrying
Value

  Accumulated
Amortization

  Net Book
Value

Probable mineral reserves   $ 158.6   $ 8.8   $ 149.8   $ 158.6   $ 7.5   $ 151.1

7.     Income Taxes:

        As discussed in Note 2, the Company's income tax provision and related assets and liabilities have been computed on a stand alone basis, for the periods owned by IMC, without regard to actual

F-15



liabilities and benefits related to consolidated tax return filings by IMC. The schedule of deferred tax assets and liabilities below reflects assets related to net operating loss carryforwards and alternative minimum tax credits, net of the necessary reserves, on an historical basis based upon the Recapitalization and related transfer of certain tax assets to the Company.

        The following table summarizes the income tax provision (benefit) of the Company for the years ended December 31 (in millions):

 
  2002
  2001
  2000
 
Current:                    
  Federal   $   $ 5.9   $ 17.6  
  State     1.3     0.8     2.4  
  Foreign     12.0     11.9     5.9  
   
 
 
 
   
Total current

 

 

13.3

 

 

18.6

 

 

25.9

 
   
 
 
 

Deferred:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 
  Federal     (3.2 )   5.3     (110.5 )
  State     (0.4 )   0.8     (18.1 )
  Foreign     1.7     2.1     (1.0 )
   
 
 
 
   
Total deferred

 

 

(1.9

)

 

8.2

 

 

(129.6

)
   
 
 
 

Total provision (benefit) for income taxes

 

$

11.4

 

$

26.8

 

$

(103.7

)
   
 
 
 

        The following table summarizes components of income (loss) before taxes and the effects of significant adjustments to tax computed at the federal statutory rate for the years ended December 31 (in millions):

 
  2002
  2001
  2000
 
Domestic income (loss)   $ 8.4   $ 22.2   $ (583.6 )
Foreign income     21.9     23.6     12.2  
   
 
 
 
Income (loss) before income taxes   $ 30.3   $ 45.8   $ (571.4 )
   
 
 
 
Computed tax at the federal statutory rate of 35%   $ 10.6   $ 16.1   $ (200.0 )
Foreign income, mining, and withholding taxes     6.0     3.0     1.0  
Foreign exchange gain         2.6      
Percentage depletion in excess of basis     (1.9 )   (2.9 )   (1.4 )
State income taxes, net of federal income tax benefit     0.6     1.1     2.1  
Restructuring and other charges         6.8      
Write-down and amortization of goodwill             94.6  
Net operating loss carryforward benefit     (2.9 )        
Other     (1.0 )   0.1      
   
 
 
 
Income tax expense (benefit)   $ 11.4   $ 26.8   $ (103.7 )
   
 
 
 
Effective tax rate     38 %   58 %   18 %
   
 
 
 

        The Company does not provide U.S. federal income taxes on undistributed earnings of foreign companies that are not currently taxable in the United States. No undistributed earnings of foreign companies were subject to U.S. income tax in the years ended December 31, 2002, 2001 and 2000. Total undistributed earnings on which no U.S. federal income tax has been provided were $73.9 million

F-16



at December 31, 2002. If these earnings are distributed, foreign tax credits may become available under current law to reduce or possibly eliminate the resulting U.S. income tax liability.

        Under SFAS No. 109 deferred tax assets and liabilities are recognized for the estimated future tax effects, based on enacted tax law, of temporary differences between the values of assets and liabilities recorded for financial reporting and for tax purposes and of net operating loss and other carryforwards. Significant components of the Company's deferred tax assets and liabilities were as follows at December 31 (in millions):

 
  2002
  2001
 
Deferred tax liabilities:              
  Property, plant and equipment   $ 91.2   $ 99.5  
  Other liabilities     8.0     1.6  
   
 
 
Total deferred tax liabilities     99.2     101.1  
Deferred tax assets:              
  Net operating loss carryforwards     39.0     41.9  
  Alternative minimum tax credit carryforwards     2.4     2.4  
  Foreign tax loss carryforwards          
  Other assets          
   
 
 
  Subtotal     41.4     44.3  
  Valuation allowance     (41.4 )   (44.3 )
   
 
 
Total deferred tax assets          
   
 
 
Net deferred tax liabilities   $ 99.2   $ 101.1  
   
 
 

        SFAS No. 109 requires a valuation allowance against deferred tax assets if, based on available evidence, it is more likely than not that some or all of the deferred tax assets will not be realized. As of December 31, 2002 and 2001, the Company had a valuation allowance relating to such items of $41.4 million and $44.3 million, respectively.

        At December 31, 2002, the Company has net operating loss carryforwards of approximately $106.0 million. The Company is a loss corporation as defined in Section 382 of the Internal Revenue Code. The Company has previously incurred two ownership changes that have placed annual limitations on the amount of each loss carryforward utilization. If not utilized, these carryforwards expire between 2009 and 2020. In addition, the Company has a U.S. federal alternative minimum tax credit carryforward at December 31, 2002 of approximately $2.4 million. This credit carryforward may be carried forward indefinitely to offset any excess of regular tax liability over alternative minimum tax liability subject to certain separate company limitations. The alternative minimum tax credit has been fully offset by a valuation allowance since the Company does not foresee utilization of these credits.

F-17



8.     Long-term Debt:

        Third-party long-term debt consists of the following at December 31 (in millions):

 
  2002
  2001
 
Senior Subordinated Notes   $ 325.0   $ 250.0  
Senior Discount Notes     66.9      
Term Loan     109.3     225.0  
Revolving Credit Facility         39.8  
Other, including capital lease obligations     0.1     0.3  
   
 
 
      501.3     515.1  
Plus premium on Senior Subordinated Notes, net     3.2      
Less current portion     (1.2 )   (2.5 )
   
 
 
    $ 503.3   $ 512.6  
   
 
 

        In November 2001, the Company issued $250 million aggregate principal amount of 10% Senior Subordinated Notes due August 15, 2011 (the "Notes") in a private offering pursuant to Rule 144A under the Securities Act of 1933. The Notes may be redeemed in whole or in part from time to time, on or after August 15, 2006, at specified redemption prices. The Company's domestic restricted subsidiaries as of the issue date are the guarantors of the Notes, with restricted net assets of $230.4 million at December 31, 2002.

        The Notes are general unsecured obligations ranking subordinate in right of payment to all existing and future senior debt. The proceeds from the issuance of the Notes were used to finance the Recapitalization and certain related costs. Interest on the Notes is payable semi-annually in cash on each February 15 and August 15.

        On November 28, 2001, the Company entered into a $360 million credit facility (the "Credit Facility") with a syndicate of financial institutions. The Credit Facility allowed for an eight-year $225 million term loan. The term loan was fully drawn as of closing and used to finance the Recapitalization and certain related costs. In addition, the Credit Facility also provides a six and one-half year, $135 million revolving credit facility, $30 million of which may be drawn in Canadian dollars and $10 million of which may be drawn in British pound sterling. Additionally, the revolving credit facility includes a sub-limit for letters of credit in an amount not to exceed $50 million.

        Borrowings under the Credit Facility incur interest at either the Eurodollar Rate (LIBOR) or the greater of a specified U.S. and Canadian prime lending rate or the federal funds effective rate plus 0.50% ("Base Rate") plus, in each case, a margin ranging from 1.75% to 3.50%, which margin is dependent upon the Company's leverage ratio, as determined quarterly. Interest on the Credit Facility is payable at least quarterly.

        The Company had outstanding letters of credit of $8.6 million as of December 31, 2002. For each drawn letter of credit, the Company is required to pay a per annum participation fee ranging from 2.75% to 3.50%, depending on the Company's leverage ratio, plus other administrative charges. Additionally, the Company will pay a commitment fee ranging from 0.375% to 0.500% per annum, depending on the Company's leverage ratio, and is payable quarterly on the available portion of the revolving credit facility. As of December 31, 2002, additional borrowings of up to $126.4 million under the revolving credit facility were available for working capital and general corporate purposes, subject to certain conditions.

        The term loan requires quarterly principal reductions. Also, the Company may be required to make mandatory additional principal reductions, based on the Company's excess cash flow and certain

F-18



other events as described in the Credit Facility. No mandatory additional principal reductions were required in 2002.

        On April 10, 2002, the Company completed an offering of $75.0 million aggregate principal amount of 10% Senior Subordinated Notes due 2011 (the "New Notes"). The New Notes were issued to the bondholders at a premium of $3.4 million, plus accrued interest of $1.1 million from February 15, 2002 and accordingly, the Company received gross proceeds of $79.5 million from the offering of the notes. The New Notes, together with the $250.0 million aggregate principal amount of Notes, are treated as a single class of securities under the Company's existing indenture. The proceeds from the offering of the New Notes, net of transaction costs, were used to repay borrowings under the Company's Credit Facility. In connection with the offering, the Company amended and restated the Credit Facility with respect to a reduction in the Term Loan to $150.0 million and a 0.75% reduction in the interest rate margin charged to the Company on the Term Loan. The Company also incurred a charge of approximately $5.3 million in April 2002, related to the write-off of the deferred financing costs associated with the refinancing of the original Term Loan.

        In December 2002, certain holders of CMI preferred stock converted their preferred stock into notes. Those note holders then sold $123.5 million in aggregate principal amount at maturity of 12 3 / 4 % Senior Discount Notes due 2012 (the "Senior Discount Notes"), in a secondary trading transaction. No cash interest will accrue on the notes prior to December 15, 2007. The accreted value of each note will increase from the date of issuance until December 15, 2007 at a rate of 12 3 / 4 % per annum, reflecting the accrual of non-cash interest, such that the accreted value will equal the principal amount at maturity on December 15, 2007. The Senior Discount Notes may be redeemed in whole or in part from time to time, on or after December 15, 2007, at specified redemption prices. The Senior Discount Notes are general unsecured obligations ranking subordinate in right of payment to all existing and future debt. Cash interest will accrue on the Senior Discount Notes at a rate of 12 3 / 4 % per annum, beginning December 15, 2007. As of December 31, 2002, the accreted value of the Senior Discount Notes was $66.9 million.

        The Credit Facility is principally secured by all existing and future assets of the Company, and requires the Company to maintain certain minimum financial covenants including minimum interest coverage ratio, a maximum total leverage ratio, and a maximum level of capital expenditures. The Credit Facility and the indentures governing the Notes and Senior Discount Notes limit the Company's ability, among other things, to: incur additional indebtedness or contingent obligations; pay dividends or make distributions to stockholders; repurchase or redeem stock; make investments; grant liens; make capital expenditures; enter into transactions with stockholders and affiliates; sell assets; and acquire the assets of, or merge or consolidate with, other companies. As of December 31, 2002, the Company was in compliance with each of its covenants.

        Future minimum maturities of long-term debt, including the Senior Subordinated Notes, for the years ending December 31, are as follows (in millions):

2003   $ 1.2
2004     1.1
2005     1.1
2006     1.1
2007     1.1
Thereafter     495.7
   
    $ 501.3
   

F-19


        As of December 31, 2002, the estimated fair value of the Senior Subordinated Notes, based on available trading information, was $357.5 million, and the estimated fair value of amounts outstanding under the Credit Facility and Senior Discount Notes approximated book value.

        Prior to the Recapitalization, the Company maintained a 45 million Pound Sterling, five year debt facility (European Facility). The European Facility bore interest at LIBOR plus 1.139%. Commitment fees associated with the European Facility were 30.0 basis points. The European Facility was repaid in 2001 and replaced with a Note Payable to IMC, due on demand. The Note Payable to IMC was repaid in 2001.

        Prior to the Recapitalization, the Company also maintained a 4.0 million Pound Sterling revolving credit facility (European Revolving Credit Facility). The European Revolving Credit Facility bore interest at a defined base rate plus 1.0%. The facility was repaid and terminated in 2001.

9.     Pension Plans and Other Benefits:

        The Company has two defined benefit pension plans for certain of its U.K. and U.S. employees. The size of the U.S. plan is not material to the U.K. plan taken as a whole. Benefits of the U.K. plan are based on a combination of years of service and compensation levels. The U.K. plan's assets consist mainly of European equity securities. The Company's funding policy is to make the minimum annual contributions required by applicable regulations.

        The Company makes actuarial assumptions that it believes are reasonable. Those assumptions for the years ended December 31, 2002, 2001 and 2000 include a discount rate of 5.5%, expected return on plan assets of 6.5%, and rate of compensation increase of 3.5%.

F-20


        The following table sets forth pension obligations and plan assets for the Company's defined benefit plans, based on a September 30 measurement date, for the U.K. and U.S. plans, respectively, as of December 31 (in millions):

 
  2002
  2001
 
Change in benefit obligation:              
Benefit obligation as of January 1   $ 44.4   $ 45.1  
Service cost     1.2     1.1  
Interest cost     2.6     2.4  
Actuarial (gain) loss     1.6     (2.8 )
Benefits paid     (1.1 )   (0.9 )
Currency fluctuation adjustment     5.2     (0.6 )
Other     0.1     0.1  
   
 
 
Benefit obligation as of December 31   $ 54.0   $ 44.4  
   
 
 

Change in plan assets:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 
Fair value as of January 1   $ 34.2   $ 46.2  
Actual return     (4.7 )   (11.4 )
Company contributions     1.1     0.8  
Currency fluctuation adjustment     3.1     (0.6 )
Benefits paid     (1.1 )   (0.9 )
Other     0.1     0.1  
   
 
 
Fair value as of December 31   $ 32.7   $ 34.2  
   
 
 

Funded status of the plans

 

$

(21.1

)

$

(10.2

)
Unrecognized net (gain) loss     20.4     10.6  
Unrecognized transition liability     0.4     0.4  
   
 
 
Prepaid (accrued) benefit cost   $ (0.3 ) $ 0.8  
   
 
 

Amounts recognized in the statement of financial position consist of:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 
Prepaid (accrued) benefit cost   $ (0.3 ) $ 0.8  
Accrued benefit liability     (17.4 )   (8.2 )
Intangible asset     0.4     0.5  
Accumulated other comprehensive income     17.0     7.7  
   
 
 
Net amount recognized   $ (0.3 ) $ 0.8  
   
 
 

        The components of net pension expense were as follows for the years ended December 31 (in millions):

 
  2002
  2001
  2000
 
Service cost for benefits earned during the year   $ 1.2   $ 1.1   $ 1.2  
Interest cost on projected benefit obligation     2.6     2.3     2.3  
Return on plan assets     (2.4 )   (3.0 )   (2.6 )
Net amortization and deferral     0.5     0.1     0.1  
   
 
 
 
Net pension expense   $ 1.9   $ 0.5   $ 1.0  
   
 
 
 

        The projected benefit obligations, accumulated benefit obligations, and fair value of plan assets for the defined benefit pension plans with accumulated benefit obligations in excess of the plans' assets

F-21



were $54.0 million, $52.7 million, and $32.7 million, respectively, as of December 31, 2002, and $44.4 million, $41.5 million, and $34.2 million, respectively, as of December 31, 2001.

        Two of the Company's defined benefit pension plans were merged into the IMC pension plan in 1999. During 2002, one of those plans was terminated and the remaining plan was separated from the IMC pension plan and is disclosed above as the U.S. plan. There were no contributions to the U.S. plans by the Company in the three years ended December 31, 2002.

        The Company has defined contribution and pre-tax savings plans (Savings Plans) for certain of its employees. Under each of the Savings Plans, participants are permitted to defer a portion of their compensation. Company contributions to the Savings Plans are based on a percentage of employee contributions. Additionally, certain of the Company's Savings Plans have a profit sharing feature for salaried and non-union hourly employees. The Company contribution to the profit sharing feature is based on the employee's age and pay and the Company's financial performance. The following table summarizes the expense attributable to these Savings Plans for the years ended December 31 (in millions):

 
  2002
  2001
  2000
Savings Plans expense   $ 3.3   $ 2.9   $ 2.4

10.   Commitments and Contingencies:

        The Company is involved in legal and administrative proceedings and claims of various types from normal Company activities. While any litigation contains an element of uncertainty, management presently believes that the outcome of each such proceeding or claim which is pending or known to be threatened, or all of them combined, will not have a material adverse effect on the Company's results of operations or financial position.

        Leases:     The Company leases certain property and equipment under non-cancelable operating leases for varying periods. The Company also leases various equipment under capital leases with historical cost of $0.4 million and accumulated depreciation of $0.2 million at December 31, 2002, that are included in property, plant, and equipment in the accompanying consolidated balance sheets.

        The aggregate future minimum annual rentals under lease arrangements as of December 31, 2002, are as follows (in millions):

Calendar Year

  Capital Leases
  Operating Leases
2003   $ 0.1   $ 5.9
2004         4.3
2005         3.3
2006         2.6
2007         2.3
Thereafter         8.5
   
 
      0.1   $ 26.9
         
Less amounts representing interest          
   
     
Present value of net minimum lease payments   $ 0.1      
   
     

        The following table summarizes rental expense, net of sublease income for the years ended December 31 (in millions):

 
  2002
  2001
  2000
Rental expense, net of sublease income   $ 8.1   $ 7.7   $ 7.0

F-22


        Royalties:     The Company has various private, state and Canadian provincial leases associated with the salt and specialty potash businesses. The following table summarizes royalty expense related to these leases for the years ended December 31 (in millions):

 
  2002
  2001
  2000
Royalty expense   $ 4.5   $ 5.3   $ 5.0

        Purchase Commitments:     In connection with the operations of the Company's facilities, the Company purchases electricity, steam and other raw materials from third parties under existing contracts, extending, in some cases, for multiple years. Purchases under these contracts are generally based on prevailing market prices. The Company's future minimum long-term purchase commitments are approximately $7.8 million annually from 2003 to 2007 and approximately $26.7 million thereafter.

        Environmental Matters:     At December 31, 2002 and 2001, the Company has recorded accruals of $2.0 million and $2.8 million, respectively, for estimated future costs associated with existing environmental exposures at certain of its facilities. The Company estimates that a significant portion of these accruals will be used over the next five years.

        Purchase Agreement:     During 2002, the Company amended an agreement with a supplier related to the purchase of salt from the supplier's chemical production facility in Tennessee. The Company has received a one-time cash payment of $8.0 million related to the amendment. The Company recognized $0.6 million as a net reduction to cost of sales in the Consolidated Statement of Operations resulting from recognition of a ratable portion of the cash received and the sale of certain assets. Approximately $6.3 million of the cash received may be recognized over the remaining life of the amended agreement, terminating December 2010, as certain conditions are met by the Company and the supplier. Alternatively, the Company may elect to resume purchasing salt from the supplier's facility. In that event, the Company would repay a ratable portion of the cash received.

11.   Related Party Transactions:

        The following related party transactions are in addition to those disclosed elsewhere in the notes to the combined and consolidated financial statements.

        Transactions with IMC and its subsidiaries ("IMC affiliates") and Apollo and its subsidiaries ("Apollo affiliates") are considered related parties. The Company believes that all of the related party transactions approximate terms which would otherwise be negotiated by the Company with unrelated third parties.

        In connection with the Recapitalization transaction on November 28, 2001, CMI redeemed $383.5 million of its common stock owned by IMC using $372.1 million in cash and issuing $11.3 million in notes payable to IMC ("Seller Notes"). The Seller Notes bear interest at 10.23% interest. Interest is payable semi-annually, with payments through November 28, 2006 through the issuance of promissory notes with terms the same as the Seller Notes. Interest payments after November 28, 2006 are payable with promissory notes or cash, at the option of CMI. The Seller Notes and any accrued and unpaid interest may be prepaid at any time and mature on the earlier of November 28, 2013 or an Exit Event, as defined. Should certain threshold equity returns not be achieved by Apollo affiliates, the Seller Notes and any accrued and unpaid interest (including the promissory notes) may be payable in whole or in part to Apollo affiliates rather than IMC. The Seller Notes, and all other obligations in respect of these Notes, are subordinated in right of payment to all indebtedness of CMI and any of its subsidiaries. Certain indebtedness of CMI may limit the ability of CMI to pay interest on the Seller Notes in cash.

        During the year ended December 31, 2002, CMI and IMC reached an agreement related to the settlement of certain provisions of the agreement to transfer a controlling interest in CMG to CMI. As

F-23



part of the settlement, CMI received approximately $13.0 million in cash and $8.4 million in Seller Notes plus accrued interest previously outstanding were cancelled. CMI recorded the proceeds as a capital contribution.

        On August 29, 2002, CMI, Apollo, IMC and certain of their affiliates amended the Seller Notes in connection with certain post-closing requirements of the Recapitalization transaction. IMC returned $8.4 million of Seller Notes, plus $0.6 million of accrued interest, to CMI and as such, $9.0 million has been recorded as an equity contribution. Pursuant to this settlement, CMI retained a contingent obligation whereby the $9.0 million of notes plus accrued interest (now termed "Settlement Notes") ($9.3 million at December 31, 2002) may be payable, in whole or in part, to Apollo affiliates in the future should certain levels of equity returns not be achieved. At December 31, 2002, management believes the performance targets will be met and accordingly, no amounts payable related to the Settlement Notes have been included in the consolidated balance sheet. IMC retained $2.9 million of Seller Notes plus interest accrued from November 28, 2001 (the "New Seller Notes"). The Settlement Notes and the New Seller Notes contain the same terms and conditions as the Seller Notes.

        The following table summarizes inventory sales and purchases between the Company and IMC affiliates for the years ended December 31 (in millions):

 
  2002
  2001
  2000
Inventory sales to IMC affiliates   $   $ 33.7   $ 46.4
Inventory purchases from IMC affiliates     19.0     16.5     30.1

        Until November 28, 2001, the Company sold potash to IMC affiliates who marketed, distributed and sold this product to the agricultural industry. The Company was not charged for these services and received a discounted price for the product sales. The Company estimates its results would have been as follows, had the Company provided its own sales and marketing resources and directly sold its potash product for the years ended December 31 (in millions, unaudited):

 
  2001
  2000
 
Gross sales   $ 528.4   $ 514.5  
Operating earnings (loss)     60.3     (552.3 )

        Subsequent to November 28, 2001, the Company entered into an agreement with IMC whereby the Company markets SOP produced by IMC at their New Mexico facility as an agent. The Company recognized approximately $0.5 million in fees from IMC for the year ended December 31, 2002.

        Sifto had a note payable, due on demand, with IMC that bore interest at 10.0%. At December 31, 2000 approximately $71.6 million was outstanding on this note. NASC had a note payable, due on demand, with IMC that bore interest at 10.0%. The Company participated in HCNA's revolving credit agreement with IMC that provided the Company certain cash management services. The outstanding balance bore interest at one-month LIBOR + 2.75% (9.37% at December 31, 2000). These notes and revolving credit agreement were repaid through a capital contribution from IMC prior to the date of Recapitalization. No amounts were outstanding as of or after December 31, 2001.

        Sifto had a note payable, due on demand, with IMC Potash which bore interest at the 30 day CD rate, plus 0.25% as of the first day of each month (6.95% at December 31, 2000). SUL had a note payable, due December 31, 2003, with IMC which bore interest at LIBOR plus 0.65% as of the first day of each quarter (6.775% at December 31, 2000). During 2001, CMGE entered into a note payable, due on December 31, 2001, with IMC, which bore interest at 6.69%. These notes were repaid as of the date of Recapitalization. No amounts were outstanding as of or after December 31, 2001.

F-24



        The following table summarizes the Company's interest income and expense with IMC and IMC affiliates for the years ended December 31 (in millions):

 
  2002
  2001
  2000
Interest income from IMC   $   $ 2.9   $ 3.4
Interest expense to IMC   $ 0.9   $ 10.8   $ 12.5

        IMC has provided certain management services to the Company. The Company estimates the cost of these services to be $0.7 million for each of the years ended December 31, 2001 and 2000. These costs have been included in the Company's results for each period and have discontinued effective with the Recapitalization. Services provided by IMC included tax, treasury and cash management, risk management, information systems and certain employee benefit administration costs. These estimates are not necessarily indicative of the expenses that would have resulted if the Company had been operated as a separate entity or the future results of the Company.

        The Company leases various railcars from IMC affiliates under arrangements expiring through December 31, 2014. The following table summarizes the lease amounts expensed for the years ended December 31 (in millions):

 
  2002
  2001
  2000
Railcar lease expense   $ 0.8   $ 0.8   $ 0.4

        During the years ended December 31, 2002 and 2001, the Company recorded management fee charges of $0.9 million and $0.1 million, respectively, from Apollo. Additionally, during the year ended December 31, 2001, the Company recorded a $7.5 million charge to Apollo for transaction fees related to the Recapitalization.

12.   Commodity Derivative Instruments and Hedging Activities:

        During the fourth quarter of 2002, the Company has adopted a policy of hedging natural gas prices through the use of swap agreements in order to protect against commodity price fluctuations. The Company does not engage in trading activities with these financial instruments.

        Effective January 1, 2001, the Company adopted SFAS No. 133 "Accounting for Derivative Instruments and Hedging Activity," which established accounting and reporting standards requiring that every derivative instrument be recorded on the balance sheet as either an asset or liability measured at its fair value. SFAS No. 133 requires that changes in the derivative's fair value be recognized currently in earnings unless specific hedge accounting criteria are met. Special accounting for qualifying hedges allows a derivative's gains and losses to offset related results from the hedged item on the income statement. Companies must formally document, designate, and assess the effectiveness of transactions that receive hedge accounting. All derivative instruments held by the Company as of December 31, 2002 qualify as cash flow hedges. For derivatives classified as cash flow hedges, changes in fair value are recognized in other comprehensive income until the hedged item is recognized in earnings. The ineffective portion of any change in the fair value of a derivative designated as a hedge, if any, is immediately recognized in earnings. Hedge effectiveness is measured quarterly based on the change in relative fair value between the derivative contract and the hedged item over time. During the fourth quarter of 2002, we recognized an increase in the net derivative asset and an associated increase in accumulated other comprehensive income totaling approximately $0.1 million. No derivative instruments existed prior to the fourth quarter of 2002.

F-25



13.   Operating Segments:

        The Company's reportable segments are strategic business units that offer different products and services. They are managed separately because each business requires different technology and marketing strategies.

        The Company has two reportable segments: Salt and Potash. Salt produces salt for use in road deicing, food processing, water softeners, and agricultural and industrial applications. Potash crop nutrients and industrial grade potash are produced and marketed through the Potash segment.

        The accounting policies of the segments are the same as those described in the summary of significant accounting policies. All intersegment sales prices are market-based. The Company evaluates performance based on operating earnings of the respective segments. The notes to the combined and consolidated financial statements include detail related to special charges and should be referred to when viewing the segment information herein.

        Beginning in 2003, the Company no longer allocates corporate general and administrative costs incurred by CMI and CMG to its operating segments. For purposes of segment disclosure information, these costs are now classified in "Other." The Company believes that this action will improve its ability to analyze its segment operating results. The annual periods presented below have been updated to conform to the Company's 2003 manner of analyzing its operating segment results.

        Segment information as of and for the years ended December 31, is as follows (in millions):

2002

  Salt
  Potash
  Other (d)
  Total
Sales from external customers   $ 452.5   $ 50.1   $   $ 502.6
Intersegment sales         8.9     (8.9 )  
Cost of sales—shipping and handling     130.2     7.3         137.5
Operating earnings (loss) (a)     95.1     4.8     (22.3 )   77.6
Depreciation, depletion and amortization     29.2     7.9         37.1
Total assets     509.8     116.0     18.3     644.1
Capital expenditures     15.3     4.2         19.5
2001

  Salt
  Potash
  Other (d)
  Total
Sales from external customers   $ 485.0   $ 38.2   $   $ 523.2
Intersegment sales         8.8     (8.8 )  
Cost of sales—shipping and handling     143.2             143.2
Operating earnings (loss) (b)     94.3     0.7     (37.9 )   57.1
Depreciation, depletion and amortization     24.5     8.1         32.6
Total assets     514.2     120.9     20.5     655.6
Capital expenditures     38.5     4.5         43.0
2000

  Salt
  Potash
  Other (d)
  Total
 
Sales from external customers   $ 465.1   $ 44.1   $   $ 509.2  
Intersegment sales         6.3     (6.3 )    
Cost of sales—shipping and handling     140.0             140.0  
Operating earnings (loss) (c)     (400.0 )   (141.9 )   (13.3 )   (555.2 )
Depreciation, depletion and amortization (c)     509.6     151.3         660.9  
Total assets     512.8     121.9     1.3     636.0  
Capital expenditures     30.0     3.7         33.7  

(a)
Includes $7.7 million related to transition costs.

F-26


(b)
Includes $27.0 million related to transaction and transition costs.

(c)
Includes $616.9 million related to asset impairments, goodwill write-downs and severance.

(d)
Other includes corporate entities and eliminations.

        Financial information relating to the Company's operations by geographic area for the years ended December 31, is as follows (in millions):

Sales

  2002
  2001
  2000
United States   $ 345.2   $ 339.1   $ 337.0
Canada     90.8     99.4     98.3
United Kingdom     60.0     79.4     66.3
Other     6.6     5.3     7.6
   
 
 
    $ 502.6   $ 523.2   $ 509.2
   
 
 

        Financial information relating to the Company's long-lived assets, including deferred financing costs and other long-lived assets, by geographic area as of December 31 (in millions):

Long-Lived Assets

  2002
  2001
United States   $ 236.2   $ 251.5
Canada     110.6     102.1
United Kingdom     93.7     96.8
   
 
    $ 440.5   $ 450.4
   
 

14.   Redeemable Preferred Stock:

        In connection with the Recapitalization, the Board of Directors of the Company authorized 73,704 shares of 13 3 / 4 % Series A Cumulative Senior Redeemable Exchangeable Preferred Stock due 2013 ("Redeemable Preferred Stock"), par value $0.01 per share, with liquidation preference of $1,000 per share at the time of issuance. As part of the 73,704 shares of Redeemable Preferred Stock issued, 1,270 shares were issued to an employee trust in consideration of, and to secure, the Company's obligations to issue preferred stock under an employee deferred compensation plan. The Redeemable Preferred Stock is non-voting with dividends payable quarterly, in arrears in kind. Certain indebtedness obligations of the Company limit CMI's ability to pay cash dividends on preferred stock currently.

        In December 2002, certain holders of CMI preferred stock converted their preferred stock into notes (see Note 8). As of December 31, 2002, 16,462 shares remain issued and outstanding.

        On November 28, 2013, or earlier in certain instances involving a sale of a substantial amount of the Company's common stock, the Company is required to redeem all outstanding shares of the Redeemable Preferred Stock at a price equal to the liquidation preference plus accrued and unpaid dividends up to that date. The Company may, at its option, at any time, exchange all of the then outstanding shares of Redeemable Preferred Stock for Debentures, subject to the requirements and limitations of its existing indebtedness obligations.

15.   Common Stock and Stock Options:

        Prior to the Recapitalization, CMI had 282,146,270 shares of common stock, par value of $1.00 per share, issued and outstanding. As part of the Recapitalization, 247,291,579 shares of common stock were redeemed and cancelled leaving 34,854,690 shares issued and outstanding, which were redesignated as class A common stock, par value $0.01 per share, pursuant to the amended and restated certificate of incorporation of CMI. The amended and restated certificate of incorporation of

F-27



CMI authorizes 47,331,869 shares of class A common stock and 2,491,151 shares of class B common stock, par value $0.01 per share. Class A and class B common stock are identical in all respects and have the same powers, preferences and rights, except class B shares are non-voting securities. As part of the total common shares issued, 600,612 shares were issued to an employee trust in consideration of, and to secure, the Company's obligations to issue common stock under an employee deferred compensation plan. Each outstanding share is entitled to one vote per share. No dividends on common shares may be declared or paid unless the cumulative preferred dividends on all outstanding shares of the Redeemable Preferred Stock have been fully paid for all past dividend periods. Certain indebtedness obligations of the Company also limit CMI's ability to pay cash dividends on common stock.

        On November 28, 2001, CMI adopted a stock option plan pursuant to which options with respect to a total of 2,783,283 shares of CMI's class B common stock are available for grant to employees of, consultants to, or directors of CMI or the Company. The board of directors of CMI administers the option plan. The right to grant options under the plan expires November 2011, the tenth anniversary of the closing date of the Recapitalization. Options granted under the plan are or will be either non-qualified or incentive stock options. Options are granted in amounts and at such times and to such eligible persons as determined by the board of directors of CMI.

        One-half of the options granted to employees will vest in varying amounts from one to four years depending on the terms of the individual option agreements. However, generally upon termination of a grantee's employment within one year following the sale of the Company, all of the time vesting options allocated to such terminated employee shall vest immediately. The other one-half of the options granted to employees are performance options and will vest on November 28, 2009, the eighth anniversary of the closing date of the Recapitalization. However, vesting of all or a portion of the performance options may be accelerated upon the consummation of a sale of the Company. Options granted to members of the board of directors of the Company vest at the time of grant. Options expire on the thirtieth day immediately following the eighth anniversary of issuance.

        The weighted-average exercise price approximates the weighted-average grant-date fair value of options granted during 2002 and 2001. A summary of the Company's stock option activity, and related information is as follows:

 
  Number of
options

  Weighted-
average
exercise
price

Outstanding at December 31, 2000     $
Granted   617,043     2.01
Exercised      
Cancelled / Expired      
   
 
Outstanding at December 31, 2001   617,043     2.01
Granted   1,122,433     2.11
Exercised      
Cancelled / Expired      
   
 
Outstanding at December 31, 2002   1,739,476   $ 2.08
   
 

F-28


        At December 31, 2002, 446,310 options with a weighted-average exercise price of $2.23 were fully vested and exercisable. At December 31, 2001, no options were vested. The following table summarizes information about options outstanding at December 31, 2002:

 
  Options outstanding
  Options exercisable
Range of exercise prices

  Number
outstanding

  Weighted-
average
remaining
contractual
life
(years)

  Weighted-
average
exercise
price

  Number
outstanding

  Weighted-
average
exercise
price

$2.01   1,692,015   7.13   $ 2.01   407,682   $ 2.01
$2.02—$4.64   47,461   7.87     4.54   38,628     4.62
   
           
     
Total   1,739,476   7.15     2.08   446,310     2.23
   
           
     

16.   Other Comprehensive Income:

        The following tables provide additional detail related to amounts recorded in Other Comprehensive Income:

 
  Unfunded
Pension
Losses

  Unrealized
gains on cash
flow hedges

  Foreign
currency
adjustments

  Accumulated
other
comprehensive
income

 
Balance at December 31, 1999   $   $   $ 2.5   $ 2.5  
  2000 changes             (1.4 )   (1.4 )
   
 
 
 
 
Balance at December 31, 2000             1.1     1.1  
  January 1, 2001—November 27, 2001 changes             (3.2 )   (3.2 )
   
 
 
 
 
Balance at November 27, 2001   $   $   $ (2.1 ) $ (2.1 )
   
 
 
 
 
Balance at November 28, 2001   $   $   $   $  
November 28, 2001—December 31, 2001 changes     (5.4 )       3.0     (2.4 )
   
 
 
 
 
Balance at December 31, 2001     (5.4 )       3.0     (2.4 )
  2002 changes     (6.5 )   0.1     8.9     2.5  
   
 
 
 
 
Balance at December 31, 2002   $ (11.9 ) $ 0.1   $ 11.9   $ 0.1  
   
 
 
 
 
For the year ended December 31, 2002:

  Before tax
amount

  Tax
(expense)
benefit

  Net-of-tax
amount

 
Minimum pension liability adjustment   $ (9.3 ) $ 2.8   $ (6.5 )
Gas hedging adjustment     0.2     (0.1 )   0.1  
Foreign currency translation adjustment     8.9         8.9  
   
 
 
 
  Other comprehensive income   $ (0.2 ) $ 2.7   $ 2.5  
   
 
 
 

F-29


17.   Quarterly Results (Unaudited) (a) (in millions):

Quarter

  First
  Second
  Third
  Fourth
  Year
2002                              
Sales   $ 162.4   $ 82.3   $ 92.2   $ 165.7   $ 502.6
Cost of sales—shipping and handling     48.5     20.2     22.5     46.3     137.5
Gross profit     39.6     16.4     16.4     53.5     125.9
Operating earnings (loss) (b)     27.5     4.5     3.5     42.1     77.6
Net income (loss)     11.5     (7.5 )   (3.7 )   18.6     18.9
Quarter

  First
  Second
  Third
  Fourth (c)
  Year
2001                              
Sales   $ 197.0   $ 77.7   $ 90.9   $ 157.6   $ 523.2
Cost of sales—shipping and handling     59.1     17.6     23.0     43.5     143.2
Gross profit     49.8     14.9     11.9     46.4     123.0
Operating earnings (loss)     40.1     5.3     2.4     9.3     57.1
Net income (loss)     23.0         (0.6 )   (3.4 )   19.0

(a)
See Notes to Combined and Consolidated Financial Statements for detail related to special charges.

(b)
Annual quarter operating results include special charges of $7.7 million ($4.8 million after tax) related to transition costs associated with the Recapitalization.

(c)
Fourth quarter operating results include special charges of $27.0 million ($16.2 million after tax) related to transaction and transition costs associated with the Recapitalization.

18.   Subsequent Event—Amendment to Senior Credit Facility

        On May 5, 2003, the Company amended the senior credit facilities to allow the Company to pay future dividends funded with either cash on hand or with borrowings under the amended and restated senior revolving credit facility. Additionally, the amendment permits the Company to repurchase certain CMI securities (other than the senior subordinated notes and the senior discount notes) not held by Apollo or management.

19.   Subsequent Event—Stock Split

        On November 5, 2003, the Company's Board of Directors approved the initial public offering of the Company's common stock. On November 21, 2003, the Company's Board of Directors approved a recapitalization of the Company's capital stock whereby each share of the Company's class B common stock will be converted into one share of class A common stock and all outstanding shares of class A common stock will be exchanged for one share of a newly designated single class of common stock. The Company's Board of Directors also approved an approximately 4.982 for one stock split of the Company's common stock, which will be effected by means of reclassification. The stock split became effective on December 11, 2003. Periods presented have been restated to show the effect of the stock split.

F-30


(Page intentionally left blank)

F-31



COMPASS MINERALS INTERNATIONAL, INC.

CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS (unaudited)

(in millions, except share data)

 
  September 30,
2003

 
ASSETS        
Current assets:        
  Cash and cash equivalents   $ 3.6  
  Receivables, less allowance for doubtful accounts of $2.0     54.9  
  Inventories     100.7  
  Other     3.8  
   
 
      Total current assets     163.0  
  Property, plant and equipment, net     253.7  
  Intangible assets—mineral interests and other, net     173.1  
  Other     30.5  
   
 
      Total assets   $ 620.3  
   
 
LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY (DEFICIT)        
Current liabilities:        
  Current portion of long-term debt   $ 0.8  
  Accounts payable     53.0  
  Accrued expenses     9.6  
  Accrued interest     4.4  
  Accrued salaries and wages     13.2  
  Income taxes payable      
   
 
      Total current liabilities     81.0  
 
Long-term debt, net of current portion

 

 

600.8

 
  Mandatorily redeemable preferred stock, authorized, issued and outstanding shares—1,749 at September 30, 2003     1.8  
  Deferred income taxes     88.8  
  Other noncurrent liabilities     22.8  

Stockholders' equity (deficit):

 

 

 

 
  Common stock:        
    Class A, $0.01 par value, authorized shares—47,331,869 at September 30, 2003; issued shares—35,103,830 at September 30, 2003     0.3  
    Class B, $0.01 par value, authorized shares—2,491,151 at September 30, 2003; issued shares—256,797 at September 30, 2003      
  Additional paid in capital     94.6  
  Treasury stock at cost—5,191,204 shares     (9.7 )
  Accumulated deficit     (271.1 )
  Accumulated other comprehensive income     11.0  
   
 
      Total stockholders' equity (deficit)     (174.9 )
   
 
      Total liabilities and stockholders' equity (deficit)   $ 620.3  
   
 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of the consolidated financial statements.

F-32



COMPASS MINERALS INTERNATIONAL, INC.

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS (unaudited)

(in millions, except share data)

 
  Nine Months Ended
September 30,

 
 
  2003
  2002
 
Sales   $ 398.5   $ 336.9  
Cost of sales—shipping and handling     109.3     91.2  
Cost of sales—products     199.5     173.3  
   
 
 
    Gross profit     89.7     72.4  
Selling, general and administrative expenses     34.3     30.1  
Restructuring and other charges         6.8  
   
 
 
    Operating earnings     55.4     35.5  
Other (income) expense:              
  Interest expense     40.5     31.8  
  Other, net     2.6     4.1  
   
 
 
Income/(loss) before income taxes     12.3     (0.4 )
Income tax expense (benefit)     1.0     (0.7 )
   
 
 
Net income     11.3     0.3  
Dividends on preferred stock     1.2     7.9  
Gain on redemption of preferred stock     (8.2 )    
   
 
 
Net income (loss) available for common stock   $ 18.3   $ (7.6 )
   
 
 
Net income (loss) per share, basic   $ 0.55   $ (0.22 )
Net income (loss) per share, diluted     0.53     (0.22 )
Basic weighted-average shares outstanding     33,265,989     35,017,537  
Diluted weighted-average shares outstanding     34,620,497     35,017,537  

The accompanying notes are an integral part of the consolidated financial statements.

F-33



COMPASS MINERALS INTERNATIONAL, INC.

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENT OF STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY (DEFICIT) (unaudited)

For the nine months ended September 30, 2003

(in millions)

 
  Common
Stock

  Additional
Paid In
Capital

  Treasury
Stock

  Accumulated
Deficit

  Accumulated
Other
Comprehensive
Income
(Loss)

  Total
 
Balance, December 31, 2002   $ 0.3   $ 81.5   $   $ (190.6 ) $ 0.1   $ (108.7 )
Dividends on preferred stock           (1.2 )                     (1.2 )
Gain on redemption of preferred stock                       8.2           8.2  
Dividends on common stock                       (100.0 )         (100.0 )
Treasury stock purchases                 (9.8 )               (9.8 )
Stock options exercised           0.2     0.1                 0.3  
Comprehensive income:                                      
  Net income                       11.3           11.3  
  Unrealized loss on cash flow hedges, net of tax                             (0.2 )   (0.2 )
  Cumulative translation adjustments                             11.1     11.1  
                                 
 
Comprehensive income                                   22.2  
Capital contribution           14.1                       14.1  
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
Balance, September 30, 2003   $ 0.3   $ 94.6   $ (9.7 ) $ (271.1 ) $ 11.0   $ (174.9 )
   
 
 
 
 
 
 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of the consolidated financial statements.

F-34



COMPASS MINERALS INTERNATIONAL, INC.

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS (unaudited)

(in millions)

 
  Nine months ended
September 30,

 
 
  2003
  2002
 
Cash flows from operating activities:              
  Net income   $ 11.3   $ 0.3  
  Adjustments to reconcile net income to net cash flows provided by operating activities:              
    Depreciation, depletion and amortization     31.2     28.7  
    Finance fee amortization     1.5     1.4  
    Loss/(gain) on early extinguishment of long-term debt     (1.9 )   5.3  
    Transition and other charges, net of cash         1.1  
    Accreted interest     10.9     0.9  
    Deferred income taxes     (6.8 )   (2.2 )
    Loss (gain) on disposal of property, plant & equipment     0.1      
    Other         0.1  
    Changes in operating assets and liabilities:              
      Receivables     42.0     39.7  
      Inventories     (1.3 )   (1.6 )
      Other assets     (2.5 )   (4.4 )
      Accounts payable and accrued expenses     (32.0 )   (16.7 )
      Other noncurrent liabilities     (1.1 )   5.2  
   
 
 
        Net cash provided by operating activities     51.4     57.8  
Cash flows from investing activities:              
  Capital expenditures     (9.7 )   (12.1 )
  Acquisition of intangible assets     (21.1 )    
  Other     (0.2 )   0.3  
   
 
 
        Net cash used in investing activities     (31.0 )   (11.8 )
Cash flows from financing activities:              
  Issuance of long-term debt     100.0     78.4  
  Principal payments on long-term debt, including capital leases     (30.9 )   (105.5 )
  Revolver activity     17.5     (39.8 )
  Payments of notes due to related parties     (1.5 )    
  Dividends paid     (103.7 )    
  Repurchase of preferred stock     (6.6 )    
  Payments to acquire treasury stock     (9.8 )    
  Proceeds from issuance of treasury stock     0.1      
  Proceeds from stock option exercises     0.2      
  Capital contribution     8.8     12.8  
  Deferred financing costs     (4.2 )   (3.4 )
  Other         1.0  
   
 
 
        Net cash used in financing activities     (30.1 )   (56.5 )
Effect of exchange rate changes on cash and cash equivalents     1.4     2.1  
   
 
 
        Net decrease in cash and cash equivalents     (8.3 )   (8.4 )
Cash and cash equivalents, beginning of the period     11.9     15.9  
   
 
 
Cash and cash equivalents, end of the period   $ 3.6   $ 7.5  
   
 
 
Supplemental cash flow information:              
  Interest paid excluding capitalized interest   $ 35.8   $ 27.1  
  Income taxes paid, net of refunds and indemnification     8.7     9.9  
  Preferred stock dividends accrued not paid         8.0  
  Retirement of notes plus accrued interest due to related parties         (9.0 )

The accompanying notes are an integral part of the consolidated financial statements.

F-35



COMPASS MINERALS INTERNATIONAL, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(Unaudited)

1. Organization, Formation and Basis of Presentation:

        On November 28, 2001, Apollo Management V, L.P. ("Apollo"), through its subsidiary, YBR Holdings LLC, acquired control of Compass Minerals International, Inc. ("CMI" or "Company"), from IMC Global, Inc. ("IMC") pursuant to a recapitalization transaction ("Recapitalization") with assets and liabilities of Compass Minerals Group, Inc. ("CMG") retaining their historical value.

        The accompanying unaudited consolidated financial statements have been prepared in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles for interim financial information and with the instructions to Form 10-Q and Article 10 of Regulation S-X. Accordingly, they do not include all of the information and footnotes required by generally accepted accounting principles for complete financial statements. In the opinion of management, all adjustments, consisting of normal recurring accruals, considered necessary for a fair presentation, have been included. Operating results for the nine-month period ended September 30, 2003 are not necessarily indicative of the results that may be expected for the year ended December 31, 2003.

        Certain reclassifications were made to prior year amounts in order to conform with the current year's presentation.

2. Recent Accounting Pronouncements:

        In June 2001, the Financial Accounting Standards Board (the "FASB") issued SFAS No. 143, "Accounting for Obligations Associated with the Retirement of Long-Lived Assets." The objective of SFAS No. 143 is to establish an accounting standard for the recognition and measurement of an obligation related to the retirement of certain long-lived assets. The retirement obligation must be one that results from the acquisition, construction or normal operation of a long-lived asset. SFAS No. 143 requires the legal obligation associated with the retirement of a tangible long-lived asset to be recognized at fair value as a liability when incurred and the cost to be capitalized by increasing the carrying amount of the related long-lived asset. The Company adopted SFAS No. 143 on January 1, 2003. The adoption of SFAS No. 143 did not have a material impact on the Company's financial position, results of operations or cash flows.

        In July 2002, the FASB issued SFAS No. 146, "Accounting for Costs Associated with Exit or Disposal Activities." This Statement addresses financial accounting and reporting for costs associated with exit or disposal activities and nullifies EITF Issue No. 94-3, "Liability Recognition for Certain Employee Termination Benefits and Other Costs to Exit an Activity (including Certain Costs Incurred in a Restructuring)." This Statement requires that a liability for costs associated with an exit or disposal activity be recognized when the liability is incurred. The Company adopted SFAS No. 146 in the first quarter of 2003 as the provisions of this Statement are effective for exit or disposal activities initiated after December 31, 2002. The adoption of SFAS No. 146 did not have a material impact on the Company's financial position, results of operations or cash flows.

        In December 2002, the FASB issued SFAS No. 148, "Accounting for Stock-Based Compensation-Transition and Disclosure." SFAS 148 amends SFAS No. 123, "Accounting for Stock-Based Compensation" and requires certain disclosures in the Company's quarterly and annual financial statements. CMI has a stock option plan that was adopted on November 28, 2001. The Company elected to continue to follow the accounting method under Accounting Principles Board ("APB") Opinion No. 25 , "Accounting for Stock Issued to Employees" and related interpretations in accounting for its employee stock options and has adopted the pro forma disclosure requirements under SFAS No. 123, as amended by SFAS 148. Under APB No. 25, because the exercise price of the Company's

F-36



employee stock options is equal to or greater than the market price of the underlying stock on the date of grant, no compensation expense is recognized. The effect of applying the fair value method under SFAS No. 123, as amended by SFAS 148, to the Company's stock-based awards resulted in pro forma net income that is not materially different from amounts reported in the accompanying consolidated statement of operations for the nine month period ended September 30, 2002. In the fourth quarter of 2003, the Company adopted the preferable fair value recognition provisions of SFAS No. 123 using the prospective method of adoption as described in SFAS No. 148. Under the prospective method, all options granted or modified after January 1, 2003 are accounted for under the fair value method retroactively effective as of the beginning of fiscal 2003, January 1, 2003. The impact of this adoption, under the fair value recognition provisions, will result in stock option compensation expense of approximately $0.2 million in 2003.

        The Company adopted new rules on accounting for its mandatorily redeemable preferred stock as set forth in SFAS No. 150, "Accounting for Certain Financial Instruments with Characteristics of both Liabilities and Equity." In May 2003, the FASB issued SFAS No. 150 that was effective for the Company at the beginning of the first interim period beginning after June 15, 2003, the Company's third quarter of 2003. This statement established standards for how an issuer classifies and measures certain financial instruments with characteristics of both liabilities and equity. It required an issuer classify a financial instrument that is within its scope as a liability. Many of those instruments were previously classified as equity. The adoption of this Statement required the reclassification of the Company's mandatorily redeemable preferred stock to noncurrent liabilities in its consolidated balance sheet and to account for dividends declared on this financial instrument after July 1, 2003 as interest expense in the consolidated statement of operations.

3. Inventories:

        Inventories consist of the following (in millions):

 
  September 30,
2003

  December 31,
2002

Finished goods   $ 88.2   $ 83.5
Raw materials and supplies     12.5     13.0
   
 
    $ 100.7   $ 96.5
   
 

        Raw materials and supplies primarily consist of raw materials purchased to aid in the production of the Company's mineral products, maintenance materials and packaging materials. Finished goods are comprised of salt and sulfate of potash ("SOP") products readily available for sale. All costs associated with the production of salt and SOP at the Company's producing locations are captured as inventory costs. Additionally, since the Company's products are often stored at third-party warehousing locations, the Company includes in the cost of inventory the freight and handling costs necessary to move the product to storage until the product is sold to a customer.

4. Mineral Interests and Other Intangible Assets:

        Mineral interests include probable mineral reserves. The Company leases mineral reserves at several of its extraction facilities. These leases have varying terms, and many provide for a royalty payment to the lessor based on a specific amount per ton of mineral extracted or as a percentage of revenue. Pursuant to SFAS No. 141, "Business Combinations" and SFAS No. 142, "Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets," mineral interests associated with other than owned properties are classified as intangible assets. Probable mineral reserves are amortized on a units-of-production basis over the respective estimated mine lives not to exceed 99 years. The weighted average amortization period for probable mineral reserves is 93 years as of September 30, 2003. The Company's rights to extract minerals are contractually limited by time, however, the Company believes it will be able to continue to extend lease agreements, as it has in the past, at commercially reasonable terms, without incurring

F-37



substantial costs or incurring material modifications to the existing lease terms and conditions, and therefore, believes that the assigned lives are appropriate.

        In June 2003, the Company purchased, for $24.5 million, intangible assets related to IMC's SOP marketing business including customer lists related to its Carlsbad, New Mexico SOP product line and rights to produce SOP at IMC's Carlsbad, New Mexico facility (see Note 6, Related Party Transactions ). As of September 30, 2003, the Company had incurred approximately $0.2 million of related transaction costs. The Company's mineral interests and other intangible assets are subject to amortization. The aggregate amortization of probable mineral reserves for the nine-month periods ended September 30, 2003 and 2002 was $1.1 million and $0.8 million, respectively. The estimated amortization expense from fiscal 2003 through fiscal 2007 is approximately $1.7 million annually.

        Mineral interests and other intangible assets consist of the following (in millions):

 
  September 30, 2003
  December 31, 2002
 
  Gross
Carrying
Value

  Accumulated
Amortization

  Net
Book
Value

  Gross
Carrying
Value

  Accumulated
Amortization

  Net Book
Value

Probable mineral reserves   $ 158.6   $ 9.9   $ 148.7   $ 158.6   $ 8.8   $ 149.8
Other intangible assets     24.7     0.3     24.4            
   
 
 
 
 
 
    $ 183.3   $ 10.2   $ 173.1   $ 158.6   $ 8.8   $ 149.8
   
 
 
 
 
 

5. Long-term Debt:

        On May 5, 2003, the Company amended the senior credit facility ("Senior Credit Facility") to allow the Company to pay a dividend to be funded with either cash on hand or with borrowings under the amended and restated senior revolving credit facility ("Revolving Credit Facility"). Additionally, the amendment permits the Company to repurchase certain CMI securities (other than the Senior Subordinated Notes and the Senior Discount Notes) not held by Apollo or management (see Note 6, Related Party Transactions ).

        On May 22, 2003, the Company issued $179.6 million in aggregate principal amount at maturity ($100.0 million in gross proceeds) of 12% senior subordinated discount notes due 2013 ("CMI Subordinated Discount Notes") in a private placement under Rule 144A and Regulation S of the Securities Act. No cash interest will accrue on the CMI Subordinated Discount Notes prior to June 1, 2008. The accreted value of each CMI Subordinated Discount Note will increase from the date of issuance until June 1, 2008 at a rate of 12% per annum, reflected in the accrual of non-cash interest, such that the accreted value will equal the principal amount on June 1, 2008. Cash interest will accrue on the CMI Subordinated Discount Notes at a rate of 12% per annum, beginning June 1, 2008 through maturity. The proceeds from the sale of the CMI Subordinated Discount Notes were distributed to the Company's stockholders in the form of a common stock dividend. In connection with the offering of the CMI Subordinated Discount Notes, the Company amended its amended and restated Senior Credit Facility and received consent from the holders of a majority of the aggregate principal amount at maturity of the CMI Discount Notes to amend the indenture governing the CMI Discount Notes in order to permit the distribution of the proceeds from the offering of the CMI Subordinated Discount Notes to the Company's stockholders.

F-38


        Third-party long-term debt consists of the following (in millions):

 
  September 30,
2003

  December 31,
2002

 
Senior Subordinated Notes   $ 325.0   $ 325.0  
CMI Discount Notes     73.3     66.9  
CMI Subordinated Discount Notes     104.3      
Term Loan     78.5     109.3  
Revolving Credit Facility     17.5      
Other, including capital lease obligations         0.1  
   
 
 
      598.6     501.3  
Premium on senior subordinated notes, net     3.0     3.2  
Current portion of long-term debt     (0.8 )   (1.2 )
   
 
 
    $ 600.8   $ 503.3  
   
 
 

6. Income Taxes:

        Income tax expense (benefit) for the nine months ended September 30, 2003 and 2002 was $1.0 million and $(0.7) million, respectively. Our income tax provision differs from the U.S. statutory federal income tax rate primarily due to U.S. statutory depletion, state income taxes (net of federal tax benefit), foreign income tax rate differentials, changes in the expected utilization of previously reserved NOLs, non-deductible interest expense on discount notes, non-deductible transaction costs incurred in 2002 and foreign mining taxes.

7. Related Party Transactions:

        In June 2003, the Company purchased, for $24.5 million, intangible assets related to IMC's SOP marketing business including customer lists related to its Carlsbad, New Mexico SOP product line and rights to produce SOP at IMC's Carlsbad, New Mexico facility. As of September 30, 2003, the Company had incurred approximately $0.2 million of related transaction costs. As part of the transaction, the agreement under which the Company, as agent, markets SOP produced by IMC at their Carlsbad, New Mexico facility, will be terminated in 2003. The Company paid IMC $21.0 million in cash with the remaining $3.5 million due no later than November 30, 2003. The Company will evaluate the intangible assets acquired and will finalize the purchase price allocation within the next several months. In connection with this valuation exercise, the Company will also determine the amortization period for each of the identified intangible assets.

        Through September 30, 2003, the Company has purchased approximately $2.1 million of SOP finished goods inventory from IMC and may be required to purchase additional amounts of SOP finished goods inventory by November 30, 2003.

        In June 2003, the Company repurchased in combination 14,704 shares of its preferred stock, 5,175,117 shares of its common stock, notes due to related parties, including accrued interest and approximately $18.0 million of cash held in escrow, from IMC for approximately $36.0 million. The purchase price of the individual securities was allocated ratable according to their estimated fair values. The redemption of preferred stock resulted in a gain of approximately $8.2 million recorded as a reduction of the accumulated deficit. The repurchase of common stock was treated as treasury stock and recorded at a cost of approximately $9.8 million. The notes due to related parties were retired resulting in a gain of approximately $1.9 million recorded as other income.

        In the third quarter of 2003, in accordance with the merger agreement related to the Recapitalization, IMC indemnified the Company for approximately $14.1 million for income taxes related to periods prior to the Recapitalization. The Company had previously recognized income tax expense for these items. The Company recorded the indemnification as a reduction to deferred income

F-39



taxes and an increase to additional paid in capital. The Company received $8.8 million from IMC during the third quarter and used the cash to pay income taxes for periods prior to Recapitalization.

        On September 29, 2003, the CMI Senior Executives' Deferred Compensation Plan was terminated and the CMI capital stock held in the deferred compensation plan was subsequently distributed to the participants with no impact to the Company.

8. Operating Segments:

        Beginning in 2003, the Company no longer allocates corporate general and administrative costs incurred by CMG to its operating segments. For purposes of segment disclosure information, these costs are now classified in "Other." The Company believes that this action will improve its ability to analyze its segment operating results. Certain reclassifications have been made to the 2002 segment information in order to conform with the current year's presentation.

        Segment information as of and for the nine-month periods ended September 30, 2003 and 2002, is as follows (in millions):

Nine months ended September 30, 2003

  Salt
  Potash
  Other(b)
  Total
Sales to external customers   $ 359.8   $ 38.7   $   $ 398.5
Intersegment sales         6.4     (6.4 )  
Cost of sales—shipping and handling costs     102.9     6.4         109.3
Operating earnings (loss)     63.6     4.2     (12.4 )   55.4
Total assets   $ 462.5   $ 136.1   $ 21.7   $ 620.3

Nine months ended September 30, 2002


 

Salt


 

Potash


 

Other(b)


 

Total

Sales to external customers   $ 299.5   $ 37.4   $   $ 336.9
Intersegment sales         5.2     (5.2 )  
Cost of sales—shipping and handling costs     85.9     5.3         91.2
Operating earnings (loss)(a)     50.7     2.3     (17.5 )   35.5
Total assets   $ 462.3   $ 116.1   $ 19.6   $ 598.0

(a)
"Other" includes $6.8 million related to restructuring costs.

(b)
"Other" includes corporate entities and eliminations.

9. Redeemable Preferred Stock:

        In May 2003, the Company paid $3.7 million of dividends on its Redeemable Preferred Stock. In June 2003, the Company redeemed 14,704 shares of Redeemable Preferred Stock (see Note 6, Related Party Transactions ).

10. Common Stock and Stock Options:

        In May 2003, proceeds from the issuance of the CMI Subordinated Discount Notes in the amount of $100.0 million were used to pay dividends on the Company's common stock. In June 2003, the Company repurchased 5,175,117 shares of common stock and recorded treasury stock at a cost of $9.8 million (see Note 6, Related Party Transactions ).

        In connection with CMI's $100.0 million dividend payment on its common stock in May 2003, the number of CMI stock options and the exercise price were adjusted to preserve the intrinsic value of the stock options that existed prior to the dividend through decreasing the exercise price of outstanding options and increasing the number of outstanding options. The following is a summary of CMI's stock

F-40



option activity and related information for the nine-month period ended September 30, 2003 as adjusted for the transaction described above:

 
  Number of
options

  Weighted-
average
price
exercise

Outstanding at December 31, 2002   2,498,525   $ 1.45
Granted   12,944     5.17
Exercised   (272,955 )   1.40
Cancelled   (52,234 )   1.40
   
 
Outstanding at September 30, 2003   2,186,280   $ 1.48
   
 

11. Earnings (loss) per share

        The following table sets forth the computation of basic and diluted earnings (loss) per common share for the nine month periods ended September 30, 2003 and 2002 (in millions, except for share data):

 
  September 30,
2003

  September 30,
2002

 
Numerator:              
Net income (loss)   $ 11.3   $ 0.3  
Dividends on redeemable preferred stock     (1.2 )   (7.9 )
Gain on redemption of preferred stock     8.2      
   
 
 
Net income (loss) available for common stock   $ 18.3   $ (7.6 )
   
 
 

Denominator:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 
Average common shares outstanding     33,265,989     35,017,537  
   
 
 
Shares for basic earnings per share     33,263,972     35,017,537  
Stock options     1,354,508      

Shares for diluted earnings per share

 

 

34,620,497

 

 

35,017,537

 
Net income (loss) per share, basic   $ 0.55   $ (0.22 )
   
 
 
Net income (loss) per share, diluted   $ 0.53   $ (0.22 )
   
 
 

        Options to purchase 1,697,087 shares of our common stock were outstanding at the nine months ended September 30, 2002, but were not included in the computation of diluted earnings (loss) per share because the options were anti-dilutive.

12. Other Comprehensive Income:

        The following tables provide additional detail related to amounts recorded in Other Comprehensive Income during the nine month period ended September 30, 2003:

 
  Unfunded
Pension
Losses

  Unrealized
gains
(losses) on
cash flow
hedges

  Foreign
currency
Adjustments

  Accumulated
Other
Comprehensive
Income

Balance at December 31, 2002   $ (11.9 ) $ 0.1   $ 11.9   $ 0.1
2003 changes         (0.2 )   11.1     10.9
   
 
 
 
Balance at September 30, 2003   $ (11.9 ) $ (0.1 ) $ 23.0   $ 11.0
   
 
 
 

F-41


 
  Before
tax
Amount

  Tax
(expense)
benefit

  Net-of-
tax
Amount

 
For the nine months ended September 30, 2003:                    
  Gas hedging adjustment   $ (0.3 ) $ 0.1   $ (0.2 )
  Foreign currency translation adjustment     11.1         11.1  
   
 
 
 
    Other comprehensive income   $ 10.8   $ 0.1   $ 10.9  
   
 
 
 

13. Subsequent Event—Initial Public Offering

        On November 5, 2003, the Company's Board of Directors approved the initial public offering of the Company's common stock. On November 21, 2003, the Company's Board of Directors approved a recapitalization of the Company's capital stock whereby each share of the Company's class B common stock will be converted into one share of class A common stock and all outstanding shares of class A common stock will be exchanged for one share of a newly designated single class of common stock. The Company's Board of Directors also approved an approximately 4.982 for one stock split of the Company's common stock, which will be effected by means of reclassification. The stock split became effective on December 11, 2003. Periods presented have been restated to show the effect of the stock split.

        On December 17, 2003, the Company completed an initial public offering of 16,675,000 shares of its common stock, par value $.01 per share, at an initial public offering price of $13.00 per share. The shares were sold by certain stockholders of the Company and the Company did not receive any proceeds from the sale of the shares. The Company intends to pay quarterly cash dividends on its common stock at an initial annual rate of $0.75 per share. The declaration and payment of future dividends to holders of the Company's common stock will be at the discretion of its board of directors and will depend upon many factors, including the Company's financial condition, earnings, legal requirements, restrictions in its debt agreements and other factors its board of directors deems relevant.

        Upon completion of the initial public offering, the Company amended the management consulting agreement with Apollo, whereby Apollo will have the right to terminate the amended management consulting agreement at any time upon prior written notice to the Company. Upon Apollo's election to terminate the amended management consulting agreement, the Company will pay Apollo approximately $5.5 million, less any amounts paid under the annual fee from the date of the amended agreement, as a final payment for all services rendered under the agreement. Upon termination of the agreement by Apollo, any future obligations of Apollo under the agreement will effectively terminate. Such payment will be expensed as incurred.

14. Subsequent Event—Amendment to Senior Credit Facility

        On November 17, 2003, the Company amended the senior credit facilities to allow the Company to pay future dividends funded with either cash on hand or with borrowings under the amended and restated senior revolving credit facility. Additionally, the amendment permits the Company to redeem or repurchase all outstanding shares of the Company's series A redeemable preferred stock.

F-42




         We have not authorized any dealer, salesman or other person to give any information or to make any representation other than those contained in this prospectus. You must not rely upon any information or representation not contained or incorporated by reference in this prospectus as if we had authorized it. This prospectus does not constitute an offer to sell or a solicitation of an offer to buy any securities other than the registered securities to which it relates, nor does this prospectus constitute an offer to sell or a solicitation of an offer to buy securities in any jurisdiction to any person to whom it is unlawful to make such offer or solicitation in such jurisdiction.



TABLE OF CONTENTS

Cautionary Note Regarding Forward-Looking Statements and Industry Data   i
Market and Industry Data and Forecasts   ii
Where You Can Find More Information   iii
Prospectus Summary   1
Risk Factors   12
The Exchange Offer   23
Use of Proceeds   32
Capitalization   33
Selected Combined and Consolidated Financial Information   34
Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations   37
Business   57
Management   74
Principal Stockholders   82
Related Party Transactions   84
Description of Other Indebtedness   86
Description of the Exchange Notes   90
Book-Entry; Delivery and Form   135
Plan of Distribution   137
Material United States Federal Income Tax Consequences   138
Legal Matters   144
Experts   144
Index to Combined and Consolidated Financial Statements   F-1

         Until            , 2004, all dealers effecting transactions in the exchange notes, whether or not participating in this offering, may be required to deliver a prospectus. This is in addition to the obligation of dealers to deliver a prospectus when acting as underwriters and with respect to their unsold allotments or subscriptions.

COMPASS MINERALS INTERNATIONAL, INC.
(FORMERLY SALT HOLDINGS CORPORATION)

Offer to Exchange $179,600,000 aggregate
principal amount at maturity of our
12% Senior Subordinated Discount Notes due 2013
which have been registered under the
Securities Act of 1933, as amended, for
any and all of our outstanding 12%
Senior Subordinated Discount Notes due 2013.


PROSPECTUS


                        , 2004





PART II

INFORMATION NOT REQUIRED IN PROSPECTUS

Item 20. Indemnification of Directors and Officers.

        Article Sixth of the Company's amended and restated certificate of incorporation eliminates the liability of directors to the Company or its stockholders to the fullest extent permitted under the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware (the "DGCL").

        Section 102(b)(7) of the DGCL provides that a corporation may eliminate or limit the personal liability of a director (or certain persons who, pursuant to the provisions of the certificate of incorporation, exercise or perform duties conferred or imposed upon directors by the DGCL) to the corporation or its stockholders for monetary damages for breach of fiduciary duty as a director, provided that such provision shall not eliminate or limit the liability of a director:

    for any breach of the director's duty of loyalty to the corporation or its stockholders;

    for acts or omissions not in good faith or which involve intentional misconduct or a knowing violation of law;

    under Section 174 of the DGCL (providing for liability of directors for unlawful payment of dividends or unlawful stock purchases or redemptions); or

    for any transaction from which the director derived an improper personal benefit.

        The amended and restated certificate of incorporation and by-laws of the Company provide for the indemnification of all officers or directors to the fullest extent permitted by the DGCL and the Company's amended and restated certificate of incorporation. Section 145 of the DGCL provides, in substance, that a Delaware corporation has the power, under specified circumstances, to indemnify their directors, officers, employees and agents in connection with actions, suits or proceedings brought against them by a third party or in the right of the corporation, by reason of the fact that they were or are such directors, officers, employees or agents, against expenses incurred in any such action, suit or proceeding. The DGCL also provides that Delaware corporations may purchase insurance on behalf of any such director, officer, employee or agent. Compass Minerals Group has purchased and maintains insurance on behalf of Compass Mineral's directors and officers.


Item 21. Exhibits and Financial Statement Schedules.

(A) Exhibits

        The following is a list of all the exhibits filed as part of the Registration Statement.

Exhibit
No.

  Description of Exhibit
2.1     Agreement and Plan of Merger, dated October 13, 2001, among IMC Global Inc., Salt Holdings Corporation, YBR Holdings LLC and YBR Acquisition Corp (incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 2.1 to Salt Holdings' Registration Statement on Form S-4, File No. 333-104603).
2.2     Amendment No. 1 to Agreement and Plan of Merger, dated November 28, 2001, among IMC Global Inc., Salt Holdings Corporation, YBR Holdings LLC and YBR Acquisition Corp (incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 2.2 to Salt Holdings' Registration Statement on Form S-4, File No. 333-104603).
3.1*   Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation of Compass Minerals International, Inc.
3.2*   Amended and Restated By-laws of Compass Minerals International, Inc.

II-1


4.1     Indenture, dated December 20, 2002, between Salt Holdings Corporation, as issuer, and The Bank of New York, as trustee (incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 4.1 to Salt Holdings' Registration Statement on Form S-4, File No. 333-104603).
4.2     Form of Initial Note (included as Exhibit A to Exhibit 4.1).
4.3     Form of Exchange Note (included as Exhibit B to Exhibit 4.1).
4.4     Registration Rights Agreement, dated December 20, 2002, between Salt Holdings Corporation, as issuer, and Credit Suisse First Boston Corporation, J.P. Morgan Securities Inc. and Deutsche Bank Securities Inc., as initial purchasers (incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 4.4 to Salt Holdings' Registration Statement on Form S-4, File No. 333-104603).
4.5     First Supplemental Indenture to the Indenture governing the 12 3 / 4 % Senior Discount Notes Due 2012 of Salt Holdings Corporation, dated May 21, 2003, between Salt Holdings Corporation and The Bank of New York, as trustee (incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 4.5 to Salt Holdings' Registration Statement on Form S-4, File No. 333-104603).
4.6     Indenture, dated May 22, 2003, governing the 12% Senior Subordinated Discount Notes Due 2013 of Salt Holdings Corporation, between Salt Holdings Corporation, as issuer, and The Bank of New York, as trustee (incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 4.6 to Salt Holdings' Registration Statement on Form S-4, File No. 333-104603).
4.7     Form of 12% Senior Subordinated Discount Note (included as Exhibit A to Exhibit 4.6).
4.8     Registration Rights Agreement, dated May 22, 2003, between Salt Holdings Corporation and Credit Suisse First Boston LLC, J.P. Morgan Securities Inc., Deutsche Bank Securities Inc. and Credit Lyonnais Securities (USA) Inc., as initial purchasers of the 12% Senior Subordinated Discount Notes Due 2013 (incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 4.8 to Salt Holdings' Registration Statement on Form S-4, File No. 333-104603).
5.1*   Form of Opinion of Latham & Watkins LLP, special counsel to Compass Minerals International, Inc.
10.1     Salt mining lease, dated November 9, 2001, between the Province of Ontario, as lessor, and Sifto Canada Inc. as lessee.
10.2     Salt and Surface Agreement, dated June 21, 1961, by and between John Taylor Caffery, as agent for Marcie Caffery Gillis, Marcel A. Gillis, Bethia Caffery McCay, Percey McCay, Mary Louise Caffery Ellis, Emma Caffery Jackson, Edward Jackson, Liddell Caffery, Marion Caffery Campbell, Martha Gillis Restarick, Katherine Baker Senter, Caroline Baker, Bethia McCay Brown, Donelson Caffery McCay, Lucius Howard McCurdy Jr., John Andersen McCurdy, Edward Rader Jackson III, individually and as trustee for Donelson Caffery Jackson, and the J.M. Burguieres Company, LTD., and Carey Salt Company as amended by Act of Amendment to Salt Lease, dated May 30, 1973, as further amended by Agreement, dated November 21, 1990, and as further amended by Amendment to Salt and Surface lease, dated July 1, 1997 (incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.2 to Salt Holdings' Registration Statement on Form S-4, File No. 333-104603).
10.3     Royalty Agreement, dated September 1, 1962, between IMC Kalium Ogden Corp. and the Utah State Land Board (incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.3 to Salt Holdings' Registration Statement on Form S-4, File No. 333-104603).

II-2


10.4     Amended and Restated Credit Agreement, dated April 10, 2002, among Salt Holdings Corporation, Compass Minerals Group, Inc., as U.S. borrower, Sifto Canada Inc., as Canadian borrower, Salt Union Limited, as U.K. borrower, JPMorgan Chase Bank, as administrative agent, J.P. Morgan Bank Canada, as Canadian agent, Chase Manhattan International Limited, as U.K. agent, J.P. Morgan Securities Inc., as joint advisor, co-lead arranger and joint bookrunner, Deutsche Banc Alex. Brown Inc., as syndication agent, joint advisor, co-lead arranger and joint-bookrunner, Credit Suisse First Boston Corporation, as co-documentation agent, and Credit Lyonnais, as co-documentation agent (incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.4 to Salt Holdings' Registration Statement on Form S-4, File No. 333-104603).
10.5     Amendment No. 1 to the Amended and Restated Credit Agreement, dated December 19, 2002, among Salt Holdings Corporation, Compass Minerals Group, Inc., as U.S. borrower, Sifto Canada Inc., as Canadian borrower, Salt Union Limited, as U.K. borrower, JPMorgan Chase Bank, as administrative agent, J.P. Morgan Bank Canada, as Canadian agent, Chase Manhattan International Limited, as U.K. agent, J.P. Morgan Securities Inc., as joint advisor, co-lead arranger and joint bookrunner, Deutsche Banc Alex. Brown Inc., as syndication agent, joint advisor, co-lead arranger and joint bookrunner, Credit Suisse First Boston Corporation, as co-documentation agent, and Credit Lyonnais, as co-documentation agent (incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.5 to Salt Holdings' Registration Statement on Form S-4, File No. 333-104603).
10.6     Amendment No. 2 to the Amended and Restated Credit Agreement, dated May 5, 2003, among Salt Holdings Corporation, Compass Minerals Group, Inc., as U.S. borrower, Sifto Canada Inc., as Canadian borrower, Salt Union Limited, as U.K. borrower, JPMorgan Chase Bank, as administrative agent, J.P. Morgan Bank Canada, as Canadian agent, and J.P. Morgan Europe Limited, as U.K. agent (incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.6 to Salt Holdings' Registration Statement on Form S-4, File No. 333-104603).
10.7     Amendment No. 3 to the Amended and Restated Credit Agreement, dated May 21, 2003, among Salt Holdings Corporation, Compass Minerals Group, Inc., as U.S. borrower, Sifto Canada Inc., as Canadian borrower, Salt Union Limited, as U.K. borrower, JPMorgan Chase Bank, as administrative agent, J.P. Morgan Bank Canada, as Canadian agent, and J.P. Morgan Europe Limited, as U.K. agent (incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.7 to Salt Holdings' Registration Statement on Form S-4, File No. 333-104603).
10.8     Amendment No. 4 to the Amended and Restated Credit Agreement and Waiver, dated November 17, 2003, among Compass Minerals International, Inc., Compass Minerals Group, Inc., as U.S. borrower, Sifto Canada Inc., as Canadian borrower, Salt Union Limited, as U.K. borrower, JPMorgan Chase Bank, as administrative agent, J.P. Morgan Bank Canada, as Canadian agent, and J.P. Morgan Europe Limited, as U.K. agent (incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.8 to Compass Minerals' Registration Statement on Form S-1, File No. 333-110250).
10.9     U.S. Collateral and Guaranty Agreement, dated November 28, 2001, among Salt Holdings Corporation, Compass Minerals Group, Inc., Carey Salt Company, Great Salt Lake Minerals Corporation, GSL Corporation, NAMSCO Inc., North American Salt Company and JPMorgan Chase Bank, as collateral agent (incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.8 to Salt Holdings' Registration Statement on Form S-4, File No. 333-104603).
10.10     U.S. Collateral Assignment, dated November 28, 2001, among Salt Holdings Corporation, Compass Minerals Group, Inc. and JPMorgan Chase Bank (incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.9 to Salt Holdings' Registration Statement on Form S-4, File No. 333-104603).

II-3


10.11     Foreign Guaranty, dated November 28, 2001, among Sifto Canada Inc., Salt Union Limited, IMC Global (Europe) Limited, IMC Global (UK) Limited, London Salt Limited, Direct Salt Supplies Limited, J.T. Lunt & Co. (Nantwich) Limited, and JPMorgan Chase Bank, as collateral agent (incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.10 to Salt Holdings' Registration Statement on Form S-4, File No. 333-104603).
10.12*   Amended and Restated 2001 Stock Option Plan of Compass Minerals International, Inc., as adopted by the Board of Directors of Compass Minerals International, Inc. on December 11, 2003.
10.13     Service Agreement, dated September 1, 1997, between Salt Union Limited and David J. Goadby (incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.13 to Salt Holdings' Registration Statement on Form S-4, File No. 333-104603).
10.14     Investor Rights Agreement, dated November 28, 2001, between Salt Holdings Corporation and the holders of securities of Salt Holdings Corporation party thereto (incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.14 to Salt Holdings' Registration Statement on Form S-4, File No. 333-104603).
10.15     Amended and Restated Stock Rights Agreement, dated as of June 23, 2003, by and among Salt Holdings Corporation, Apollo Management V, L.P., each of the stockholders listed on Schedule A attached thereto and IMC Global Inc. (incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.15 to Salt Holdings' Registration Statement on Form S-4, File No. 333-104603).
10.16*   Amended and Restated Management Consulting Agreement, dated December 10, 2003, between Compass Minerals International, Inc. and Apollo Management V, L.P.
10.17     Master Assignment Agreement, dated April 10, 2002, among Compass Minerals Group, Inc., a Delaware corporation, the lenders party thereto and JPMorgan Chase Bank, as administrative agent for the Existing Lenders (as defined in the Master Assignment Agreement) (incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.17 to Salt Holdings' Registration Statement on Form S-4, File No. 333-104603).
10.18     Employment Agreement, dated March 12, 2002, between Compass Minerals Group, Inc. and Michael E. Ducey (incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.18 to Salt Holdings' Registration Statement on Form S-4, File No. 333-104603).
10.19*   Rights Plan, dated as of December 11, 2003, between Compass Minerals International, Inc. and American Stock Transfer & Trust Company, as rights agent.
10.20*   Certificate of Designation for the Series A Junior Participating Preferred Stock, par value $0.01 per share (included as Exhibit A to Exhibit 10.19).
12.1*   Statement of Computation of Ratio of Earnings to Fixed Charges.
16.1     Letter of Ernst & Young LLP regarding change in certifying accountants, dated September 17, 2003 (incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 16.1 to Salt Holdings' Registration Statement on Form S-4, File No. 333-104603).
21.1*   Subsidiaries of the Registrant.
23.1*   Consent of Latham & Watkins LLP, special counsel to Compass Minerals International, Inc. (included in Exhibit 5.1).
23.2*   Consent of Ernst & Young LLP.
23.3*   Consent of PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP.
24.1*   Power of Attorney (included on signature pages attached hereto).
25.1*   Statement of Eligibility of The Bank of New York, as trustee, on Form T-1.
99.1*   Form of Letter of Transmittal.

II-4


99.2*   Form of Notice of Guaranteed Delivery.
99.3*   Form of Letter from Compass Minerals to Registered Holders and DTC Participants.
99.4*   Form of Instructions from Beneficial Owners to Registered Holders and DTC Participants.
99.5*   Form of Letter to Clients.
99.6*   Guidelines for Certification of Taxpayer Identification Number on Substitute Form W-9.

*
Filed herewith.

II-5


(B) Financial Statement Schedules


SCHEDULE II—VALUATION RESERVES

Compass Minerals International, Inc.
December 31, 2002, 2001 and 2000
(in millions)

Description

  Balance at
the Beginning
of the Year

  Additions
Charged to
Expense

  Deductions(1)
  Other(2)
  Balance
at the
End of
the Year

Deducted from Receivables—Allowance for Doubtful Accounts                              
  2002   $ 2.0   $ 0.0   $ (0.4 ) $   $ 1.6
  2001     1.8     1.6     (1.4 )       2.0
  2000     1.7     0.7     (0.6 )       1.8
Deducted from Deferred Income Taxes—Valuation Allowance                              
  2002   $ 44.3   $   $ (2.9 ) $   $ 41.4
  2001     48.3             (4.0 )   44.3
  2000     48.3                 48.3

(1)
Deduction for purposes for which reserve was created.

(2)
Corresponding tax asset diminished upon Recapitalization.


Item 22. Undertakings

        The Registrant hereby undertakes:

    (1)
    to file, during any period in which offers or sales are being made, a post-effective amendment to this registration statement:

    (i)
    to include any prospectus required by Section 10(a)(3) of the Securities Act of 1933;

    (ii)
    to reflect in the prospectus any facts or events arising after the effective date of the registration statement (or the most recent post-effective amendment thereof) which, individually or in the aggregate, represent a fundamental change in the information set forth in the registration statement; and

    (iii)
    to include any material information with respect to the plan of distribution not previously disclosed in the registration statement or any material change to such information in the registration statement.

    (2)
    that, for the purpose of determining any liability under the Securities Act of 1933, each such post-effective amendment shall be deemed to be a new registration statement relating to the securities offered therein, and the offering of such securities at that time shall be deemed to be the initial bona fide offering thereof.

    (3)
    to remove from registration by means of a post-effective amendment any of the securities being registered which remain unsold at the termination of the offering.

    (4)
    to respond to requests for information that is incorporated by reference into the prospectus pursuant to Item 4, 10(b), 11, or 13 of this form, within one business day of receipt of such request, and to send the incorporated documents by first class mail or equally prompt means.

II-6


      This includes information contained in documents filed subsequent to the effective date of the registration statement through the date of responding to the request.

    (5)
    to supply by means of a post-effective amendment all information concerning a transaction, and the company being acquired involved therein, that was not the subject of and included in the registration statement when it became effective.

        Insofar as indemnification for liabilities arising under the Securities Act of 1933 may be permitted to directors, officers and controlling persons of the registrant pursuant to the foregoing provisions, or otherwise, the registrant has been advised that in the opinion of the SEC such indemnification is against public policy as expressed in the Act and is, therefore, unenforceable. In the event that a claim for indemnification against such liabilities (other than the payment by the registrant of expenses incurred or paid by a director, officer or controlling person of the registrant in the successful defense of any action, suit or proceeding) is asserted by such director, officer or controlling person in connection with the securities being registered, the registrant will, unless in the opinion of its counsel the matter has been settled by controlling precedent, submit to a court of appropriate jurisdiction the question whether such indemnification by it is against public policy as expressed in the Act and will be governed by the final adjudication of such issue.

II-7



SIGNATURES

        Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, the registrant has duly caused this registration statement to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, in the city of New York, New York, on January 15, 2004.

    COMPASS MINERALS INTERNATIONAL, INC.

 

 

By:

 

/s/  
MICHAEL E. DUCEY       
    Name: Michael E. Ducey
    Title:   President and Chief Executive Officer


POWER OF ATTORNEY

        KNOW ALL MEN BY THESE PRESENTS, that each person whose signature appears below constitutes and appoints Michael E. Ducey, jointly and severally, each in his own capacity, his true and lawful attorney-in-fact, with full power of substitution, for him and his name, place and stead, in any and all capacities, to sign any and all amendments (including post-effective amendments) to this Registration Statement, and to file the same, with all exhibits thereto and other documents in connection therewith, with the Securities and Exchange Commission, granting unto such said attorney-in-fact and agents with full power and authority to do so and perform each and every act and thing requisite and necessary to be done in and about the premises, as fully to all intents and purposes as he might or could do in person, hereby ratifying and confirming all that said attorneys-in-fact, or their substitute or substitutes, may lawfully do or cause to be done by virtue thereof.

        Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, this registration statement has been signed by the following persons in the capacities and as of the dates indicated.

/s/   MICHAEL E. DUCEY       
Michael E. Ducey
  President, Chief Executive Officer and Director (Principal Executive Officer)   January 15, 2004

/s/  
RODNEY L. UNDERDOWN       
Rodney L. Underdown

 

Chief Financial Officer and Vice President (Principal Financial and Accounting Officer)

 

January 15, 2004

/s/  
JOEL A. ASEN       
Joel A. Asen

 

Director

 

January 15, 2004

/s/  
ROBERT F. CLARK       
Robert F. Clark

 

Director

 

January 15, 2004

/s/  
PETER P. COPSES       
Peter P. Copses

 

Director

 

January 15, 2004

II-8



/s/  
ROBERT H. FALK       
Robert H. Falk

 

Director

 

January 15, 2004

/s/  
JOSHUA J. HARRIS       
Joshua J. Harris

 

Director

 

January 15, 2004

/s/  
SCOTT M. KLEINMAN       
Scott M. Kleinman

 

Director

 

January 15, 2004

/s/  
DOUGLAS A. PERTZ       
Douglas A. Pertz

 

Director

 

January 15, 2004

/s/  
HEINN F. TOMFOHRDE, III       
Heinn F. Tomfohrde, III

 

Director

 

January 15, 2004

/s/  
BRADLEY J. BELL       
Bradley J. Bell

 

Director

 

January 15, 2004

II-9



EXHIBIT INDEX

Exhibit
No.

  Description of Exhibit

2.1  

 

Agreement and Plan of Merger, dated October 13, 2001, among IMC Global Inc., Salt Holdings Corporation, YBR Holdings LLC and YBR Acquisition Corp (incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 2.1 to Salt Holdings' Registration Statement on Form S-4, File No. 333-104603).
2.2     Amendment No. 1 to Agreement and Plan of Merger, dated November 28, 2001, among IMC Global Inc., Salt Holdings Corporation, YBR Holdings LLC and YBR Acquisition Corp (incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 2.2 to Salt Holdings' Registration Statement on Form S-4, File No. 333-104603).
3.1*   Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation of Compass Minerals International, Inc.
3.2*   Amended and Restated By-laws of Compass Minerals International, Inc.
4.1     Indenture, dated December 20, 2002, between Salt Holdings Corporation, as issuer, and The Bank of New York, as trustee (incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 4.1 to Salt Holdings' Registration Statement on Form S-4, File No. 333-104603).
4.2     Form of Initial Note (included as Exhibit A to Exhibit 4.1).
4.3     Form of Exchange Note (included as Exhibit B to Exhibit 4.1).
4.4     Registration Rights Agreement, dated December 20, 2002, between Salt Holdings Corporation, as issuer, and Credit Suisse First Boston Corporation, J.P. Morgan Securities Inc. and Deutsche Bank Securities Inc., as initial purchasers (incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 4.4 to Salt Holdings' Registration Statement on Form S-4, File No. 333-104603).
4.5     First Supplemental Indenture to the Indenture governing the 12 3 / 4 % Senior Discount Notes Due 2012 of Salt Holdings Corporation, dated May 21, 2003, between Salt Holdings Corporation and The Bank of New York, as trustee (incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 4.5 to Salt Holdings' Registration Statement on Form S-4, File No. 333-104603).
4.6     Indenture, dated May 22, 2003, governing the 12% Senior Subordinated Discount Notes Due 2013 of Salt Holdings Corporation, between Salt Holdings Corporation, as issuer, and The Bank of New York, as trustee (incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 4.6 to Salt Holdings' Registration Statement on Form S-4, File No. 333-104603).
4.7     Form of 12% Senior Subordinated Discount Note (included as Exhibit A to Exhibit 4.6).
4.8     Registration Rights Agreement, dated May 22, 2003, between Salt Holdings Corporation and Credit Suisse First Boston LLC, J.P. Morgan Securities Inc., Deutsche Bank Securities Inc. and Credit Lyonnais Securities (USA) Inc., as initial purchasers of the 12% Senior Subordinated Discount Notes Due 2013 (incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 4.8 to Salt Holdings' Registration Statement on Form S-4, File No. 333-104603).
5.1*   Form of Opinion of Latham & Watkins LLP, special counsel to Compass Minerals International, Inc.
10.1     Salt mining lease, dated November 9, 2001, between the Province of Ontario, as lessor, and Sifto Canada Inc. as lessee.

10.2     Salt and Surface Agreement, dated June 21, 1961, by and between John Taylor Caffery, as agent for Marcie Caffery Gillis, Marcel A. Gillis, Bethia Caffery McCay, Percey McCay, Mary Louise Caffery Ellis, Emma Caffery Jackson, Edward Jackson, Liddell Caffery, Marion Caffery Campbell, Martha Gillis Restarick, Katherine Baker Senter, Caroline Baker, Bethia McCay Brown, Donelson Caffery McCay, Lucius Howard McCurdy Jr., John Andersen McCurdy, Edward Rader Jackson III, individually and as trustee for Donelson Caffery Jackson, and the J.M. Burguieres Company, LTD., and Carey Salt Company as amended by Act of Amendment to Salt Lease, dated May 30, 1973, as further amended by Agreement, dated November 21, 1990, and as further amended by Amendment to Salt and Surface lease, dated July 1, 1997 (incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.2 to Salt Holdings' Registration Statement on Form S-4, File No. 333-104603).
10.3     Royalty Agreement, dated September 1, 1962, between IMC Kalium Ogden Corp. and the Utah State Land Board (incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.3 to Salt Holdings' Registration Statement on Form S-4, File No. 333-104603).
10.4     Amended and Restated Credit Agreement, dated April 10, 2002, among Salt Holdings Corporation, Compass Minerals Group, Inc., as U.S. borrower, Sifto Canada Inc., as Canadian borrower, Salt Union Limited, as U.K. borrower, JPMorgan Chase Bank, as administrative agent, J.P. Morgan Bank Canada, as Canadian agent, Chase Manhattan International Limited, as U.K. agent, J.P. Morgan Securities Inc., as joint advisor, co-lead arranger and joint bookrunner, Deutsche Banc Alex. Brown Inc., as syndication agent, joint advisor, co-lead arranger and joint-bookrunner, Credit Suisse First Boston Corporation, as co-documentation agent, and Credit Lyonnais, as co-documentation agent (incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.4 to Salt Holdings' Registration Statement on Form S-4, File No. 333-104603).
10.5     Amendment No. 1 to the Amended and Restated Credit Agreement, dated December 19, 2002, among Salt Holdings Corporation, Compass Minerals Group, Inc., as U.S. borrower, Sifto Canada Inc., as Canadian borrower, Salt Union Limited, as U.K. borrower, JPMorgan Chase Bank, as administrative agent, J.P. Morgan Bank Canada, as Canadian agent, Chase Manhattan International Limited, as U.K. agent, J.P. Morgan Securities Inc., as joint advisor, co-lead arranger and joint bookrunner, Deutsche Banc Alex. Brown Inc., as syndication agent, joint advisor, co-lead arranger and joint bookrunner, Credit Suisse First Boston Corporation, as co-documentation agent, and Credit Lyonnais, as co-documentation agent (incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.5 to Salt Holdings' Registration Statement on Form S-4, File No. 333-104603).
10.6     Amendment No. 2 to the Amended and Restated Credit Agreement, dated May 5, 2003, among Salt Holdings Corporation, Compass Minerals Group, Inc., as U.S. borrower, Sifto Canada Inc., as Canadian borrower, Salt Union Limited, as U.K. borrower, JPMorgan Chase Bank, as administrative agent, J.P. Morgan Bank Canada, as Canadian agent, and J.P. Morgan Europe Limited, as U.K. agent (incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.6 to Salt Holdings' Registration Statement on Form S-4, File No. 333-104603).
10.7     Amendment No. 3 to the Amended and Restated Credit Agreement, dated May 21, 2003, among Salt Holdings Corporation, Compass Minerals Group, Inc., as U.S. borrower, Sifto Canada Inc., as Canadian borrower, Salt Union Limited, as U.K. borrower, JPMorgan Chase Bank, as administrative agent, J.P. Morgan Bank Canada, as Canadian agent, and J.P. Morgan Europe Limited, as U.K. agent (incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.7 to Salt Holdings' Registration Statement on Form S-4, File No. 333-104603).

10.8     Amendment No. 4 to the Amended and Restated Credit Agreement and Waiver, dated November 17, 2003, among Compass Minerals International, Inc., Compass Minerals Group, Inc., as U.S. borrower, Sifto Canada Inc., as Canadian borrower, Salt Union Limited, as U.K. borrower, JPMorgan Chase Bank, as administrative agent, J.P. Morgan Bank Canada, as Canadian agent, and J.P. Morgan Europe Limited, as U.K. agent (incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.8 to Compass Minerals' Registration Statement on Form S-1, File No. 333-110250).
10.9     U.S. Collateral and Guaranty Agreement, dated November 28, 2001, among Salt Holdings Corporation, Compass Minerals Group, Inc., Carey Salt Company, Great Salt Lake Minerals Corporation, GSL Corporation, NAMSCO Inc., North American Salt Company and JPMorgan Chase Bank, as collateral agent (incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.8 to Salt Holdings' Registration Statement on Form S-4, File No. 333-104603).
10.10     U.S. Collateral Assignment, dated November 28, 2001, among Salt Holdings Corporation, Compass Minerals Group, Inc. and JPMorgan Chase Bank (incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.9 to Salt Holdings' Registration Statement on Form S-4, File No. 333-104603).
10.11     Foreign Guaranty, dated November 28, 2001, among Sifto Canada Inc., Salt Union Limited, IMC Global (Europe) Limited, IMC Global (UK) Limited, London Salt Limited, Direct Salt Supplies Limited, J.T. Lunt & Co. (Nantwich) Limited, and JPMorgan Chase Bank, as collateral agent (incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.10 to Salt Holdings' Registration Statement on Form S-4, File No. 333-104603).
10.12*   Amended and Restated 2001 Stock Option Plan of Compass Minerals International, Inc., as adopted by the Board of Directors of Compass Minerals International, Inc. on December 11, 2003.
10.13     Service Agreement, dated September 1, 1997, between Salt Union Limited and David J. Goadby (incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.13 to Salt Holdings' Registration Statement on Form S-4, File No. 333-104603).
10.14     Investor Rights Agreement, dated November 28, 2001, between Salt Holdings Corporation and the holders of securities of Salt Holdings Corporation party thereto (incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.14 to Salt Holdings' Registration Statement on Form S-4, File No. 333-104603).
10.15     Amended and Restated Stock Rights Agreement, dated as of June 23, 2003, by and among Salt Holdings Corporation, Apollo Management V, L.P., each of the stockholders listed on Schedule A attached thereto and IMC Global Inc. (incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.15 to Salt Holdings' Registration Statement on Form S-4, File No. 333-104603).
10.16*   Amended and Restated Management Consulting Agreement, dated December 10, 2003, between Compass Minerals International, Inc. and Apollo Management V, L.P.
10.17     Master Assignment Agreement, dated April 10, 2002, among Compass Minerals Group, Inc., a Delaware corporation, the lenders party thereto and JPMorgan Chase Bank, as administrative agent for the Existing Lenders (as defined in the Master Assignment Agreement) (incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.17 to Salt Holdings' Registration Statement on Form S-4, File No. 333-104603).
10.18     Employment Agreement, dated March 12, 2002, between Compass Minerals Group, Inc. and Michael E. Ducey (incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.18 to Salt Holdings' Registration Statement on Form S-4, File No. 333-104603).
10.19*   Rights Plan, dated as of December 11, 2003, between Compass Minerals International, Inc. and American Stock Transfer & Trust Company, as rights agent.
10.20*   Certificate of Designation for the Series A Junior Participating Preferred Stock, par value $0.01 per share (included as Exhibit A to Exhibit 10.19).
12.1*   Statement of Computation of Ratio of Earnings to Fixed Charges.

16.1     Letter of Ernst & Young LLP regarding change in certifying accountants, dated September 17, 2003 (incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 16.1 to Salt Holdings' Registration Statement on Form S-4, File No. 333-104603).
21.1*   Subsidiaries of the Registrant.
23.1*   Consent of Latham & Watkins LLP, special counsel to Compass Minerals International, Inc. (included in Exhibit 5.1).
23.2*   Consent of Ernst & Young LLP.
23.3*   Consent of PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP.
24.1*   Power of Attorney (included on signature pages attached hereto).
25.1*   Statement of Eligibility of The Bank of New York, as trustee, on Form T-1.
99.1*   Form of Letter of Transmittal.
99.2*   Form of Notice of Guaranteed Delivery.
99.3*   Form of Letter from Compass Minerals to Registered Holders and DTC Participants.
99.4*   Form of Instructions from Beneficial Owners to Registered Holders and DTC Participants.
99.5*   Form of Letter to Clients.
99.6*   Guidelines for Certification of Taxpayer Identification Number on Substitute Form W-9.

*
Filed herewith.



QuickLinks

CAUTIONARY NOTE REGARDING FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS
MARKET AND INDUSTRY DATA AND FORECASTS
WHERE YOU CAN FIND MORE INFORMATION
PROSPECTUS SUMMARY
Summary of the Terms of the Exchange Offer
Terms of the Exchange Notes
Risk Factors
Company Overview
Recent Developments
Post-Recapitalization Organization
Summary Combined and Consolidated Financial Information
RISK FACTORS
THE EXCHANGE OFFER
USE OF PROCEEDS
CAPITALIZATION
SELECTED COMBINED AND CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL INFORMATION
MANAGEMENT'S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS
BUSINESS
SALT SEGMENT
SPECIALTY POTASH SEGMENT
INTELLECTUAL PROPERTY
EMPLOYEES
PRINCIPAL PROPERTIES
ENVIRONMENTAL, HEALTH AND SAFETY MATTERS
LEGAL MATTERS
MANAGEMENT
Summary Compensation Table
PRINCIPAL STOCKHOLDERS
RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS
DESCRIPTION OF OTHER INDEBTEDNESS
DESCRIPTION OF THE EXCHANGE NOTES
BOOK-ENTRY; DELIVERY AND FORM
PLAN OF DISTRIBUTION
MATERIAL UNITED STATES FEDERAL INCOME TAX CONSEQUENCES
LEGAL MATTERS
EXPERTS
INDEX TO COMBINED AND CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
Report of Independent Accountants
Report of Independent Auditors
COMPASS MINERALS INTERNATIONAL, INC. CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS December 31, 2002 and 2001 (in millions, except share data)
COMPASS MINERALS INTERNATIONAL, INC. COMBINED AND CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS For the years ended December 31, 2002, 2001 and 2000 (in millions, except share data)
COMPASS MINERALS INTERNATIONAL, INC. COMBINED AND CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY (DEFICIT) For the years ended December 31, 2002, 2001 and 2000 (in millions)
COMPASS MINERALS INTERNATIONAL, INC. COMBINED AND CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS For the years ended December 31, 2002, 2001 and 2000 (in millions)
COMPASS MINERALS INTERNATIONAL, INC. NOTES TO COMBINED AND CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
COMPASS MINERALS INTERNATIONAL, INC. CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS (unaudited) (in millions, except share data)
COMPASS MINERALS INTERNATIONAL, INC. CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS (unaudited) (in millions, except share data)
COMPASS MINERALS INTERNATIONAL, INC. CONSOLIDATED STATEMENT OF STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY (DEFICIT) (unaudited) For the nine months ended September 30, 2003 (in millions)
COMPASS MINERALS INTERNATIONAL, INC. CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS (unaudited) (in millions)
COMPASS MINERALS INTERNATIONAL, INC. NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Unaudited)
TABLE OF CONTENTS
PART II INFORMATION NOT REQUIRED IN PROSPECTUS
SCHEDULE II—VALUATION RESERVES Compass Minerals International, Inc. December 31, 2002, 2001 and 2000 (in millions)
SIGNATURES
POWER OF ATTORNEY
EXHIBIT INDEX

Exhibit 3.1

 

AMENDED AND RESTATED

CERTIFICATE OF INCORPORATION

OF COMPASS MINERALS INTERNATIONAL, INC.

It is hereby certified that:

 

l.                                           The present name of the corporation (hereinafter called the “Corporation”) is Compass Minerals International, Inc.

 

2.                                        The name under which the Corporation was originally incorporated is IMC Potash Corporation and the date of filing of the Corporation’s original Certificate of Incorporation with the Secretary of State of the State of Delaware is December 17, 1993.

 

3.                                        Pursuant to Section 245 of the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware, this Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation restates, integrates and further amends the provisions of the Corporation’s Certificate of Incorporation.

 

4.                                        The amendments and restatement herein certified have been duly adopted by the Board of Directors of the Corporation (the “Board of Directors”) and the stockholders of the Corporation as prescribed by Sections 228, 242 and 245 of the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware.

 

5.                                        The Certificate of Incorporation of the Corporation, as amended and restated herein, shall at the effective time of this Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation, read as follows:

 



 

AMENDED AND RESTATED CERTIFICATE OF INCORPORATION

 

OF

 

COMPASS MINERALS INTERNATIONAL, INC.

 

FIRST:    The name of the Corporation is Compass Minerals International, Inc. (the “Corporation”).

 

SECOND:               The address of the Corporation’s registered office in the State of Delaware is 2711 Centerville Road, Suite 400, Wilmington, County of New Castle, Delaware 19808, and the name of its registered agent at such address is Corporation Service Company.

THIRD:  The purpose of the Corporation is to engage in any lawful act or activity for which corporations may be organized under the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware as it now exists or may hereafter be amended and supplemented.

 

FOURTH:              The aggregate number of shares of all classes of capital stock which the Corporation shall have the authority to issue is 210,000,000 shares, consisting of 200,000,000 shares of common stock, par value $0.01 per share (the “Common Stock”), and 10,000,000 shares of preferred stock, par value $0.01 per share (the “Preferred Stock”).  Upon the effectiveness of this Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation (the “Effective Time”), a recapitalization of the Corporation’s capital stock shall become effective, pursuant to which each outstanding share of the Corporation’s Class B Common Stock, par value $0.01 per share (the “Class B Common Stock”), shall be reclassified as, and converted into, shares of the Corporation’s Class A Common Stock, par value $0.01 per share (the “Class A Common Stock”), on a 1-for-1 basis, and all outstanding shares of Class A Common Stock shall subsequently be redesignated as, and exchanged for, shares of Common Stock (the “Recapitalization”).  Immediately following and contemporaneously with the Recapitalization, all issued shares of Common Stock shall be split on a 4.982302039-for-1 basis, whereby each holder of Common Stock, without further action by the stockholder thereof, shall receive 4.982302039 shares of Common Stock. for each share of Common Stock (the “Stock Split”).  No fractional shares of Common Stock shall be issued as a result of the Reclassification and Stock Split.  In lieu of any fractional shares of Common Stock to which a stockholder would otherwise be entitled, the Corporation shall pay cash equal to such fraction multiplied by the initial public offering price per share of Common Stock.

 

A.                                    Powers and Rights of Holders of Common Stock.

 

1.                                        Except as may be otherwise required by law, and subject to the provisions of any series of Preferred Stock at the time outstanding, the holders of Common Stock issued and outstanding shall have and possess the exclusive voting rights and powers, whether at a meeting of stockholders or in connection with any action taken by written consent.

 

2.                                        Each holder of Common Stock issued and outstanding shall be entitled to one vote for each share of Common Stock registered in such holder’s name on the books of the Corporation.

 



 

B.                                      Preferred Stock.

 

The Board of Directors of the Corporation is expressly authorized to provide for the issuance of all or any shares of the Preferred Stock in one or more series, and to fix for each such series such distinctive designations and such powers, preferences and rights and such qualifications, limitations or restrictions thereof, as shall be stated and expressed in the resolution or resolutions adopted by the Board of Directors providing for the issuance of such series and as may be permitted by the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware.

 

FIFTH:   This Article is inserted for the management of the business and for the conduct of the affairs of the Corporation.

 

A.                                       General Powers.  The business and affairs of the Corporation shall be managed by or under the direction of the Corporation’s Board of Directors.

 

B.                                         Number of Directors; Election of Directors.  Subject to the rights of the holders of any series of Preferred Stock to elect additional directors under specific circumstances, the number of directors of the Corporation shall be such as from time to time shall be established by the Board of Directors, provided that in no event shall the total number of directors constituting the entire Board of Directors be less than three (3).  Election of directors need not be by written ballot.

 

C.                                         Classes of Directors.  The Board of Directors shall be and is divided into three classes, as nearly equal in number as possible, designated: Class I, Class II and Class III.  In case of any increase or decrease, from time to time, in the number of directors, the number of directors in each class shall be apportioned as nearly equal as possible.  No decrease in the number of directors shall shorten the term of any incumbent director.

 

D.                                        Terms of Office.  Each director shall serve for a term ending on the date of the third annual meeting following the annual meeting at which such director was elected; provided, that each director initially appointed to Class I shall serve for a term expiring at the Corporation’s annual meeting of stockholders held in 2004; each director initially appointed to Class II shall serve for a term expiring at the Corporation’s annual meeting of stockholders held in 2005; and each director initially appointed to Class III shall serve for a term expiring at the Corporation’s annual meeting of stockholders held in 2006; provided further, that the term of each director shall continue until the election and qualification of his successor and be subject to his earlier death, resignation or removal.

 

E.                                          Quorum.  Except as otherwise provided by law, this Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation or the By-laws of the Corporation, a majority of the directors shall constitute a quorum for the transaction of business at any meeting of the Board of Directors, but in no event shall less than one-third of the directors constitute a quorum.  A majority of the directors present (though less than such quorum) may adjourn the meeting from time to time without further notice.

 

F.                                          Manner of Acting.  Every act or decision done or made by the majority of the directors present at a meeting at which a quorum is present shall be regarded as the act of the

 

2



 

Board of Directors, unless the act of a greater number is required by law, this Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation or the By-laws of the Corporation.

 

G.                                         Removal.  Subject to the rights of the holders of any series of Preferred Stock to elect additional directors under specific circumstances, a director may be removed from office only for cause and only by the affirmative vote of the holders of a majority of the votes which all the stockholders would be entitled to cast in any annual election of directors or class of directors.

 

H.                                        Vacancies.  Subject to the rights of the holders of any series of Preferred Stock to elect additional directors under specific circumstances, and unless otherwise provided by law, any vacancy or newly created directorships in the Board of Directors, however occurring, shall be filled only by vote of a majority of the directors then in office, although less than a quorum, or by a sole remaining director and shall not be filled by the stockholders. A director elected to fill a vacancy shall hold office until the next election of the class for which such director shall have been chosen, subject to the election and qualification of a successor and to such director’s earlier death, resignation or removal.

 

SIXTH:   The personal liability of the directors of the Corporation is hereby eliminated to the fullest extent permitted by paragraph (7) of subsection (b) of Section 102 of the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware, as the same may be amended and supplemented. Any repeal or modification of this Article SIXTH shall not adversely affect any right or protection of a director of the Corporation existing immediately prior to such repeal or modification.

 

SEVENTH:             The Corporation shall, to the fullest extent permitted or required by Section 145 of the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware, as the same may be amended and supplemented, indemnify any and all officers or directors to whom it shall have power to indemnify under said section from and against any and all of the expenses, liabilities or other matters referred to in or covered by said section, and the indemnification provided for herein shall not be deemed exclusive of any other rights to which those indemnified may be entitled under any By-Law, agreement, vote of stockholders or disinterested directors or otherwise, both as to action in his official capacity and as to action in another capacity while holding such office, and shall continue as to a person who has ceased to be a director or officer and shall inure to the benefit of the heirs, executors and administrators of such person. Any repeal or modification of this Article SEVENTH shall not adversely affect any right or protection existing hereunder immediately prior to such repeal or modification.

 

EIGHTH:                Special meetings of stockholders for any purpose or purposes, unless otherwise prescribed by law, may be called at any time by the Board of Directors, the Chairman or the President, but such special meetings may not be called by any other person or persons. Business transacted at any special meeting of stockholders shall be limited to matters relating to the purpose or purposes stated in the notice of meeting.

 

NINTH:              No action that is required or permitted to be taken by the stockholders of the Corporation at any annual or special meeting of stockholders may be effected by written consent of stockholders in lieu of a meeting of stockholders.

 

3



 

TENTH:             The Corporation elects not to be governed by Section 203 of the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware.

 

ELEVENTH:      From time to time any of the provisions of this Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation may be amended, altered or repealed, and other provisions authorized by the laws of the State of Delaware at the time in force may be added or inserted in the manner and at the time prescribed by said laws, and all rights at any time conferred upon the stockholders of the Corporation by this Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation are granted subject to the provisions of this Article ELEVENTH.

 

TWELFTH:       In furtherance and not in limitation of the rights, powers, privileges and discretionary authority granted or conferred by the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware or other statutes or laws of the State of Delaware, the Board of Directors is expressly authorized to make, alter, amend or repeal the By-Laws of the Corporation, without any action on the part of the stockholders, but the stockholders may make additional By-Laws and may alter, amend or repeal any By-Law whether adopted by them or otherwise. The Corporation may in its By-Laws confer powers upon its Board of Directors in addition to the foregoing and in addition to the powers and authorities expressly conferred upon the Board of Directors by applicable law.

 

4



 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned has executed this Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation of Compass Minerals International, Inc. on behalf of the Corporation and does verify and affirm, under penalty of perjury that this Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation is the act and deed of the Corporation and that the facts stated herein are true as of this 11 th day of December 2003.

 

 

 

COMPASS MINERALS INTERNATIONAL, INC.

 

 

 

 

 

By:

 

 

 

Name:

Michael E. Ducey

 

 

Title:

President and Chief Executive Officer

 

5




Exhibit 3.2

 

AMENDED AND RESTATED BY-LAWS

 

OF

 

COMPASS MINERALS INTERNATIONAL, INC.

 

(Effective as of December 11, 2003)

 



 

AMENDED AND RESTATED BY-LAWS

 

OF

 

COMPASS MINERALS INTERNATIONAL, INC.

 

(Effective as of December 11, 2003)

 

ARTICLE I.  OFFICES

 

1.01.                         Principal and Business Offices .  The corporation may have such principal and other business offices, either within or without the State of Delaware, as the Board of Directors may designate or as the business of the corporation may require from time to time.

 

1.02.                         Registered Office .  The registered office of the corporation required by the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware to be maintained in the State of Delaware may be, but need not be, identical with the principal office in the State of Delaware, and the address of the registered office may be changed from time to time by the Board of Directors or by the registered agent.  The business office of the registered agent of the corporation shall be identical to such registered office.

 

ARTICLE II.  STOCKHOLDERS

 

2.01.                         Annual Meeting .  The annual meeting of the stockholders shall be held at such date and time as shall be fixed by resolution of the Board of Directors, for the purpose of electing directors and for the transaction of such other business as may come before the meeting.  If the day fixed for the annual meeting shall be a legal holiday in the State of Delaware, such meeting shall be held on the next succeeding business day.

 

2.02.                         Special Meeting .  Special meetings of stockholders for any purpose or purposes, unless otherwise prescribed by law, may be called at any time by the Board of Directors, the Chairman of the Board or the President, but such special meetings may not be called by any other person or persons. Business transacted at any special meeting of stockholders shall be limited to matters relating to the purpose or purposes stated in the notice of meeting.

 

2.03.                         Place of Meeting .  The Board of Directors may designate any place, either within or without the State of Delaware, as the place of meeting for any annual meeting or for any special meeting of stockholders called by the Board of Directors.  If no designation is made, or if a special meeting be otherwise called, the place of meeting shall be the registered office of the corporation in the State of Delaware.

 

2.04.                         Notice of Meeting .  Written notice stating the place, day and hour of the meeting of stockholders and, in case of a special meeting, the purpose or purposes for which the meeting is called, shall be delivered to each stockholder of record entitled to vote at such meeting not less than ten (10) days (unless a longer period is required by law or the certificate of incorporation) nor more than sixty (60) days before the date of the meeting, either personally or by mail, by or at the direction of the Board of Directors, the Chairman of the Board or the President.  If mailed, such notice shall be deemed to be delivered when deposited in the United States mail, addressed to the stockholder at his address as it appears on the stock record books of the corporation, with postage thereon prepaid.

 



 

2.05.                         Adjournment .  Any meeting of stockholders may be adjourned to reconvene at any place designated by vote of a majority of the shares represented thereat.  At the adjourned meeting, the corporation may transact any business which might have been transacted at the original meeting.  No notice of the time or place of an adjournment need be given if the time and place are announced at the meeting at which an adjournment is taken, unless the adjournment is for more than thirty (30) days or a new record date is fixed for the adjourned meeting, in which case notice of the adjourned meeting shall be given to each stockholder.  Unless a new record date for the adjourned meeting is fixed, the determination of stockholders of record entitled to notice of or to vote at the meeting at which adjournment is taken shall apply to the adjourned meeting.

 

2.06.                         Fixing of Record Date .  For the purpose of determining stockholders entitled to notice of or to vote at any meeting of stockholders or any adjournment thereof, or stockholders entitled to receive payment of any dividend, or in order to make a determination of stockholders for any other proper purpose, the Board of Directors may fix in advance a date as the record date for any such determination of stockholders, such date in any case shall, unless otherwise required by law, be not more than sixty (60) days and, in case of a meeting of stockholders, not less than ten (10) days prior to the date on which the particular action requiring such determination of stockholders is to be taken.  If no record date is fixed, the record date for determining:

 

(a)                                   stockholders entitled to notice of or to vote at a meeting of stockholders shall be at the close of business on the day next preceding the day on which notice is given; or

 

(b)                                  stockholders for any other purpose shall be the close of business on the day on which the Board of Directors adopts the resolution relating thereto.

 

2.07.                         Voting Records .  The officer having charge of the stock transfer books for shares of the corporation shall, at least ten (10) days before each meeting of stockholders, make a complete record of the stockholders entitled to vote at such meeting, arranged in alphabetical order, with the address of and the number of shares held by each.  Such record shall be produced and kept open to the examination of any stockholders, for any purpose germane to the meeting, during ordinary business hours, for a period of at least ten (10) days prior to the meeting, either at a place within the city where the meeting is to be held as specified in the notice of the meeting or at the place of the meeting.  The record shall also be produced and kept at the time and place of the meeting during the whole time thereof, and may be inspected by any stockholders present.  Except as otherwise provided by law, the original stock transfer books shall be the only evidence as to who are the stockholders entitled to examine such record or transfer books or to vote at any meeting of stockholders.

 

2.08.                         Quorum .  Except as otherwise provided by law, the certificate of incorporation or these by-laws, a majority of the shares entitled to vote, represented in person or by proxy, shall constitute a quorum at a meeting of stockholders, but in no event shall less than one-third of the shares entitled to vote constitute a quorum.  Though less than a quorum of the outstanding shares are represented at a meeting, a majority of the shares represented at a meeting which initially had a quorum may adjourn the meeting from time to time without further notice.

 

2.09.                         Conduct of Meeting .  Meetings of Stockholders shall be presided over by the Chairman of the Board, or in his absence, the President, or in his absence, by a Vice President in the order provided under Section 4.07, or in the absence, inability or unwillingness of the foregoing persons, by a chairman chosen at the meeting.  The Secretary of the corporation shall act as secretary of all meetings of the stockholders, but, in the absence of the Secretary, the presiding officer may appoint any other person to act as secretary of the meeting.

 

2



 

2.10.                         Proxies .  At all meetings of stockholders, a stockholder entitled to vote may vote in person or by proxy appointed in writing by the stockholder or by his duly authorized attorney in fact.  Such proxy shall be filed with the Secretary of the corporation before or at the time of the meeting.  Unless otherwise provided in the proxy and supported by sufficient interest, a proxy may be revoked at any time before it is voted, either by written notice filed with the Secretary or the acting secretary of the meeting or by oral notice given by the stockholder to the presiding officer during the meeting.  The presence of a stockholder who has filed a proxy shall not of itself constitute a revocation.  No proxy shall be valid after three (3) years from the date of its execution, unless otherwise provided in the proxy.  The Board of Directors shall have the power and authority to make rules establishing presumptions as to the validity and sufficiency of proxies.

 

2.11.                         Voting of Shares .  Each outstanding share shall be entitled to one vote upon each matter submitted to a vote at a meeting of stockholders, except to the extent that the voting rights of the shares of any class or classes are enlarged, limited or denied by the certificate of incorporation.

 

2.12.                         Voting of Shares by Certain Holders .

 

(a)                                   Other Corporations .  Shares standing in the name of another corporation may be voted either in person or by proxy, by the president of such corporation or any other officer appointed by such president.  A proxy executed by any principal officer of such other corporation or assistant thereto shall be conclusive evidence of the signer’s authority to act, in the absence of express notice to this corporation, given in writing to the Secretary of this corporation, of the designation of some other person by the board of directors or the by-laws of such other corporation.

 

(b)                                  Legal Representatives and Fiduciaries .  Shares held by any administrator, executor, guardian, conservator, trustee in bankruptcy, receiver or assignee for creditors may be voted by a duly executed proxy, without a transfer of such shares to his name.  Shares standing in the name of a fiduciary may be voted by him, either in person or by proxy.  A proxy executed by a fiduciary, shall be conclusive evidence of the signer’s authority to act, in the absence of express notice to this corporation, given in writing to the Secretary of this corporation, that such manner of voting is expressly prohibited or otherwise directed by the document creating the fiduciary relationship.

 

(c)                                   Pledgees .  A stockholder whose shares are pledged shall be entitled to vote such shares unless in the transfer of the shares the pledgor has expressly authorized the pledgee to vote the shares and thereafter the pledgee, or his proxy, shall be entitled to vote the shares so transferred.

 

(d)                                  Treasury Stock and Subsidiaries .  Neither treasury shares, nor shares held by another corporation if a majority of the shares entitled to vote for the election of directors of such other corporation is held by this corporation, shall be voted at any meeting or counted in determining the total number of outstanding shares entitled to vote, but shares of its own issue held by this corporation in a fiduciary capacity, or held by such other corporation in a fiduciary capacity, may be voted and shall be counted in determining the total number of outstanding shares entitled to vote.

 

(e)                                   Joint Holders .  Shares of record in the names of two or more persons or shares to which two or more persons have the same fiduciary relationship, unless the Secretary of the corporation is given notice otherwise and furnished with a copy of the instrument creating the relationship, may be voted as follows: (i) if voted by an individual, his vote binds all holders; or

 

3



 

(ii) if voted by more than one holder, the majority vote binds all, unless the vote is evenly split in which case the shares may be voted proportionately, or according to the ownership interest as shown in the instrument filed with the Secretary of the corporation.

 

2.13.                         Waiver of Notice by Stockholders .  Whenever any notice whatever is required to be given to any stockholder of the corporation under the certificate of incorporation or by-laws or any provision of the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware, a waiver thereof in writing, signed at any time, whether before or after the time of meeting, by the stockholder entitled to such notice, shall be deemed equivalent to the giving of such notice.  Attendance of a person at a meeting shall constitute a waiver of notice of such meeting, except where the person attends for the express purpose of objecting to the transaction of any business.  Neither the business, nor the purpose of any regular or special meeting of stockholders, directors or members of a committee of directors need be specified in the waiver.

 

2.14.                         Stockholders Consent without Meeting .  No action that is required or permitted to be taken by the stockholders of the corporation at any annual or special meeting of stockholders may be effected by written consent of stockholders in lieu of a meeting of stockholders.

 

2.15.                         Notice of Stockholder Business and Nominations .

 

(a)                                   Annual Meetings of Stockholders .

 

(1)                                   Nominations of persons for election to the Board of Directors of the corporation and the proposal of business to be considered by the stockholders may be made at an annual meeting of stockholders only (i) pursuant to the corporation’s notice of meeting (or any supplement thereto), (ii) by or at the direction of the Board of Directors or (iii) by any stockholder of the corporation who was a stockholder of record of the corporation at the time the notice provided for in this Section 2.15 is delivered to the Secretary of the corporation, who is entitled to vote at the meeting and who complies with the notice procedures set forth in this Section 2.15.

 

(2)                                   For nominations or other business to be properly brought before an annual meeting by a stockholder pursuant to clause (iii) of paragraph (a)(1) of this Section 2.15, the stockholder must have given timely notice thereof in writing to the Secretary of the corporation and any such proposed business other than the nominations of persons for election to the Board of Directors must constitute a proper matter for stockholder action.  To be timely, a stockholder’s notice shall be delivered to the Secretary at the principal executive offices of the corporation not later than the close of business on the ninetieth (90 th ) day nor earlier than the close of business on the one hundred twentieth (120 th ) day prior to the first anniversary of the preceding year’s annual meeting (provided, however, that in the event that the date of the annual meeting is more than thirty (30) days before or more than seventy (70) days after such anniversary date, notice by the stockholder must be so delivered not earlier than the close of business on the one hundred twentieth (120 th ) day prior to such annual meeting and not later than the close of business on the later of the ninetieth (90 th ) day prior to such annual meeting or the tenth (10 th ) day following the day on which public announcement of the date of such meeting is first made by the corporation).  For purposes of the first annual meeting of stockholders of the corporation held after the closing of an initial public offering pursuant to an effective registration statement under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, covering the offer and sale of common stock of the corporation to the public, the first anniversary of such annual meeting shall be deemed to be the 15 th day of March of the following year.  In no event shall the public announcement of an adjournment or postponement of an annual meeting commence a new time period (or extend any time period) for the giving of a stockholder’s notice as described above.  Such stockholder’s notice shall set forth:

 

4



 

(i) as to each person whom the stockholder proposes to nominate for election as a director (A) all information relating to such person that is required to be disclosed in solicitations of proxies for election of directors in an election contest, or is otherwise required, in each case pursuant to and in accordance with Regulation 14A under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “Exchange Act”) and (B) such person’s written consent to being named in the proxy statement as a nominee and to serving as a director if elected, (ii) as to any other business that the stockholder proposes to bring before the meeting, a brief description of the business desired to be brought before the meeting, the text of the proposal or business (including the text of any resolutions proposed for consideration and in the event that such business includes a proposal to amend the by-laws of the corporation, the language of the proposed amendment), the reasons for conducting such business at the meeting and any material interest in such business of such stockholder and the beneficial owner, if any, on whose behalf the proposal is made, and (iii) as to the stockholder giving the notice and the beneficial owner, if any, on whose behalf the nomination or proposal is made (A) the name and address of such stockholder, as they appear on the corporation’s books, and of such beneficial owner, (B) the class and number of shares of capital stock of the corporation which are owned beneficially and of record by such stockholder and such beneficial owner, (C) a representation that the stockholder is a holder of record of stock of the corporation entitled to vote at such meeting and intends to appear in person or by proxy at the meeting to propose such business or nomination, and (D) a representation whether the stockholder or the beneficial owner, if any, intends or is part of a group which intends (a) to deliver a proxy statement and/or form of proxy to holders of at least the percentage of the corporation’s outstanding capital stock required to approve or adopt the proposal or elect the nominee and/or (b) otherwise to solicit proxies from stockholders in support of such proposal or nomination.  The foregoing notice requirements shall be deemed satisfied by a stockholder if the stockholder has notified the corporation of his or her intention to present a proposal at an annual meeting in compliance with Rule 14a-8 (or any successor thereof) promulgated under the Exchange Act and such stockholder’s proposal has been included in a proxy statement that has been prepared by the corporation to solicit proxies for such annual meeting.  The corporation may require any proposed nominee to furnish such other information as it may reasonably require to determine the eligibility of such proposed nominee to serve as a director of the corporation.

 

(3)                                   Notwithstanding anything in the second sentence of paragraph (a)(2) of this Section 2.15 to the contrary, in the event that the number of directors to be elected to the Board of Directors of the corporation at an annual meeting is increased and there is no public announcement by the corporation naming the nominees for the additional directorships at least one hundred (100) days prior to the first anniversary of the preceding year’s annual meeting, a stockholder’s notice required by this Section 2.15 shall also be considered timely, but only with respect to nominees for the additional directorships, if it shall be delivered to the Secretary at the principal executive offices of the corporation not later than the close of business on the tenth (10 th ) day following the day on which such public announcement is first made by the corporation.

 

(b)                                  Special Meetings of Stockholders .  Only such business shall be conducted at a special meeting of stockholders as shall have been brought before the meeting pursuant to the corporation’s notice of meeting.  Nominations of persons for election to the Board of Directors may be made at a special meeting of stockholders at which directors are to be elected pursuant to the corporation’s notice of meeting (1) by or at the direction of the Board of Directors or (2) provided that the Board of Directors has determined that directors shall be elected at such meeting, by any stockholder of the corporation who is a stockholder of record at the time the notice provided for in this Section 2.15 is delivered to the Secretary of the corporation, who is entitled to vote at the meeting and upon such election and who complies with the notice

 

5



 

procedure set forth in this Section 2.15.  In the event the corporation calls a special meeting of stockholders for the purpose of electing one or more directors to the Board of Directors, any such stockholder entitled to vote in such election of directors may nominate a person or persons (as the case may be) for election to such position(s) as specified in the corporation’s notice of meeting, if the stockholder’s notice required by paragraph (a)(2) of this Section 2.15 shall be delivered to the Secretary at the principal executive offices of the corporation not earlier than the close of business on the one hundred twentieth (120 th ) day prior to such special meeting and not later than the close of business on the later of the ninetieth (90 th ) day prior to such special meeting or the tenth (10 th ) day following the day on which public announcement is first made of the date of the special meeting and of the nominees proposed by the Board of Directors to be elected at such meeting.  In no event shall the public announcement of an adjournment or postponement of a special meeting commence a new time period (or extend any time period) of the giving of a stockholder’s notice as described above.

 

(c)                                   General .

 

(1)                                   Only such persons who are nominated in accordance with the procedures set forth in this Section 2.15 shall be eligible to be elected at an annual or special meeting of stockholders of the corporation to serve as directors and only such business shall be conducted at a meeting of stockholders as shall have been brought before the meeting in accordance with the procedures set forth in this Section 2.15.  Except as otherwise provided by law, the chairman of the meeting shall have the power and duty (a) to determine whether a nomination or any business proposed to be brought before the meeting was made or proposed, as the case may be, in accordance with the procedures set forth in this Section 2.15 (including whether the stockholder or beneficial owner, if any, on whose behalf the nomination or proposal is made solicited (or is part of a group which solicited) or did not so solicit, as the case may be, proxies in support of such stockholder’s nominee or proposal in compliance with such stockholder’s representation as required by clause (a)(2)(iii)(D) of this Section 2.15) and (b) if any proposed nomination or business was not made or proposed in compliance with this Section 2.15, to declare that such nomination shall be disregarded or that such proposed business shall not be transacted.  Notwithstanding the foregoing provisions of this Section 2.15, if the stockholder (or a qualified representative of the stockholder) does not appear at the annual or special meeting of stockholders of the corporation to present a nomination or business, such nomination shall be disregarded and such proposed business shall not be transacted, withstanding that proxies in respect of such vote may have been received by the corporation.

 

(2)                                    For purposes of this Section 2.15, “public announcement” shall include disclosure in a press release reported by the Dow Jones News Service, Associated Press or comparable notional news service or in a document publicly filed by the corporation with the Securities and Exchange Commission pursuant to Section 13, 14 or 15(d) of the Exchange Act.

 

(3)                                    Notwithstanding the foregoing provisions of this Section 2.15, a stockholder shall also comply with all applicable requirements of the Exchange Act and the rules and regulations thereunder with respect to the matters et forth in this Section 2.15.  Nothing in this Section 2.15 shall be deemed to affect any rights (a) of stockholders to request inclusion of proposals in the corporation’s proxy statement pursuant to Rule 14a-8 under the Exchange Act or (b) of the holders of any series of Preferred Stock to elect directors pursuant to any applicable provisions of the Certificate of Incorporation.

 

6



 

ARTICLE III.  BOARD OR DIRECTORS

 

3.01.                         General Powers .  The corporation shall be managed by or under the direction of its Board of Directors.

 

3.02.                         Number and Election of Directors .  Subject to the rights of the holders of any series of Preferred Stock to elect additional directors under specific circumstances, the business and affairs of the number of directors of the corporation shall be such as from time to time shall be established by the Board of Directors, provided that in no event shall the total number of directors constituting the entire Board of Directors be less than three (3).  Election of directors need not be by written ballot.

 

3.03.                         Classes of Directors .  The Board of Directors shall be and is divided into three classes, as nearly equal in number as possible, designated: Class I, Class II and Class III.  In case of any increase or decrease, from time to time, in the number of directors, the number of directors in each class shall be apportioned as nearly equal as possible.  No decrease in the number of directors shall shorten the term of any incumbent director.

 

3.04.                         Terms of Office .  Each director shall serve for a term ending on the date of the third annual meeting following the annual meeting at which such director was elected; provided, that each director initially appointed to Class I shall serve for a term expiring at the corporation’s annual meeting of stockholders held in 2004; each director initially appointed to Class II shall serve for a term expiring at the corporation’s annual meeting of stockholders held in 2005; and each director initially appointed to Class III shall serve for a term expiring at the corporation’s annual meeting of stockholders held in 2006; provided further, that the term of each director shall continue until the election and qualification of a successor and be subject to such director’s earlier death, resignation or removal.

 

3.05.                         Quorum .  Except as otherwise provided by law or by the certificate of incorporation or these by-laws, a majority of the directors shall constitute a quorum for the transaction of business at any meeting of the Board of Directors, but in no event shall less than one-third of the directors constitute a quorum.  A majority of the directors present (though less than such quorum) may adjourn the meeting from time to time without further notice.

 

3.06.                         Manner of Acting .  Every act or decision done or made by the majority of the directors present at a meeting at which a quorum is present shall be regarded as the act of the Board of Directors, unless the act of a greater number is required by law or by the certificate of incorporation or these by-laws.

 

3.07.                         Removal; Resignation .  Subject to the rights of the holders of any series of Preferred Stock to elect additional directors under specific circumstances, a director may be removed from office only for cause and only by the affirmative vote of the holders of a majority of the votes which all the stockholders would be entitled to cast in any annual election of directors or class of directors. A director may resign at any time by filing his written resignation with the Secretary of the corporation.

 

3.08.                         Vacancies .   Subject to the rights of the holders of any series of Preferred Stock to elect additional directors under specific circumstances, and unless otherwise provided by law or the certificate of incorporation, any vacancy or newly created directorships in the Board of Directors, however occurring, shall be filled only by vote of a majority of the directors then in office, although less than a quorum, or by a sole remaining director and shall not be filled by the stockholders. A director elected to fill a vacancy shall hold office until the next election of the class for which such director shall have been chosen, subject to the election and qualification of a successor and to such director’s earlier death, resignation or removal.

 

7



 

3.09.                         Regular Meetings .  A regular meeting of the Board of Directors shall be held without other notice than this by-law immediately after the annual meeting of stockholders, and each adjourned session thereof.  The place of such regular meeting shall be the same as the place of the meeting of stockholders which precedes it, or such other suitable place as may be announced at such meeting of stockholders.  The Board of Directors may provide, by resolution, the time and place, either within or without the State of Delaware, for the holding of additional regular meetings without other notice than such resolution.

 

3.10.                         Special Meetings .  Special meetings of the Board of Directors may be called by or at the request of the President, Secretary or any director.  The President or Secretary calling any special meeting of the Board of Directors may fix any place, either within or without the State of Delaware, as the place for holding any special meeting of the Board of Directors called by them, and if no other place is fixed the place of the meeting shall be the registered office of the corporation in the State of Delaware.

 

3.11.                         Notice; Waiver .  Notice of each meeting of the Board of Directors (unless otherwise provided in or pursuant to Section 3.09) shall be given to each director not less than twenty-four (24) hours prior to the meeting by giving oral, telephone or written notice to a director in person, or by telegram, or not less than three (3) days prior to a meeting by delivering or mailing notice to the business address or such other address as a director shall have designated in writing and filed with the Secretary.  If mailed, such notice shall be deemed to be delivered when deposited in the United States mail so addressed, with postage thereon prepaid.  If notice be given by telegram, such notice shall be deemed to be delivered when the telegram is delivered to the telegraph company.  Whenever any notice whatever is required to be given to any director of the corporation under the certificate of incorporation or by-laws or any provision of law, a waiver thereof in writing, signed at any time, whether before or after the time of meeting, by the director entitled to such notice, shall be deemed equivalent to the giving of such notice.  The attendance of a director at a meeting shall constitute a waiver of notice of such meeting, except where a director attends a meeting and objects thereat to the transaction of any business because the meeting is not lawfully called or convened.  Neither the business to be transacted at, nor the purpose of, any regular or special meeting of the Board of Directors need be specified in the notice or waiver of notice of such meeting.

 

3.12.                         Conduct of Meetings .  Meetings of the Board of Directors shall be presided over by the Chairman of the Board, or in his absence, the President, or in his absence, by a Vice President in the order provided under Section 4.07, or in the absence, inability or unwillingness of the foregoing persons, any director chosen by the directors present shall act as chairman of the meeting.  The Secretary of the corporation shall act as secretary of all meetings of the Board of Directors but in the absence of the Secretary, the presiding officer may appoint any Assistant Secretary or any director or other person present to act as secretary of the meeting.

 

3.13.                         Compensation .  The Board of Directors, by affirmative vote of a majority of the directors then in office, and irrespective of any personal interest of any of its members, may establish reasonable compensation of all directors for services to the corporation as directors, officers or otherwise, or may delegate such authority to an appropriate committee.  The Board of Directors also shall have authority to provide for or delegate authority to an appropriate committee to provide for reasonable pensions, disability or death benefits, and other benefits or payments, to directors, officers and employees and to their estates, families, dependents or beneficiaries on account of prior services rendered by such directors, officers and employees to the corporation.

 

3.14.                         Presumption of Assent .  A director of the corporation who is present at a meeting of the Board of Directors or a committee thereof of which he is a member at which action on any corporate matter is taken shall be presumed to have assented to the action taken unless his dissent shall be

 

8



 

entered in the minutes of the meeting or unless he shall file his written dissent to such action with the person acting as the secretary of the meeting before the adjournment thereof or shall forward such dissent by registered mail to the Secretary of the corporation immediately after the adjournment of the meeting. Such right to dissent shall not apply to a director who voted in favor of such action.

 

3.15.                         Committees .  The Board of Directors by resolution adopted by the affirmative vote of a majority of the directors may designate one or more committees, each committee to consist of one or more directors elected by the Board of Directors, which to the extent provided in said resolution as initially adopted, and as thereafter supplemented or amended by further resolution adopted by a like vote, shall have and may exercise the powers of the Board of Directors in the management of the business and affairs of the corporation and may authorize the seal of the corporation to be affixed to all papers which may require it.  Each such committee shall fix its own rules governing the conduct of its activities and shall make such reports to the Board of Directors of its activities as the Board of Directors may request.

 

3.16.                         Unanimous Consent without Meeting .  Any action required or permitted by the certificate of incorporation or by-laws or any provision of law to be taken by the Board of Directors at a meeting or by a resolution of any committee thereof may be taken without a meeting if a consent in writing (which may be in counter parts), setting forth the action so taken, filed with the minutes of the proceedings, shall be signed by all of the directors then in office.

 

3.17.                         Telephonic Meetings .  Members of the Board of Directors, or any committee designated by the Board, may participate in a meeting of such Board or committee by means of conference telephone or similar communications equipment by means of which all persons participating in the meeting can hear each other, and participation in a meeting pursuant to this by-law shall constitute presence in person at such meeting.

 

ARTICLE IV.  OFFICERS

 

4.01.                         Number .  The principal officers of the corporation shall be a President, any number of Vice Presidents, a Secretary and a Chief Financial Officer, each of whom shall be elected by the Board of Directors.  Such other officers and assistant officers as may be deemed necessary may be elected or appointed by the Board of Directors.  Any number of offices may be held by the same person.

 

4.02.                         Election and Term of Office .   The officers of the corporation to be elected by the Board of Directors shall be elected annually by the Board of Directors at the first meeting of the Board of Directors held after each annual meeting of the stockholders.  If the election of officers shall not be held at such meeting, such election shall be held as soon thereafter as conveniently may be.  Each officer shall hold office until his successor shall have been duly elected or until his prior death, resignation or removal.  Any officer may resign at any time upon written notice to the corporation.  Failure to elect officers shall not dissolve or otherwise affect the corporation.

 

4.03.                         Removal .  Any officer or agent may be removed by the Board of Directors whenever in its judgment the best interests of the corporation will be served thereby, but such removal shall be without prejudice to the contract rights, if any, of the person so removed.  Election or appointment shall not of itself create contract rights.

 

4.04.                         Vacancies .  A vacancy in any, principal office because of death, resignation, removal, disqualification or otherwise, shall be filled by the Board of Directors for the unexpired portion of the term.

 

9



 

4.05.                         President .  The President shall be the principal executive officer of the corporation and, subject to the control of the Board of Directors, shall in general supervise and control all of the business and affairs of the corporation.  He shall have authority, subject to such rules as may be prescribed by the Board of Directors, to appoint such agents and employee of the corporation as he shall deem necessary, to prescribe their powers, duties and compensation, and to delegate authority to them.  Such agents and employee shall hold office at the discretion of the President. He shall have authority to sign, execute and acknowledge, on behalf of the corporation, all deeds, mortgages, bonds, stock certificates, contracts, leases, reports and all other documents or instruments, of every conceivable kind and character whatsoever, necessary or proper to be executed in the course of the corporation’s regular business, or which shall be authorized by resolution of the Board of Directors; and, except as otherwise provided by law or the Board of Directors, he may authorize any Vice President or other officer or agent of the corporation to sign, execute and acknowledge such documents or instruments in his place and stead.  In general he shall perform all duties incident to the office of President and such other duties as may be prescribed by the Board of Directors from time to time.

 

4.06.                         The Chairman of the Board .  If a Chairman of the Board is appointed, the Chairman of the Board shall perform such duties and have such authority as may be delegated or assigned to him by the President or by the Board of Directors.

 

4.07.                         The Vice Presidents .  In the absence of the President or in the event of his death, inability or refusal to act, or in the event for any reason it shall be impracticable for the President to act personally, the Vice President (or in the event there be more than one Vice President, the Vice Presidents in the order designated by the Board of Directors, or in the absence of any designation, then in the order of their election) shall perform the duties of the President, and when so acting, shall have all the powers of and be subject to all the restrictions upon the President.  Any Vice President may sign, with the Secretary or Assistant Secretary, certificates for shares of the corporation; and shall perform such other duties and have such authority as from time to time may be delegated or assigned to him by the President or by the Board of Directors.  The execution of any instrument of the corporation by any Vice President shall be conclusive evidence, as to third parties, of his authority to act in the stead of the President.

 

4.08.                         The Secretary .  The Secretary shall:  (a) keep the minutes of the meetings of the stockholders, the Board of Directors and the committees of the Board of Directors in one or more books provided for the purpose; (b) attest instruments to be filed with the Secretary of State; (c) see that all notices are duly given in accordance with the provisions of these by-laws or as required by law; (d) be custodian of the corporate records and of the seal of the corporation and see that the seal of the corporation is affixed to all documents the execution of which on behalf of the corporation under its seal is duly authorized; (e) keep or arrange for the keeping of a register of the post office address of each stockholder which shall be furnished to the Secretary by such stockholder; (f) sign with the President, or a Vice President, certificates for shares of the corporation, the issuance of which shall have been authorized by resolution of the Board of Directors; (g) have general charge of the stock transfer books of the corporation; and (h) in general perform all duties incident to the office of Secretary and have such other duties and exercise such authority as from time to time may be delegated or assigned to him by the President or by the Board of Directors.

 

4.09.                         The Chief Financial Officer .  The Chief Financial Officer shall (a) have charge and custody of and be responsible for all funds and securities of the corporation; (b) receive and give receipts for moneys due and payable to the corporation from any source whatsoever, and deposit all such moneys in the name of the corporation in such banks, trust companies or other depositaries as shall be selected in accordance with the provisions of Section 5.04; and (c) in general perform all of the duties incident to the office of Chief Financial Officer and have such other duties and exercise such other authority as from time to time may be delegated or assigned to him by the President or by the Board of

 

10



 

Directors.  If required by the Board of Directors, the Chief Financial Officer shall give a bond for the faithful discharge of his duties in such sum and with such surety or sureties as the Board of Directors shall determine.

 

4.10.                         Assistant Secretaries and Assistant Chief Financial Officers .  There shall be such number of Assistant Secretaries and Assistant Chief Financial Officers as the Board of Directors may from time to time authorize.  The Assistant Secretaries may sign with the President or a Vice President certificates for shares of the corporation the issuance of which shall have been authorized by a resolution of the Board of Directors.  The Assistant Chief Financial Officers shall respectively, if required by the Board of Directors, give bonds for the faithful discharge of their duties in such sums and with such sureties as the Board of Directors shall determine.  The Assistant Secretaries and Assistant Chief Financial Officers, in general, shall perform such duties and have such authority as shall from time to time be delegated or assigned to them by the Secretary or the Chief Financial Officer, respectively, or by the President or the Board of Directors.

 

4.11.                         Other Assistants and Acting Officers .  The Board of Directors shall have the power to appoint any person to act as assistant to any officer, or as agent for the corporation in his stead, or to perform the duties of such officer whenever for any reason it is impracticable for such officer to act personally, and such assistant or acting officer or other agent so appointed by the Board of Directors shall, have the power to perform all the duties of the office to which he is so appointed to be an assistant, or as to which he is so appointed to act, except as such power may be otherwise defined or restricted by the Board of Directors.

 

4.12.                         Salaries .  The salaries of the principal officers shall be fixed from time to time by the Board of Directors or by a duly authorized committee thereof, and no officer shall be prevented from receiving such salary by reason of the fact that he is also a director of the corporation, but any such officer who shall also be a director shall not have any vote in the determination of such officer’s compensation.

 

ARTICLE V.  CONTRACTS, LOANS, CHECKS
AND DEPOSITS; SPECIAL CORPORATE ACTS

 

5.01.                         Contracts .  The Board of Directors may authorize any officer or officers, agent or agents, to enter into any contract or execute or deliver any instrument in the name of and on behalf of the corporation, and such authorization may be general or confined to specific instances.  In the absence of other designation, all deeds, mortgages and instruments of assignment or pledge made by the corporation shall be executed in the name of the corporation by the President or a Vice President and by the Secretary, an Assistant Secretary, the Treasurer or an Assistant Treasurer; the Secretary or an Assistant Secretary, when necessary or required, shall affix the corporate seal thereto; and when so executed no other party to such instrument or any third party shall be required to make any inquiry into the authority of the signing officer or officers.

 

5.02.                         Loans .  No indebtedness for borrowed money shall be contracted on behalf of the corporation and no evidences of such indebtedness shall be issued in its name unless authorized by or under the authority of a resolution of the Board of Directors.  Such authorization may be general or confined to specific instances.

 

5.03.                         Checks, Drafts, etc .  All checks, drafts or other orders for the payment of money, notes or other evidences of indebtedness issued in the name of the corporation, shall be signed by such officer or officers, agent or agents of the corporation and in such manner as shall from time to time be determined by or under the authority of a resolution of the Board of Directors.

 

11



 

5.04.                         Deposits .  All funds of the corporation not otherwise employed shall be deposited from time to time to the credit of the corporation in such banks, trust companies or other depositories as may be selected by or under the authority of a resolution of the Board of Directors.

 

5.05.                         Voting of Securities Owned by this Corporation .  Subject always to the specific directions of the Board of Directors, (a) any shares or other securities issued by any other corporation and owned or controlled by this corporation may be voted at any meeting of security holders of such other corporation by the President of this corporation if he is present, or in his absence, by a Vice President of this corporation who may be present, and (b) whenever, in the judgment of the President, or in his absence, of a Vice president, it is desirable for this corporation to execute a proxy or written consent in respect to any shares or other securities issued by any other corporation and owned by this corporation, such proxy or consent shall be executed in the name of this corporation by the President or one of the Vice Presidents of this corporation, without necessity of any authorization by the Board of Directors, affixation of corporate seal or countersignature or attestation by another officer.  Any person or persons designated in the manner above stated as the proxy or proxies of this corporation shall have full right, power and authority to vote the shares or other securities issued by such other corporation and owned by this corporation the same as such shares or other securities might be voted by this corporation.

 

ARTICLE VI.  CERTIFICATES FOR SHARES AND THEIR TRANSFER

 

6.01.                         Certificates for Shares .  Certificates representing shares of the corporation shall be in such form, consistent with law, as shall be determined by the Board of Directors, such certificates shall be signed by the President or a Vice President and by the Secretary or an Assistant Secretary or Treasurer or Assistant Treasurer.  All certificates for shares shall be consecutively numbered or otherwise identified.  The name and address of the person to whom the shares represented thereby are issued, with the number of shares and date of issue, shall be entered on the stock transfer books of the corporation.  All certificates surrendered to the corporation for transfer shall be cancelled and no new certificate shall be issued until the former certificate for a like number of shares shall have been surrendered and cancelled, except as provided in Section 6.06.

 

6.02.                         Facsimile Signatures and Seal .  The seal of the corporation on any certificates for shares maybe a facsimile.  The signature of the President or Vice President and the Secretary or Assistant Secretary upon a certificate may be facsimiles if the certificate is manually signed on behalf of a transfer agent, or a registrar, other than the corporation itself or an employee of the corporation.

 

6.03.                         Signature by Former Officers .  In case any officer, who has signed or whose facsimile signature has been placed upon any certificate for shares, shall have ceased to be such officer before such certificate is issued, it may be issued by the corporation with the same effect as if he were such officer at the date of its issue.

 

6.04.                         Transfer of Shares .   Prior to due presentment of a certificate for shares for registration of transfer the corporation may treat the registered owner of such shares as the person exclusively entitled to vote, to receive notifications and otherwise to have and exercise all the rights and power of an owner.  Where a certificate for shares is presented to the corporation with a request to register for transfer, the corporation shall not be liable to the owner or any other person suffering loss as a result of such registration of transfer if (a) there were on or with the certificate the necessary endorsements, and (b) the corporation had no duty to inquire into adverse claims or has discharged any such duty.  The corporation may require reasonable assurance that said endorsements are genuine and effective and compliance with such other regulations as may be prescribed by or under the authority of the Board of Directors.  Where a transfer of shares is made for collateral security, and not absolutely, it shall be so

 

12



 

expressed in the entry of transfer if, when the shares are presented, both the transferor and the transferee so request.

 

6.05.                         Restrictions on Transfer .  The face or reverse side of each certificate representing shares shall bear a conspicuous notation of any restriction imposed by the corporation upon the transfer of such shares.  Otherwise the restriction is invalid except against those with actual knowledge of the restrictions.

 

6.06.                         Destroyed or Stolen Certificates .  The Board of Directors may direct a new certificate or certificates to be issued in place of any certificate or certificates theretofore issued by the corporation alleged to have been lost, stolen or destroyed, upon the making of an affidavit of that fact by the person claiming the certificate of stock to by lost, stolen or destroyed.  When authorizing such issue of a new certificate or certificates, the Board of Directors may, in its discretion and as a condition precedent to the issuance thereof, require the person requesting such new certificate or certificates, or his or her legal representative, to give the corporation a bond in such sum as it may direct as indemnity against any claim that may be made against the corporation with respect to the certificate alleged to have been lost, stolen or destroyed.

 

6.07.                         Consideration for Shares .  The shares of the corporation may be issued for such consideration as shall be fixed from time to time by the Board of Directors, consistent with the law of the State of Delaware.

 

6.08.                         Stock Regulations .  The Board of Directors shall have the power and authority to make all such further rules and regulations not inconsistent with the statutes of the State of Delaware as it may deem expedient concerning the issue, transfer and registration of certificates representing shares of the corporation.

 

ARTICLE VII.  SEAL

 

7.01.                         The Board of Directors may provide a corporate seal in an appropriate form.

 

ARTICLE VIII.  AMENDMENTS

 

8.01.                         By Stockholders .  These by-laws may be adopted, amended or repealed and new by-laws may be adopted by the stockholders entitled to vote at the stockholders’ annual meeting without prior notice or at any other meeting provided the amendment under consideration has been set forth in the notice of meeting, by affirmative vote of not less than a majority of the shares present or represented at any meeting at which a quorum is in attendance.

 

8.02.                         By Directors .  These by-laws may be adopted, amended or repealed by the Board of Directors as provided in the certificate of incorporation by the affirmative vote of a majority of the number of directors present at any meeting at which a quorum is in attendance; but no by-law adopted by the stockholders shall be amended or repealed by the Board of Directors if the by-laws so provide.

 

8.03.                         Implied Amendments .  Any action taken or authorized by the Board of Directors, which would be inconsistent with the by-laws then in effect but is taken or authorized by affirmative vote of not less than the number of directors required to amend the by-laws so that the by-laws would be consistent with such action, shall be given the same effect as though the by-laws had been temporarily amended or suspended so far, but only so far, as is necessary to permit the specific action so taken or authorized.

 

13



 

ARTICLE IX.  INDEMNIFICATION OF DIRECTORS AND OFFICERS

 

9.01.                         Indemnification of Directors, Officers and Employees . The corporation shall indemnify to the full extent permitted by law any person made or threatened to made a party to an action or proceeding, whether criminal, civil, administrative or investigative, by reason of the fact that the person, his or her testator or intestate is or was a director, officer or employee of the corporation or any predecessor of the corporation or serves or served any other enterprise as a director, officer or employee at the request of the corporation or any predecessor of the corporation.

 

14




Exhibit 5.1

 

 

53rd at Third

 

885 Third Avenue

 

New York, New York  10022-4802

 

Tel: (212) 906-1200  Fax: (212) 751-4864

 

www.lw.com

 

 

 

 

 

FIRM / AFFILIATE OFFICES

 

Boston

New Jersey

 

Brussels

New York

 

Chicago

Northern Virginia

                     , 2004

Frankfurt

Orange County

 

Hamburg

Paris

 

Hong Kong

San Diego

 

London

San Francisco

Compass Minerals International, Inc.

Los Angeles

Silicon Valley

8300 College Boulevard

Milan

Singapore

Overland Park, Kansas 66210

Moscow

Tokyo

 

Washington, D.C.

 

 

 

 

 

File No. 033446-0025

 

 

 

Re:

 

Registration Statement No. 333-       ;

 

 

$179,600,000 Aggregate Principal Amount at Maturity of 12% Senior

 

 

Subordinated Discount Notes due 2013

 

Ladies and Gentlemen:

In connection with the registration of $179,600,000 aggregate principal amount at maturity of 12% Senior Subordinated Discount Notes due June 1, 2013 (the “Exchange Notes”) by Compass Minerals International, Inc. (formerly Salt Holdings Corporation), a Delaware corporation (the “Company”), under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Act”), on Form S-4 filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission (the “Commission”) on January 15, 2004 (File No. 333-      ) (the “Registration Statement”), you have requested our opinion with respect to the matters set forth below.

In our capacity as your counsel in connection with such registration, we are familiar with the proceedings taken by the Company in connection with the authorization and issuance of the Exchange Notes.  In addition, we have made such legal and factual examinations and inquiries, including an examination of originals or copies certified or otherwise identified to our satisfaction of such documents, corporate records and instruments, as we have deemed necessary or appropriate for purposes of this opinion.  In our examination, we have assumed the genuineness of all signatures, the authenticity of all documents submitted to us as originals, and the conformity to authentic original documents of all documents submitted to us as copies.

We are opining herein as to the effect on the subject transaction only of the laws of the State of New York and the Delaware General Corporation Law, and we express no opinion with respect to the applicability thereto, or the effect thereon, of the laws of any other jurisdiction or, in the case of Delaware, any other laws, or as to any matters of municipal law or the laws of any local agencies within any state.

Capitalized terms used herein without definition have the meanings ascribed to them in the Registration Statement.

Subject to the foregoing and the other matters set forth herein, it is our opinion that as of the date hereof, the Exchange Notes have been duly authorized by the Company, and when executed, authenticated and delivered by or on behalf of the Company against the due tender and

 



 

 

delivery to the Trustee of the Outstanding Notes in an aggregate principal amount at maturity equal to the aggregate principal amount at maturity of the Exchange Notes, will constitute legally valid and binding obligations of the Company, enforceable against the Company in accordance with their terms.

The opinion rendered in the preceding paragraph relating to the enforceability of the Exchange Notes is subject to the following exceptions, limitations and qualifications: (i) the effect of bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization, fraudulent transfer, moratorium or other similar laws now or hereafter in effect relating to or affecting the rights and remedies of creditors; (ii) the effect of general principles of equity, whether enforcement is considered in a proceeding in equity or at law, and the discretion of the court before which any proceeding therefor may be brought; (iii) the unenforceability under certain circumstances under law or court decisions of provisions providing for the indemnification of or contribution to a party with respect to a liability where such indemnification or contribution is contrary to public policy; (iv) we express no opinion concerning the enforceability of the waiver of rights or defenses contained in Section 4.11 of the Indenture; and (v) the unenforceability of any provision requiring the payment of attorneys’ fees, except to the extent a court determines such fees to be reasonable.

We have not been requested to express, and with your knowledge and consent, do not render any opinion as to the applicability to the obligations of the Company under the Indenture and the Exchange Notes of Section 548 of the United States Bankruptcy Code or applicable state law (including, without limitation, Article 10 of the New York Debtor and Creditor Law) relating to fraudulent transfers and obligations.

To the extent that the obligations of the Company under the Indenture may be dependent upon such matters, we assume for purposes of this opinion that (i) each of the parties to the Indenture other than the Company (a) is duly organized, validly existing and in good standing under the laws of its jurisdiction of organization; (b) has the requisite power and authority to perform its obligations under the Indenture; and (c) has duly authorized, executed and delivered the Indenture; (ii) with respect to each of the parties to the Indenture other than the Company, the Indenture constitutes its legally valid and binding agreement, enforceable against it in accordance with its terms; and (iii) the Trustee is in compliance, generally and with respect to acting as Trustee under the Indenture, with all applicable laws and regulations.  We express no opinion as to any state or federal laws or regulations applicable to the subject transaction because of the nature or extent of the business of any parties to the Indenture.

We consent to your filing this opinion as an exhibit to the Registration Statement and to the reference to our firm contained under the heading “Legal Matters.”

Truly yours,

 

2





Exhibit 10.12

 

COMPASS MINERALS INTERNATIONAL, INC.

 

2001 Stock Option Plan

 

Amended and Restated as of December 11, 2003

 

(Formerly known as the Salt Holdings Corporation 2001 Stock Option Plan)

 



 

ARTICLE I

 

HISTORY AND PURPOSE OF THE PLAN

 

Compass Minerals International, Inc., a Delaware corporation formerly known as Salt Holdings Corporation (the “ Company ”), originally adopted this Compass Minerals International, Inc. 2001 Stock Option Plan (formerly known as the Salt Holdings Corporation 2001 Stock Option Plan) (the “ Plan ”), effective as of November 28, 2001.  The Plan, as set forth herein, has been amended and restated in its entirety, effective as of December 11, 2003.  The full name of the Plan, as amended and restated herein, shall be the “Compass Minerals International, Inc. 2001 Stock Option Plan (Amended and Restated as of December 11, 2003).”  The purpose of the Plan is (a) to further the growth and success of the Company and its Subsidiaries (as hereinafter defined) by enabling directors and employees of, or consultants to, the Company or any of its Subsidiaries to acquire Shares (as hereinafter defined), thereby increasing their personal interest in such growth and success, and (b) to provide a means of rewarding outstanding performance by such persons to the Company and/or its Subsidiaries.  Options granted under the Plan (the “ Options ”) may be either incentive stock options (“ ISOs ”), intended to qualify as such under the provisions of Section 422 of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the “ Code ”), or non-qualified stock options (“ NSOs ”).  In this Plan, the terms “ Parent ” and “ Subsidiary ” mean “Parent Corporation” and “Subsidiary Corporation,” respectively, as such terms are defined in Sections 424(e) and (f) of the Code.  Unless the context otherwise requires, any ISO or NSO is referred to in this Plan as an “Option.”

 

ARTICLE II

 

DEFINITIONS

 

As used in the Plan, the following terms shall have the meanings set forth below:

 

Affiliate ” means with respect to any Person, any other Person that, directly or indirectly through one or more intermediaries Controls, is Controlled by, or is under common Control with, such Person and/or one or more Affiliates thereof.  The term “Control” includes, without limitation, the possession, directly or indirectly, of the power to direct the management and policies of a Person, whether through the ownership of voting securities, by contract or otherwise.  The term “Affiliate” shall not include at any time any portfolio companies of Apollo Management V, L.P. or its Affiliates.

 

Award Limit ” has the meaning set forth in Section 5.6 hereof.

 

Board ” has the meaning set forth in Section 3.1 hereof.

 

Capital Stock ” means any and all shares, interests, participation or other equivalents (however designated) of corporate stock, including all Common Stock and preferred stock.

 

Cause ” means an Optionee’s (a) conviction of a felony or a crime of moral turpitude (other than a traffic violation), (b) willful commission of any action that is materially

 



 

harmful to the Company or its Affiliates on a consolidated basis (other than any action taken in good faith utilizing the Optionee’s business judgement), or (c) failure to obey any communicated lawful directive of the Board delivered to Optionee.

 

Closing Date ” means November 28, 2001.

 

Code ” has the meaning set forth in Article I hereof.

 

Committee ” has the meaning set forth in Section 3.1 hereof.

 

Common Stock ” means the common stock of the Company, par value $0.01 per share.

 

Company ” has the meaning set forth in Article I hereof.

 

Disqualifying Disposition ” has the meaning set forth in Article 15 hereof.

 

Effective Date ” has the meaning set forth in Section 11.2 hereof.

 

Exchange Act ” means the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.

 

Fair Market Value ” has the meaning set forth in Section 6.2 hereof.

 

Independent Director ” means an individual who is a member of the Board and who is not an employee of the Company.

 

Independent Third Party ” means, immediately prior to the contemplated transaction, any Person which (a) does not own in excess of five percent (5%) of the Common Stock deemed outstanding, at such time (on a fully diluted basis) and (b) is not an Affiliate of any such owner.

 

Investor ” means Apollo Investment Fund V, L.P., Apollo Overseas Partners V, L.P., or any investment fund managed by Apollo Management V, L.P. or any of its Affiliates, and any of their successors and assigns.

 

Investor Investment ” means direct or indirect investments in Shares, preferred stock or other securities of the Company made by the Investor on or after the Closing Date.

 

Investor IRR ” means the pre-tax compounded annual internal rate of return calculated on a quarterly basis realized to the Investor on the Investor Investment, based on the aggregate amount invested by the Investor for all Investor Investments and the aggregate amount received by the Investor for all Investor Investments, assuming all Investor Investments were purchased by one Person and were held continuously by such Person.  The Investor IRR shall be determined based on the actual time of each Investor Investment and actual cash received by the Investor in respect of all Investor Investments and including, as a return on such investment, any cash dividends, cash distributions or cash interest made by the Company or any Subsidiary in respect of such investment during such period, but excluding any other amounts payable that are not directly attributable to the Investor Investment.

 

2



 

Investor Rights Agreement ” means the Investor Rights Agreement, dated as of the Closing Date, among the Company and the holders party thereto, as it is amended, supplemented or restated from time to time.

 

ISOs ” has the meaning set forth in Article I hereof.

 

Nasdaq ” has the meaning set forth in Section 6.2(a) hereof.

 

Notice ” has the meaning set forth in Section 9.2 hereof.

 

NSOs ” has the meaning set forth in Article I hereof.

 

Option ” has the meaning set forth in Article I hereof.

 

Option Agreement ” has the meaning set forth in Section 5.2 hereof.

 

Option Price ” has the meaning set forth in Section 6.1 hereof.

 

Option Shares ” has the meaning set forth in Section 9.2(b) hereof.

 

Optionees ” has the meaning set forth in Section 5.1(a).

 

Parent ” has the meaning set forth in Article I hereof.

 

Person ” shall be construed broadly and shall include, without limitation, an individual, a partnership, a corporation, an association, a joint stock company, a limited liability company, a trust, a joint venture, an unincorporated organization and a governmental entity or any department, agency or political subdivision thereof.

 

Plan ” has the meaning set forth in Article I hereof.

 

Public Offering ” means the closing of a public offering of Common Stock pursuant to a registration statement declared effective under the Securities Act, except that a Public Offering shall not include an offering made in connection with an employee benefit plan or made primarily to employees or consultants of the Company.

 

Realization Event ” means (a) the consummation of a Sale of the Company or (b) any transaction or series of related transactions in which the Investor sells at least 50% of the Shares directly or indirectly acquired by it and at least 50% of the aggregate of all of the Investor Investments.

 

Reorganization ” has the meaning set forth in Section 10.1 hereof.

 

Reserved Shares ” means, at any time, an aggregate of 2,783,283 shares of Common Stock (which number reflects changes to the Company’s capital structure that have occurred prior to December 11, 2003).

 

Sale of the Company ” means the sale of the Company to one or more Independent Third Parties or IMC Global, Inc. or its Affiliates, or any of their successors,

 

3



 

pursuant to which such party or parties acquire (a) Capital Stock of the Company possessing the voting power to elect a majority of the Board (whether by merger, consolidation or sale or transfer of the Company’s Capital Stock) or (b) all or substantially all of the Company’s assets determined on a consolidated basis.

 

Securities Act ” means the Securities Act of 1933, as amended.

 

Shares ” means shares of Common Stock.

 

Subsidiary ” has the meaning set forth in Article I hereof.

 

Termination Date ” means the tenth anniversary of the Effective Date.

 

Termination of Relationship ” means (a) if the Optionee is an employee of the Company or any Subsidiary, the termination of the Optionee’s employment with the Company and its Subsidiaries for any reason; (b) if the Optionee is a consultant to the Company or any Subsidiary, the termination of the Optionee’s consulting relationship with the Company and its Subsidiaries for any reason; and (c) if the Optionee is a director of the Company or any Subsidiary, the termination of the Optionee’s service as a director of such Company or Subsidiary for any reason.

 

Vested Options ” means Options that have vested in accordance with the applicable Option Agreement.

 

ARTICLE III

 

ADMINISTRATION OF THE PLAN; SHARES SUBJECT TO THE PLAN

 

3.1                           Committee .

 

The Plan shall be administered by the Board of Directors of the Company (the “ Board ”) or a committee (the “ Committee ”) appointed from time to time by the Board.  With respect to Options granted to Independent Directors, the Plan shall be administered by the Board.  The term “Committee” shall, for all purposes of the Plan other than this Section 3, be deemed to refer to the Board if the Board is administering the Plan.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, however, from and after the effective date of a Public Offering, with respect to Options granted to any individual other than an Independent Director, a Committee of the Board shall administer the Plan and the Committee shall consist solely of two or more Independent Directors, each of whom is both an “outside director,” within the meaning of Section 162(m) of the Code, and a “non-employee director” within the meaning of Rule 16b-3 under the Exchange Act.

 

3.2                           Procedures .

 

The Committee shall adopt such rules and regulations as it shall deem appropriate concerning the holding of meetings and the administration of the Plan.  The entire Committee shall constitute a quorum and the actions of the entire Committee present at a meeting, or actions approved in writing by the entire Committee, shall be the actions of the Committee.

 

4



 

3.3                           Interpretation .

 

Except as may otherwise be expressly reserved to the Board as provided herein, and with respect to any Option, except as may otherwise be provided in the Option Agreement evidencing such Option, the Committee shall have all powers with respect to the administration of the Plan, including the interpretation of the provisions of the Plan and any Option Agreement (including, without limitation, whether any particular termination of employment is for Cause), and all decisions of the Board or the Committee, as the case may be, shall be reasonable and made in good faith and shall be conclusive and binding on all participants in the Plan.

 

3.4                           Number of Shares .

 

Subject to the provisions of Article X (relating to adjustments upon changes in capital structure and other corporate transactions), the aggregate number of Shares with respect to which Options may be granted under the Plan shall not exceed the Reserved Shares.  If and to the extent that Options granted under the Plan terminate, are reduced in number, expire or are canceled without having been fully exercised, new Options may be granted under the Plan with respect to the Shares covered by the unexercised portion of such terminated, expired or canceled Options.

 

3.5                           Reservation of Shares .

 

The number of Shares reserved for issuance upon the exercise of Options granted under the Plan shall at no time be less than the maximum number of Shares which may be purchased at any time pursuant to outstanding Options.

 

ARTICLE IV

 

ELIGIBILITY

 

4.1                           General .

 

Options may be granted under the Plan only to persons who are employees or directors of, or consultants to, the Company or any of its Subsidiaries on the date of the grant.  Options granted to consultants and non-employee directors shall be NSOs.  Options granted to employees of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries shall be, in the discretion of the Committee, either ISOs or NSOs on the date of the grant.

 

4.2                           Exceptions .

 

Notwithstanding anything contained in Section 4.1 to the contrary, no ISO may be granted under the Plan to an employee who owns, directly or indirectly (within the meaning of Sections 422(b)(6) and 425(d) of the Code), stock possessing more than 10% of the total combined voting power of all classes of stock of the Company or of its Parent, if any, or any of its Subsidiaries, unless (a) the Option Price of the Shares subject to such ISO is fixed at not less than 110% of the Fair Market Value of such Shares on the date of the grant (as determined in accordance with Section 6.2), and (b) such ISO by its terms is not exercisable after the expiration of five years from the date it is granted.

 

5



 

ARTICLE V

 

GRANT OF OPTIONS

 

5.1                           General .

 

Subject to Section 5.6, Options may be granted under the Plan at any time and from time to time on or prior to the Termination Date.  Subject to the provisions of the Plan, the Committee shall have plenary authority, in its sole discretion, to determine:

 

(a)                                   The persons (from among the class of persons eligible to receive Options under the Plan) to whom Options shall be granted (the “ Optionees ”)

 

(b)                                  The time or times at which Options shall be granted; and

 

(c)                                   The number of Shares for which an Option may be exercisable.

 

5.2                           Option Agreements .

 

Each Option granted under the Plan shall be designated as an ISO or an NSO and shall be subject to the terms and conditions applicable to ISOs and/or NSOs (as the case may be) set forth in the Plan.  Each Option shall specify the number of Shares for which such Option shall be exercisable and the exercise price for such Shares.  In addition, each Option shall be evidenced by a written agreement (an “ Option Agreement ”) that shall be executed by the Company and the Optionee.

 

5.3                           Vesting .

 

The Committee shall determine whether and to what extent any Options which are exercisable for Shares are also subject to vesting based upon the Optionee’s continued service to, or the performance of duties for, the Company and its Subsidiaries.

 

5.4                           No Evidence of Employment or Service .

 

Nothing contained in the Plan or in any Option Agreement shall confer upon any Optionee any right with respect to the continuation of his or her employment by or service with the Company or any of its Subsidiaries or interfere in any way with the right of the Company or any such Subsidiary (subject to the terms of any separate agreement to the contrary) at any time to terminate such employment or service or to increase or decrease the compensation of the Optionee from the rate in existence at the time of the grant of an Option.

 

5.5                           Date of Grant .

 

The date of grant of an Option under this Plan shall be the date as of which the Committee approves the grant; provided, however, that in the case of an ISO, the date of grant shall in no event be earlier than the date as of which the Optionee becomes an employee, director or consultant of the Company or one of its Subsidiaries.

 

6



 

5.6                           Shares .

 

Options shall be granted to purchase a specified number of Shares not to exceed, in the aggregate, the Reserved Shares.  Options may only be exercisable for whole Shares.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, no Optionee shall be granted, in any calendar year, Options to purchase more than 1,000,000 Shares (the “ Award Limit ”); provided, however, that the Award Limit shall not apply prior to the effective date of a Public Offering and, following the effective date of a Public Offering, the Award Limit shall not apply until the earliest of: (a) the first material modification of the Plan (including any increase in the number of Reserved Shares); (b) the issuance of all of the Reserved Shares under the Plan; (c) the expiration of the Plan; (d) the first meeting of stockholders at which members of the Board are to be elected that occurs after the close of the third calendar year following the calendar year in which occurred the first registration of an equity security of the Company under Section 12 of the Exchange Act; or (e) such other date required by Section 162(m) of the Code and the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder.  The Award Limit shall be adjusted proportionately in connection with any change in the Company’s capital structure as described in Article X.  For purposes of this Section 5.6, if an Option is canceled in the same calendar year it was granted (other than in connection with a transaction described in Article X), the canceled Option will be counted against the Award Limit.  For this purpose, if the exercise price of an Option is reduced, the transaction shall be treated as a cancellation of the Option and the grant of a new Option.

 

ARTICLE VI

 

OPTION PRICE

 

6.1                                General .

 

The price (the “ Option Price ”) at which each Share may be purchased shall be determined by the Committee and set forth in the Option Agreement; provided, however, that in the case of an ISO, such Option Price shall in no event be less than 100% (or 110% if Section 4.2(a) hereof is applicable) of the Fair Market Value of the Shares on the date of the grant (as determined in accordance with Section 6.2).

 

6.2                           Determination of Fair Market Value .

 

Subject to the requirements of Section 422 of the Code regarding ISO’s, for purposes of the Plan, the “Fair Market Value” of a Share as of a particular date shall be determined as follows:

 

(a)                                   If such Shares are publicly traded, (i) the closing price on the business day immediately preceding such date if any trades were made on such business day and such information is available, otherwise the average of the last bid and asked prices on the business day immediately preceding such date in the over-the-counter market as reported by the National Association of Securities Dealers Automated Quotations System (“ Nasdaq ”) or (ii) if such Shares are then traded on the New York Stock Exchange or other national securities exchange, the closing price on the business day immediately preceding such date, if any trades were made on such business day and such information is available, otherwise the average of the high and

 

7



 

low prices on the business day immediately preceding such date on the New York Stock Exchange or principal other national securities exchange on which it is so traded; or

 

(b)                                  If there is no public trading market for such Shares, the Fair Market Value of a Share shall be determined based upon the method set forth in the definition of “Fair Market Value” contained in the Investor Rights Agreement; provided that if there is no public trading market for such Shares the Committee may, in its sole discretion, determine that Fair Market Value shall be equal to such other value as shall be determined in good faith by the Committee.

 

ARTICLE VII

 

AUTOMATIC TERMINATION OF OPTIONS

 

Each Option granted under the Plan shall automatically terminate and shall become null and void and be of no further force or effect upon such date or dates set forth in the applicable Option Agreement, consistent with the terms of this Plan.  Any Shares that are not acquired as a result of an Option expiring without being fully exercised shall be available for award by the Committee to another eligible person.

 

ARTICLE VIII

 

LIMITATIONS ON ISOS; NOTICE TO OPTIONEES GRANTED ISOS

 

In accordance with Section 422(d) of the Code, to the extent that the aggregate Fair Market Value of all stock with respect to which incentive stock options are exercisable for the first time by such Optionee during any calendar year (under all plans of the Company and its subsidiaries) exceeds $100,000, such ISOs shall be treated as NSOs.

 

Under certain circumstances, the exercise of an ISO may disqualify the holder from recovering the favorable tax benefits ISOs offer.  Therefore, the Company recommends that each Optionee holding an ISO consult with a competent tax advisor before taking any action with respect to his or her ISOs.

 

ARTICLE IX

 

PROCEDURE FOR EXERCISE

 

9.1                           Payment .

 

An Optionee shall pay for the exercise of a Vested Option in United States currency by cash or personal or certified check payable to the Company in an amount equal to the aggregate Option Price of the Shares with respect to which the Option is being exercised.

 

9.2                           Notice .

 

An Optionee (or other person, as provided in Section 11.2) may exercise an Option (for the Shares represented thereby) granted under the Plan in whole or in part (but for the purchase of whole Shares only), as provided in the Option Agreement evidencing his or her

 

8



 

Option, by delivering a written notice (the “ Notice ”) to the Secretary of the Company.  The Notice shall state:

 

(a)                                   That the Optionee elects to exercise the Option;

 

(b)                                  The number of Shares with respect to which the Option is being exercised (the “ Option Shares ”);

 

(c)                                   The method of payment for the Option Shares (which method must be available to the Optionee under the terms of his or her Option Agreement);

 

(d)                                  The date upon which the Optionee desires to consummate the purchase (which date must be prior to the termination of such Option);

 

(e)                                   A copy of any election filed or intended to be filed by the Optionee with respect to such Option Shares pursuant to Section 83(b) of the Code; and

 

(f)                                     Any additional provisions consistent with the Plan as the Committee may from time to time require.

The exercise date of an Option shall be the date on which the Company receives the Notice from the Optionee.  To the extent required by the Investor Rights Agreement, such Notice shall also contain, to the extent such Optionee is not then a party to the Investor Rights Agreement, an Adoption Agreement, in form and substance satisfactory to the Board pursuant to which the Optionee agrees to become a party to the Investor Rights Agreement.

 

9.3                           Issuance of Certificates .

 

The Company shall issue stock certificates in the name of the Optionee (or such other person exercising the Option in accordance with the provisions of Section 11.2), for the securities purchased upon exercise of an Option as soon as practicable after receipt of the Notice and payment of the aggregate Option Price for such securities; provided that the Company may elect to not issue any fractional Shares upon the exercise of any Options (determining the fractional Shares after aggregating all Shares issuable to a single holder as a result of an exercise of an Option for more than one Share) and in lieu of issuing such fractional Shares, shall pay the Optionee the Fair Market Value thereof.  Neither the Optionee nor any person exercising an Option in accordance with the provisions of Section 11.2 shall have any privileges as a stockholder of the Company with respect to any Shares of stock subject to an Option granted under the Plan until the date of issuance of stock certificates pursuant to this Section 9.3.

 

ARTICLE X

 

ADJUSTMENTS

 

10.1                    Changes in Capital Structure .

 

If the Common Stock is changed by reason of a stock split, reverse stock split, or stock combination, dividend (whether in the form of cash, Common Stock, other securities or

 

9



 

other property), distribution, or other similar transaction or event or is converted into or exchanged for other securities as a result of a merger, consolidation or reorganization (a “ Reorganization ”), the Board may make such adjustments in the number and kind of shares of stock available under the Plan as it shall determine to be necessary or appropriate to preserve to an Optionee rights substantially proportionate to his rights existing immediately prior to such Reorganization or other transaction or event (but subject to the limitations and restrictions on such rights), including, without limitation, a corresponding adjustment changing the number and kind of shares allocated to, and the Option Price of, each Option or portion thereof outstanding at the time of such change.  Notwithstanding anything contained in the Plan to the contrary, in the case of ISOs, no adjustment under this Section 10.1 shall be appropriate if such adjustment (a) would constitute a modification, extension or renewal of such ISOs within the meaning of Sections 422 and 424 of the Code, and the regulations promulgated by the Treasury Department thereunder, or (b) would, under Section 422 of the Code and the regulations promulgated by the Treasury Department thereunder, be considered as the adoption of a new plan requiring stockholder approval.  The Company will not, in any event, permit the exercise price of any Option to be less than the par value of the Common Stock.

 

10.2                    Special Rules .

 

Any adjustments referred to in Section 10.1 shall be made by the Board in its reasonable discretion and shall, absent manifest error, be conclusive and binding on all persons holding any Options granted under the Plan.

 

10.3                    Right to Include Vested Options upon a Realization Event .

 

Upon a Realization Event, the Company may, but is not obligated to, purchase each outstanding Vested Option for an amount equal to (a) the amount per share received in respect of the Shares sold in such transaction constituting the Realization Event (b) less the Option Price thereof.

 

ARTICLE XI

 

RESTRICTIONS ON OPTIONS AND OPTION SHARES

 

11.1                    Compliance With Securities Laws .

 

No Options shall be granted under the Plan, and no securities shall be issued and delivered upon the exercise of Options granted under the Plan, unless and until the Company and/or the Optionee shall have complied with all applicable Federal or state registration, listing and/or qualification requirements and all other requirements of law or of any regulatory agencies having jurisdiction.

 

The Committee in its discretion may, as a condition to the exercise of any Option granted under the Plan, require an Optionee (a) to represent in writing that the securities received upon exercise of an Option are being acquired for investment and not with a view to distribution and (b) to make such other representations and warranties as are deemed reasonably appropriate by the Company.  Stock certificates representing securities acquired upon the exercise of Options that have not been registered under the Securities Act shall, if required by the Committee, bear

 

10



 

the legends as may be required by the Investor Rights Agreement and Option Agreement evidencing a particular Option.

 

11.2                    Nonassignability of Option Rights .

 

No Option granted under this Plan shall be assignable or otherwise transferable by the Optionee, except by will or by the laws of descent and distribution.  An Option may be exercised during the lifetime of the Optionee only by the Optionee.  If an Optionee dies, his or her Options shall thereafter be exercisable, during the period specified in the applicable Option Agreement (as the case may be), by his or her executors or administrators to the full extent (but only to such extent) to which such Options were exercisable by the Optionee at the time of his or her death.

 

Before issuing any Shares upon exercise of Options to any person who is not already a party to the Investor Rights Agreement, the Company shall obtain, in appropriate form, an executed Adoption Agreement from such person unless a Public Offering shall have already occurred.

 

This Plan originally became effective as of November 28, 2001 (the “ Effective Date ”).  This Plan, as amended and restated, became effective as of December 11, 2003.

 

11.3                    Restrictions for the United Kingdom and Canada .

 

All Optionees who are residents of the United Kingdom shall be subject to the additional restrictions set forth on Schedule I attached hereto.   All Optionees who are residents of Canada shall be subject to the additional restrictions set forth on Schedule II attached hereto.

 

ARTICLE XII

 

TERMINATION OF THE PLAN

 

No Options may be granted after the Termination Date.  Any Option outstanding as of the Termination Date shall remain in effect until the earlier of the exercise thereof and the Option Term with respect to such Option.

 

ARTICLE XIII

 

AMENDMENT OF PLAN

 

The Plan may be modified or amended in any respect by the Committee with the prior approval of the Board; provided, however, that the approval of the holders of a majority of the votes that may be cast by all of the holders of shares of common stock of the Company entitled to vote (voting together as a single class, with each such holder entitled to cast one vote per share held by such holder) shall be obtained prior to any such amendment becoming effective if such approval is required by law or is necessary to comply with (a) regulations promulgated by the Securities and Exchange Commission under Section 16(b) of the Exchange Act, (b) Section 422 of the Code or the regulations promulgated by the Treasury Department thereunder or (c) any rule or regulation promulgated by the New York Stock Exchange (or, if applicable, the

 

11



 

Nasdaq or other exchange or quotation system).  Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Plan may not be modified or amended with respect to any existing Option Agreement if such change would impair the rights of the applicable Optionee without the consent of such Optionee.

 

ARTICLE XIV

 

CAPTIONS

 

The use of captions in this Plan is for convenience.  The captions are not intended to provide substantive rights.

 

ARTICLE XV

 

DISQUALIFYING DISPOSITIONS

 

If securities acquired by exercise of an ISO granted under this Plan are disposed of within two years following the date of grant of the ISO or one year following the issuance of the securities to the Optionee (a “ Disqualifying Disposition ”), the holder of such securities shall, immediately prior to such Disqualifying Disposition, notify the Company in writing of the date and terms of such Disqualifying Disposition and provide such other information regarding the Disqualifying Disposition as the Company may reasonably require.

 

ARTICLE XVI

 

WITHHOLDING TAXES

 

Whenever, under the Plan, securities are to be delivered to an Optionee upon exercise of an NSO (or an exercise of an ISO that will be taxed as an NSO), such Optionee shall remit or, in appropriate circumstances, agree to remit when due, an amount sufficient to satisfy all current or estimated future Federal, state, local and foreign withholding tax and employment tax requirements relating thereto.  The Company shall deduct from such number of securities to be delivered to Optionee the number of securities necessary for the Company to satisfy all current or estimated future Federal, state, local and foreign withholding tax and employment tax requirements relating thereto.

 

ARTICLE XVII

 

OTHER PROVISIONS

 

Each Option granted under the Plan may contain such other terms and conditions not inconsistent with the Plan as may be determined by the Committee, in its sole discretion.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, each ISO granted under the Plan shall include those terms and conditions which are necessary to qualify the ISO as an “incentive stock option” within the meaning of Section 422 of the Code and the regulations thereunder and shall not include any terms or conditions which are inconsistent therewith.

 

12



 

ARTICLE XVIII

 

NUMBER AND GENDER

 

With respect to words used in this Plan, the singular form shall include the plural form, the masculine gender shall include the feminine gender, and vice-versa, as the context requires.

 

ARTICLE XIX

 

GOVERNING LAW

 

All questions concerning the construction, interpretation and validity of this Plan and the instruments evidencing the Options granted hereunder shall be governed by and construed and enforced in accordance with the domestic laws of the State of New York, without giving effect to any choice or conflict of law provision or rule (whether in the State of New York or any other jurisdiction) that would cause the application of the laws of any jurisdiction other than the State of New York.  In furtherance of the foregoing, the internal law of the State of New York will control the interpretation and construction of this Plan, even if under such jurisdiction’s choice of law or conflict of law analysis, the substantive law of some other jurisdiction would ordinarily apply.

 

*   *   *   *   *   *

 

The Plan was originally adopted by the Board of Directors of the Company, and approved by the Company’s stockholders, as of November 28, 2001.

 

The Plan, as amended and restated, was adopted by the Board of Directors of the Company, and approved by the Company’s stockholders, as of December 11, 2003.

 

13



 

SCHEDULE I

 

The following additional conditions shall apply to Optionees who are resident in the United Kingdom and subject to income tax under the Income Tax and Corporation Taxes Act 1988.

 

1                                          Recovery of taxes

 

1.1                                  Without prejudice to the generality of Article XVI of the Plan, the exercise of an Option by a Optionee shall constitute the agreement and undertaking of the Optionee with the Company (for itself and as trustee for its Subsidiaries) that he will forthwith upon written demand from the Company pay to the Company or as the Company may direct:

 

(a)                                   the amount of any income tax or other tax of the United Kingdom and primary national insurance contributions of the United Kingdom for which the Optionee may be liable or which may be payable in respect of the Optionee as a consequence of such exercise and which the Company is required (whether such requirement is legally enforceable or not) to pay to the Inland Revenue or any other taxation authority; and

 

(b)                                  the amount of any secondary national insurance contributions for which the Company is liable as a consequence of such exercise, other than any such amount or part thereof in respect of which the Company has previously given notice in writing to the Optionee that it will not require payment under this paragraph 1.1;

 

and shall also constitute authority to the Company and every Subsidiary and former Subsidiary (in so far as not otherwise prohibited by law) to deduct any amount so demanded which remains unpaid from payments otherwise payable to the Optionee, including but not limited to authority to deduct from wages or salary for the purposes of Part II of the Employment Rights Act 1996.

 

1.2                                  Without prejudice to the generality of paragraph 1.1, the Company may, as soon as practicable following receipt of the Notice in accordance with Section 9.2 of the Plan, notify the Optionee in writing of the amount (if any) (“the Notified Sum”) which in its reasonable opinion it estimates the Company or any Subsidiary or former Subsidiary will be required (whether such requirement is legally enforceable or not) to pay to the Inland Revenue or any other taxation authority in respect of:

 

(a)                                   income tax and primary national insurance contributions of the United Kingdom for which the Optionee is liable or which is payable in respect of the Optionee as a consequence of the exercise of the Option; and

 

(b)                                  the amount of any secondary national insurance contributions which the Optionee is obliged to pay in accordance with paragraph 1.1(b).

 

Subject as hereafter provided, upon the giving of such a notice the Optionee shall thereupon be bound and obliged to pay to the Company within seven days thereafter the Notified Sum and any obligation of the Company pursuant to Section 9.3 of the Plan shall

 



 

be conditional upon receipt by the Company of the Notified Sum.  In the event that the Notified Sum proves to be an over-estimate, the Company shall on the date on which there is paid to the Inland Revenue or other taxation authority the sum actually so due repay to the Optionee or procure the repayment to the Optionee of the excess of that part of the Notified Sum estimated to be due to the Inland Revenue or other taxation authority (as the case may be) not so paid.  In the event that the Notified Sum is less than the aggregate amount which is required to be so paid to the Inland Revenue or other taxation authority and which may be lawfully recovered from the Optionee, the Optionee shall forthwith on demand pay to the Company (or as it may direct) the balance of so much of the amount so paid as may lawfully be recovered from the Optionee.  The Board may in its absolute discretion accept security in form and substance satisfactory to the Board for payment to the Company of the Notified Sum and any further sum which may become due from the Optionee as aforesaid in lieu of payment of the Notified Sum.

 

2                                          No compensation for the loss of rights

 

2.1                                  The terms of employment of a Optionee by the Company or its Subsidiaries shall not be affected by his participation in the Plan which shall not form part of such terms.  In no circumstances shall a Optionee in the event of cessation, lapse or alteration of any rights under the Plan be entitled to or claim against the Company or its Subsidiaries for any compensation for or in respect of any diminution or extinction of his rights or benefits (actual or prospective) under any Options then held by him or otherwise in connection with the Plan.

 

3                                          Bankruptcy

 

3.1                                  Notwithstanding Rule 7.1 of the Plan, the Option shall terminate on the Optionee becoming bankrupt.

 

2



 

SCHEDULE II

 

The following additional conditions shall apply to Optionees who are resident in Canada and subject to income tax under the Income Tax Act (Canada) .

 

1.                                        Notwithstanding Section 6.1 of the Plan, the Option Price shall in no event be less than 100 percent of the Fair Market Value of the Shares on the date the Option Agreement is made.

 

2.                                        For the purposes of the Plan, an Optionee’s employment with the Company or a Subsidiary shall be considered to have terminated effective on the last day of the Optionee’s actual and active employment with the Company or Subsidiary, whether such day is selected by agreement with the individual or unilaterally by the Company or Subsidiary and whether with or without advance notice to the Optionee. For the avoidance of doubt, no period of notice that is given or that ought to have been given under applicable law in respect of such termination of employment will be utilized in determining entitlement under the Plan.

 

3




Exhibit 10.16

 

AMENDED AND RESTATED MANAGEMENT CONSULTING AGREEMENT

 

This AMENDED AND RESTATED MANAGEMENT CONSULTING AGREEMENT (“ Agreement ”) is entered into as of December 10, 2003, by and between Compass Minerals International, Inc. (formerly known as Salt Holdings Corporation), a Delaware corporation (the “ Company ”), and Apollo Management V, L.P., a Delaware limited partnership (“ Apollo ”).

 

RECITALS

 

WHEREAS, Apollo and the Company are each parties to that certain management consulting and advisory agreement, dated as of November 28, 2001, between the Company and Apollo (the “ Original Management Consulting Agreement ”); and

 

WHEREAS, the Company and Apollo desire to amend and restate the Original Management Consulting Agreement as set forth herein;

 

AGREEMENT

 

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the foregoing, and the mutual agreements set forth herein and other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and adequacy of which is hereby acknowledged, the parties hereto, intending to be legally bound, hereby agree as follows:

 

Section 1.                                             Retention of Apollo .  The Company hereby retains Apollo, and Apollo accepts such retention, upon the terms and conditions set forth in this Agreement.

 

Section 2.                                             Term .  This Agreement shall commence on the date hereof and, unless otherwise extended pursuant to the final sentence of this Section 2, shall terminate on the tenth anniversary of the Original Management Consulting Agreement (the “ Term ”).  Upon the fifth anniversary of the date hereof, and at the end of each year thereafter (each of such fifth anniversary and the end of each year thereafter being a “ Year End ”), the Term shall automatically be extended for an additional year unless notice to the contrary is given by either party at least 30, but no more than 60, days prior to such Year End, as applicable.  Notwithstanding anything in this Section 2, this Agreement may terminated at any time upon written notice to the Company from Apollo.  The provisions of Sections 3(c), 5 and 7 through 13 shall survive the termination of this Agreement for any reason.

 

Section 3.                                             Management Consulting Services .

 

(a)                                   Apollo shall advise the Company and the Company’s subsidiaries concerning such management matters that relate to proposed financial transactions, acquisitions and other senior management matters related to the business, administration and policies of the Company and its subsidiaries and affiliates, in each case as the Company shall reasonably and specifically request by way of written notice to Apollo, which notice shall specify the services required of Apollo and shall include all background material necessary for Apollo to complete such services.  Apollo shall devote such time to any such written request as Apollo shall deem, in

 



 

its discretion, necessary.  Such consulting services, in Apollo’s discretion, shall be rendered in person or by telephone or other communication.  Apollo shall have no obligation to the Company and its subsidiaries as to the manner and time of rendering its services hereunder, and the Company and its subsidiaries shall not have any right to dictate or direct the details of the services rendered hereunder.

 

(b)                                  Apollo shall perform all services to be provided hereunder as an independent contractor to the Company (or the Company’s subsidiaries) and not as an employee, agent or representative of the Company.  Apollo shall have no authority to act for or to bind the Company, without its prior written consent.

 

(c)                                   This Agreement shall in no way prohibit Apollo or any of its partners or affiliates or any director, officer, partner or employee of Apollo or any of its partners or affiliates from engaging in other activities, whether or not competitive with any business of the Company or any of its respective subsidiaries or affiliates.

 

Section 4.                                             Compensation .  As consideration for Apollo’s agreement to render the services set forth in Section 3(a) of this Agreement and as compensation for any such services rendered by Apollo, the Company agrees to pay, or cause its subsidiaries to pay, to Apollo an annual fee of $1,000,000, payable in equal quarterly installments of $250,000 each on the first day of each fiscal quarter (or, if such date is not a business day, on the next business day thereafter).

 

If Apollo elects to terminate this Agreement upon written notice to the Company pursuant to Section 2 herein, as consideration for the termination of Apollo’s services under this Agreement and any additional compensation to be received hereunder, the Company agrees to pay, or cause its subsidiaries to pay, to Apollo the sum of $5,500,000 less any amounts Apollo has already received from the date hereof from the Company pursuant to the immediately preceding paragraph.

 

Upon presentation by Apollo to the Company of such documentation as may be reasonably requested by the Company, the Company shall reimburse, or cause its subsidiaries to reimburse, Apollo for all out-of-pocket expenses, including, without limitation, legal fees and expenses, and other disbursements incurred by Apollo, its affiliates or any of its affiliates’ directors, officers, employees or agents in the performance of Apollo’s obligations under the Original Management Consulting Agreement, whether incurred on, after or prior to the date thereof.

 

Nothing in this Agreement shall have the effect of prohibiting Apollo or any of its affiliates from receiving from the Company or any of its subsidiaries or affiliates any other fees, including any fee payable pursuant to Section 6.

 

Section 5.                                             Indemnification .  The Company agrees that it shall, or it shall cause its subsidiaries to, indemnify and hold harmless Apollo, its affiliates and its affiliates’ directors, officers, employees and agents (collectively, the “ Indemnified Persons ”) on demand from and against any and all liabilities, costs, expenses (including, without limitation, attorneys’ fees, travel expenses, and a per diem compensation for any time required in connection with any

 

2



 

investigation, proceeding or litigation) and disbursements (collectively, “ Claims ”) of any kind with respect to or arising from this Agreement or the Original Management Consulting Agreement or the performance by any Indemnified Person of any services in connection herewith or therewith or on behalf of the Company or any of its subsidiaries in any manner or in their capacity as a director. shareholder, officer or agent of the Company or any of its subsidiaries.  The indemnification provided for in this Section 4 shall be in addition to and not be deemed exclusive of any other rights to which any Indemnified Person may be entitled under the Company’s certificate of incorporation, as amended, by-laws, as amended, any agreement, or otherwise, and shall continue as to any Indemnified Person who has ceased to be party to this Agreement or a director of the Company or any of its subsidiaries.  Any repeal, modification or termination of any right or protection provided to any Indemnified Person pursuant to the Company’s certificate of incorporation, as amended, by-laws, as amended, any agreement, or otherwise, shall not adversely affect any right or protection provided to such Indemnified Person hereunder.  Notwithstanding the foregoing provision, the Company shall not be liable for any Claim under this Section 5 arising from the willful misconduct of any Indemnified Person.

 

Section 6.                                             Other Services .  If the Company or any of its subsidiaries shall determine that it is advisable for the Company or such subsidiaries to hire a financial advisor, consultant investment banker or any similar agent in connection with any merger, acquisition, disposition, recapitalization, issuance of securities, financing or any similar transaction, it shall notify Apollo of such determination in writing.  Promptly thereafter, upon the request of Apollo, the parties shall negotiate in good faith to agree upon appropriate services, compensation and indemnification for the Company or such subsidiary to hire Apollo or its affiliates for such services.  The Company and its subsidiaries may not hire any person, other than Apollo or its affiliates, for any services, unless all of the following conditions have been satisfied: (a) the parties are unable to agree after 30 days following receipt by Apollo of such written notice, (b) such other person has a reputation that is at least equal to the reputation of Apollo in respect of such services, (c) ten business days shall have elapsed after the Company or such subsidiary provides a written notice to Apollo of its intention to hire such other person, which notice shall identify such other person and shall describe in reasonable detail the nature of the services to be provided, the compensation to be paid and the indemnification to be provided, (d) the compensation to be paid is not more than Apollo was willing to accept in the negotiations described above and (e) the indemnification to be provided is not more favorable to the Company or the applicable subsidiary than the indemnification that Apollo was willing to accept in the negotiations described above.  In the absence of an express agreement to the contrary, at the closing of any merger, acquisition or similar transaction, Apollo shall receive a fee equal to 1% of the aggregate enterprise value paid or provided by the Company (including the aggregate value of (x) equity securities, warrants, rights and options acquired or retained, (y) indebtedness acquired, assumed or refinanced and (z) any other consideration or compensation paid in connection with such transaction).

 

Section 7.                                             Notices .  All notices, requests, consents and other communications hereunder shall be in writing and shall be deemed sufficient if personally delivered, sent by nationally-recognized overnight courier, by telecopy, or by registered or certified mail, return receipt requested and postage prepaid, addressed as follows:

 

if to Apollo, to:

 

3



 

 

Apollo Management V, L.P.

 

1301 Avenue of the Americas

 

38th Floor

 

New York, New York 10019

 

Attention:  Scott Kleinman

 

Telecopier: (212) 515-3232;

 

if to the Company:

 

 

Compass Minerals International, Inc.

 

8300 College Park Boulevard

 

Overland Park, Kansas 66210

 

Attention:  Chief Executive Officer

 

Telecopier: (913) 338-7919

 

or to such other address as the party to whom notice is to be given may have furnished to each other party in writing in accordance herewith.  Any such notice or communication shall be deemed to have been received (a) in the case of personal delivery, on the date of such delivery, (b) in the case of nationally-recognized overnight courier, on the next business day after the date when sent, (c) in the case of telecopy transmission, when received, and (d) in the case of mailing, on the third business day following that on which the piece of mail containing such communication is posted.

 

Section 8.                                             Benefits of Agreement .  This Agreement shall bind and inure to the benefit of Apollo, the Company, the Company’s subsidiaries, the Indemnified Persons and any successors to or assigns of Apollo and the Company; provided, however , that other than any assignment to an affiliate of Apollo, this Agreement may not be assigned by either party hereto without the prior written consent of the other party, which consent will not be unreasonably withheld in the case of any assignment by Apollo.  Upon Apollo’s request, the Company shall cause its subsidiaries to become parties hereto directly in order to avail themselves of the services hereunder.

 

Section 9.                                             Governing Law .  This Agreement shall be governed by and construed and enforced in accordance with the laws of the State of New York (without giving effect to principles of conflicts of laws).

 

Section 10.                                       Headings .  Section headings are used for convenience only and shall in no way affect the construction of this Agreement.

 

Section 11.                                       Entire Agreement; Amendments .  This Agreement contains the entire understanding of the parties with respect to its subject matter, and neither it nor any part of it may in any way be altered, amended, extended, waived, discharged or terminated except by a written agreement signed by each of the parties hereto.

 

Section 12.                                       Counterparts .  This Agreement may be executed in counterparts, and each such counterpart shall be deemed to be an original instrument, but all such counterparts together shall constitute but one agreement.

 

4



 

Section 13.                                       Waivers .  Any party to this Agreement may, by written notice to the other party, waive any provision of this Agreement.  The waiver by any party of a breach of any provision of this Agreement shall not operate or be construed as a waiver of any subsequent breach.

 

5



 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have duly executed this Management Consulting Agreement as of the date first above written.

 

 

COMPASS MINERALS INTERNATIONAL, INC.

 

 

 

 

 

By:

 

 

 

 

Name:

 

 

Title:

 

 

 

 

 

APOLLO MANAGEMENT V, L.P.

 

 

 

 

 

By:

 

 

 

 

Name:

 

 

Title:

 





Exhibit 10.19

 

 

 

COMPASS MINERALS INTERNATIONAL, INC.

 

and

 

American Stock Transfer & Trust Company

 

as Rights Agent

 

Rights Agreement

 

Dated as of December 11, 2003

 

 

 



 

RIGHTS AGREEMENT

 

Rights Agreement, dated as of December 11, 2003, between Compass Minerals International, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “ Company ”), and American Stock Transfer & Trust Company, a New York corporation, as Rights Agent (the “ Rights Agent ”).

 

RECITALS

 

WHEREAS, on December 10, 2003, the Board of Directors of the Company adopted this Agreement, and has authorized and declared a dividend of one preferred share purchase right (a “ Right ”) for each Common Share (as defined in Section 1.6) of the Company outstanding at the close of business December 11, 2003 (the “ Record Date ”) and has authorized and directed the issuance of one Right (subject to adjustment as provided herein) with respect to each Common Share that shall become outstanding between the Record Date and the earliest of the Distribution Date and the Expiration Date (as such terms are defined in Sections 3.1 and 7.1), each Right initially representing the right to purchase one one-thousandth (subject to adjustment) of a share of Series A Junior Participating Preferred Stock (the “ Preferred Shares ”) of the Company having the rights, powers and preferences set forth in the form of Certificate of Designation attached hereto as Exhibit A , upon the terms and subject to the conditions hereinafter set forth provided , however , that Rights may be issued with respect to Common Shares that shall become outstanding after the Distribution Date and prior to the Expiration Date in accordance with Section 22.

 

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the premises and the mutual agreements herein set forth, the parties hereby agree as follows:

 

Section 1.                                             Certain Definitions .  For purposes of this Agreement, the following terms have the meanings indicated:

 

1.1.   “ Acquiring Person ” shall mean any Person (as such term is hereinafter defined) who or which, together with all Affiliates and Associates (as such terms are hereinafter defined) of such Person, shall be the Beneficial Owner (as such term is hereinafter defined) of 15% or more of the Common Shares of the Company then outstanding but shall not include an Exempt Person (as such term is hereinafter defined).  Notwithstanding the foregoing, no Person shall become an “Acquiring Person” as the result of an acquisition of Common Shares by the Company which, by reducing the number of shares outstanding, increases the proportionate number of shares beneficially owned by such Person to 15% or more of the Common Shares of the Company then outstanding; provided , however , that if a Person shall become the Beneficial Owner of 15% or more of the Common Shares of the Company then outstanding solely by reason of share purchases by the Company and shall, after such share purchases by the Company, become the Beneficial Owner of one or more additional Common Shares of the Company (other than pursuant to a dividend or distribution paid or made by the Company on the outstanding Common Shares in Common Shares or pursuant to a split or subdivision of the outstanding Common Shares), then such Person shall be deemed to be an “ Acquiring Person ” unless upon becoming the Beneficial Owner of such additional shares of Common Stock such Person does not beneficially own 15% or more of the shares of Common Stock then outstanding.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, if the Board of Directors of the Company determines in good

 



 

faith that a Person who would otherwise be an “Acquiring Person,” as defined pursuant to the foregoing provisions of this Section 1.1, has become such inadvertently (including, without limitation, because (A) such Person was unaware that it beneficially owned a percentage of Common Stock that would otherwise cause such Person to be an “ Acquiring Person ” or (B) such Person was aware of the extent of its Beneficial Ownership of Common Stock but had no actual knowledge of the consequences of such Beneficial Ownership under this Agreement), and without any intention of changing or influencing control of the Company, and such Person divests as promptly as practicable a sufficient number of Common Shares so that such Person would no longer be an Acquiring Person, as defined pursuant to the foregoing provisions of this Section 1.1, then such Person shall not be deemed to be or have become an “ Acquiring Person ” at any time for any purposes of this Agreement.  For all purposes of this Agreement, any calculation of the number of Common Shares outstanding at any particular time, including for purposes of determining the particular percentage of such outstanding Common Shares of which any Person is the Beneficial Owner, shall be made in accordance with the last sentence of Rule 13d-3(d)(1)(i) of the General Rules and Regulations under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “ Exchange Act ”), as in effect on the date of this Agreement.

 

1.2.   “ Affiliate ” and “ Associate ” shall have the respective meanings ascribed to such terms in Rule 12b-2 of the General Rules and Regulations, under the Exchange Act, as in effect on the date of this Agreement.

 

1.3.   A Person shall be deemed the “ Beneficial Owner ” of and shall be deemed to “ beneficially own ” any securities:

 

(i)                                      which such Person or any of such Person’s Affiliates or Associates beneficially owns, directly or indirectly (as determined pursuant to Rule 13d-3 of the General Rules and Regulations under the Exchange Act as in effect on the date of this Agreement);

 

(ii)                                   which such Person or any of such Person’s Affiliates or Associates, directly or indirectly, has (A) the right to acquire (whether such right is exercisable immediately, or only after the passage of time, compliance with regulatory requirements, fulfillment of a condition or otherwise) pursuant to any agreement, arrangement or understanding, whether or not in writing (other than customary agreements with and between underwriters and selling group members with respect to a bona fide public offering of securities), or upon the exercise of conversion rights, exchange rights, rights, warrants or options, or otherwise; provided , however , that a Person shall not be deemed the Beneficial Owner of, or to beneficially own, (w) securities tendered pursuant to a tender or exchange offer made by or on behalf of such Person or any of such Person’s Affiliates or Associates until such tendered securities are accepted for purchase or exchange, (x) securities which such Person has a right to acquire upon the exercise of Rights at any time prior to the time that any Person becomes an Acquiring Person, (y) securities issuable upon the exercise of Rights from and after the time that any Person becomes an Acquiring Person if such Rights were acquired by such Person or any of such Person’s Affiliates or Associates prior to the Distribution Date or pursuant to Section 3.1 or Section 22 (“ Original Rights ”) or pursuant to Section 11.9 or Section 11.15 with respect to an adjustment to Original Rights or (z) securities which such Person or any of such Person’s Affiliates or Associates may acquire, does or do acquire or may be deemed to acquire or may be deemed to have the right to acquire, pursuant to any merger or other acquisition agreement

 

2



 

between the Company and such Person (or one or more of such Person’s Affiliates or Associates) if prior to such Person becoming an Acquiring Person the Board of Directors of the Company has approved such agreement and determined that such Person shall not be or be deemed to be the beneficial owner of such securities within the meaning of this Section 1.3; or (B) the right to vote pursuant to any agreement, arrangement or understanding (whether or not in writing); provided , however , that a Person shall not be deemed the Beneficial Owner of, or to beneficially own, any security under this clause (B) if the agreement, arrangement or understanding to vote such security (1) arises solely from a revocable proxy or consent given to such Person in response to a public proxy or consent solicitation made pursuant to, and in accordance with, the applicable rules and regulations of the Exchange Act and (2) is not also then reportable on Schedule 13D under the Exchange Act (or any comparable or successor report); or

 

(iii)                                which are beneficially owned, directly or indirectly, by any other Person (or any Affiliate or Associate thereof) and with respect to which such Person or any of such Person’s Affiliates or Associates has any agreement, arrangement or understanding (other than customary agreements with and between underwriters and selling group members with respect to a bona fide public offering of securities), whether or not in writing, for the purpose of acquiring, holding, voting (except pursuant to a revocable proxy or consent as described in the proviso to Section 1.3(ii)(B)) or disposing of any securities of the Company;

 

provided , however , that no Person who is an officer, director or employee of an Exempt Person shall be deemed, solely by reason of such Person’s status or authority as such, to be the “Beneficial Owner” of, to have “Beneficial Ownership” of or to “beneficially own” any securities that are “beneficially owned” (as defined in this Section 1.3), including, without limitation, in a fiduciary capacity, by an Exempt Person or by any other such officer, director or employee of an Exempt Person.

 

1.4.   “ Apollo ” shall mean Apollo Management V, L.P., any of its Affiliates and Associates, including, without limitation, YBR Holdings, LLC, YBR Netherlands I, L.P. and YBR Netherlands II, L.P., any Person with whom, or with any of whose Affiliates or Associates, Apollo has an agreement, arrangement or understanding (other than customary agreements with and between underwriters and selling group members with respect to a bona fide public offering of securities), whether or not in writing, for the purposes of acquiring, holding, voting (except pursuant to a revocable proxy or consent given to such Person in response to a public proxy or consent solicitation made pursuant to, and in accordance with, the applicable rules and regulations of the Exchange Act) or disposing of any securities of the Company and any group (within the meaning of Rule 13d-3 of the Exchange Act) formed thereby.

 

1.5.   “ Business Day ” shall mean any day other than a Saturday, Sunday, or a day on which banking institutions in the State of New York are authorized or obligated by law or executive order to close.

 

1.6.   “ close of business ” on any given date shall mean 5:00 p.m., New York time, on such date; provided , however , that if such date is not a Business Day it shall mean 5:00 p.m., New York time, on the next succeeding Business Day.

 

3



 

1.7.   “ Common Shares ” when used with reference to the Company shall mean the shares of common stock, par value $.01 per share, of the Company.  “ Common Shares ” when used with reference to any Person other than the Company shall mean the capital stock with the greatest voting power, or the equity securities or other equity interest having power to control or direct the management, of such other Person or, if such Person is a Subsidiary (as such term is hereinafter defined) of another Person, the Person or Persons which ultimately control such first-mentioned Person, and which has issued and outstanding such capital stock, equity securities or equity interest.

 

1.8.   “ Exempt Person ” shall mean (i) the Company and any Subsidiary of the Company, in each case including, without limitation, in its fiduciary capacity, or any employee benefit plan of the Company or of any Subsidiary of the Company or any entity or trustee holding shares of capital stock of the Company for or pursuant to the terms of any such plan, or for the purpose of funding other employee benefits for employees of the Company or any Subsidiary of the Company, and (ii) Apollo.

 

1.9.   “ Person ” shall mean any individual, partnership, joint venture, limited liability company, firm, corporation, unincorporated association, trust or other entity, and shall include any successor (by merger or otherwise) of such entity.

 

1.10.   “ Shares Acquisition Date ” shall mean the first date of public announcement (which, for purposes of this definition, shall include, without limitation, the filing of a report pursuant to Section 13(d) of the Exchange Act or pursuant to a comparable successor statute) by the Company or an Acquiring Person that an Acquiring Person has become such or that discloses information which reveals the existence of an Acquiring Person or such earlier date as a majority of the Board of Directors shall become aware of the existence of an Acquiring Person.

 

1.11.   “ Subsidiary ” of any Person shall mean any corporation or other entity of which a majority of the voting power of the voting equity securities or equity interests is owned, of record or beneficially, directly or indirectly, by such Person.

 

1.12.   A “ Trigger Event ” shall be deemed to have occurred upon any Person becoming an Acquiring Person.

 

1.13.   The following terms shall have the meanings defined for such terms in the Sections set forth below:

 

Term

 

Section

 

 

 

Adjustment Shares

 

11.1.2

common stock equivalent

 

11.1.3

Company

 

Recitals

current per share market price

 

11.4

Current Value

 

11.1.3

Distribution Date

 

3.1

equivalent preferred stock

 

11.2

Exchange Act

 

1.1

 

4



 

Exchange Consideration

 

27

Expiration Date

 

7.1

Final Expiration Date

 

7.1

NYSE

 

9

Original Rights

 

1.3

Preferred Shares

 

Recitals

Principal Party

 

13.2

Purchase Price

 

4

Record Date

 

Recitals

Redemption Date

 

7.1

Redemption Price

 

23.1

Right

 

Recitals

Right Certificate

 

3.1

Rights Agent

 

Recitals

Security

 

11.4

Spread

 

11.1.3

Substitution Period

 

11.1.3

Summary of Rights

 

3.2

Trading Day

 

11.4

 

Section 2.                                             Appointment of Rights Agent .  The Company hereby appoints the Rights Agent to act as agent for the Company and the holders of the Rights (who, in accordance with Section 3, shall prior to the Distribution Date also be the holders of the Common Shares) in accordance with the terms and conditions hereof, and the Rights Agent hereby accepts such appointment.  The Company may from time to time appoint such co-Rights Agents as it may deem necessary or desirable.  In the event the Company appoints one or more co-Rights Agents, the respective duties of the Rights Agent and any co-Rights Agent shall be as the Company shall determine.  Contemporaneously with such appointment, if any, the Company shall notify the Rights Agent thereof.

 

Section 3.                                             Issuance of Right Certificates.

 

3.1.    Rights Evidenced by Share Certificates .  Until the earlier of (i) the tenth day after the Shares Acquisition Date or (ii) the tenth Business Day after the date of the commencement of, or first public announcement of the intent of any Person (other than an Exempt Person) to commence, a tender or exchange offer the consummation of which would result in any Person (other than an Exempt Person) becoming the Beneficial Owner of Common Shares aggregating 15% or more of the then outstanding Common Shares of the Company (the earlier of (i) and (ii) being herein referred to as the “ Distribution Date ”), (x) the Rights (unless earlier expired, redeemed or terminated) will be evidenced (subject to the provisions of Section 3.2) by the certificates for Common Shares registered in the names of the holders thereof (which certificates for Common Shares shall also be deemed to be Right Certificates) and not by separate certificates, and (y) the Rights (and the right to receive certificates therefor) will be transferable only in connection with the transfer of the underlying Common Shares.  The preceding sentence notwithstanding, prior to the occurrence of a Distribution Date specified as a result of an event described in clause (ii) (or such later Distribution Date as the Board of Directors of the Company may select pursuant to this sentence), the Board of Directors may

 

5



 

postpone, one or more times, the Distribution Date which would occur as a result of an event described in clause (ii) beyond the date set forth in such clause (ii).  Nothing herein shall permit such a postponement of a Distribution Date after a Person becomes an Acquiring Person.  As soon as practicable after the Distribution Date, the Company will prepare and execute, the Rights Agent will countersign and the Company (or, if requested, the Rights Agent) will send, by first-class, postage-prepaid mail, to each record holder of Common Shares as of the close of business on the Distribution Date (other than any Acquiring Person or any Associate or Affiliate of an Acquiring Person), at the address of such holder shown on the records of the Company, one or more certificates for Rights, in substantially the form of Exhibit B hereto (a “ Right Certificate ”), evidencing one Right (subject to adjustment as provided herein) for each Common Share so held.  As of the Distribution Date, the Rights will be evidenced solely by such Right Certificates.

 

3.2.    Summary of Rights .  On the Record Date or as soon as practicable thereafter, the Company will send or cause to be sent a copy of a Summary of Rights to Purchase Preferred Shares, in substantially the form attached hereto as Exhibit C (the “ Summary of Rights ”), by first-class, postage-prepaid mail, to each record holder of Common Shares as of the close of business on the Record Date at the address of such holder shown on the records of the Company.  With respect to certificates for Common Shares outstanding as of the close of business on the Record Date, until the Distribution Date (or the earlier Expiration Date), the Rights will be evidenced by such certificates for Common Shares registered in the names of the holders thereof together with a copy of the Summary of Rights and the registered holders of the Common Shares shall also be registered holders of the associated Rights.  Until the Distribution Date (or the earlier Expiration Date), the surrender for transfer of any certificate for Common Shares outstanding at the close of business on the Record Date, with or without a copy of the Summary of Rights, shall also constitute the transfer of the Rights associated with the Common Shares represented thereby.

 

3.3.    New Certificates After Record Date .  Certificates for Common Shares which become outstanding (whether upon issuance out of authorized but unissued Common Shares, disposition out of treasury or transfer or exchange of outstanding Common Shares) after the Record Date but prior to the earliest of the Distribution Date or the Expiration Date, shall have impressed, printed, stamped, written or otherwise affixed onto them the following legend:

 

This certificate also evidences and entitles the holder hereof to certain rights as set forth in an Agreement between Compass Minerals International, Inc. (the “ Company ”) and American Stock Transfer & Trust Company, as Rights Agent, as the same may be amended from time to time (the “ Agreement ”), the terms of which are hereby incorporated herein by reference and a copy of which is on file at the principal executive offices of the Company.  Under certain circumstances, as set forth in the Agreement, such Rights will be evidenced by separate certificates and will no longer be evidenced by this certificate.  The Company will mail to the holder of this certificate a copy of the Agreement without charge after receipt of a written request therefor.  As described in the Agreement, Rights which are owned by, transferred to or have been owned by Acquiring Persons or Associates or Affiliates thereof (as defined in the Agreement) shall become null and void and will no longer be transferable .

 

6



 

With respect to such certificates containing the foregoing legend, until the Distribution Date (or the earlier Expiration Date), the Rights associated with the Common Shares represented by such certificates shall be evidenced by such certificates alone, and the surrender for transfer of any such certificates, except as otherwise provided herein, shall also constitute the transfer of the Rights associated with the Common Shares represented thereby.  In the event that the Company purchases or acquires any Common Shares after the Record Date but prior to the Distribution Date, any Rights associated with such Common Shares shall be deemed canceled and retired so that the Company shall not be entitled to exercise any Rights associated with the Common Shares which are no longer outstanding.

 

Notwithstanding this Section 3.3, the omission of a legend shall not affect the enforceability of any part of this Agreement or the rights of any holder of the Rights.

 

Section 4.                                             Form of Right Certificates .  The Right Certificates (and the forms of election to purchase shares, certification and assignment to be printed on the reverse thereof) shall be substantially the same as Exhibit B hereto and may have such marks of identification or designation and such legends, summaries or endorsements printed thereon as the Company may deem appropriate and as are not inconsistent with the provisions of this Agreement, or as may be required to comply with any applicable law or with any rule or regulation made pursuant thereto or with any rule or regulation of any stock exchange or trading system on which the Rights may from time to time be listed or quoted, or to conform to usage.  Subject to the terms and conditions hereof, the Right Certificates, whenever issued, shall be dated as of the Record Date, and shall show the date of countersignature by the Rights Agent, and on their face shall entitle the holders thereof to purchase such number of one one-thousandths of a Preferred Share as shall be set forth therein at the price per one one-thousandth of a Preferred Share set forth therein (the “ Purchase Price ”), but the number of such one one-thousandths of a Preferred Share and the Purchase Price shall be subject to adjustment as provided herein.

 

Section 5.                                             Countersignature and Registration . The Right Certificates shall be executed on behalf of the Company by its Chairman of the Board of Directors, the President or any Vice President, either manually or by facsimile signature, and shall have affixed thereto the Company’s seal or a facsimile thereof which shall be attested by the Secretary or any Assistant Secretary of the Company, either manually or by facsimile signature.  The Right Certificates shall be countersigned, either manually or by facsimile signature, by an authorized signatory of the Rights Agent, but it shall not be necessary for the same signatory to countersign all of the Right Certificates hereunder.  No Right Certificate shall be valid for any purpose unless so countersigned.  In case any officer of the Company who shall have signed any of the Right Certificates shall cease to be such officer of the Company before countersignature by the Rights Agent and issuance and delivery by the Company, such Right Certificates, nevertheless, may be countersigned by the Rights Agent, and issued and delivered by the Company with the same force and effect as though the person who signed such Right Certificates had not ceased to be such officer of the Company; and any Right Certificate may be signed on behalf of the Company by any person who, at the actual date of the execution of such Right Certificate, shall be a proper officer of the Company to sign such Right Certificate, although at the date of the execution of this Agreement any such person was not such an officer.

 

7



 

Following the Distribution Date, the Rights Agent will keep or cause to be kept, at its principal office, books for registration and transfer of the Right Certificates issued hereunder.  Such books shall show the names and addresses of the respective holders of the Right Certificates, the number of Rights evidenced on its face by each of the Right Certificates, the certificate number of each of the Right Certificates and the date of each of the Right Certificates.

 

Section 6.                                             Transfer, Split Up, Combination and Exchange of Right Certificates; Mutilated, Destroyed, Lost or Stolen Right Certificates .  Subject to the provisions of Section 11.1.2 and Section 14, at any time after the close of business on the Distribution Date, and at or prior to the close of business on the Expiration Date, any Right Certificate or Right Certificates (other than Right Certificates representing Rights that have become void pursuant to Section 11.1.2 or that have been exchanged pursuant to Section 27) may be transferred, split up or combined or exchanged for another Right Certificate or Right Certificates, entitling the registered holder to purchase a like number of one one-thousandths of a Preferred Share as the Right Certificate or Right Certificates surrendered then entitled such holder to purchase.  Any registered holder desiring to transfer, split up or combine or exchange any Right Certificate shall make such request in writing delivered to the Rights Agent, and shall surrender, together with any required form of assignment and certificate duly completed, the Right Certificate or Right Certificates to be transferred, split up or combined or exchanged at the office of the Rights Agent designated for such purpose.  Neither the Rights Agent nor the Company shall be obligated to take any action whatsoever with respect to the transfer of any such surrendered Right Certificate or Right Certificates until the registered holder shall have completed and signed the certificate contained in the form of assignment on the reverse side of such Right Certificate or Right Certificates and shall have provided such additional evidence of the identity of the Beneficial Owner (or former Beneficial Owner) or Affiliates or Associates thereof as the Company shall reasonably request.  Thereupon the Rights Agent shall countersign and deliver to the person entitled thereto a Right Certificate or Right Certificates, as the case may be, as so requested.  The Company may require payment from the holders of Right Certificates of a sum sufficient to cover any tax or governmental charge that may be imposed in connection with any transfer, split up or combination or exchange of such Right Certificates.

 

Subject to the provisions of Section 11.1.2 , at any time after the Distribution Date and prior to the Expiration Date, upon receipt by the Company and the Rights Agent of evidence reasonably satisfactory to them of the loss, theft, destruction or mutilation of a Right Certificate, and, in case of loss, theft or destruction, of indemnity or security reasonably satisfactory to them, and, at the Company’s request, reimbursement to the Company and the Rights Agent of all reasonable expenses incidental thereto, and upon surrender to the Rights Agent and cancellation of the Right Certificate if mutilated, the Company will make and deliver a new Right Certificate of like tenor to the Rights Agent for countersignature and delivery to the registered owner in lieu of the Right Certificate so lost, stolen, destroyed or mutilated.

 

Section 7.                                             Exercise of Rights; Purchase Price; Expiration Date of Rights.

 

7.1.    Exercise of Rights .  Subject to Section 11.1.2 and except as otherwise provided herein, the registered holder of any Right Certificate may exercise the Rights evidenced thereby in whole or in part at any time after the Distribution Date upon surrender of the Right Certificate, with the form of election to purchase and certification on the reverse side thereof

 

8



 

duly executed, to the Rights Agent at the office of the Rights Agent designated for such purpose, together with payment of the aggregate Purchase Price for the total number of one one-thousandths of a Preferred Share (or other securities, cash or other assets) as to which the Rights are exercised, at or prior to the time (the “ Expiration Date ”) that is the earliest of (i) the close of business on December 11, 2013 (the “ Final Expiration Date ”), (ii) the time at which the Rights are redeemed as provided in Section 23 (the “ Redemption Date ”), (iii) the closing of any merger or other acquisition transaction involving the Company pursuant to an agreement of the type described in Section 13.3 at which time the Rights are deemed terminated, or (iv) the time at which the Rights are exchanged as provided in Section 27.

 

7.2.    Purchase .  The Purchase Price for each one one-thousandth of a Preferred Share pursuant to the exercise of a Right shall be initially $70.00, shall be subject to adjustment from time to time as provided in Sections 11, 13 and 26 and shall be payable in lawful money of the United States of America in accordance with Section 7.3.

 

7.3.    Payment Procedures .  Upon receipt of a Right Certificate representing exercisable Rights, with the form of election to purchase and certification duly executed, accompanied by payment of the aggregate Purchase Price for the total number of one one-thousandths of a Preferred Share to be purchased and an amount equal to any applicable transfer tax required to be paid by the holder of such Right Certificate in accordance with Section 9, in cash or by certified or cashier’s check or money order payable to the order of the Company, the Rights Agent shall thereupon promptly (i)(A) requisition from any transfer agent of the Preferred Shares (or make available, if the Rights Agent is the transfer agent) certificates for the number of Preferred Shares to be purchased and the Company hereby irrevocably authorizes its transfer agent to comply with all such requests, or (B) if the Company shall have elected to deposit the total number of Preferred Shares issuable upon exercise of the Rights hereunder with a depository agent, requisition from the depositary agent depositary receipts representing interests in such number of one one-thousandths of a Preferred Share as are to be purchased (in which case certificates for the Preferred Shares represented by such receipts shall be deposited by the transfer agent with the depositary agent) and the Company hereby directs the depositary agent to comply with all such requests, (ii) when appropriate, requisition from the Company the amount of cash to be paid in lieu of the issuance of fractional shares in accordance with Section 14 or otherwise in accordance with Section 11.1.3, (iii) promptly after receipt of such certificates or depositary receipts, cause the same to be delivered to or upon the order of the registered holder of such Right Certificate, registered in such name or names as may be designated by such holder and (iv) when appropriate, after receipt, promptly deliver such cash to or upon the order of the registered holder of such Right Certificate.  In the event that the Company is obligated to issue other securities of the Company, pay cash and/or distribute other property pursuant to Section 11.1.3, the Company will make all arrangements necessary so that such other securities, cash and/or other property are available for distribution by the Rights Agent, if and when appropriate.

 

7.4.    Partial Exercise .  In case the registered holder of any Right Certificate shall exercise less than all the Rights evidenced thereby, a new Right Certificate evidencing Rights equivalent to the Rights remaining unexercised shall be issued by the Rights Agent and delivered to the registered holder of such Right Certificate or to his duly authorized assigns, subject to the provisions of Section 14.

 

9



 

7.5.    Full Information Concerning Ownership .  Notwithstanding anything in this Agreement to the contrary, neither the Rights Agent nor the Company shall be obligated to undertake any action with respect to a registered holder of Rights upon the occurrence of any purported exercise as set forth in this Section 7 unless the certificate contained in the form of election to purchase set forth on the reverse side of the Right Certificate surrendered for such exercise shall have been duly completed and signed by the registered holder thereof and the Company shall have been provided with such additional evidence of the identity of the Beneficial Owner (or former Beneficial Owner) or Affiliates or Associates thereof as the Company shall reasonably request.

 

Section 8.                                             Cancellation and Destruction of Right Certificates .  All Right Certificates surrendered for the purpose of exercise, transfer, split up, combination or exchange shall, if surrendered to the Company or to any of its agents, be delivered to the Rights Agent for cancellation or in canceled form, or, if surrendered to the Rights Agent, shall be canceled by it, and no Right Certificates shall be issued in lieu thereof except as expressly permitted by any of the provisions of this Agreement.  The Company shall deliver to the Rights Agent for cancellation and retirement, and the Rights Agent shall so cancel and retire, any other Right Certificate purchased or acquired by the Company otherwise than upon the exercise thereof.  The Rights Agent shall deliver all canceled Right Certificates to the Company, or shall, at the written request of the Company, destroy such canceled Right Certificates, and in such case shall deliver a certificate of destruction thereof to the Company.

 

Section 9.                                             Reservation and Availability of Capital Stock .  The Company covenants and agrees that from and after the Distribution Date it will cause to be reserved and kept available out of its authorized and unissued Preferred Shares (and, following the occurrence of a Trigger Event, out of its authorized and unissued Common Shares or other securities or out of its shares held in its treasury) the number of Preferred Shares (and, following the occurrence of a Trigger Event, Common Shares and/or other securities) that will be sufficient to permit the exercise in full of all outstanding Rights.

 

So long as the Preferred Shares (and, following the occurrence of a Trigger Event, Common Shares and/or other securities) issuable upon the exercise of Rights may be listed on any national securities exchange or traded in the over-the-counter market and quoted on the New York Stock Exchange, Inc. (the “ NYSE ”), the Company shall use its best efforts to cause, from and after such time as the Rights become exercisable, all shares reserved for such issuance to be listed or admitted to trading on such exchange or quoted on the NYSE upon official notice of issuance upon such exercise.

 

The Company covenants and agrees that it will take all such action as may be necessary to ensure that all Preferred Shares (and, following the occurrence of a Trigger Event, Common Shares and/or other securities) delivered upon exercise of Rights shall, at the time of delivery of the certificates for such shares (subject to payment of the Purchase Price), be duly and validly authorized and issued and fully paid and nonassessable shares.

 

From and after such time as the Rights become exercisable, the Company shall use its best efforts, if then necessary to permit the issuance of Preferred Shares upon the exercise of Rights, to register and qualify such Preferred Shares under the Securities Act and any applicable

 

10



 

state securities or “Blue Sky” laws (to the extent exemptions therefrom are not available), cause such registration statement and qualifications to become effective as soon as possible after such filing and keep such registration and qualifications effective until the earlier of the date as of which the Rights are no longer exercisable for such securities and the Expiration Date.  The Company may temporarily suspend, for a period of time not to exceed ninety (90) days, the exercisability of the Rights in order to prepare and file a registration statement under the Securities Act and permit it to become effective.  Upon any such suspension, the Company shall issue a public announcement stating that the exercisability of the Rights has been temporarily suspended, as well as a public announcement at such time as the suspension is no longer in effect.  Notwithstanding any provision of this Agreement to the contrary, the Rights shall not be exercisable in any jurisdiction unless the requisite qualification in such jurisdiction shall have been obtained and until a registration statement under the Securities Act (if required) shall have been declared effective.

 

The Company further covenants and agrees that it will pay when due and payable any and all Federal and state transfer taxes and charges which may be payable in respect of the issuance or delivery of the Right Certificates or of any Preferred Shares (or Common Shares and/or other securities, as the case may be) upon the exercise of Rights.  The Company shall not, however, be required to pay any transfer tax which may be payable in respect of any transfer or delivery of Right Certificates to a person other than, or the issuance or delivery of certificates for the Preferred Shares (or Common Shares and/or other securities, as the case may be) in a name other than that of, the registered holder of the Right Certificate evidencing Rights surrendered for exercise or to issue or deliver any certificates for Preferred Shares (or Common Shares and/or other securities, as the case may be) in a name other than that of the registered holder upon the exercise of any Rights until any such tax shall have been paid (any such tax being payable by the holder of such Right Certificate at the time of surrender) or until it has been established to the Company’s satisfaction that no such tax is due.

 

Section 10.                                       Preferred Shares Record Date .  Each person in whose name any certificate for Preferred Shares (or Common Shares and/or other securities, as the case may be) is issued upon the exercise of Rights shall for all purposes be deemed to have become the holder of record of the Preferred Shares (or Common Shares and/or other securities, as the case may be) represented thereby on, and such certificate shall be dated, the date upon which the Right Certificate evidencing such Rights was duly surrendered and payment of the Purchase Price (and any applicable transfer taxes) was made; provided , however , that if the date of such surrender and payment is a date upon which the Preferred Shares (or Common Shares and/or other securities, as the case may be) transfer books of the Company are closed, such person shall be deemed to have become the record holder of such shares (fractional or otherwise) on, and such certificate shall be dated, the next succeeding Business Day on which the Preferred Shares (or Common Shares and/or other securities, as the case may be) transfer books of the Company are open.  Prior to the exercise of the Rights evidenced thereby, the holder of a Right Certificate shall not be entitled to any rights of a holder of Preferred Shares for which the Rights shall be exercisable, including, without limitation, the right to vote or to receive dividends or other distributions, and shall not be entitled to receive any notice of any proceedings of the Company, except as provided herein.

 

11



 

Section 11.                                       Adjustment of Purchase Price, Number of Shares or Number of Rights .  The Purchase Price, the number of Preferred Shares or other securities or property purchasable upon exercise of each Right and the number of Rights outstanding are subject to adjustment from time to time as provided in this Section 11.

 

11.1.    Post-Execution Events .

 

11.1.1.      Corporate Dividends, Reclassifications, Etc.   In the event the Company shall at any time after the date of this Agreement (A) declare and pay a dividend on the Preferred Shares payable in Preferred Shares, (B) subdivide the outstanding Preferred Shares, (C) combine the outstanding Preferred Shares into a smaller number of Preferred Shares or (D) issue any shares of its capital stock in a reclassification of the Preferred Shares (including any such reclassification in connection with a consolidation or merger in which the Company is the continuing or surviving corporation), except as otherwise provided in this Section 11.1, the Purchase Price in effect at the time of the record date for such dividend or of the effective date of such subdivision, combination or reclassification, and the number and kind of shares of capital stock issuable on such date, shall be proportionately adjusted so that the holder of any Right exercised after such time shall be entitled to receive the aggregate number and kind of shares of capital stock which, if such Right had been exercised immediately prior to such date and at a time when the Preferred Shares transfer books of the Company were open, he would have owned upon such exercise and been entitled to receive by virtue of such dividend, subdivision, combination or reclassification; provided , however , that in no event shall the consideration to be paid upon the exercise of one Right be less than the aggregate par value of the shares of capital stock of the Company issuable upon exercise of one Right.  If an event occurs which would require an adjustment under both Section 11.1.1 and Section 11.1.2, the adjustment provided for in this Section 11.1.1 shall be in addition to, and shall be made prior to, the adjustment required pursuant to, Section 11.1.2.

 

11.1.2.      Acquiring Person Events; Triggering Events .  Subject to Sections 23.1 and 27, in the event that a Trigger Event occurs, then, from and after the first occurrence of such event, each holder of a Right, except as provided below, shall thereafter have a right to receive, upon exercise thereof at a price per Right equal to the then current Purchase Price multiplied by the number of one one-thousandths of a Preferred Share for which a Right is then exercisable (without giving effect to this Section 11.1.2), in accordance with the terms of this Agreement and in lieu of Preferred Shares, such number of Common Shares as shall equal the result obtained by (x) multiplying the then current Purchase Price by the then number of one one-thousandths of a Preferred Share for which a Right is then exercisable (without giving effect to this Section 11.1.2) and (y) dividing that product by 50% of the current per share market price of the Common Shares (determined pursuant to Section 11.4) on the first of the date of the occurrence of, or the date of the first public announcement of, a Trigger Event (the “ Adjustment Shares ”); provided that the Purchase Price and the number of Adjustment Shares shall thereafter be subject to further adjustment as appropriate in accordance with Section 11.6.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, upon the occurrence of a Trigger Event, any Rights that are or were acquired or beneficially owned by (1) any Acquiring Person or any Associate or Affiliate thereof, (2) a transferee of any Acquiring Person (or of any such Associate or Affiliate) who becomes a transferee after the Acquiring Person becomes such, or (3) a transferee of any Acquiring Person (or of any such Associate or Affiliate) who becomes a transferee prior to or

 

12



 

concurrently with the Acquiring Person becoming such and receives such Rights pursuant to either (A) a transfer (whether or not for consideration) from the Acquiring Person to holders of equity interests in such Acquiring Person or to any Person with whom the Acquiring Person has any continuing agreement, arrangement or understanding regarding the transferred Rights or (B) a transfer which the Board of Directors of the Company has determined is part of a plan, arrangement or understanding which has as a primary purpose or effect avoidance of this Section 11.1.2, and subsequent transferees, shall become void without any further action, and any holder (whether or not such holder is an Acquiring Person or an Associate or Affiliate of an Acquiring Person) of such Rights shall thereafter have no right to exercise such Rights under any provision of this Agreement or otherwise.  From and after the Trigger Event, no Right Certificate shall be issued pursuant to Section 3 or Section 6 that represents Rights that are or have become void pursuant to the provisions of this paragraph, and any Right Certificate delivered to the Rights Agent that represents Rights that are or have become void pursuant to the provisions of this paragraph shall be canceled.

 

The Company shall use all reasonable efforts to ensure that the provisions of this Section 11.1.2 are complied with, but shall have no liability to any holder of Right Certificates or other Person as a result of its failure to make any determinations with respect to any Acquiring Person or its Affiliates, Associates or transferees hereunder.

 

From and after the occurrence of an event specified in Section 13.1, any Rights that theretofore have not been exercised pursuant to this Section 11.1.2 shall thereafter be exercisable only in accordance with Section 13 and not pursuant to this Section 11.1.2.

 

11.1.3.      Insufficient Shares .  The Company may at its option substitute for a Common Share issuable upon the exercise of Rights in accordance with the foregoing Section 11.1.2 a number of Preferred Shares or fraction thereof such that the current per share market price of one Preferred Share multiplied by such number or fraction is equal to the current per share market price of one Common Share.  In the event that upon the occurrence of a Trigger Event there shall not be sufficient Common Shares authorized but unissued, or held by the Company as treasury shares, to permit the exercise in full of the Rights in accordance with the foregoing Section 11.1.2, the Company shall take all such action as may be necessary to authorize additional Common Shares for issuance upon exercise of the Rights, provided , however , that if the Company determines that it is unable to cause the authorization of a sufficient number of additional Common Shares, then, in the event the Rights become exercisable, the Company, with respect to each Right and to the extent necessary and permitted by applicable law and any agreements or instruments in effect on the date hereof to which it is a party, shall:  (A) determine the excess of (1) the value of the Adjustment Shares issuable upon the exercise of a Right (the “ Current Value ”), over (2) the Purchase Price (such excess, the “ Spread ”) and (B) with respect to each Right (other than Rights which have become void pursuant to Section 11.1.2), make adequate provision to substitute for the Adjustment Shares, upon payment of the applicable Purchase Price, (1) cash, (2) a reduction in the Purchase Price, (3) Preferred Shares or other equity securities of the Company (including, without limitation, shares, or fractions of shares, of preferred stock which, by virtue of having dividend and liquidation rights substantially comparable to those of the Common Shares, the Board of Directors of the Company has deemed in good faith to have substantially the same value as Common Shares) (each such share of preferred stock or fractions of shares of preferred stock

 

13



 

constituting a “ common stock equivalent ”), (4) debt securities of the Company, (5) other assets or (6) any combination of the foregoing having an aggregate value equal to the Current Value, where such aggregate value has been determined by the Board of Directors of the Company based upon the advice of a nationally recognized investment banking firm selected in good faith by the Board of Directors of the Company; provided , however , that if the Company shall not have made adequate provision to deliver value pursuant to clause (B) above within thirty (30) days following the occurrence of a Trigger Event, then the Company shall be obligated to deliver, to the extent necessary and permitted by applicable law and any agreements or instruments in effect on the date hereof to which it is a party, upon the surrender for exercise of a Right and without requiring payment of the Purchase Price, Common Shares (to the extent available) and then, if necessary, such number or fractions of Preferred Shares (to the extent available) and then, if necessary, cash, which shares and/or cash have an aggregate value equal to the Spread.  If the Board of Directors of the Company shall determine in good faith that it is unlikely that sufficient additional Common Shares could be authorized for issuance upon exercise in full of the Rights, the thirty (30) day period set forth above may be extended and re-extended to the extent necessary, but not more than ninety (90) days following the occurrence of a Trigger Event, in order that the Company may seek stockholder approval for the authorization of such additional shares (such period as may be extended, the “ Substitution Period ”).  To the extent that the Company determines that some action need be taken pursuant to the second and/or third sentences of this Section 11.1.3, the Company (x) shall provide that such action shall apply uniformly to all outstanding Rights, and (y) may suspend the exercisability of the Rights until the expiration of the Substitution Period in order to seek any authorization of additional shares and/or to decide the appropriate form of distribution to be made pursuant to such first sentence and to determine the value thereof.  In the event of any such suspension, the Company shall issue a public announcement stating that the exercisability of the Rights has been temporarily suspended as well as a public announcement at such time as the suspension is no longer in effect.  For purposes of this Section 11.1.3, the value of a Common Share shall be the current per share market price (as determined pursuant to Section 11.4) on the date of the occurrence of a Trigger Event and the value of any “common stock equivalent” shall be deemed to have the same value as the Common Shares on such date.  The Board of Directors of the Company may, but shall not be required to, establish procedures to allocate the right to receive Common Shares upon the exercise of the Rights among holders of Rights pursuant to this Section 11.1.3.

 

11.2.    Dilutive Rights Offering .  In case the Company shall fix a record date for the issuance of rights, options or warrants to all holders of Preferred Shares entitling them (for a period expiring within forty-five (45) calendar days after such record date) to subscribe for or purchase Preferred Shares (or securities having the same rights, privileges and preferences as the Preferred Shares (“ equivalent preferred stock ”)) or securities convertible into Preferred Shares or equivalent preferred stock at a price per Preferred Share or per share of equivalent preferred stock (or having a conversion or exercise price per share, if a security convertible into or exercisable for Preferred Shares or equivalent preferred stock) less than the current per share market price of the Preferred Shares (as determined pursuant to Section 11.4) on such record date, the Purchase Price to be in effect after such record date shall be determined by multiplying the Purchase Price in effect immediately prior to such record date by a fraction, the numerator of which shall be the number of Preferred Shares and shares of equivalent

 

14



 

preferred stock outstanding on such record date plus the number of Preferred Shares and shares of equivalent preferred stock which the aggregate offering price of the total number of Preferred Shares and/or shares of equivalent preferred stock to be offered (and/or the aggregate initial conversion price of the convertible securities so to be offered) would purchase at such current per share market price and the denominator of which shall be the number of Preferred Shares and shares of equivalent preferred stock outstanding on such record date plus the number of additional Preferred Shares and/or shares of equivalent preferred stock to be offered for subscription or purchase (or into which the convertible securities so to be offered are initially convertible); provided , however , that in no event shall the consideration to be paid upon the exercise of one Right be less than the aggregate par value of the shares of capital stock of the Company issuable upon exercise of one Right.  In case such subscription price may be paid in a consideration part or all of which shall be in a form other than cash, the value of such consideration shall be as determined in good faith by the Board of Directors of the Company, whose determination shall be described in a statement filed with the Rights Agent and shall be binding on the Rights Agent and the holders of the Rights.  Preferred Shares and shares of equivalent preferred stock owned by or held for the account of the Company or any Subsidiary of the Company shall not be deemed outstanding for the purpose of any such computation.  Such adjustments shall be made successively whenever such a record date is fixed; and in the event that such rights or warrants are not so issued, the Purchase Price shall be adjusted to be the Purchase Price which would then be in effect if such record date had not been fixed.

 

11.3.    Distributions .  In case the Company shall fix a record date for the making of a distribution to all holders of the Preferred Shares (including any such distribution made in connection with a consolidation or merger in which the Company is the continuing or surviving corporation) of evidences of indebtedness, cash, securities or assets (other than a regular periodic cash dividend at a rate not in excess of 125% of the rate of the last regular periodic cash dividend theretofore paid or, in case regular periodic cash dividends have not theretofore been paid, at a rate not in excess of 50% of the average net income per share of the Company for the four quarters ended immediately prior to the payment of such dividend, or a dividend payable in Preferred Shares (which dividend, for purposes of this Agreement, shall be subject to the provisions of Section 11.1.1(A))) or convertible securities, or subscription rights or warrants (excluding those referred to in Section 11.2), the Purchase Price to be in effect after such record date shall be determined by multiplying the Purchase Price in effect immediately prior to such record date by a fraction, the numerator of which shall be the current per share market price of the Preferred Shares (as determined pursuant to Section 11.4) on such record date, less the fair market value (as determined in good faith by the Board of Directors of the Company, whose determination shall be described in a statement filed with the Rights Agent) of the portion of the cash, assets, securities or evidences of indebtedness so to be distributed or of such subscription rights or warrants applicable to one Preferred Share and the denominator of which shall be such current per share market price of the Preferred Shares (as determined pursuant to Section 11.4); provided , however , that in no event shall the consideration to be paid upon the exercise of one Right be less than the aggregate par value of the shares of capital stock of the Company to be issued upon exercise of one Right.  Such adjustments shall be made successively whenever such a record date is fixed; and in the event that such distribution is not so made, the Purchase Price shall again be adjusted to be the Purchase Price which would then be in effect if such record date had not been fixed.

 

15



 

11.4.    Current Per Share Market Value.

 

11.4.1.      General .  For the purpose of any computation hereunder, the “ current per share market price ” of any security (a “ Security ” for the purpose of this Section 11.4.1) on any date shall be deemed to be the average of the daily closing prices per share of such Security for the thirty (30) consecutive Trading Days (as such term is hereinafter defined) immediately prior to such date; provided , however , that in the event that the current per share market price of the Security is determined during any period following the announcement by the issuer of such Security of (i) a dividend or distribution on such Security payable in shares of such Security or securities convertible into such shares or (ii) any subdivision, combination or reclassification of such Security, and prior to the expiration of thirty (30) Trading Days after the ex-dividend date for such dividend or distribution, or the record date for such subdivision, combination or reclassification, then, and in each such case, the “current per share market price” shall be appropriately adjusted to reflect the current market price per share equivalent of such Security.  The closing price for each day shall be the last sale price, regular way, or, in case no such sale takes place on such day, the average of the closing bid and asked prices, regular way, in either case as reported in the principal consolidated transaction reporting system with respect to securities listed or admitted to trading on the NYSE or, if the Security is not listed or admitted to trading on the NYSE, as reported in the principal consolidated transaction reporting system with respect to securities listed on the principal national securities exchange on which the Security is listed or admitted to trading or, if the Security is not listed or admitted to trading on any national securities exchange, the last quoted price or, if not so quoted, the average of the high bid and low asked prices in the over-the-counter market, as reported by Nasdaq or such other system then in use, or, if on any such date the Security is not quoted by any such organization, the average of the closing bid and asked prices as furnished by a professional market maker making a market in the Security selected by the Board of Directors of the Company.  If on any such date no such market maker is making a market in the Security, the fair value of the Security on such date as determined in good faith by the Board of Directors of the Company shall be used.  The term “ Trading Day ” shall mean a day on which the principal national securities exchange on which the Security is listed or admitted to trading is open for the transaction of business or, if the Security is not listed or admitted to trading on any national securities exchange, a Business Day.  If the Security is not publicly held or not so listed or traded, or if on any such date the Security is not so quoted and no such market maker is making a market in the Security, “current per share market price” shall mean the fair value per share as determined in good faith by the Board of Directors of the Company or, if at the time of such determination there is an Acquiring Person, by a nationally recognized investment banking firm selected by the Board of Directors, which shall have the duty to make such determination in a reasonable and objective manner, whose determination shall be described in a statement filed with the Rights Agent and shall be conclusive for all purposes.

 

11.4.2.      Preferred Shares .  Notwithstanding Section 11.4.1, for the purpose of any computation hereunder, the “current per share market price” of the Preferred Shares shall be determined in the same manner as set forth above in Section 11.4.1 (other than the last sentence thereof).  If the current per share market price of the Preferred Shares cannot be determined in the manner described in Section 11.4.1, the “current per share market price” of the Preferred Shares shall be conclusively deemed to be an amount equal to 1,000 (as such number may be appropriately adjusted for such events as stock splits, stock dividends and

 

16



 

recapitalizations with respect to the Common Shares occurring after the date of this Agreement) multiplied by the current per share market price of the Common Shares (as determined pursuant to Section 11.4.1). If neither the Common Shares nor the Preferred Shares are publicly held or so listed or traded, or if on any such date neither the Common Shares nor the Preferred Shares are so quoted and no such market maker is making a market in either the Common Shares or the Preferred Shares, “current per share market price” of the Preferred Shares shall mean the fair value per share as determined in good faith by the Board of Directors of the Company, or, if at the time of such determination there is an Acquiring Person, by a nationally recognized investment banking firm selected by the Board of Directors of the Company, which shall have the duty to make such determination in a reasonable and objective manner, which determination shall be described in a statement filed with the Rights Agent and shall be conclusive for all purposes.  For purposes of this Agreement, the “current per share market price” of one one-thousandth of a Preferred Share shall be equal to the “current per share market price” of one Preferred Share divided by 1,000.

 

11.5.    Insignificant Changes .  No adjustment in the Purchase Price shall be required unless such adjustment would require an increase or decrease of at least 1% in the Purchase Price.  Any adjustments which by reason of this Section 11.5 are not required to be made shall be carried forward and taken into account in any subsequent adjustment.  All calculations under this Section 11 shall be made to the nearest cent or to the nearest one-hundred thousandth of a Preferred Share or the nearest one-thousandth of a Common Share or other share or security, as the case may be.

 

11.6.    Shares Other Than Preferred Shares .  If as a result of an adjustment made pursuant to Section 11.1, the holder of any Right thereafter exercised shall become entitled to receive any shares of capital stock of the Company other than Preferred Shares, thereafter the number of such other shares so receivable upon exercise of any Right shall be subject to adjustment from time to time in a manner and on terms as nearly equivalent as practicable to the provisions with respect to the Preferred Shares contained in Sections 11.1, 11.2, 11.3, 11.5, 11.8, 11.9 and 11.13, and the provisions of Sections 7, 9, 10, 13 and 14 with respect to the Preferred Shares shall apply on like terms to any such other shares.

 

11.7.    Rights Issued Prior to Adjustment .  All Rights originally issued by the Company subsequent to any adjustment made to the Purchase Price hereunder shall evidence the right to purchase, at the adjusted Purchase Price, the number of one one-thousandths of a Preferred Share purchasable from time to time hereunder upon exercise of the Rights, all subject to further adjustment as provided herein.

 

11.8.    Effect of Adjustments .  Unless the Company shall have exercised its election as provided in Section 11.9, upon each adjustment of the Purchase Price as a result of the calculations made in Sections 11.2 and 11.3, each Right outstanding immediately prior to the making of such adjustment shall thereafter evidence the right to purchase, at the adjusted Purchase Price, that number of one one-thousandths of a Preferred Share (calculated to the nearest one-thousand thousandth of a Preferred Share) obtained by (i) multiplying (x) the number of one one-thousandths of a Preferred Share covered by a Right immediately prior to this adjustment by (y) the Purchase Price in effect immediately prior to such adjustment of the

 

17



 

Purchase Price and (ii) dividing the product so obtained by the Purchase Price in effect immediately after such adjustment of the Purchase Price.

 

11.9.    Adjustment in Number of Rights .  The Company may elect on or after the date of any adjustment of the Purchase Price to adjust the number of Rights, in substitution for any adjustment in the number of one one-thousandths of a Preferred Share issuable upon the exercise of a Right.  Each of the Rights outstanding after such adjustment of the number of Rights shall be exercisable for the number of one one-thousandths of a Preferred Share for which a Right was exercisable immediately prior to such adjustment.  Each Right held of record prior to such adjustment of the number of Rights shall become that number of Rights (calculated to the nearest one-thousandth) obtained by dividing the Purchase Price in effect immediately prior to adjustment of the Purchase Price by the Purchase Price in effect immediately after adjustment of the Purchase Price.  The Company shall make a public announcement of its election to adjust the number of Rights, indicating the record date for the adjustment, and, if known at the time, the amount of the adjustment to be made.  This record date may be the date on which the Purchase Price is adjusted or any day thereafter, but, if the Right Certificates have been issued, shall be at least ten (10) days later than the date of the public announcement.  If Right Certificates have been issued, upon each adjustment of the number of Rights pursuant to this Section 11.9, the Company may, as promptly as practicable, cause to be distributed to holders of record of Right Certificates on such record date Right Certificates evidencing, subject to Section 14, the additional Rights to which such holders shall be entitled as a result of such adjustment, or, at the option of the Company, shall cause to be distributed to such holders of record in substitution and replacement for the Right Certificates held by such holders prior to the date of adjustment, and upon surrender thereof, if required by the Company, new Right Certificates evidencing all the Rights to which such holders shall be entitled after such adjustment.  Right Certificates so to be distributed shall be issued, executed and countersigned in the manner provided for herein (and may bear, at the option of the Company, the adjusted Purchase Price) and shall be registered in the names of the holders of record of Right Certificates on the record date specified in the public announcement.

 

11.10.    Right Certificates Unchanged .  Irrespective of any adjustment or change in the Purchase Price or the number of one one-thousandths of a Preferred Share issuable upon the exercise of the Rights, the Right Certificates theretofore and thereafter issued may continue to express the Purchase Price per share and the number of one one-thousandths of a Preferred Share which were expressed in the initial Right Certificates issued hereunder.

 

11.11.    Par Value Limitations .  Before taking any action that would cause an adjustment reducing the Purchase Price below one one-thousandth of the then par value, if any, of the Preferred Shares or other shares of capital stock issuable upon exercise of the Rights, the Company shall take any corporate action which may, in the opinion of its counsel, be necessary in order that the Company may validly and legally issue fully paid and nonassessable Preferred Shares or other such shares at such adjusted Purchase Price.

 

11.12.    Deferred Issuance .  In any case in which this Section 11 shall require that an adjustment in the Purchase Price be made effective as of a record date for a specified event, the Company may elect to defer until the occurrence of such event the issuance to the holder of any Right exercised after such record date of that number of Preferred Shares and shares of other

 

18



 

capital stock or securities of the Company, if any, issuable upon such exercise over and above the Preferred Shares and shares of other capital stock or other securities, assets or cash of the Company, if any, issuable upon such exercise on the basis of the Purchase Price in effect prior to such adjustment; provided , however , that the Company shall deliver to such holder a due bill or other appropriate instrument evidencing such holder’s right to receive such additional shares upon the occurrence of the event requiring such adjustment.

 

11.13.    Reduction in Purchase Price .  Anything in this Section 11 to the contrary notwithstanding, the Company shall be entitled to make such reductions in the Purchase Price, in addition to those adjustments expressly required by this Section 11, as and to the extent that it in its sole discretion shall determine to be advisable in order that any consolidation or subdivision of the Preferred Shares, issuance wholly for cash of any of the Preferred Shares at less than the current market price, issuance wholly for cash of Preferred Shares or securities which by their terms are convertible into or exchangeable for Preferred Shares, dividends on Preferred Shares payable in Preferred Shares or issuance of rights, options or warrants referred to hereinabove in this Section 11, hereafter made by the Company to holders of its Preferred Shares shall not be taxable to such stockholders.

 

11.14.    Company Not to Diminish Benefits of Rights.  The Company covenants and agrees that after the earlier of the Shares Acquisition Date or Distribution Date it will not, except as permitted by Section 23, Section 26 or Section 27, take (or permit any Subsidiary to take) any action if at the time such action is taken it is reasonably foreseeable that such action will substantially diminish or otherwise eliminate the benefits intended to be afforded by the Rights.

 

11.15.    Adjustment of Rights Associated with Common Shares .  Notwithstanding anything contained in this Agreement to the contrary, in the event that the Company shall at any time after the date hereof and prior to the Distribution Date (i) declare or pay any dividend on the outstanding Common Shares payable in Common Shares, (ii) effect a subdivision or consolidation of the outstanding Common Shares (by reclassification or otherwise than by the payment of dividends payable in Common Shares), or (iii) combine the outstanding Common Shares into a greater or lesser number of Common Shares, then in any such case, the number of Rights associated with each Common Share then outstanding, or issued or delivered thereafter but prior to the Distribution Date or in accordance with Section 22 shall be proportionately adjusted so that the number of Rights thereafter associated with each Common Share following any such event shall equal the result obtained by multiplying the number of Rights associated with each Common Share immediately prior to such event by a fraction, the numerator of which shall be the total number of Common Shares outstanding immediately prior to the occurrence of the event and the denominator of which shall be the total number of Common Shares outstanding immediately following the occurrence of such event.  The adjustments provided for in this Section 11.15 shall be made successively whenever such a dividend is declared or paid or such a subdivision, combination or consolidation is effected.

 

Section 12.                                       Certificate of Adjusted Purchase Price or Number of Shares .  Whenever an adjustment is made as provided in Sections 11 or 13, the Company shall (a) promptly prepare a certificate setting forth such adjustment, and a brief statement of the facts accounting for such adjustment, (b) promptly file with the Rights Agent and with each transfer agent for the Common

 

19



 

Shares or the Preferred Shares a copy of such certificate and (c) mail a brief summary thereof to each holder of a Right Certificate in accordance with Section 25.  The Rights Agent shall be fully protected in relying on any such certificate and on any adjustment therein contained and shall not be deemed to have knowledge of any such adjustment unless and until it shall have received such certificate.

 

Section 13.                                       Consolidation, Merger or Sale or Transfer of Assets or Earning Power.

 

13.1.    Certain Transactions .  In the event that, from and after the first occurrence of a Trigger Event, directly or indirectly, (A) the Company shall consolidate with, or merge with and into, any other Person and the Company shall not be the continuing or surviving corporation, (B) any Person shall consolidate with the Company, or merge with and into the Company and the Company shall be the continuing or surviving corporation of such merger and, in connection with such merger, all or part of the Common Shares shall be changed into or exchanged for stock or other securities of the Company or any other Person or cash or any other property, or (C) the Company shall sell, exchange, mortgage or otherwise transfer (or one or more of its Subsidiaries shall sell, exchange, mortgage or otherwise transfer), in one or more transactions, assets or earning power aggregating 50% or more of the assets or earning power of the Company and its Subsidiaries (taken as a whole) to any other Person or Persons (other than the Company or one or more wholly-owned Subsidiaries of the Company in one or more transactions each of which complies with Section 11.14), then, and in each such case, proper provision shall be made so that (i) each holder of a Right (other than Rights which have become void pursuant to Section 11.1.2) shall thereafter have the right to receive, upon the exercise thereof at a price per Right equal to the then current Purchase Price multiplied by the number of one one-thousandths of a Preferred Share for which a Right was exercisable immediately prior to the first occurrence of a Trigger Event (as subsequently adjusted pursuant to Sections 11.1.1, 11.2, 11.3, 11.8, 11.9 and 11.12), in accordance with the terms of this Agreement and in lieu of Preferred Shares or Common Shares, such number of validly authorized and issued, fully paid, non-assessable and freely tradable Common Shares of the Principal Party (as such term is hereinafter defined) not subject to any liens, encumbrances, rights of first refusal or other adverse claims, as shall be equal to the result obtained by (x) multiplying the then current Purchase Price by the number of one one-thousandths of a Preferred Share for which a Right was exercisable immediately prior to the first occurrence of a Trigger Event (as subsequently adjusted pursuant to Sections 11.1.1, 11.2, 11.3, 11.8, 11.9 and 11.12) and (y) dividing that product by 50% of the then current per share market price of the Common Shares of such Principal Party (determined pursuant to Section 11.4) on the date of consummation of such consolidation, merger, sale or transfer; provided that the price per Right so payable and the number of Common Shares of such Principal Party so receivable upon exercise of a Right shall thereafter be subject to further adjustment as appropriate in accordance with Section 11.6 to reflect any events covered thereby occurring in respect of the Common Shares of such Principal Party after the occurrence of such consolidation, merger, sale or transfer; (ii) such Principal Party shall thereafter be liable for, and shall assume, by virtue of such consolidation, merger, sale or transfer, all the obligations and duties of the Company pursuant to this Agreement; (iii) the term “Company” shall thereafter be deemed to refer to such Principal Party; and (iv) such Principal Party shall take such steps (including, but not limited to, the reservation of a sufficient number of its Common Shares in accordance with Section 9) in connection with such consummation as may be necessary to assure that the provisions hereof shall thereafter be applicable, as nearly as reasonably may be, in relation to its Common Shares

 

20



 

thereafter deliverable upon the exercise of the Rights; provided that, upon the subsequent occurrence of any consolidation, merger, sale or transfer of assets or other extraordinary transaction in respect of such Principal Party, each holder of a Right shall thereupon be entitled to receive, upon exercise of a Right and payment of the Purchase Price as provided in this Section 13.1, such cash, shares, rights, warrants and other property which such holder would have been entitled to receive had such holder, at the time of such transaction, owned the Common Shares of the Principal Party receivable upon the exercise of a Right pursuant to this Section 13.1, and such Principal Party shall take such steps (including, but not limited to, reservation of shares of stock) as may be necessary to permit the subsequent exercise of the Rights in accordance with the terms hereof for such cash, shares, rights, warrants and other property.  The Company shall not consummate any such consolidation, merger, sale or transfer unless prior thereto the Company and such Principal Party shall have executed and delivered to the Rights Agent a supplemental agreement confirming that the requirements of this Section 13.1 and Section 13.2 shall promptly be performed in accordance with their terms and that such consolidation, merger, sale or transfer of assets shall not result in a default by the Principal Party under this Agreement as the same shall have been assumed by the Principal Party pursuant to this Section 13.1 and Section 13.2 and providing that, as soon as practicable after executing such agreement pursuant to this Section 13, the Principal Party, at its own expense, shall:

 

(1)                                   prepare and file a registration statement under the Securities Act, if necessary, with respect to the Rights and the securities purchasable upon exercise of the Rights on an appropriate form, use its best efforts to cause such registration statement to become effective as soon as practicable after such filing and use its best efforts to cause such registration statement to remain effective (with a prospectus at all times meeting the requirements of the Securities Act) until the Expiration Date and similarly comply with applicable state securities laws;

 

(2)                                   use its best efforts, if the Common Shares of the Principal Party shall be listed or admitted to trading on the NYSE or on another national securities exchange, to list or admit to trading (or continue the listing of) the Rights and the securities purchasable upon exercise of the Rights on the NYSE or such securities exchange, or, if the Common Shares of the Principal Party shall not be listed or admitted to trading on the NYSE or a national securities exchange, to cause the Rights and the securities receivable upon exercise of the Rights to be authorized for quotation on Nasdaq or on such other system then in use;

 

(3)                                   deliver to holders of the Rights historical financial statements for the Principal Party which comply in all respects with the requirements for registration on Form 10 (or any successor form) under the Exchange Act; and

 

(4)                                   obtain waivers of any rights of first refusal or preemptive rights in respect of the Common Shares of the Principal Party subject to purchase upon exercise of outstanding Rights.

 

In case the Principal Party has provision in any of its authorized securities or in its certificate of incorporation or by-laws or other instrument governing its corporate affairs, which provision would have the effect of (i) causing such Principal Party to issue (other than to holders of Rights pursuant to this Section 13), in connection with, or as a consequence of, the

 

21



 

consummation of a transaction referred to in this Section 13, Common Shares or common stock equivalents of such Principal Party at less than the then current market price per share thereof (determined pursuant to Section 11.4) or securities exercisable for, or convertible into, Common Shares or common stock equivalents of such Principal Party at less than such then current market price (other than to holders of Rights pursuant to this Section 13), or (ii) providing for any special payment, taxes or similar provision in connection with the issuance of the Common Shares of such Principal Party pursuant to the provision of Section 13, then, in such event, the Company hereby agrees with each holder of Rights that it shall not consummate any such transaction unless prior thereto the Company and such Principal Party shall have executed and delivered to the Rights Agent a supplemental agreement providing that the provision in question of such Principal Party shall have been canceled, waived or amended, or that the authorized securities shall be redeemed, so that the applicable provision will have no effect in connection with, or as a consequence of, the consummation of the proposed transaction.

 

The Company covenants and agrees that it shall not, at any time after the Trigger Event, enter into any transaction of the type described in clauses (A) through (C) of this Section 13.1 if (i) at the time of or immediately after such consolidation, merger, sale, transfer or other transaction there are any rights, warrants or other instruments or securities outstanding or agreements in effect which would substantially diminish or otherwise eliminate the benefits intended to be afforded by the Rights, (ii) prior to, simultaneously with or immediately after such consolidation, merger, sale, transfer or other transaction, the stockholders of the Person who constitutes, or would constitute, the Principal Party for purposes of Section 13.2 shall have received a distribution of Rights previously owned by such Person or any of its Affiliates or Associates or (iii) the form or nature of organization of the Principal Party would preclude or limit the exercisability of the Rights.  The provisions of this Section 13 shall similarly apply to successive transactions of the type described in clauses (A) through (C) of this Section 13.1.

 

13.2.    Principal Party .  “ Principal Party ” shall mean:

 

(i)                                      in the case of any transaction described in (A) or (B) of the first sentence of Section 13.1:  (i) the Person that is the issuer of the securities into which the Common Shares are converted in such merger or consolidation, or, if there is more than one such issuer, the issuer the Common Shares of which have the greatest aggregate market value of shares outstanding, or (ii) if no securities are so issued, (x) the Person that is the other party to the merger, if such Person survives said merger, or, if there is more than one such Person, the Person the Common Shares of which have the greatest aggregate market value of shares outstanding or (y) if the Person that is the other party to the merger does not survive the merger, the Person that does survive the merger (including the Company if it survives) or (z) the Person resulting from the consolidation; and

 

(ii)                                   in the case of any transaction described in (C) of the first sentence in Section 13.1, the Person that is the party receiving the greatest portion of the assets or earning power transferred pursuant to such transaction or transactions, or, if each Person that is a party to such transaction or transactions receives the same portion of the assets or earning power so transferred or if the Person receiving the greatest portion of the assets or earning power cannot be determined, whichever of such Persons is the issuer of Common Shares having the greatest aggregate market value of shares outstanding; provided , however , that in any such case described

 

22



 

in the foregoing clause (i) or (ii) of this Section 13.2, if the Common Shares of such Person are not at such time or have not been continuously over the preceding 12-month period registered under Section 12 of the Exchange Act, then (1) if such Person is a direct or indirect Subsidiary of another Person the Common Shares of which are and have been so registered, the term “Principal Party” shall refer to such other Person, or (2) if such Person is a Subsidiary, directly or indirectly, of more than one Person, the Common Shares of all of which are and have been so registered, the term “Principal Party” shall refer to whichever of such Persons is the issuer of Common Shares having the greatest aggregate market value of shares outstanding, or (3) if such Person is owned, directly or indirectly, by a joint venture formed by two or more Persons that are not owned, directly or indirectly, by the same Person, the rules set forth in clauses (1) and (2) above shall apply to each of the owners having an interest in the venture as if the Person owned by the joint venture was a Subsidiary of both or all of such joint venturers, and the Principal Party in each such case shall bear the obligations set forth in this Section 13 in the same ratio as its interest in such Person bears to the total of such interests.

 

13.3.    Approved Acquisitions .  Notwithstanding anything contained herein to the contrary, upon the consummation of any merger or other acquisition transaction of the type described in clause (A), (B) or (C) of Section 13.1 involving the Company pursuant to a merger or other acquisition agreement between the Company and any Person (or one or more of such Person’s Affiliates or Associates) which agreement has been approved by the Board of Directors of the Company prior to any Person becoming an Acquiring Person, this Agreement and the rights of holders of Rights hereunder shall be terminated in accordance with Section 7.1.

 

Section 14.                                       Fractional Rights and Fractional Shares.

 

14.1.    Cash in Lieu of Fractional Rights .  The Company shall not be required to issue fractions of Rights or to distribute Right Certificates which evidence fractional Rights (except prior to the Distribution Date in accordance with Section 11.15).  In lieu of such fractional Rights, there shall be paid to the registered holders of the Right Certificates with regard to which such fractional Rights would otherwise be issuable an amount in cash equal to the same fraction of the current market value of a whole Right.  For the purposes of this Section 14.1, the current market value of a whole Right shall be the closing price of the Rights for the Trading Day immediately prior to the date on which such fractional Rights would have been otherwise issuable.  The closing price for any day shall be the last sale price, regular way, or, in case no such sale takes place on such day, the average of the closing bid and asked prices, regular way, in either case as reported in the principal consolidated transaction reporting system with respect to securities listed or admitted to trading on the NYSE or, if the Rights are not listed or admitted to trading on the NYSE, as reported in the principal consolidated transaction reporting system with respect to securities listed on the principal national securities exchange on which the Rights are listed or admitted to trading or, if the Rights are not listed or admitted to trading on any national securities exchange, the last quoted price or, if not so quoted, the average of the high bid and low asked prices in the over-the-counter market, as reported by Nasdaq or such other system then in use or, if on any such date the Rights are not quoted by any such organization, the average of the closing bid and asked prices as furnished by a professional market maker making a market in the Rights selected by the Board of Directors of the Company.  If on any such date no such market maker is making a market in the Rights, the current market value of the Rights on such date shall be the fair value of the Rights as determined in good faith

 

23



 

by the Board of Directors of the Company, or, if at the time of such determination there is an Acquiring Person, by a nationally recognized investment banking firm selected by the Board of Directors of the Company, which shall have the duty to make such determination in a reasonable and objective manner, which determination shall be described in a statement filed with the Rights Agent and shall be conclusive for all purposes.

 

14.2.    Cash in Lieu of Fractional Preferred Shares .  The Company shall not be required to issue fractions of Preferred Shares (other than fractions which are integral multiples of one one-thousandth of a Preferred Share) upon exercise or exchange of the Rights or to distribute certificates which evidence fractional Preferred Shares (other than fractions which are integral multiples of one one-thousandth of a Preferred Share).  Interests in fractions of Preferred Shares in integral multiples of one one-thousandth of a Preferred Share may, at the election of the Company, be evidenced by depositary receipts, pursuant to an appropriate agreement between the Company and a depositary selected by it; provided that such agreement shall provide that the holders of such depositary receipts shall have all the rights, privileges and preferences to which they are entitled as beneficial owners of the Preferred Shares represented by such depositary receipts.  In lieu of fractional Preferred Shares that are not integral multiples of one one-thousandth of a Preferred Share, the Company shall pay to the registered holders of Right Certificates at the time such Rights are exercised or exchanged as herein provided an amount in cash equal to the same fraction of the current per share market price of one Preferred Share (as determined in accordance with Section 14.1) for the Trading Day immediately prior to the date of such exercise or exchange.

 

14.3.    Cash in Lieu of Fractional Common Shares .  The Company shall not be required to issue fractions of Common Shares or to distribute certificates which evidence fractional Common Shares upon the exercise or exchange of Rights.  In lieu of such fractional Common Shares, the Company shall pay to the registered holders of the Right Certificates with regard to which such fractional Common Shares would otherwise be issuable an amount in cash equal to the same fraction of the current market value of a whole Common Share (as determined in accordance with Section 14.1) for the Trading Day immediately prior to the date of such exercise or exchange.

 

14.4.    Waiver of Right to Receive Fractional Rights or Shares .  The holder of a Right by the acceptance of the Rights expressly waives his right to receive any fractional Rights or any fractional shares upon exercise or exchange of a Right, except as permitted by this Section 14.

 

Section 15.                                       Rights of Action .  All rights of action in respect of this Agreement, except the rights of action given to the Rights Agent under Section 18, are vested in the respective registered holders of the Right Certificates (and, prior to the Distribution Date, the registered holders of the Common Shares); and any registered holder of any Right Certificate (or, prior to the Distribution Date, of the Common Shares), without the consent of the Rights Agent or of the holder of any other Right Certificate (or, prior to the Distribution Date, of the Common Shares), may, in his own behalf and for his own benefit, enforce this Agreement, and may institute and maintain any suit, action or proceeding against the Company to enforce this Agreement, or otherwise enforce or act in respect of his right to exercise the Rights evidenced by such Right Certificate in the manner provided in such Right Certificate and in this Agreement.  Without

 

24



 

limiting the foregoing or any remedies available to the holders of Rights, it is specifically acknowledged that the holders of Rights would not have an adequate remedy at law for any breach of this Agreement and shall be entitled to specific performance of the obligations under, and injunctive relief against actual or threatened violations of, the obligations of any Person (including, without limitation, the Company) subject to this Agreement.

 

Section 16.                                       Agreement of Right Holders .  Every holder of a Right by accepting the same consents and agrees with the Company and the Rights Agent and with every other holder of a Right that:

 

(a)                                   prior to the Distribution Date, the Rights will be transferable only in connection with the transfer of the Common Shares;

 

(b)                                  as of and after the Distribution Date, the Right Certificates are transferable only on the registry books of the Rights Agent if surrendered at the office of the Rights Agent designated for such purpose, duly endorsed or accompanied by a proper instrument of transfer with all required certifications completed; and

 

(c)                                   the Company and the Rights Agent may deem and treat the Person in whose name the Right Certificate (or, prior to the Distribution Date, the associated Common Shares certificate) is registered as the absolute owner thereof and of the Rights evidenced thereby (notwithstanding any notations of ownership or writing on the Right Certificates or the associated Common Shares certificate made by anyone other than the Company or the Rights Agent) for all purposes whatsoever, and neither the Company nor the Rights Agent shall be affected by any notice to the contrary.

 

Section 17.                                       Right Certificate Holder Not Deemed a Stockholder .  No holder, as such, of any Right Certificate shall be entitled to vote, receive dividends or be deemed for any purpose the holder of the Preferred Shares or any other securities of the Company which may at any time be issuable on the exercise of the Rights represented thereby, nor shall anything contained herein or in any Right Certificate be construed to confer upon the holder of any Right Certificate, as such, any of the rights of a stockholder of the Company or any right to vote for the election of directors or upon any matter submitted to stockholders at any meeting thereof, or to give or withhold consent to any corporate action, or to receive notice of meetings or other actions affecting stockholders (except as provided in Section 24), or to receive dividends or subscription rights, or otherwise, until the Right or Rights evidenced by such Right Certificate shall have been exercised in accordance with the provisions hereof.

 

Section 18.                                       Concerning the Rights Agent .  The Company agrees to pay to the Rights Agent reasonable compensation for all services rendered by it hereunder in accordance with a fee schedule to be mutually agreed upon and, from time to time, on demand of the Rights Agent, its reasonable expenses and counsel fees and other disbursements incurred in the administration and execution of this Agreement and the exercise and performance of its duties hereunder.  The Company also agrees to indemnify the Rights Agent for, and to hold it harmless against, any loss, liability, or expense, incurred without negligence, bad faith or willful misconduct on the part of the Rights Agent, for anything done or omitted by the Rights Agent in connection with

 

25



 

the acceptance and administration of this Agreement, including the costs and expenses of defending against any claim of liability arising therefrom, directly or indirectly.

 

The Rights Agent shall be protected and shall incur no liability for or in respect of any action taken, suffered or omitted by it in connection with its administration of this Agreement in reliance upon any Right Certificate or certificate for the Preferred Shares or the Common Shares or for other securities of the Company, instrument of assignment or transfer, power of attorney, endorsement, affidavit, letter, notice, instruction, direction, consent, certificate, statement, or other paper or document believed by it to be genuine and to be signed, executed and, where necessary, verified or acknowledged, by the proper Person or Persons.

 

Section 19.                                       Merger or Consolidation or Change of Name of Rights Agent .  Any corporation or limited liability company into which the Rights Agent or any successor Rights Agent may be merged or with which it may be consolidated, or any corporation or limited liability company resulting from any merger or consolidation to which the Rights Agent or any successor Rights Agent shall be a party, or any corporation or limited liability company succeeding to the corporate trust or stock transfer business of the Rights Agent or any successor Rights Agent, shall be the successor to the Rights Agent under this Agreement without the execution or filing of any paper or any further act on the part of any of the parties hereto, provided that such corporation or limited liability company would be eligible for appointment as a successor Rights Agent under the provisions of Section 21.  In case at the time such successor Rights Agent shall succeed to the agency created by this Agreement, any of the Right Certificates shall have been countersigned but not delivered, any such successor Rights Agent may adopt the countersignature of the predecessor Rights Agent and deliver such Right Certificates so countersigned; and in case at that time any of the Right Certificates shall not have been countersigned, any successor Rights Agent may countersign such Right Certificates either in the name of the predecessor Rights Agent or in the name of the successor Rights Agent; and in all such cases such Right Certificates shall have the full force provided in the Right Certificates and in this Agreement.

 

In case at any time the name of the Rights Agent shall be changed and at such time any of the Right Certificates shall have been countersigned but not delivered, the Rights Agent may adopt the countersignature under its prior name and deliver Right Certificates so countersigned; and in case at that time any of the Right Certificates shall not have been countersigned, the Rights Agent may countersign such Right Certificates either in its prior name or in its changed name; and in all such cases such Right Certificates shall have the full force provided in the Right Certificates and in this Agreement.

 

Section 20.                                       Duties of Rights Agent .  The Rights Agent undertakes the duties and obligations imposed by this Agreement upon the following terms and conditions, by all of which the Company and the holders of Right Certificates, by their acceptance thereof, shall be bound:

 

20.1.    Legal Counsel .  The Rights Agent may consult with legal counsel selected by it (who may be legal counsel for the Company), and the opinion of such counsel shall be full and complete authorization and protection to the Rights Agent as to any action taken or omitted by it in good faith and in accordance with such opinion.

 

26



 

20.2.    Certificates as to Facts or Matters .  Whenever in the performance of its duties under this Agreement the Rights Agent shall deem it necessary or desirable that any fact or matter be proved or established by the Company prior to taking or suffering any action hereunder, such fact or matter (unless other evidence in respect thereof be herein specifically prescribed) may be deemed to be conclusively proved and established by a certificate signed by any one of the Chairman of the Board of Directors, the President, the Chief Financial Officer, any Vice President, the Treasurer, the Secretary or any Assistant Treasurer or Assistant Secretary of the Company and delivered to the Rights Agent; and such certificate shall be full authorization to the Rights Agent for any action taken or suffered in good faith by it under the provisions of this Agreement in reliance upon such certificate.

 

20.3.    Standard of Care .  The Rights Agent shall be liable hereunder only for its own negligence, bad faith or willful misconduct.

 

20.4.    Reliance on Agreement and Right Certificates .  The Rights Agent shall not be liable for or by reason of any of the statements of fact or recitals contained in this Agreement or in the Right Certificates (except as to its countersignature thereof) or be required to verify the same, but all such statements and recitals are and shall be deemed to have been made by the Company only.

 

20.5.    No Responsibility as to Certain Matters .  The Rights Agent shall not be under any responsibility in respect of the validity of this Agreement or the execution and delivery hereof (except the due execution hereof by the Rights Agent) or in respect of the validity or execution of any Right Certificate (except its countersignature thereof); nor shall it be responsible for any breach by the Company of any covenant or condition contained in this Agreement or in any Right Certificate; nor shall it be responsible for any change in the exercisability of the Rights (including the Rights becoming void pursuant to Section 11.1.2) or any adjustment required under the provisions of Sections 3, 11, 13, 23 or 27 or responsible for the manner, method or amount of any such adjustment or the ascertaining of the existence of facts that would require any such adjustment (except with respect to the exercise of Rights evidenced by Right Certificates after actual notice of any such change or adjustment); nor shall it by any act hereunder be deemed to make any representation or warranty as to the authorization or reservation of any Preferred Shares or other securities to be issued pursuant to this Agreement or any Right Certificate or as to whether any Preferred Shares will, when so issued, be validly authorized and issued, fully paid and nonassessable.

 

20.6.    Further Assurance by Company .  The Company agrees that it will perform, execute, acknowledge and deliver or cause to be performed, executed, acknowledged and delivered all such further and other acts, instruments and assurances as may reasonably be required by the Rights Agent for the carrying out or performing by the Rights Agent of the provisions of this Agreement.

 

20.7.    Authorized Company Officers .  The Rights Agent is hereby authorized and directed to accept instructions with respect to the performance of its duties hereunder from any one of the Chairman of the Board of Directors, the President, the Chief Financial Officer, any Vice President, the Treasurer, the Secretary or any Assistant Treasurer or Assistant Secretary of the Company, and to apply to such officers for advice or instructions in connection with its

 

27



 

duties under this Agreement, and it shall not be liable for any action taken or suffered to be taken by it in good faith in accordance with instructions of any such officer or for any delay in acting while waiting for these instructions.  Any application by the Rights Agent for written instructions from the Company may, at the option of the Rights Agent, set forth in writing any action proposed to be taken or omitted by the Rights Agent with respect to its duties or obligations under this Agreement and the date on and/or after which such action shall be taken or such omission shall be effective.  The Rights Agent shall not be liable to the Company for any action taken by, or omission of, the Rights Agent in accordance with a proposal included in any such application on or after the date specified therein (which date shall not be less than three (3) business days after the date any such officer actually receives such application, unless any such officer shall have consented in writing to an earlier date) unless, prior to taking of any such action (or the effective date in the case of omission), the Rights Agent shall have received written instructions in response to such application specifying the action to be taken or omitted.

 

20.8.    Freedom to Trade in Company Securities .  The Rights Agent and any stockholder, director, officer or employee of the Rights Agent may buy, sell or deal in any of the Rights or other securities of the Company or become pecuniarily interested in any transaction in which the Company may be interested, or contract with or lend money to the Company or otherwise act as fully and freely as though it were not Rights Agent under this Agreement.  Nothing herein shall preclude the Rights Agent from acting in any other capacity for the Company or for any other legal entity.

 

20.9.    Reliance on Attorneys and Agents .  The Rights Agent may execute and exercise any of the rights or powers hereby vested in it or perform any duty hereunder either itself or by or through its attorneys or agents, and the Rights Agent shall not be answerable or accountable for any act, omission, default, neglect or misconduct of any such attorneys or agents or for any loss to the Company resulting from any such act, omission, default, neglect or misconduct, provided that reasonable care was exercised in the selection and continued employment thereof.

 

20.10.    Incomplete Certificate .  If, with respect to any Rights Certificate surrendered to the Rights Agent for exercise or transfer, the certificate contained in the form of assignment or the form of election to purchase set forth on the reverse thereof, as the case may be, has not been completed to certify the holder is not an Acquiring Person (or an Affiliate or Associate thereof), the Rights Agent shall not take any further action with respect to such requested exercise or transfer without first consulting with the Company.

 

20.11.    Rights Holders List .  At any time and from time to time after the Distribution Date, upon the request of the Company, the Rights Agent shall promptly deliver to the Company a list, as of the most recent practicable date (or as of such earlier date as may be specified by the Company), of the holders of record of Rights.

 

Section 21.                                       Change of Rights Agent .  The Rights Agent or any successor Rights Agent may resign and be discharged from its duties under this Agreement upon thirty (30) days’ notice in writing mailed to the Company and to each transfer agent of the Common Shares and/or Preferred Shares, as applicable, by registered or certified mail.  Following the Distribution Date, the Company shall promptly notify the holders of the Right Certificates by first-class mail of any

 

28



 

such resignation.  The Company may remove the Rights Agent or any successor Rights Agent upon thirty (30) days’ notice in writing, mailed to the Rights Agent or successor Rights Agent, as the case may be, and to each transfer agent of the Common Shares and/or Preferred Shares, as applicable, by registered or certified mail, and to the holders of the Right Certificates by first-class mail.  If the Rights Agent shall resign or be removed or shall otherwise become incapable of acting, the resigning, removed, or incapacitated Rights Agent shall remit to the Company, or to any successor Rights Agent designated by the Company, all books, records, funds, certificates or other documents or instruments of any kind then in its possession which were acquired by such resigning, removed or incapacitated Rights Agent in connection with its services as Rights Agent hereunder, and shall thereafter be discharged from all duties and obligations hereunder.  Following notice of such removal, resignation or incapacity, the Company shall appoint a successor to such Rights Agent.  If the Company shall fail to make such appointment within a period of thirty (30) days after giving notice of such removal or after it has been notified in writing of such resignation or incapacity by the resigning or incapacitated Rights Agent or by the holder of a Right Certificate (who shall, with such notice, submit his Right Certificate for inspection by the Company), then the registered holder of any Right Certificate may apply to any court of competent jurisdiction for the appointment of a new Rights Agent.  Any successor Rights Agent, whether appointed by the Company or by such a court, shall be a corporation organized and doing business under the laws of the United States or of the State of New York (or any other state of the United States so long as such corporation is authorized to do business as a banking institution in the State of New York) in good standing, having an office in the State of New York, which is authorized under such laws to exercise stock transfer or corporate trust powers and is subject to supervision or examination by Federal or state authority and which has at the time of its appointment as Rights Agent a combined capital and surplus of at least $10 million.  After appointment, the successor Rights Agent shall be vested with the same powers, rights, duties and responsibilities as if it had been originally named as Rights Agent without further act or deed; but the predecessor Rights Agent shall deliver and transfer to the successor Rights Agent any property at the time held by it hereunder, and execute and deliver any further assurance, conveyance, act or deed necessary for the purpose.  Not later than the effective date of any such appointment the Company shall file notice thereof in writing with the predecessor Rights Agent and each transfer agent of the Common Shares and/or Preferred Shares, as applicable, and, following the Distribution Date, mail a notice thereof in writing to the registered holders of the Right Certificates. Failure to give any notice provided for in this Section 21, however, or any defect therein, shall not affect the legality or validity of the resignation or removal of the Rights Agent or the appointment of the successor Rights Agent, as the case may be.

 

Section 22.                                       Issuance of New Right Certificates .  Notwithstanding any of the provisions of this Agreement or of the Rights to the contrary, the Company may, at its option, issue new Right Certificates evidencing Rights in such form as may be approved by its Board of Directors to reflect any adjustment or change in the Purchase Price and the number or kind or class of shares or other securities or property purchasable under the Right Certificates made in accordance with the provisions of this Agreement.  In addition, in connection with the issuance or sale of Common Shares following the Distribution Date and prior to the Expiration Date, the Company shall, with respect to Common Shares so issued or sold pursuant to the exercise of stock options or under any employee plan or arrangement, granted or awarded, or upon exercise, conversion or exchange of securities hereinafter issued by the Company, in each case existing

 

29



 

prior to the Distribution Date, issue Right Certificates representing the appropriate number of Rights in connection with such issuance or sale; provided , however , that (i) no such Right Certificate shall be issued if, and to the extent that, the Company shall be advised by counsel that such issuance would create a significant risk of material adverse tax consequences to the Company or the Person to whom such Right Certificate would be issued and (ii) no such Right Certificate shall be issued if, and to the extent that, appropriate adjustment shall otherwise have been made in lieu of the issuance thereof.

 

Section 23.                                       Redemption .

 

23.1.    Right to Redeem .  The Board of Directors of the Company may, at its option, at any time prior to a Trigger Event, redeem all but not less than all of the then outstanding Rights at a redemption price of $.01 per Right, appropriately adjusted to reflect any stock split, stock dividend, recapitalization or similar transaction occurring after the date hereof (such redemption price being hereinafter referred to as the “ Redemption Price ”), and the Company may, at its option, pay the Redemption Price in Common Shares (based on the “current per share market price,” determined pursuant to Section 11.4, of the Common Shares at the time of redemption), cash or any other form of consideration deemed appropriate by the Board of Directors.  The redemption of the Rights by the Board of Directors may be made effective at such time, on such basis and subject to such conditions as the Board of Directors in its sole discretion may establish.

 

23.2.    Redemption Procedures .  Immediately upon the action of the Board of Directors of the Company ordering the redemption of the Rights (or at such later time as the Board of Directors may establish for the effectiveness of such redemption), and without any further action and without any notice, the right to exercise the Rights will terminate and the only right thereafter of the holders of Rights shall be to receive the Redemption Price for each Right so held.  The Company shall promptly give public notice of such redemption; provided , however , that the failure to give, or any defect in, any such notice shall not affect the validity of such redemption.  The Company shall promptly give, or cause the Rights Agent to give, notice of such redemption to the holders of the then outstanding Rights by mailing such notice to all such holders at their last addresses as they appear upon the registry books of the Rights Agent or, prior to the Distribution Date, on the registry books of the transfer agent for the Common Shares.  Any notice which is mailed in the manner herein provided shall be deemed given, whether or not the holder receives the notice.  Each such notice of redemption shall state the method by which the payment of the Redemption Price will be made.  Neither the Company nor any of its Affiliates or Associates may redeem, acquire or purchase for value any Rights at any time in any manner other than that specifically set forth in this Section 23 or in Section 27, and other than in connection with the purchase, acquisition or redemption of Common Shares prior to the Distribution Date.

 

Section 24.                                       Notice of Certain Events .  In case the Company shall propose at any time after the earlier of the Shares Acquisition Date and the Distribution Date (a) to pay any dividend payable in stock of any class to the holders of Preferred Shares or to make any other distribution to the holders of Preferred Shares (other than a regular periodic cash dividend at a rate not in excess of 125% of the rate of the last regular periodic cash dividend theretofore paid or, in case regular periodic cash dividends have not theretofore been paid, at a rate not in excess of 50% of

 

30



 

the average net income per share of the Company for the four quarters ended immediately prior to the payment of such dividends, or a stock dividend on, or a subdivision, combination or reclassification of the Common Shares), or (b) to offer to the holders of Preferred Shares rights or warrants to subscribe for or to purchase any additional Preferred Shares or shares of stock of any class or any other securities, rights or options, or (c) to effect any reclassification of its Preferred Shares (other than a reclassification involving only the subdivision of outstanding Preferred Shares), or (d) to effect any consolidation or merger into or with, or to effect any sale or other transfer (or to permit one or more of its Subsidiaries to effect any sale or other transfer), in one or more transactions, of 50% or more of the assets or earning power of the Company and its Subsidiaries (taken as a whole) to, any other Person (other than pursuant to a merger or other acquisition agreement of the type described in Section 1.3(ii)(A)(z)), or (e) to effect the liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the Company, or (f) to declare or pay any dividend on the Common Shares payable in Common Shares or to effect a subdivision, combination or consolidation of the Common Shares (by reclassification or otherwise than by payment of dividends in Common Shares), then, in each such case, the Company shall give to the Rights Agent and to each holder of a Right Certificate, in accordance with Section 25, a notice of such proposed action, which shall specify the record date for the purposes of such stock dividend, distribution of rights or warrants, or the date on which such reclassification, consolidation, merger, sale, transfer, liquidation, dissolution, or winding up is to take place and the date of participation therein by the holders of the Preferred Shares and/or Common Shares, if any such date is to be fixed, and such notice shall be so given in the case of any action covered by clause (a) or (b) above at least ten (10) days prior to the record date for determining holders of the Preferred Shares for purposes of such action, and in the case of any such other action, at least ten (10) days prior to the date of the taking of such proposed action or the date of participation therein by the holders of the Preferred Shares and/or Common Shares, whichever shall be the earlier.

 

In case any event set forth in Section 11.1.2 or Section 13 shall occur, then, in any such case, (i) the Company shall as soon as practicable thereafter give to the Rights Agent and to each holder of a Right Certificate, in accordance with Section 25, a notice of the occurrence of such event, which notice shall describe the event and the consequences of the event to holders of Rights under Section 11.1.2 and Section 13, and (ii) all references in this Section 24 to Preferred Shares shall be deemed thereafter to refer to Common Shares and/or, if appropriate, other securities.

 

Notwithstanding anything in this Agreement to the contrary, prior to the Distribution Date a filing by the Company with the Securities and Exchange Commission shall constitute sufficient notice to the holders of securities of the Company, including the Rights, for purposes of this Agreement and no other notice need be given.

 

Section 25.                                       Notices .  Notices or demands authorized by this Agreement to be given or made by the Rights Agent or by the holder of any Right Certificate to or on the Company shall be sufficiently given or made if sent by first-class mail, postage prepaid, addressed (until another address is filed in writing with the Rights Agent) as follows:

 

Compass Minerals International, Inc.

8300 College Boulevard

 

31



 

Oakland Park, Kansas  66210

Attention:  Secretary

 

with a copy to (such copy shall not constitute notice):

 

Raymond Y. Lin, Esq.

Latham & Watkins LLP

885 Third Avenue

New York, New York  10022

 

Subject to the provisions of Section 21 and Section 24, any notice or demand authorized by this Agreement to be given or made by the Company or by the holder of any Right Certificate to or on the Rights Agent shall be sufficiently given or made if sent by first-class mail, postage prepaid, addressed (until another address is filed in writing with the Company) as follows:

 

American Stock Transfer & Trust Company

59 Maiden Lane

New York, New York 10038

Attention:  Corporate Trust Department

 

Notices or demands authorized by this Agreement to be given or made by the Company or the Rights Agent to the holder of any Right Certificate (or, prior to the Distribution Date, to the holder of any certificate representing Common Shares) shall be sufficiently given or made if sent by first-class mail, postage-prepaid, addressed to such holder at the address of such holder as shown on the registry books of the Company.

 

Section 26.                                       Supplements and Amendments .  For so long as the Rights are then redeemable, the Company may in its sole and absolute discretion, and the Rights Agent shall, if the Company so directs, supplement or amend any provision of this Agreement in any respect without the approval of any holders of Rights or Common Shares.  From and after the time that the Rights are no longer redeemable, the Company may, and the Rights Agent shall, if the Company so directs, from time to time supplement or amend this Agreement without the approval of any holders of Rights (i) to cure any ambiguity or to correct or supplement any provision contained herein which may be defective or inconsistent with any other provisions herein or (ii) to make any other changes or provisions in regard to matters or questions arising hereunder which the Company may deem necessary or desirable, including but not limited to extending the Final Expiration Date; provided , however , that no such supplement or amendment shall adversely affect the interests of the holders of Rights as such (other than an Acquiring Person or an Affiliate or Associate of an Acquiring Person), and no such supplement or amendment may cause the Rights again to become redeemable or cause this Agreement again to become amendable other than in accordance with this sentence; provided further , that the right of the Board of Directors to extend the Distribution Date shall not require any amendment or supplement hereunder.  Upon the delivery of a certificate from an appropriate officer of the Company which states that the proposed supplement or amendment is in compliance with the terms of this Section 26, the Rights Agent shall execute such supplement or amendment.

 

32



 

Without limiting the foregoing, at any time prior to such time as any Person becomes an Acquiring Person, the Company and the Rights Agent may amend this Agreement to lower the thresholds set forth in Sections 1.1 and 3.1 to not less than the greater of (i) any percentage greater than the largest percentage of the outstanding Common Shares then known by the Company to be beneficially owned by any Person (other than an Exempt Person) and (ii) 10%.

 

Section 27.                                       Exchange .

 

27.1.    Exchange of Common Shares for Rights .  The Board of Directors of the Company may, at its option, at any time after the occurrence of a Trigger Event, exchange Common Shares for all or part of the then outstanding and exercisable Rights (which shall not include Rights that have become void pursuant to the provisions of Section 11.1.2) by exchanging at an exchange ratio of that number of Common Shares having an aggregate value equal to the Spread (with such value being based on the current per share market price (as determined pursuant to Section 11.4) on the date of the occurrence of a Trigger Event) per Right, appropriately adjusted to reflect any stock split, stock dividend or similar transaction occurring after the date hereof (such amount per Right being hereinafter referred to as the “ Exchange Consideration ”).  Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Board of Directors shall not be empowered to effect such exchange at any time after any Acquiring Person shall have become the Beneficial Owner of 50% or more of the Common Shares then outstanding.  From and after the occurrence of an event specified in Section 13.1, any Rights that theretofore have not been exchanged pursuant to this Section 27.1 shall thereafter be exercisable only in accordance with Section 13 and may not be exchanged pursuant to this Section 27.1.  The exchange of the Rights by the Board of Directors may be made effective at such time, on such basis and with such conditions as the Board of Directors in its sole discretion may establish.

 

27.2.    Exchange Procedures .  Immediately upon the action of the Board of Directors of the Company ordering the exchange for any Rights pursuant to Section 27.1 and without any further action and without any notice, the right to exercise such Rights shall terminate and the only right thereafter of a holder of such Rights shall be to receive the Exchange Consideration.  The Company shall promptly give public notice of any such exchange; provided , however , that the failure to give, or any defect in, such notice shall not affect the validity of such exchange.  The Company promptly shall mail a notice of any such exchange to all of the holders of such Rights at their last addresses as they appear upon the registry books of the Rights Agent.  Any notice which is mailed in the manner herein provided shall be deemed given, whether or not the holder receives the notice.  Each such notice of exchange shall state the method by which the exchange of the Common Shares for Rights will be effected and, in the event of any partial exchange, the number of Rights which will be exchanged.  Any partial exchange shall be effected pro rata based on the number of Rights (other than the Rights that have become void pursuant to the provisions of Section 11.1.2) held by each holder of Rights.

 

27.3.    Insufficient Shares .  The Company may at its option substitute, and, in the event that there shall not be sufficient Common Shares issued but not outstanding or authorized but unissued to permit an exchange of Rights for Common Shares as contemplated in accordance with this Section 27, the Company shall substitute to the extent of such insufficiency, for each Common Share that would otherwise be issuable upon exchange of a Right, a number of Preferred Shares or fraction thereof (or equivalent preferred stock, as such term is defined in

 

33



 

Section 11.2) such that the current per share market price (determined pursuant to Section 11.4) of one Preferred Share (or equivalent preferred share) multiplied by such number or fraction is equal to the current per share market price of one Common Share (determined pursuant to Section 11.4) as of the date of such exchange.

 

Section 28.                                       Successors .  All the covenants and provisions of this Agreement by or for the benefit of the Company or the Rights Agent shall bind and inure to the benefit of their respective successors and assigns hereunder.

 

Section 29.                                       Benefits of this Agreement .  Nothing in this Agreement shall be construed to give to any Person or corporation other than the Company, the Rights Agent and the registered holders of the Right Certificates (and, prior to the Distribution Date, the Common Shares) any legal or equitable right, remedy or claim under this Agreement; but this Agreement shall be for the sole and exclusive benefit of the Company, the Rights Agent and the registered holders of the Right Certificates (and, prior to the Distribution Date, the Common Shares).

 

Section 30.                                       Determination and Actions by the Board of Directors .  The Board of Directors of the Company shall have the exclusive power and authority to administer this Agreement and to exercise the rights and powers specifically granted to the Board of Directors of the Company or to the Company, or as may be necessary or advisable in the administration of this Agreement, including, without limitation, the right and power to (i) interpret the provisions of this Agreement and (ii) make all determinations deemed necessary or advisable for the administration of this Agreement (including, without limitation, a determination to redeem or not redeem the Rights or amend this Agreement).  All such actions, calculations, interpretations and determinations (including, for purposes of clause (y) below, all omissions with respect to the foregoing) that are done or made by the Board of Directors of the Company in good faith shall (x) be final, conclusive and binding on the Company, the Rights Agent, the holders of the Rights, as such, and all other parties, and (y) not subject the Board of Directors to any liability to the holders of the Rights.

 

Section 31.                                       Severability .  If any term, provision, covenant or restriction of this Agreement is held by a court of competent jurisdiction or other authority to be invalid, void or unenforceable, the remainder of the terms, provisions, covenants and restrictions of this Agreement shall remain in full force and effect and shall in no way be affected, impaired or invalidated.

 

Section 32.                                       Governing Law .  This Agreement and each Right Certificate issued hereunder shall be deemed to be a contract made under the laws of the State of Delaware and for all purposes shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of such State applicable to contracts to be made and performed entirely within such State.

 

Section 33.                                       Counterparts .  This Agreement may be executed in any number of counterparts and each of such counterparts shall for all purposes be deemed to be an original, and all such counterparts shall together constitute but one and the same instrument.

 

34



 

Section 34.                                       Descriptive Heading .  Descriptive headings of the several Sections of this Agreement are inserted for convenience only and shall not control or affect the meaning or construction of any of the provisions hereof.

 

35



 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Agreement to be duly executed, as of the day and year first above written.

 

 

Compass Minerals International, Inc.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By

 

 

 

Name:

 

 

Title:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

American Stock Transfer & Trust Company

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By

 

 

 

Name:

 

 

Title:

 

36



 

EXHIBIT A

 

FORM OF

 

CERTIFICATE OF DESIGNATIONS

 

of

 

SERIES A JUNIOR PARTICIPATING PREFERRED STOCK

 

of

 

COMPASS MINERALS INTERNATIONAL, INC.

 

(Pursuant to Section 151 of the
Delaware General Corporation Law)

 

 

Compass Minerals International, Inc., a corporation organized and existing under the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware (hereinafter called the “ Corporation ”), hereby certifies that the following resolution was adopted by the Board of Directors of the Corporation as required by Section 151 of the General Corporation Law at a meeting duly called and held on December 10, 2003.

 

RESOLVED, that pursuant to the authority granted to and vested in the Board of Directors of this Corporation (hereinafter called the “ Board of Directors ” or the “ Board ”) in accordance with the provisions of the Certificate of Incorporation of this Corporation, the Board of Directors hereby creates a series of Preferred Stock, par value $.01 per share (the “ Preferred Stock ”), of the Corporation and hereby states the designation and number of shares, and fixes the relative rights, powers and preferences, and qualifications, limitations and restrictions thereof as follows:

 

Section 1.                                             Designation and Amount .  The shares of such series shall be designated as “Series A Junior Participating Preferred Stock” (the “ Series A Preferred Stock ”) and the number of shares constituting the Series A Preferred Stock shall be 200,000.  Such number of shares may be increased or decreased by resolution of the Board of Directors; provided that no decrease shall reduce the number of shares of Series A Preferred Stock to a number less than the number of shares then outstanding plus the number of shares reserved for issuance upon the exercise of outstanding options, rights or warrants or upon the conversion of any outstanding securities issued by the Corporation convertible into Series A Preferred Stock.

 

Section 2.                                             Dividends and Distributions .

 

(A)                               Subject to the prior and superior rights of the holders of any shares of any class or series of stock of this Corporation ranking prior and superior to the Series A Preferred Stock with respect to dividends, the holders of shares of Series A Preferred Stock, in preference to the holders of Common Stock, par value $.01 per share (the

 

A-1



 

Common Stock ”), of the Corporation, and of any other stock ranking junior to the Series A Preferred Stock, shall be entitled to receive, when, as and if declared by the Board of Directors out of funds legally available for the purpose, quarterly dividends payable in cash on the first day of March, June, September and December in each year (each such date being referred to herein as a “ Quarterly Dividend Payment Date ”), commencing on the first Quarterly Dividend Payment Date after the first issuance of a share or fraction of a share of Series A Preferred Stock, in an amount per share (rounded to the nearest cent) equal to the greater of (a) $1.00 or (b) subject to the provision for adjustment hereinafter set forth, 1,000 times the aggregate per share amount of all cash dividends, and 1,000 times the aggregate per share amount (payable in kind) of all non-cash dividends or other distributions, other than a dividend payable in shares of Common Stock or a subdivision of the outstanding shares of Common Stock (by reclassification or otherwise), declared on the Common Stock since the immediately preceding Quarterly Dividend Payment Date or, with respect to the first Quarterly Dividend Payment Date, since the first issuance of any share or fraction of a share of Series A Preferred Stock. In the event the Corporation shall at any time declare or pay any dividend on the Common Stock payable in shares of Common Stock, or effect a subdivision, combination or consolidation of the outstanding shares of Common Stock (by reclassification or otherwise than by payment of a dividend in shares of Common Stock) into a greater or lesser number of shares of Common Stock, then in each such case the amount to which holders of shares of Series A Preferred Stock were entitled immediately prior to such event under clause (b) of the preceding sentence shall be adjusted by multiplying such amount by a fraction, the numerator of which is the number of shares of Common Stock outstanding immediately after such event and the denominator of which is the number of shares of Common Stock that were outstanding immediately prior to such event.

 

(B)                                 The Corporation shall declare a dividend or distribution on the Series A Preferred Stock as provided in paragraph (A) of this Section 2 immediately after it declares a dividend or distribution on the Common Stock (other than a dividend payable in shares of Common Stock); provided that, in the event no dividend or distribution shall have been declared on the Common Stock during the period between any Quarterly Dividend Payment Date and the next subsequent Quarterly Dividend Payment Date, a dividend of $1.00 per share on the Series A Preferred Stock shall nevertheless be payable on such subsequent Quarterly Dividend Payment Date.

 

(C)                                 Dividends shall begin to accrue and be cumulative on outstanding shares of Series A Preferred Stock from the Quarterly Dividend Payment Date next preceding the date of issue of such shares, unless the date of issue of such shares is prior to the record date for the first Quarterly Dividend Payment Date, in which case dividends on such shares shall begin to accrue from the date of issue of such shares, or unless the date of issue is a Quarterly Dividend Payment Date or is a date after the record date for the determination of holders of shares of Series A Preferred Stock entitled to receive a quarterly dividend and before such Quarterly Dividend Payment Date, in either of which events such dividends shall begin to accrue and be cumulative from such Quarterly Dividend Payment Date.  Accrued but unpaid dividends shall not bear interest.  Dividends paid on the shares of Series A Preferred Stock in an amount less than the total amount of such dividends at the time accrued and payable on such shares shall be

 

A-2



 

allocated pro rata on a share-by-share basis among all such shares at the time outstanding.  The Board of Directors may fix a record date for the determination of holders of shares of Series A Preferred Stock entitled to receive payment of a dividend or distribution declared thereon, which record date shall be not more than sixty (60) days prior to the date fixed for the payment thereof.

 

Section 3.                                             Voting Rights .  The holders of shares of Series A Preferred Stock shall have the following voting rights:

 

(A)                               Subject to the provision for adjustment hereinafter set forth, each share of Series A Preferred Stock shall entitle the holder thereof to 1,000 votes on all matters submitted to a vote of the stockholders of the Corporation.  In the event the Corporation shall at any time declare or pay any dividend on the Common Stock payable in shares of Common Stock, or effect a subdivision, combination or consolidation of the outstanding shares of Common Stock (by reclassification or otherwise than by payment of a dividend in shares of Common Stock) into a greater or lesser number of shares of Common Stock, then in each such case the number of votes per share to which holders of shares of Series A Preferred Stock were entitled immediately prior to such event shall be adjusted by multiplying such number by a fraction, the numerator of which is the number of shares of Common Stock outstanding immediately after such event and the denominator of which is the number of shares of Common Stock that were outstanding immediately prior to such event.

 

(B)                                 Except as otherwise provided herein, in any other Certificate of Designations creating a series of Preferred Stock or any similar stock, or by law, the holders of shares of Series A Preferred Stock and the holders of shares of Common Stock and any other capital stock of the Corporation having general voting rights shall vote together as one class on all matters submitted to a vote of stockholders of the Corporation.

 

(C)                                 Except as set forth herein, or as otherwise provided by law, holders of Series A Preferred Stock shall have no special voting rights and their consent shall not be required (except to the extent they are entitled to vote with holders of Common Stock as set forth herein) for taking any corporate action.

 

Section 4.                                             Certain Restrictions.

 

(A)                               Whenever quarterly dividends or other dividends or distributions payable on the Series A Preferred Stock as provided in Section 2 are in arrears, thereafter and until all accrued and unpaid dividends and distributions, whether or not declared, on shares of Series A Preferred Stock outstanding shall have been paid in full, the Corporation shall not:

 

(i)                                      declare or pay dividends, or make any other distributions, on any shares of stock ranking junior (either as to dividends or upon liquidation, dissolution or winding up) to the Series A Preferred Stock;

 

A-3



 

(ii)                                   declare or pay dividends, or make any other distributions, on any shares of stock ranking on a parity (either as to dividends or upon liquidation, dissolution or winding up) with the Series A Preferred Stock, except dividends paid ratably on the Series A Preferred Stock and all such parity stock on which dividends are payable or in arrears in proportion to the total amounts to which the holders of all such shares are then entitled;

 

(iii)                                redeem or purchase or otherwise acquire for consideration shares of any stock ranking junior (either as to dividends or upon liquidation, dissolution or winding up) to the Series A Preferred Stock, provided that the Corporation may at any time redeem, purchase or otherwise acquire shares of any such junior stock in exchange for shares of any stock of the Corporation ranking junior (both as to dividends and upon dissolution, liquidation or winding up) to the Series A Preferred Stock; or

 

(iv)                               redeem or purchase or otherwise acquire for consideration any shares of Series A Preferred Stock, or any shares of stock ranking on a parity with the Series A Preferred Stock, except in accordance with a purchase offer made in writing or by publication (as determined by the Board of Directors) to all holders of such shares upon such terms as the Board of Directors, after consideration of the respective annual dividend rates and other relative rights and preferences of the respective series and classes, shall determine in good faith will result in fair and equitable treatment among the respective series or classes.

 

(B)                                 The Corporation shall not permit any subsidiary of the Corporation to purchase or otherwise acquire for consideration any shares of stock of the Corporation unless the Corporation could, under paragraph (A) of this Section 4, purchase or otherwise acquire such shares at such time and in such manner.

 

Section 5.                                             Reacquired Shares .  Any shares of Series A Preferred Stock purchased or otherwise acquired by the Corporation in any manner whatsoever shall be retired and canceled promptly after the acquisition thereof.  All such shares shall upon their cancellation become authorized but unissued shares of Preferred Stock and may be reissued as part of a new series of Preferred Stock subject to the conditions and restrictions on issuance set forth herein, in the Certificate of Incorporation, or in any other Certificate of Designations creating a series of Preferred Stock or any similar stock or as otherwise required by law.

 

Section 6.                                             Liquidation, Dissolution or Winding Up .  (A) Upon any liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the Corporation, voluntary or otherwise no distribution shall be made (1) to the holders of shares of stock ranking junior (either as to dividends or upon liquidation, dissolution or winding up) to the Series A Preferred Stock unless, prior thereto, the holders of shares of Series A Preferred Stock shall have received an amount per share (the “ Series A Liquidation Preference ”) equal to $1,000 per share, plus an amount equal to accrued and unpaid dividends and distributions thereon, whether or not declared, to the date of such payment, provided that the holders of shares of Series A Preferred Stock shall be entitled to receive an aggregate amount per share, subject to the provision for adjustment hereinafter set forth, equal to 1,000 times the aggregate amount to be distributed per share to holders of shares

 

A-4



 

of Common Stock, or (2) to the holders of shares of stock ranking on a parity (either as to dividends or upon liquidation, dissolution or winding up) with the Series A Preferred Stock, except distributions made ratably on the Series A Preferred Stock and all such parity stock in proportion to the total amounts to which the holders of all such shares are entitled upon such liquidation, dissolution or winding up.  In the event the Corporation shall at any time declare or pay any dividend on the Common Stock payable in shares of Common Stock, or effect a subdivision, combination or consolidation of the outstanding shares of Common Stock (by reclassification or otherwise than by payment of a dividend in shares of Common Stock) into a greater or lesser number of shares of Common Stock, then in each such case the aggregate amount to which holders of shares of Series A Preferred Stock were entitled immediately prior to such event under the proviso in clause (1) of the preceding sentence shall be adjusted by multiplying such amount by a fraction the numerator of which is the number of shares of Common Stock outstanding immediately after such event and the denominator of which is the number of shares of Common Stock that are outstanding immediately prior to such event.

 

(B)                                 In the event, however, that there are not sufficient assets available to permit payment in full of the Series A Liquidation Preference and the liquidation preferences of all other classes and series of stock of the Corporation, if any, that rank on a parity with the Series A Preferred Stock in respect thereof, then the assets available for such distribution shall be distributed ratably to the holders of the Series A Preferred Stock and the holders of such parity shares in proportion to their respective liquidation preferences.

 

(C)                                 Neither the merger or consolidation of the Corporation into or with another corporation nor the merger or consolidation of any other corporation into or with the Corporation shall be deemed to be a liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the Corporation within the meaning of this Section 6.

 

Section 7.                                             Consolidation, Merger, etc.   In case the Corporation shall enter into any consolidation, merger, combination or other transaction in which the shares of Common Stock are exchanged for or changed into other stock or securities, cash and/or any other property, then in any such case each share of Series A Preferred Stock shall at the same time be similarly exchanged or changed into an amount per share, subject to the provision for adjustment hereinafter set forth, equal to 1,000 times the aggregate amount of stock, securities, cash and/or any other property (payable in kind), as the case may be, into which or for which each share of Common Stock is changed or exchanged.  In the event the Corporation shall at any time declare or pay any dividend on the Common Stock payable in shares of Common Stock, or effect a subdivision, combination or consolidation of the outstanding shares of Common Stock (by reclassification or otherwise than by payment of a dividend in shares of Common Stock) into a greater or lesser number of shares of Common Stock, then in each such case the amount set forth in the preceding sentence with respect to the exchange or change of shares of Series A Preferred Stock shall be adjusted by multiplying such amount by a fraction, the numerator of which is the number of shares of Common Stock outstanding immediately after such event and the denominator of which is the number of shares of Common Stock that were outstanding immediately prior to such event.

 

A-5



 

Section 8.                                             No Redemption .  The shares of Series A Preferred Stock shall not be redeemable by the Company.

 

Section 9.                                             Rank .  The Series A Preferred Stock shall rank, with respect to the payment of dividends and the distribution of assets upon liquidation, dissolution or winding up, junior to all series of any other class of the Corporation’s Preferred Stock, except to the extent that any such other series specifically provides that it shall rank on a parity with or junior to the Series A Preferred Stock.

 

Section 10.                                       Amendment .  At any time any shares of Series A Preferred Stock are outstanding, the Certificate of Incorporation of the Corporation shall not be amended in any manner which would materially alter or change the powers, preferences or special rights of the Series A Preferred Stock so as to affect them adversely without the affirmative vote of the holders of at least two-thirds of the outstanding shares of Series A Preferred Stock, voting separately as a single class.

 

Section 11.                                       Fractional Shares .  Series A Preferred Stock may be issued in fractions of a share that shall entitle the holder, in proportion to such holder’s fractional shares, to exercise voting rights, receive dividends, participate in distributions and to have the benefit of all other rights of holders of Series A Preferred Stock.

 

A-6



 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, this Certificate of Designations is executed on behalf of the Corporation by its Chief Financial Officer this 11 th day of December 2003.

 

 

 

 

 

Chief Financial Officer

 

A-7



 

EXHIBIT B

 

[Form of Right Certificate]

 

Certificate No. R-

 

Rights

 

NOT EXERCISABLE AFTER DECEMBER 11, 2013 OR EARLIER IF NOTICE OF REDEMPTION OR EXCHANGE IS GIVEN OR IF THE COMPANY IS MERGED OR ACQUIRED PURSUANT TO AN AGREEMENT OF THE TYPE DESCRIBED IN SECTION 1.3(ii)(A)(z) OF THE AGREEMENT.  THE RIGHTS ARE SUBJECT TO REDEMPTION AT $.01 PER RIGHT, AND TO EXCHANGE ON THE TERMS SET FORTH IN THE AGREEMENT.  UNDER CERTAIN CIRCUMSTANCES (SPECIFIED IN SECTION 11.1.2 OF THE AGREEMENT), RIGHTS BENEFICIALLY OWNED BY OR TRANSFERRED TO AN ACQUIRING PERSON (AS DEFINED IN THE AGREEMENT), OR ANY SUBSEQUENT HOLDER OF SUCH RIGHTS WILL BECOME NULL AND VOID AND WILL NO LONGER BE TRANSFERABLE .

 

Right Certificate

 

COMPASS MINERALS INTERNATIONAL, INC.

 

This certifies that                    , or registered assigns, is the registered owner of the number of Rights set forth above, each of which entitles the owner thereof, subject to the terms, provisions and conditions of the Rights Agreement, dated as of December 11, 2003, as the same may be amended from time to time (the “ Agreement ”), between Compass Minerals International, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “ Company ”), and American Stock Transfer & Trust Company, a New York corporation, as Rights Agent (the “ Rights Agent ”), to purchase from the Company at any time after the Distribution Date and prior to 5:00 P.M. (New York City time) on December 11, 2013, at the offices of the Rights Agent, or its successors as Rights Agent, designated for such purpose, one one-thousandth of a fully paid, nonassessable share of Series A Junior Participating Preferred Stock, par value $.01 per share (the “ Preferred Shares ”) of the Company, at a purchase price of $70.00 per one one-thousandth of a Preferred Share, subject to adjustment (the “ Purchase Price ”), upon presentation and surrender of this Right Certificate with the Form of Election to Purchase and certification duly executed.  The number of Rights evidenced by this Right Certificate (and the number of one one-thousandths of a Preferred Share which may be purchased upon exercise thereof) set forth above, and the Purchase Price set forth above, are the number and Purchase Price as of December 11, 2003 based on the Preferred Shares as constituted at such date.  Capitalized terms used in this Right Certificate without definition shall have the meanings ascribed to them in the Agreement.  As provided in the Agreement, the Purchase Price and the number of Preferred Shares which may be purchased upon the exercise of the Rights evidenced by this Right Certificate are subject to modification and adjustment upon the happening of certain events.

 

This Right Certificate is subject to all of the terms, provisions and conditions of the Agreement, which terms, provisions and conditions are hereby incorporated herein by reference

 

B-1



 

and made a part hereof and to which Agreement reference is hereby made for a full description of the rights, limitations of rights, obligations, duties and immunities hereunder of the Rights Agent, the Company and the holders of the Right Certificates.  Copies of the Agreement are on file at the principal offices of the Company and the Rights Agent.

 

This Right Certificate, with or without other Right Certificates, upon surrender at the offices of the Rights Agent designated for such purpose, may be exchanged for another Right Certificate or Right Certificates of like tenor and date evidencing Rights entitling the holder to purchase a like aggregate number of one one-thousandths of a Preferred Share as the Rights evidenced by the Right Certificate or Right Certificates surrendered shall have entitled such holder to purchase.  If this Right Certificate shall be exercised in part, the holder shall be entitled to receive upon surrender hereof another Right Certificate or Right Certificates for the number of whole Rights not exercised.

 

Subject to the provisions of the Agreement, the Board of Directors may, at its option, (i) redeem the Rights evidenced by this Right Certificate at a redemption price of $.01 per Right or (ii) exchange Common Shares for the Rights evidenced by this Certificate, in whole or in part.

 

No fractional Preferred Shares will be issued upon the exercise of any Right or Rights evidenced hereby (other than fractions of Preferred Shares which are integral multiples of one one-thousandth of a Preferred Share, which may, at the election of the Company, be evidenced by depository receipts), but in lieu thereof a cash payment will be made, as provided in the Agreement.

 

No holder of this Right Certificate, as such, shall be entitled to vote or receive dividends or be deemed for any purpose the holder of the Preferred Shares or of any other securities of the Company which may at any time be issuable on the exercise hereof, nor shall anything contained in the Agreement or herein be construed to confer upon the holder hereof, as such, any of the rights of a stockholder of the Company or any right to vote for the election of directors or upon any matter submitted to stockholders at any meeting thereof, or to give or withhold consent to any corporate action, or to receive notice of meetings or other actions affecting stockholders (except as provided in the Agreement), or to receive dividends or subscription rights, or otherwise, until the Right or Rights evidenced by this Right Certificate shall have been exercised as provided in the Agreement.

 

If any term, provision, covenant or restriction of the Agreement is held by a court of competent jurisdiction or other authority to be invalid, void or unenforceable, the remainder of the terms, provisions, covenants and restrictions of the Agreement shall remain in full force and effect and shall in no way be affected, impaired or invalidated.

 

This Right Certificate shall not be valid or binding for any purpose until it shall have been countersigned by the Rights Agent.

 

B-2



 

WITNESS the facsimile signature of the proper officers of the Company and its corporate seal.  Dated as of                .

 

Attest:

Compass Minerals International, Inc .

 

 

 

 

By

 

 

By

 

 

 Title:

 

 Title:

 

 

Countersigned:

 

 

 

AMERICAN STOCK TRANSFER & TRUST COMPANY, as Rights Agent

 

 

 

 

By

 

 

 

Authorized Signature

 

 

B-3



 

[Form of Reverse Side of Right Certificate]

 

FORM OF ASSIGNMENT

 

(To be executed by the registered holder if such holder
desires to transfer the Right Certificate.)

 

FOR VALUE RECEIVED                                                                                                                                                        hereby sells, assigns and transfers unto                                             

 

 

 

(Please print name and address

of transferee)

 

Rights evidenced by this Right Certificate, together with all right, title and interest therein, and does hereby irrevocably constitute and appoint                  Attorney, to transfer the within Right Certificate on the books of the within-named Company, with full power of substitution.

 

Dated:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Signature

 

 

Signature Guaranteed:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Signatures must be guaranteed by an “eligible guarantor institution” as defined in Rule 17Ad-15 promulgated under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.

 

                                                                                                                                                                                                     

 

The undersigned hereby certifies that:

 

(1)                                   the Rights evidenced by this Right Certificate are not beneficially owned by and are not being assigned to an Acquiring Person or an Affiliate or an Associate thereof; and

 

(2)                                   after due inquiry and to the best knowledge of the undersigned, the undersigned did not acquire the Rights evidenced by this Right Certificate from any person who is, was or subsequently became an Acquiring Person or an Affiliate or Associate thereof.

 

Dated:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Signature

 

B-4



 

FORM OF ELECTION TO PURCHASE

 

(To be executed if holder desires to

exercise the Right Certificate.)

 

To: Compass Minerals International, Inc.

 

The undersigned hereby irrevocably elects to exercise                      Rights represented by this Right Certificate to purchase the Preferred Shares issuable upon the exercise of such Rights (or such other securities or property of the Company or of any other Person which may be issuable upon the exercise of the Rights) and requests that certificates for such shares be issued in the name of:

 

 

 

(Please print name and address)

 

 

 

 

 

 

If such number of Rights shall not be all the Rights evidenced by this Right Certificate, a new Right Certificate for the balance remaining of such Rights shall be registered in the name of and delivered to:

 

Please insert social security

or other identifying number

 

 

 

(Please print name and address)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Dated:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Signature

 

 

Signature Guaranteed:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Signatures must be guaranteed by an “eligible guarantor institution” as defined in Rule 17Ad-15 promulgated under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.

 

B-5



 

The undersigned hereby certifies that:

 

(1)                                   the Rights evidenced by this Right Certificate are not beneficially owned by and are not being assigned to an Acquiring Person or an Affiliate or an Associate thereof; and

 

(2)                                   after due inquiry and to the best knowledge of the undersigned, the undersigned did not acquire the Rights evidenced by this Right Certificate from any person who is, was or subsequently became an Acquiring Person or an Affiliate or Associate thereof.

 

 

 

Dated:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Signature

 

NOTICE

 

The signature in the foregoing Form of Assignment and Form of Election to Purchase must conform to the name as written upon the face of this Right Certificate in every particular, without alteration or enlargement or any change whatsoever.

 

In the event the certification set forth above in the Form of Assignment or Form of Election to Purchase is not completed, the Company will deem the beneficial owner of the Rights evidenced by this Right Certificate to be an Acquiring Person or an Affiliate or Associate hereof and such Assignment or Election to Purchase will not be honored.

 

B-6



 

EXHIBIT C

 

As described in the Rights Agreement, Rights which are
held by or have been held by an Acquiring Person or Associates
or Affiliates thereof (as defined in the Rights Agreement) and certain
transferees thereof shall become null and void and will no longer be transferable.

 

SUMMARY OF RIGHTS TO PURCHASE
PREFERRED SHARES

 

On December 10, 2003 the Board of Directors of Compass Minerals International, Inc. (the Company ” or “ Compass ”) declared a dividend of one preferred share purchase right (a “ Right ”) for each share of common stock, $.01 par value (the “ Common Shares ”), of the Company outstanding at the close of business on December 11, 2003 (the “ Record Date ”).  As long as the Rights are attached to the Common Shares, the Company will issue one Right (subject to adjustment) with each new Common Share so that all such shares will have attached Rights.  When exercisable, each Right will entitle the registered holder to purchase from the Company one one-thousandth of a share of Series A Junior Participating Preferred Stock (the “ Preferred Shares ”) at a price of $70.00 per one one-thousandth of a Preferred Share, subject to adjustment (the “ Purchase Price ”).  The description and terms of the Rights are set forth in a Rights Agreement, dated as of December 11, 2003, as the same may be amended from time to time (the “ Agreement ”), between the Company and American Stock Transfer & Trust Company, as Rights Agent (the “ Rights Agent ”).

 

Until the earlier to occur of (i) ten (10) days following a public announcement that a person or group of affiliated or associated persons (other than an Exempt Person) has acquired, or obtained the right to acquire, beneficial ownership of 15% or more of the Common Shares (an “ Acquiring Person ”) or (ii) ten (10) business days (or such later date as may be determined by action of the Board of Directors prior to such time as any person or group of affiliated persons becomes an Acquiring Person) following the commencement or announcement of an intention to make a tender offer or exchange offer the consummation of which would result in the beneficial ownership by a person or group of 15% or more of the Common Shares (the earlier of (i) and (ii) being called the “ Distribution Date ”), the Rights will be evidenced, with respect to any of the Common Share certificates outstanding as of the Record Date, by such Common Share certificate together with a copy of this Summary of Rights.

 

The Agreement provides that Apollo Management V, L.P., its affiliates and associates, any person with whom Apollo or any of its affiliates or associates has an agreement, arrangement or understanding with regard to any securities of Compass, and any group within the meaning of the federal securities laws formed thereby are “Exempt Persons.”

 

The Agreement provides that until the Distribution Date (or earlier redemption exchange, termination, or expiration of the Rights), the Rights will be transferred with and only with the Common Shares.  Until the Distribution Date (or earlier redemption or expiration of the Rights), new Common Share certificates issued after the close of business on the Record Date upon transfer or new issuance of the Common Shares will contain a notation incorporating the Agreement by reference.  Until the Distribution Date (or earlier redemption, exchange,

 

C-1



 

termination or expiration of the Rights), the surrender for transfer of any certificates for Common Shares, with or without such notation or a copy of this Summary of Rights, will also constitute the transfer of the Rights associated with the Common Shares represented by such certificate.  As soon as practicable following the Distribution Date, separate certificates evidencing the Rights (“ Right Certificates ”) will be mailed to holders of record of the Common Shares as of the close of business on the Distribution Date and such separate Right Certificates alone will evidence the Rights.

 

The Rights are not exercisable until the Distribution Date.  The Rights will expire on December 11, 2013, subject to the Company’s right to extend such date (the “ Final Expiration Date ”), unless earlier redeemed or exchanged by the Company or terminated.

 

Each Preferred Share purchasable upon exercise of the Rights will be entitled, when, as and if declared, to a minimum preferential quarterly dividend payment of $1.00 per share but will be entitled to an aggregate dividend of 1,000 times the dividend, if any, declared per Common Share.  In the event of liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the Company, the holders of the Preferred Shares will be entitled to a minimum preferential liquidation payment of $1,000 per share (plus any accrued but unpaid dividends) but will be entitled to an aggregate payment of 1,000 times the payment made per Common Share.  Each Preferred Share will have 1,000 votes and will vote together with the Common Shares.  Finally, in the event of any merger, consolidation or other transaction in which Common Shares are exchanged, each Preferred Share will be entitled to receive 1,000 times the amount received per Common Share.  Preferred Shares will not be redeemable.  These rights are protected by customary antidilution provisions.  Because of the nature of the Preferred Share’s dividend, liquidation and voting rights, the value of one one-thousandth of a Preferred Share purchasable upon exercise of each Right should approximate the value of one Common Share.

 

The Purchase Price payable, and the number of Preferred Shares or other securities or property issuable, upon exercise of the Rights are subject to adjustment from time to time to prevent dilution (i) in the event of a stock dividend on, or a subdivision, combination or reclassification of the Preferred Shares, (ii) upon the grant to holders of the Preferred Shares of certain rights or warrants to subscribe for or purchase Preferred Shares or convertible securities at less than the current market price of the Preferred Shares or (iii) upon the distribution to holders of the Preferred Shares of evidences of indebtedness, cash, securities or assets (excluding regular periodic cash dividends at a rate not in excess of 125% of the rate of the last regular periodic cash dividend theretofore paid or, in case regular periodic cash dividends have not theretofore been paid, at a rate not in excess of 50% of the average net income per share of the Company for the four quarters ended immediately prior to the payment of such dividend, or dividends payable in Preferred Shares (which dividends will be subject to the adjustment described in clause (i) above)) or of subscription rights or warrants (other than those referred to above).

 

In the event that a Person becomes an Acquiring Person or if the Company were the surviving corporation in a merger with an Acquiring Person or any affiliate or associate of an Acquiring Person and the Common Shares were not changed or exchanged, each holder of a Right, other than Rights that are or were acquired or beneficially owned by the Acquiring Person (which Rights will thereafter be void), will thereafter have the right to receive upon exercise that

 

C-2



 

number of Common Shares having a market value of two times the then current Purchase Price of the Right.  In the event that, after a person has become an Acquiring Person, the Company were acquired in a merger or other business combination transaction or more than 50% of its assets or earning power were sold, proper provision shall be made so that each holder of a Right shall thereafter have the right to receive, upon the exercise thereof at the then current Purchase Price of the Right, that number of shares of common stock of the acquiring Company which at the time of such transaction would have a market value of two times the then current Purchase Price of the Right.

 

At any time after a Person becomes an Acquiring Person and prior to the earlier of one of the events described in the last sentence of the previous paragraph or the acquisition by such Acquiring Person of 50% or more of the outstanding Common Shares, the Board of Directors may cause the Company to exchange the Rights (other than Rights owned by an Acquiring Person which will have become void), in whole or in part, for Common Shares at an exchange rate of one Common Share per Right (subject to adjustment).

 

No adjustment in the Purchase Price will be required until cumulative adjustments require an adjustment of at least 1% in such Purchase Price.  No fractional Preferred Shares or Common Shares will be issued (other than fractions of Preferred Shares which are integral multiples of one one-thousandth of a Preferred Share, which may, at the election of the Company, be evidenced by depository receipts), and in lieu thereof, a payment in cash will be made based on the market price of the Preferred Shares or Common Shares on the last trading date prior to the date of exercise.

 

The Rights may be redeemed in whole, but not in part, at a price of $.01 per Right (the “ Redemption Price ”) by the Board of Directors at any time prior to the time that an Acquiring Person has become such.  The redemption of the Rights may be made effective at such time, on such basis and with such conditions as the Board of Directors in its sole discretion may establish.  Immediately upon any redemption of the Rights, the right to exercise the Rights will terminate and the only right of the holders of Rights will be to receive the Redemption Price.

 

Until a Right is exercised, the holder thereof, as such, will have no rights as a stockholder of the Company beyond those as an existing stockholder, including, without limitation, the right to vote or to receive dividends.

 

Any of the provisions of the Agreement may be amended by the Board of Directors of the Company for so long as the Rights are then redeemable, and after the Rights are no longer redeemable, the Company may amend or supplement the Agreement in any manner that does not adversely affect the interests of the holders of the Rights (other than an Acquiring Person or an affiliate or associate of an Acquiring Person).  The Company may at any time prior to such time as any person becomes an Acquiring Person amend the Agreement to lower the thresholds described above to no less than the greater of (i) any percentage greater than the largest percentage of the outstanding Common Shares then known by the Company to be beneficially owned by any person or group of affiliated or associated persons (other than an Exempt Person) and (ii) 10%.

 

C-3



 

A copy of the Agreement has been filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission as Exhibit 4.2 to the Company’s Registration Statement on Form S-1 (Registration No. 333-110250).  A copy of the Agreement is available free of charge from the Company.  This summary description of the Rights does not purport to be complete and is qualified in its entirety by reference to the Agreement, which is incorporated herein by reference.

 

C-4




 

EXHIBIT 12.1

 

Compass Minerals International, Inc.
Computation of Ratios of Earnings to Fixed Charges
(in millions)

 

 

 

Nine Months Ended
September 30,

 

Year Ended December 31,

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

2003

 

2002

 

2002

 

2001

 

2000

 

Earnings:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

    Income (loss) before income taxes

 

$12.3

 

$(0.4

)

$30.3

 

$45.8

 

$(571.4

)

    Plus fixed charges

 

42.3

 

33.9

 

45.1

 

16.7

 

18.4

 

    Less capitalized interest

 

--

 

--

 

--

 

(1.0

)

(1.1

)

 

 

$54.6

 

$33.5

 

$75.4

 

$61.5

 

$(554.1

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Fixed Charges:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

    Interest charges

 

$40.5

 

$31.8

 

$42.4

 

$14.4

 

$16.4

 

Plus interest factor in operating rent
    expense

 

1.8

 

2.1

 

2.7

 

2.3

 

2.0

 

 

 

$42.3

 

$33.9

 

$45.1

 

$16.7

 

$18.4

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Ratio of earnings to fixed charges (excess of fixed charges over earnings)

 

1.29

x

$(0.4

)

1.67

x

3.69

x

$(572.5

)

 





EXHIBIT 21.1

 

 

COMPANY NAME

JURISDICTION OF INCORPORATION

GSL Corporation

Delaware

NAMSCO Inc.

Delaware

North American Salt Company

Delaware

Great Salt Lake Minerals Corporation

Delaware

Carey Salt Company

Delaware

Minosus Limited

United Kingdom

Salt Union Limited U.K.

United Kingdom

Direct Salt Supplies Limited (U.K.)

United Kingdom

London Salt Limited (U.K.)

United Kingdom

Compass Minerals (Europe) Limited

United Kingdom

Compass Minerals (UK) Limited

United Kingdom

Sifto Canada Inc.

Ontario, Canada

J.T. Lunt & Co. (Nantwich) Limited (U.K.)

United Kingdom

Compass Resources, Inc.

Delaware

Compass Minerals Group, Inc.

Delaware

Salt Notes Holding Corporation

Delaware

 



Exhibit 23.2

 

 

Consent of Independent Auditors

 

We consent to the reference to our firm under the caption “Experts” and to the use of our report dated December 9, 2002, except for Note 13, for which the date is May 8, 2003, except for Note 2.n., for which the date is November 3, 2003, and except for Note 19, for which the date is December 11, 2003, in the Registration Statement (Form S-4) and the related Prospectus of Compass Minerals International, Inc. (formerly Salt Holdings Corporation) for the registration of 12% Senior Subordinated Discount Notes due 2013.

 

 

 

 

 

/s/ Ernst & Young LLP

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Kansas City, Missouri

 

 

 

January 15, 2004

 

 

 

 





Exhibit 23.3

 

 

CONSENT OF INDEPENDENT ACCOUNTANTS

 

We hereby consent to the use in this Registration Statement on Form S-4 of Compass Minerals International, Inc. of our report dated April 7, 2003, except for Notes 13 and 18, which are as of May 5, 2003, except for Note 2.n., which is as of November 3, 2003, and except for Note 19, which is as of December 11, 2003, relating to the financial statements and financial statement schedule of Compass Minerals International, Inc., which appears in such Registration Statement. We also consent to the reference to us under the heading "Experts" in such Registration Statement.

 

PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP

 

Kansas City, Missouri

January 15, 2004

 





Exhibit 25.1

 

 

FORM T-1

 

 

SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION

WASHINGTON, D.C.  20549

 


 

STATEMENT OF ELIGIBILITY

UNDER THE TRUST INDENTURE ACT OF 1939 OF

A CORPORATION DESIGNATED TO ACT AS TRUSTEE

 


 

CHECK IF AN APPLICATION TO DETERMINE

ELIGIBILITY OF A TRUSTEE PURSUANT TO

SECTION 305(b)(2)   o

 


 

THE BANK OF NEW YORK

(Exact name of trustee as specified in its charter)

 

New York

 

13-5160382

(State of incorporation
if not a national bank)

 

(I.R.S. employer
identification no.)

 

 

 

One Wall Street, New York, N.Y.

 

10286

(Address of principal executive offices)

 

(Zip Code)

 


 

Compass Minerals International, Inc.

(Formerly Salt Holdings Corporation)

 

Delaware

 

36-3972986

(State or other jurisdiction of
incorporation or organization)

 

(I.R.S. Employer
Identification No.)

 

 

 

8300 College Blvd.
Overland Park, KS

 

66210

(Address of principal executive offices)

 

(Zip Code)

 

12% Senior Subordinated Discount Notes due 2013

 (Title of the indenture securities)

 

 



 

1.             General information.  Furnish the following information as to the Trustee:

 

(a)           Name and address of each examining or supervising authority to which it is subject.

 

Name

 

Address

 

 

 

Superintendent of Banks of the State of New York

 

2 Rector Street,
New York, N.Y. 10006, and
Albany, N.Y. 12203

 

 

 

Federal Reserve Bank of New York

 

33 Liberty Plaza,
New York, N.Y.  10045

 

 

 

Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation

 

Washington, D.C. 20429

 

 

 

New York Clearing House Association

 

New York, New York 10005

 

(b)           Whether it is authorized to exercise corporate trust powers.

 

Yes.

 

2.             Affiliations with the Obligor.

 

If the obligor is an affiliate of the trustee, describe each such affiliation.

 

None

 

16.          List of Exhibits.

 

Exhibits identified in parentheses below, on file with the Commission, are incorporated herein by reference as an exhibit hereto, pursuant to Rule 7a-29 under the Trust Indenture Act of 1939 and rule 24 of the Commission’s Rules of Practice.

 

1.                                        A copy of the Organization Certificate of The Bank of New York (formerly Irving Trust Company) as now in effect, which contains the authority to commence business and a grant of powers to exercise corporate trust powers. (Exhibit 1 to Amendment No. 1 to Form T-1, filed with Registration Statement No. 33-6215, Exhibits 1a and 1b to Form T-1 filed with Registration Statement No. 33-21672 and Exhibit 1 to Form T-1 filed with Registration Statement No. 33-29637.)

 

2



 

4.                                        A copy of the existing By-Laws of the Trustee. (Exhibit 4 to Form T-1 filed with Registration Statement No. 33-31019).

 

6.                                        The consent of the Trustee required by Section 321(b) of the Act. (Exhibit 6 to Form T-1 filed with Registration Statement No. 33-44051.)

 

7.                                        A copy of the latest report of condition of the Trustee published pursuant to law or to the requirements of its supervising or examining authority.

 

SIGNATURE

 

Pursuant to the requirements of the Trust Indenture Act of 1939, the Trustee, The Bank of New York, a corporation organized and existing under the laws of the State of New York, has duly caused this statement of eligibility to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, all in the City of New York, and State of New York, on the 23rd day of December, 2003.

 

 

THE BANK OF NEW YORK

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

 

 

 

 

Sirojni Dindial

 

 

Authorized Signer

 

3


EXHIBIT 7

 

Consolidated Report of Condition of

 

THE BANK OF NEW YORK

 

of One Wall Street, New York, N.Y. 10286
And Foreign and Domestic Subsidiaries,

a member of the Federal Reserve System, at the close of business June 30, 2003, published in accordance with a call made by the Federal Reserve Bank of this District pursuant to the provisions of the Federal Reserve Act.

 

 

 

Dollar Amounts

 

 

 

In Thousands

 

ASSETS

 

 

 

Cash and balances due from depository institutions:

 

 

 

Noninterest-bearing balances and currency and coin

 

$

4,257,371

 

Interest-bearing balances

 

6,048,782

 

Securities:

 

 

 

Held-to-maturity securities

 

373,479

 

Available-for-sale securities

 

18,918,169

 

Federal funds sold in domestic offices

 

6,689,000

 

Securities purchased under agreements to resell

 

5,293,789

 

Loans and lease financing receivables:

 

 

 

Loans and leases held for sale

 

616,186

 

Loans and leases, net of unearned income

 

38,342,282

 

LESS: Allowance for loan and lease losses

 

819,982

 

Loans and leases, net of unearned income and allowance

 

37,522,300

 

Trading Assets

 

5,741,193

 

Premises and fixed assets (including capitalized leases)

 

958,273

 

Other real estate owned

 

441

 

Investments in unconsolidated subsidiaries and associated companies

 

257,626

 

Customers’ liability to this bank on acceptances outstanding

 

159,995

 

Intangible assets

 

 

 

Goodwill

 

2,554,921

 

Other intangible assets

 

805,938

 

Other assets

 

6,285,971

 

Total assets

 

$

96,483,434

 

 

 

 

 

LIABILITIES

 

 

 

Deposits:

 

 

 

In domestic offices

 

$

37,264,787

 

Noninterest-bearing

 

15,357,289

 

Interest-bearing

 

21,907,498

 

In foreign offices, Edge and Agreement subsidiaries, and IBFs

 

28,018,241

 

Noninterest-bearing

 

1,026,601

 

Interest-bearing

 

26,991,640

 

Federal funds purchased in domestic offices

 

739,736.

 

Securities sold under agreements to repurchase

 

465,594

 

Trading liabilities

 

2,456,565

 

Other borrowed money: (includes mortgage indebtedness and obligations under capitalized leases)

 

8,994,708

 

Bank’s liability on acceptances executed and outstanding

 

163,277

 

Subordinated notes and debentures

 

2,400,000

 

Other liabilities

 

7,446,726

 

Total liabilities

 

$

87,949,634

 

 

 

 

 

Minority interest in consolidated subsidiaries

 

519,472

 

 

 

 

 

EQUITY CAPITAL

 

 

 

Perpetual preferred stock and related  surplus

 

0

 

Common stock

 

1,135,284

 

Surplus

 

2,056,273

 

Retained earnings

 

4,694,161

 

Accumulated other comprehensive income

 

128,610

 

Other equity capital components

 

0

 

Total equity capital

 

8,014,328

 

Total liabilities minority interest and equity capital

 

$

96,483,434

 

 



 

I, Thomas J. Mastro, Senior Vice President and Comptroller of the above-named bank do hereby declare that this Report of Condition is true and correct to the best of my knowledge and belief.

 

Thomas J. Mastro,

 

Senior Vice President and Comptroller

 

 

We, the undersigned directors, attest to the correctness of this statement of resources and liabilities. We declare that it has been examined by us, and to the best of our knowledge and belief has been prepared in conformance with the instructions and is true and correct.

 

Thomas A. Renyi
Gerald L. Hassell
Alan R. Griffith

Directors

 




QuickLinks -- Click here to rapidly navigate through this document

LETTER OF TRANSMITTAL

To Tender For Exchange
12% Senior Subordinated Discount Notes Due 2013

of

COMPASS MINERALS INTERNATIONAL, INC.
(FORMERLY SALT HOLDINGS CORPORATION)
Pursuant To The Prospectus Dated January    , 2004




The Exchange Agent for the Exchange Offer is:
THE BANK OF NEW YORK

By Mail :
The Bank of New York
Corporate Trust Operations
Reorganization Unit
101 Barclay Street—7 East
New York, New York 10286
Attn: Carolle Montreuil
  By Facsimile Transmission:
(for eligible institutions only)
(212) 298-1915
Attn: Sirojni Dindial
Confirm by Telephone:
(212) 815-5920
  By Hand/Overnight Delivery:
The Bank of New York
Corporate Trust Operations
Reorganization Unit
101 Barclay Street—7 East
New York, New York 10286
Attn: Carolle Montreuil

         DELIVERY OF THIS LETTER OF TRANSMITTAL TO AN ADDRESS OTHER THAN AS SET FORTH ABOVE OR TRANSMISSION OF THIS LETTER OF TRANSMITTAL VIA A FACSIMILE TRANSMISSION TO A NUMBER OTHER THAN AS SET FORTH ABOVE WILL NOT CONSTITUTE A VALID DELIVERY.

        The undersigned hereby acknowledges receipt of the prospectus, dated January    , 2004, of Compass Minerals International, Inc. (formerly Salt Holdings Corporation), a Delaware corporation (the "Company"), which, together with this letter of transmittal, constitute the Company's offer to exchange $1,000 principal amount at maturity of its 12% Series B Senior Subordinated Discount Notes due 2013, which have been registered under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the "Securities Act"), for each $1,000 principal amount at maturity of its outstanding 12% Series A Senior Subordinated Discount Notes due 2013, of which $179,600,000 aggregate principal amount at maturity is outstanding.

         IF YOU DESIRE TO EXCHANGE YOUR 12% SERIES A SENIOR SUBORDINATED DISCOUNT NOTES DUE 2013 FOR AN EQUAL AGGREGATE PRINCIPAL AMOUNT AT MATURITY OF 12% SERIES B SENIOR SUBORDINATED DISCOUNT NOTES DUE 2013, YOU MUST VALIDLY TENDER (AND NOT VALIDLY WITHDRAW) YOUR NOTES TO THE EXCHANGE AGENT PRIOR TO THE EXPIRATION DATE.

         YOU MUST SIGN THIS LETTER OF TRANSMITTAL WHERE INDICATED BELOW. PLEASE READ THE INSTRUCTIONS SET FORTH BELOW CAREFULLY BEFORE COMPLETING THIS LETTER OF TRANSMITTAL.


        This letter of transmittal is to be completed by holders of the Company's outstanding notes either if certificates representing such notes are to be forwarded herewith or, unless an agent's message is utilized, tenders of such notes are to be made by book-entry transfer to an account maintained by the exchange agent at The Depository Trust Company pursuant to the procedures set forth in the prospectus under the heading "The Exchange Offer—Book-Entry Transfer."

        The undersigned has completed, executed and delivered this letter of transmittal to indicate the action the undersigned desires to take with respect to the exchange offer.

        Holders that are tendering by book-entry transfer to the exchange agent's account at DTC can execute the tender though the DTC Automated Tender Offer Program, for which the exchange offer is eligible. DTC participants that are tendering pursuant to the exchange offer must transmit their acceptance through the Automated Tender Offer Program to DTC, which will edit and verify the acceptance and send an agent's message to the exchange agent for its acceptance.

        In order to properly complete this letter of transmittal, a holder of outstanding notes must:

        If a holder desires to tender notes pursuant to the exchange offer and (1) certificates representing such notes are not immediately available, (2) time will not permit this letter of transmittal, certificates representing such notes or other required documents to reach the exchange agent on or prior to the expiration date, or (3) the procedures for book-entry transfer (including delivery of an agent's message) cannot be completed on or prior to the expiration date, such holder may nevertheless tender such notes with the effect that such tender will be deemed to have been received on or prior to the expiration date if the guaranteed delivery procedures described in the prospectus under "The Exchange Offer—Guaranteed Delivery Procedures" are followed. See Instruction 1 below.

         PLEASE READ THE ENTIRE LETTER OF TRANSMITTAL, INCLUDING THE INSTRUCTIONS, AND THE PROSPECTUS CAREFULLY BEFORE COMPLETING THIS LETTER OF TRANSMITTAL OR CHECKING ANY BOX BELOW. The instructions included with this letter of transmittal must be followed. Questions and requests for assistance or for additional copies of the prospectus and this letter of transmittal, the Notice of Guaranteed Delivery and related documents may be directed to The Bank of New York, at the address and telephone number set forth on the cover page of this letter of transmittal. See instruction 11 below.

        List below the outstanding notes to which this letter of transmittal relates. If the space provided is inadequate, list the certificate numbers and principal amounts at maturity on a separately executed

2



schedule and affix the schedule to this letter of transmittal. Tenders of outstanding notes will be accepted only in principal amounts at maturity equal to $1,000 or integral multiples of $1,000.



DESCRIPTION OF NOTES



Name(s) and Address(es) of Registered Holder(s)
(Please fill in)

  Certificate
Number(s)*

  Aggregate
Principal
Amount at
Maturity
Represented**

  Principal Amount at
Maturity
Tendered**



   
   
   
   
   
   

Total Principal
Amount at Maturity
of Notes
           

*
Need not be completed by holders delivering by book-entry transfer (see below).

**
Unless otherwise indicated in the column "Principal Amount At Maturity Tendered" and subject to the terms and conditions of the exchange offer, the holder will be deemed to have tendered the entire aggregate principal amount at maturity represented by each note listed above and delivered to the exchange agent. See Instruction 4.



3


PLEASE READ THIS ENTIRE LETTER OF TRANSMITTAL
CAREFULLY BEFORE COMPLETING THE BOXES BELOW

o   CHECK HERE IF CERTIFICATES FOR TENDERED OUTSTANDING NOTES ARE ENCLOSED HEREWITH.

o

 

CHECK HERE IF TENDERED NOTES ARE BEING DELIVERED BY BOOK-ENTRY TRANSFER MADE TO THE ACCOUNT MAINTAINED BY THE EXCHANGE AGENT WITH THE DTC AND COMPLETE THE FOLLOWING:
     
    Name of Tendering Institution:  
         
    Account Number with DTC:  
         
    Transaction Code Number:  
         
o   CHECK HERE AND ENCLOSE A PHOTOCOPY OF THE NOTICE OF GUARANTEED DELIVERY IF TENDERED NOTES ARE BEING DELIVERED PURSUANT TO A NOTICE OF GUARANTEED DELIVERY PREVIOUSLY SENT TO THE EXCHANGE AGENT AND COMPLETE THE FOLLOWING:
     
    Name(s) of Registered Holder(s):  
         
    Window Ticket Number(s) (if any):  
         
    Date of Execution of the Notice of Guaranteed Delivery:  
         
    Name of Eligible Institution that Guaranteed Delivery:  
         
    If delivered by Book-Entry Transfer, complete the following:
       
    Name of Tendering Institution:  
         
    Account Number at DTC:  
         
    Transaction Code Number:  
         
o   CHECK HERE IF YOU ARE A BROKER-DEALER THAT ACQUIRED YOUR TENDERED NOTES FOR YOUR OWN ACCOUNT AS A RESULT OF MARKET-MA KING ACTIVITIES OR OTHER TRADING ACTIVITIES AND WISH TO RECEIVE 10 ADDITIONAL COPIES OF THE PROSPECTUS AND 10 COPIES OF ANY AMENDMENTS OR SUPPLEMENTS THERETO.
     
    Name:  
         
    Address:  
         

NOTE: SIGNATURES MUST BE PROVIDED BELOW

4



PLEASE READ THE ACCOMPANYING INSTRUCTIONS CAREFULLY

Ladies and Gentlemen:

        Upon the terms and subject to the conditions of the exchange offer, the undersigned hereby tenders to the Company the principal amount at maturity of outstanding notes described above. Subject to, and effective upon, the acceptance for exchange of the outstanding notes tendered herewith, the undersigned hereby sells, assigns and transfers to, or upon the order of, the Company all right, title and interest in and to such outstanding notes.

        The undersigned hereby irrevocably constitutes and appoints the exchange agent as the true and lawful agent and attorney-in-fact of the undersigned (with full knowledge that the exchange agent also acts as the agent of the Company and as trustee under the indenture relating to the outstanding notes) with respect to such tendered notes, with full power of substitution and resubstitution (such power of attorney being deemed to be an irrevocable power coupled with an interest), subject only to the right of withdrawal described in the prospectus, to (1) deliver certificates representing such tendered notes, or transfer ownership of such notes, on the account books maintained by DTC, and to deliver all accompanying evidence of transfer and authenticity to, or upon the order of, the Company upon receipt by the exchange agent, as the undersigned's agent, of the exchange notes to which the undersigned is entitled upon the acceptance by the Company of such outstanding notes for exchange pursuant to the exchange offer, (2) receive all benefits and otherwise to exercise all rights of beneficial ownership of such outstanding notes, all in accordance with the terms and conditions of the exchange offer, and (3) present such outstanding notes for transfer, and transfer such outstanding notes, on the relevant security register.

        The undersigned hereby represents and warrants that the undersigned (1) owns the notes tendered and is entitled to tender such notes and (2) has full power and authority to tender, sell, exchange, assign and transfer the outstanding notes and to acquire exchange notes issuable upon the exchange of such tendered notes, and that, when the same are accepted for exchange, the Company will acquire good, marketable and unencumbered title to the tendered notes, free and clear of all liens, restrictions, charges and encumbrances and not subject to any adverse claim or right or restriction or proxy of any kind. The undersigned also warrants that it will, upon request, execute and deliver any additional documents deemed by the exchange agent or the Company to be necessary or desirable to complete the sale, exchange, assignment and transfer of tendered notes or to transfer ownership of such notes on the account books maintained by DTC. The undersigned has read and agrees to all of the terms of the exchange offer.

        The undersigned understands that tenders of the outstanding notes pursuant to any one of the procedures described in the prospectus under the caption "The Exchange Offer—Procedures for Tendering Outstanding Notes" and in the instructions to this letter of transmittal will, upon the Company's acceptance of the notes for exchange, constitute a binding agreement between the undersigned and the Company in accordance with the terms and subject to the conditions of the exchange offer.

        The exchange offer is subject to the conditions set forth in the prospectus under the caption "The Exchange Offer—Conditions to the Exchange Offer." The undersigned recognizes that as a result of these conditions (which may be waived, in whole or in part, by the Company prior to the expiration of the exchange offer) as more particularly set forth in the prospectus, the Company may not be required to exchange any of the outstanding notes tendered by this letter of transmittal and, in such event, the outstanding notes not exchanged will be returned to the undersigned at the address shown below the signature of the undersigned.

5



        Unless a box under the heading "Special Issuance Instructions" is checked, by tendering outstanding notes and executing this letter of transmittal, the undersigned hereby represents and warrants that:

        The undersigned may, IF AND ONLY IF UNABLE TO MAKE ALL OF THE REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES CONTAINED IN (i)-(ix) ABOVE, elect to have its outstanding notes registered in the shelf registration described in the Registration Rights Agreement, dated as of May 22, 2003, by and among the Company and Credit Suisse First Boston LLC, J.P. Morgan Securities Inc., Deutsche Bank Securities Inc. and Credit Lyonnais Securities (USA) Inc., in the form filed as an exhibit to the registration statement of which the prospectus is a part. Such election may be made by checking a box under "Special Issuance Instructions" below. By making such election, the undersigned agrees, jointly and severally, as a holder of transfer restricted securities participating in a shelf registration, to indemnify and hold harmless the Company, its respective agents, employees, directors and officers and each Person who controls the Company, within the meaning of

6


Section 15 of the Securities Act or Section 20(a) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, against any and all losses, claims, judgments, damages and liabilities whatsoever (including, without limitation, the reasonable legal and other expenses incurred in connection with any matter, including any action that could give rise to such losses, claims, judgments, damages or liabilities) arising out of or based upon (i) any untrue statement or alleged untrue statement of any material fact contained in the shelf registration statement filed with respect to such outstanding notes or the prospectus or in any amendment thereof or supplement thereto or (ii) the omission or alleged omission to state therein a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading, in each case to the extent, but only to the extent, that any such loss, claim, damage or liability arises out of or is based upon any untrue statement or alleged untrue statement or omission or alleged omission made therein based on information relating to the undersigned furnished to the Company in writing by or on behalf of the undersigned expressly for use therein. Any such indemnification shall be governed by the terms and subject to the conditions set forth in the Registration Rights Agreement, including, without limitation, the provisions regarding notice, retention of counsel, contribution and payment of expenses set forth therein. The above summary of the indemnification provision of the Registration Rights Agreement is not intended to be exhaustive and is qualified in its entirety by reference to the Registration Rights Agreement.

        If the undersigned is a broker-dealer that will receive offered notes for its own account in exchange for outstanding notes that were acquired as a result of market-making activities or other trading activities, it acknowledges that it will deliver a prospectus meeting the requirements of the Securities Act in connection with any resale of such offered notes, however, by so acknowledging and delivering a prospectus, the undersigned will not be deemed to admit that it is an "underwriter" within the meaning of the Securities Act. If the undersigned is a broker-dealer and outstanding notes held for its own account were not acquired as a result of market-making or other trading activities, such outstanding notes cannot be exchange pursuant to the exchange offer.

        All authority herein conferred or agreed to be conferred shall not be affected by, and shall survive the death, bankruptcy or incapacity of the undersigned and every obligation of the undersigned hereunder shall be binding upon the heirs, personal representatives, executors, administrators, successors, assigns, trustees in bankruptcy and other legal representatives of the undersigned.

        Tendered outstanding notes may be withdrawn at any time prior to 5:00 p.m., New York City time on February    , 2004 or on such later date or time to which the Company may extend the exchange offer.

        Unless otherwise indicated herein under the box entitled "Special Issuance Instructions" below, exchange notes, and outstanding notes not tendered or accepted for exchange, will be issued in the name of the undersigned. Similarly, unless otherwise indicated under the box entitled "Special Delivery Instructions" below, exchange notes, and outstanding notes not tendered or accepted for exchange, will be delivered to the undersigned at the address shown below the signature of the undersigned. In the case of a book-entry delivery of notes, the exchange agent will credit the account maintained by DTC with any notes not tendered. The undersigned recognizes that the Company has no obligation pursuant to the "Special Issuance Instructions" to transfer any outstanding notes from the name of the registered holder thereof if the Company does not accept for exchange any of the principal amount at maturity of such outstanding notes so tendered.

        The exchange notes will bear interest from the most recent interest payment date to which interest has been paid on the notes, or if no interest has been paid, from May 22, 2003. Interest on the outstanding notes accepted for exchange will cease to accrue upon the issuance of the exchange notes.

7



X  

X

 


Signature(s) of Holder(s) or Authorized Signatory
     
Dated:  
  , 2004    
             
Name(s):  
     
Capacity:  
     
Address:  


(Zip Code)
     
Area Code and Telephone No.:  

GUARANTEE OF SIGNATURE(S)
(If required—see Instructions 2 and 5 below)

Certain Signatures Must be Guaranteed by a Signature Guarantor


Name of Signature Guarantor Guaranteeing Signatures)
     

(Address (including zip code) and Telephone Number (including area code) of Firm)
     

(Authorized Signature)
     

(Printed Name)
     

(Title)
     
Dated:  
  , 2004    

8



o   Exchange Notes, to:

o

 

Outstanding Notes, to:
     
Name(s):  
     
Address:  
     
Telephone Number:  


(Tax Identification or Social Security Number)
     
DTC Account Number:  

 

 

 


o   Exchange Notes, to:

o

 

Outstanding Notes, to:
     
Name(s):  
     
Address:  
     
Telephone Number:  


(Tax Identification or Social Security Number)
     
Is this a permanent address change? (check one box)

Yes  o     No  o

 

 

 

9


INSTRUCTIONS TO LETTER OF TRANSMITTAL
(Forming part of the terms and conditions of the Exchange Offer)

        1.    DELIVERY OF THIS LETTER OF TRANSMITTAL AND NOTES.     This letter of transmittal is to be completed by holders of outstanding notes if certificates representing such notes are to be forwarded herewith, or, unless an agent's message is utilized, if tender is to be made by book-entry transfer to the account maintained by DTC, pursuant to the procedures set forth in the prospectus under "The Exchange Offer—Procedures for Tendering Outstanding Notes." For a holder to properly tender notes pursuant to the exchange offer, a properly completed and duly executed letter of transmittal (or a manually signed facsimile thereof), together with any signature guarantees and any other documents required by these Instructions, or a properly transmitted agent's message in the case of a book-entry transfer, must be received by the exchange agent at its address set forth herein on or prior to the expiration date, and either (1) certificates representing such notes must be received by the exchange agent at its address, or (2) such notes must be transferred pursuant to the procedures for book-entry transfer described in the prospectus under "The Exchange Offer—Book-Entry Transfer" and a book-entry confirmation must be received by the exchange agent on or prior to the expiration date. A holder who desires to tender notes and who cannot comply with procedures set forth herein for tender on a timely basis or whose notes are not immediately available must comply with the guaranteed delivery procedures discussed below.

        THE METHOD OF DELIVERY OF THIS LETTER OF TRANSMITTAL, THE OUTSTANDING NOTES AND ALL OTHER REQUIRED DOCUMENTS TO THE EXCHANGE AGENT IS AT THE ELECTION AND SOLE RISK OF THE HOLDER AND DELIVERY WILL BE DEEMED TO BE MADE ONLY WHEN ACTUALLY RECEIVED BY THE EXCHANGE AGENT. INSTEAD OF DELIVERY BY MAIL, HOLDERS SHOULD USE AN OVERNIGHT OR HAND DELIVERY SERVICE. IN ALL CASES, HOLDERS SHOULD ALLOW FOR SUFFICIENT TIME TO ENSURE DELIVERY TO THE EXCHANGE AGENT BEFORE THE EXPIRATION OF THE EXCHANGE OFFER AND PROPER INSURANCE SHOULD BE OBTAINED. HOLDERS MAY REQUEST THEIR BROKER, DEALER, COMMERCIAL BANK, TRUST COMPANY OR NOMINEE TO EFFECT THESE TRANSACTIONS FOR SUCH HOLDER. HOLDERS SHOULD NOT SEND ANY NOTE, LETTER OF TRANSMITTAL OR OTHER REQUIRED DOCUMENT TO THE COMPANY.

        If a holder desires to tender notes pursuant to the exchange offer and (1) certificates representing such notes are not immediately available, (2) time will not permit such holder's letter of transmittal, certificates representing such notes or other required documents to reach the exchange agent on or prior to the expiration date, or (3) the procedures for book-entry transfer (including delivery of an agent's message) cannot be completed on or prior to the expiration date, such holder may nevertheless tender such notes with the effect that such tender will be deemed to have been received on or prior to the expiration date if the guaranteed delivery procedures set forth in the prospectus under "The Exchange Offer—Guaranteed Delivery Procedures" are followed. Pursuant to such procedures, (1) the tender must be made by or through an eligible guarantor institution (as defined below), (2) a properly completed and duly executed notice of guaranteed delivery, substantially in the form provided by the Company herewith, or an agent's message with respect to a guaranteed delivery that is accepted by the Company, must be received by the exchange agent on or prior to the expiration date, and (3) the certificates for the tendered notes, in proper form for transfer (or a book-entry confirmation of the transfer of such notes into the exchange agent's account at DTC as described in the prospectus) together with a letter of transmittal (or manually signed facsimile thereof) properly completed and duly executed, with any required signature guarantees and any other documents required by the letter of transmittal, or a properly transmitted agent's message, must be received by the exchange agent within three New York Stock Exchange, Inc. trading days after the execution of the notice of guaranteed delivery.

10



        The notice of guaranteed delivery may be delivered by hand or transmitted by facsimile or mail to the exchange agent and must include a guarantee by an eligible guarantor institution in the form set forth in the notice of guaranteed delivery. For outstanding notes to be properly tendered pursuant to the guaranteed delivery procedure, the exchange agent must receive a notice of guaranteed delivery prior to the expiration date. As used herein and in the prospectus, "eligible guarantor institution" means a firm or other entity identified in Rule 17Ad-15 under the Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, as "an eligible guarantor institution," including (as such terms are defined therein): (i) a bank; (ii) a broker, dealer, municipal securities broker or dealer or government securities broker or dealer; (iii) a credit union; (iv) a national securities exchange, registered securities association or clearing agency; or (v) a savings association that is a participant in a Securities Transfer Association.

        2.    GUARANTEE OF SIGNATURES.     Signatures on this letter of transmittal must be guaranteed by a member of or participant in the Securities Transfer Agents Medallion Program, the New York Stock Exchange, Inc. Medallion Signature Program or the Stock Exchange Medallion Program or by an eligible guarantor institution unless the notes tendered hereby are tendered (1) by a registered holder of notes (or by a participant in DTC whose name appears on a security position listing as the owner of such notes) who has signed this letter of transmittal and who has not completed any of the boxes entitled "Special Issuance Instructions" or "Special Delivery Instructions," on the letter of transmittal, or (2) for the account of an eligible guarantor institution. If the notes are registered in the name of a person other than the signer of the letter of transmittal or if notes not tendered are to be returned to, or are to be issued to the order of, a person other than the registered holder or if notes not tendered are to be sent to someone other than the registered holder, then the signature on this letter of transmittal accompanying the tendered notes must be guaranteed as described above. Beneficial owners whose notes are registered in the name of a broker, dealer, commercial bank, trust company or other nominee must contact such broker, dealer, commercial bank, trust company or other nominee if they desire to tender notes. See "The Exchange Offer—Procedures for Tendering Outstanding Notes," in the prospectus.

        3.    WITHDRAWAL OF TENDERS.     Except as otherwise provided in the prospectus, tenders of notes may be withdrawn at any time on or prior to the expiration date. For a withdrawal of tendered notes to be effective, a written, telegraphic or facsimile transmission notice of withdrawal must be received by the exchange agent on or prior to the expiration date at its address set forth on the cover of this letter of transmittal. Any such notice of withdrawal must (1) specify the name of the person who tendered the notes to be withdrawn, (2) identify the notes to be withdrawn, including the certificate number or numbers shown on the particular certificates evidencing such notes (unless such notes were tendered by book-entry transfer), the aggregate principal amount at maturity represented by such notes and the name of the registered holder of such notes, if different from that of the person who tendered such notes, (3) be signed by the holder of such notes in the same manner as the original signature on the letter of transmittal by which such notes were tendered (including any required signature guarantees), or be accompanied by (i) documents of transfer sufficient to have the trustee register the transfer of the notes into the name of the person withdrawing such notes and (ii) a properly completed irrevocable proxy authorizing such person to effect such withdrawal on behalf of such holder (unless the notes were tendered by book-entry transfer), and (4) specify the name in which any such notes are to be registered, if different from that of the registered holder. If the notes were tendered pursuant to the procedures for book-entry transfer set forth in "The Exchange Offer—Procedures for Tendering Outstanding Notes," the notice of withdrawal must specify the name and number of the account at DTC to be credited with the withdrawal of outstanding notes and must otherwise comply with the procedures of DTC. If the notes to be withdrawn have been delivered or otherwise identified to the exchange agent, a signed notice of withdrawal is effective immediately upon written or facsimile notice of such withdrawal even if physical release is not yet effected.

11



        Any permitted withdrawal of notes may not be rescinded. Any notes properly withdrawn will thereafter be deemed not validly tendered for purposes of the exchange offer. However, properly withdrawn notes may be retendered by following one of the procedures described in the prospectus under the caption "The Exchange Offer—Procedures for Tendering Outstanding Notes" at any time prior to the expiration date.

        All questions as to the validity, form and eligibility (including time of receipt) of such withdrawal notices will be determined by the Company, in its sole discretion, which determination shall be final and binding on all parties.

        4.    PARTIAL TENDERS.     Tenders of notes pursuant to the exchange offer will be accepted only in principal amounts at maturity equal to $1,000 or integral multiples of $1,000. If less than the entire principal amount at maturity of any notes evidenced by a submitted certificate is tendered, the tendering holder must fill in the principal amount at maturity tendered in the last column of the box entitled "Description of Notes" herein. The entire principal amount at maturity represented by the certificates for all notes delivered to the exchange agent will be deemed to have been tendered unless otherwise indicated. If the entire principal amount at maturity of all notes held by the holder is not tendered, new certificates for the principal amount at maturity of notes not tendered and exchange notes issued in exchange for any notes tendered and accepted will be sent (or, if tendered by book-entry transfer, returned by credit to the account at DTC designated herein) to the holder unless otherwise provided in the appropriate box on this letter of transmittal (see Instruction 6), as soon as practicable following the expiration date.

        5.    SIGNATURE ON THIS LETTER OF TRANSMITTAL; BOND POWERS AND ENDORSEMENTS; GUARANTEE OF SIGNATURES.     If this letter of transmittal is signed by the registered holder(s) of the outstanding notes tendered hereby, the signature must correspond exactly with the name(s) as written on the face of certificates without alteration, enlargement or change whatsoever. If this letter of transmittal is signed by a participant in DTC whose name is shown as the owner of the notes tendered hereby, the signature must correspond with the name shown on the security position listing the owner of the notes.

        If any of the notes tendered hereby are owned of record by two or more joint owners, all such owners must sign this letter of transmittal.

        If any tendered notes are registered in different names on several certificates, it will be necessary to complete, sign and submit as many copies of this letter of transmittal and any necessary accompanying documents as there are different names in which certificates are held.

        If this letter of transmittal is signed by the holder, and the certificates for any principal amount at maturity of notes not tendered are to be issued (or if any principal amount at maturity of notes that is not tendered is to be reissued or returned) to or, if tendered by book-entry transfer, credited to the account of DTC of the registered holder, and exchange notes exchanged for outstanding notes in connection with the exchange offer are to be issued to the order of the registered holder, then the registered holder need not endorse any certificates for tendered notes nor provide a separate bond power. In any other case (including if this letter of transmittal is not signed by the registered holder), the registered holder must either properly endorse the certificates for notes tendered or transmit a separate properly completed bond power with this letter of transmittal (in either case, executed exactly as the name(s) of the registered holder(s) appear(s) on such notes, and, with respect to a participant in DTC whose name appears on a security position listing as the owner of notes, exactly as the name(s) of the participant(s) appear(s) on such security position listing), with the signature on the endorsement or bond power guaranteed by a signature guarantor or an eligible guarantor institution, unless such certificates or bond powers are executed by an eligible guarantor institution, and must also be accompanied by such opinions of counsel, certifications and other information as the Company or the

12



trustee for the original notes may require in accordance with the restrictions on transfer applicable to the outstanding notes. See Instruction 2.

        Endorsements on certificates for notes and signatures on bond powers provided in accordance with this Instruction 5 by registered holders not executing this letter of transmittal must be guaranteed by an eligible institution. See Instruction 2.

        If this letter of transmittal or any certificates representing notes or bond powers are signed by trustees, executors, administrators, guardians, attorneys-in-fact, officers of corporations or others acting in a fiduciary or representative capacity, such persons should so indicate when signing, and proper evidence satisfactory to the exchange agent, in its sole discretion, of their authority so to act must be submitted with this letter of transmittal.

        6.    SPECIAL ISSUANCE AND SPECIAL DELIVERY INSTRUCTIONS.     Tendering holders should indicate in the applicable box or boxes the name and address to which notes for principal amounts at maturity not tendered or exchange notes exchanged for outstanding notes in connection with the exchange offer are to be issued or sent, if different from the name and address of the holder signing this letter of transmittal. In the case of issuance in a different name, the taxpayer-identification number of the person named must also be indicated. Holders tendering by book-entry transfer may request that outstanding notes not exchanged be credited to such accounted maintained at DTC as such holder may designate. If no instructions are given, notes not tendered will be returned to the registered holder of the notes tendered. For holders of notes tendered by book-entry transfer, notes not tendered will be returned by crediting the account at DTC designated above.

        7.    TAXPAYER IDENTIFICATION NUMBER AND SUBSTITUTE FORM W-9.     Federal income tax law generally requires that each tendering holder is required to provide the exchange agent with its correct taxpayer identification number, which, in the case of a holder who is an individual, is his or her social security number. If the exchange agent is not provided with the correct taxpayer identification number or an adequate basis for an exemption, the holder may be subject to backup withholding in an amount equal to up to 31% of the reportable payments made with respect to the notes and a $50 penalty imposed by the Internal Revenue Service. If withholding results in an over-payment of taxes, a refund may be obtained. Certain holders (including, among others, all corporations and certain foreign individuals) are not subject to these backup withholding and reporting requirements. See the enclosed "Guidelines for Certification of Taxpayer Identification Number on Substitute Form W-9" for additional instructions.

        To prevent backup withholding, each holder tendering outstanding notes must provide such holder's correct taxpayer identification number by completing the Substitute Form W-9 set forth herein, certifying that the taxpayer identification number provided is correct (or that such holder is awaiting a taxpayer identification number) and that (i) such holder is exempt from backup withholding, (ii) the holder has not been notified by the Internal Revenue Service that such holder is subject to backup withholding as a result of failure to report all interest or dividends, or (iii) the Internal Revenue Service has notified the holder that such holder is no longer subject to backup withholding.

        If the holder tendering outstanding notes does not have a taxpayer identification number, such holder should consult the "Guidelines for Certification of Taxpayer Identification Number on Substitute Form W-9" for instructions on applying for a taxpayer identification number, write "Applied For" in the space for the taxpayer identification number in Part 1 of the Substitute Form W-9 and sign and date the Substitute Form W-9 and the Certification of Awaiting Taxpayer Identification Number set forth herein. If the holder tendering outstanding notes does not provide such holder's taxpayer identification number to the exchange agent within 60 days, backup withholding will begin and continue until such holder furnishes such holder's taxpayer identification number to the exchange agent. Note : Writing "Applied For" on the form means that the holder tendering outstanding notes has already applied for a taxpayer identification number or that such holder intends to apply for one in the near future.

13



        If the outstanding notes are registered in more than one name or are not in the name of the actual owner, consult the "Guidelines for Certification of Taxpayer Identification Number on Substitute Form W-9" for information on which tax payer identification number to report.

        Exempt holders tendering outstanding notes (including, among others, all corporations and certain foreign individuals) are not subject to these backup withholding and reporting requirements. To prevent possible erroneous backup withholding, an exempt holder tendering outstanding notes must enter its correct taxpayer identification number in Part I of the Substitute Form W-9, write "Exempt" in Part 2 of such form and sign and date the form. See the "Guidelines for Certification of Taxpayer Identification Number on Substitute Form W-9" for additional instructions. In order for a nonresident alien or foreign entity to qualify as exempt, such person must submit a completed Form W-8, "Certificate of Foreign Status," signed under penalty of perjury attesting to such exempt status. Such form may be obtained from the exchange agent.

        The Company reserves the right in its sole discretion to take whatever steps are necessary to comply with its obligation regarding backup withholding.

        8.    TRANSFER TAXES.     The Company will pay all transfer taxes, if any, required to be paid by the Company in connection with the exchange of the outstanding notes for the exchange notes. If, however, exchange notes, or outstanding notes for principal amounts at maturity not tendered or accepted for exchange, are to be delivered to, or are to be issued in the name of, any person other than the registered holder of the outstanding notes tendered, or if a transfer tax is imposed for any reason other than the exchange of the outstanding notes in connection with the exchange offer, then the amount of any transfer tax (whether imposed on the registered holder or any other persons) will be payable by the tendering holder. If satisfactory evidence of payment of the transfer taxes or exemption therefrom is not submitted with the letter of transmittal, the amount of such transfer taxes will be billed directly to the tendering holder.

        9.    MUTILATED, LOST, STOLEN OR DESTROYED OUTSTANDING NOTES.     If any certificate representing outstanding notes has been mutilated, lost, stolen or destroyed, the holder should promptly contact the exchange agent at the address indicated above. The holder will then be instructed as to the steps that must be taken in order to replace the certificate. This letter of transmittal and related documents cannot be processed until the procedures for replacing mutilated, lost, stolen or destroyed certificates have been followed.

        10.    IRREGULARITIES.     All questions as to the validity, form, eligibility, time of receipt, acceptance and withdrawal of any tenders of notes pursuant to the procedures described in the prospectus and the form and validity of all documents will be determined by the Company, in its sole discretion, which determination shall be final and binding on all parties. The Company reserves the absolute right, in its sole and absolute discretion, to reject any or all tenders of any notes determined by it not to be in proper form or the acceptance of which may, in the opinion of the Company's counsel, be unlawful. The Company also reserves the absolute right, in its sole discretion subject to applicable law, to waive or amend any of the conditions of the exchange offer or to waive any defect or irregularity in the tender of any particular notes, whether or not similar defects or irregularities are waived in the case of other tenders. The Company's interpretations of the terms and conditions of the exchange offer (including, without limitation, the instructions in this letter of transmittal) shall be final and binding. No alternative, conditional or contingent tenders will be accepted. Unless waived, any irregularities in connection with tenders must be cured within such time as the Company shall determine. Each tendering holder, by execution of a letter of transmittal (or a manually signed facsimile thereof), waives any right to receive any notice of the acceptance of such tender. Tenders of such notes shall not be deemed to have been made until such irregularities have been cured or waived. Any notes received by the exchange agent that are not properly tendered and as to which the

14



irregularities have not been cured or waived will be returned by the exchange agent to the tendering holders, unless such holders have otherwise provided herein, promptly following the expiration date.

        11.    REQUESTS FOR ASSISTANCE OR ADDITIONAL COPIES.     Questions relating to the procedure for tendering, as well as requests for assistance or additional copies of the prospectus, this letter of transmittal and the notice of guaranteed delivery may be directed to the exchange agent at the address and telephone number set forth above. Holders may also contact their broker, dealer, commercial bank, trust company or other nominee for assistance concerning the exchange offer.

         IMPORTANT: THIS LETTER OF TRANSMITTAL OR A FACSIMILE THEREOF (TOGETHER WITH CERTIFICATES FOR OUTSTANDING NOTES OR A BOOK-ENTRY-CONFIRMATION AND ALL OTHER REQUIRED DOCUMENTS) OR A NOTICE OF GUARANTEED DELIVERY MUST BE RECEIVED BY THE EXCHANGE AGENT ON OR PRIOR TO 5:00 P.M., NEW YORK CITY TIME ON THE EXPIRATION DATE.

15



PAYOR'S NAME: THE BANK OF NEW YORK


SUBSTITUTE
FORM
W-9
  PART I—PLEASE PROVIDE YOUR TIN IN THE
BOX AT RIGHT AND CERTIFY BY SIGNING AND
DATING BELOW
  TIN                                                          
(Social Security Number(s)
or Employer Identification Number(s)
   
    PART 2—FOR PAYEES EXEMPT FROM BACKUP
WITHHOLDING PLEASE WRITE "EXEMPT" HERE (SEE
INSTRUCTIONS)                                                  
   

Department of
The Treasury
Internal
Revenue Service
Payor's Request for
Taxpayer Identification
Number ("TIN")

 

PART 3—CERTIFICATION—UNDER PENALTIES OF PERJURY, I CERTIFY THAT (1) The number shown on this form is my correct taxpayer identification number (or I am waiting for a number to be issued to me), (2) I am not subject to backup withholding because: (a) I am exempt from backup withholding, (b) I have not been notified by the Internal Revenue Service (the "IRS") that I am subject to backup withholding as a result of a failure to report all interest or dividends, or (c) the IRS has notified me that I am no longer subject to backup withholding, and (3) I am a U.S. person (including a U.S. resident alien).
THE INTERNAL REVENUE SERVICE DOES NOT REQUIRE YOUR CONSENT TO ANY PROVISION OF THIS DOCUMENT OTHER THAN THE CERTIFICATIONS REQUIRED TO AVOID BACKUP WITHHOLDING.
SIGNATURE:                                                     DATE:                                , 2004

        You must cross out item (2) of Part 3 above if you have been notified by the IRS that you are currently subject to backup withholding because of underreporting interest or dividends on your tax return.

         YOU MUST COMPLETE THE FOLLOWING CERTIFICATE IF YOU WROTE "APPLIED FOR" IN PART 1 OF THE SUBSTITUTE FORM W-9.


CERTIFICATION OF AWAITING TAXPAYER IDENTIFICATION NUMBER

I certify under penalties of perjury that a taxpayer identification number has not been issued to me, and either (1) I have mailed or delivered an application to receive a taxpayer identification number to the appropriate Internal Revenue Service Center or Social Security Administration office, or (2) I intend to mail or deliver an application in the near future. I understand that if I do not provide a taxpayer identification number within sixty days, the payor is required to withhold up to 31% of all cash payments made to me thereafter until I provide a number.

Signature:                                                                                                    Date:                                                  


         NOTE: FAILURE TO COMPLETE AND RETURN THIS FORM W-9 MAY RESULT IN BACKUP WITHHOLDING OF UP TO 31 PERCENT OF ANY CASH PAYMENTS. PLEASE REVIEW THE ENCLOSED GUIDELINES FOR CERTIFICATION OF TAXPAYER IDENTIFICATION NUMBER ON SUBSTITUTE FORM W-9 FOR ADDITIONAL DETAILS.

16




QuickLinks

PLEASE READ THE ACCOMPANYING INSTRUCTIONS CAREFULLY
PAYOR'S NAME: THE BANK OF NEW YORK

QuickLinks -- Click here to rapidly navigate through this document


NOTICE OF GUARANTEED DELIVERY


For Tender Of Any And All Outstanding
Series A 12% Senior Subordinated Discount Notes Due 2013


of


COMPASS MINERALS INTERNATIONAL, INC.
(FORMERLY SALT HOLDINGS CORPORATION)
Pursuant to the Prospectus Dated January    , 2004

         THE EXCHANGE OFFER AND WITHDRAWAL RIGHTS WILL EXPIRE AT 5:00 P.M., NEW YORK
CITY TIME, ON FEBRUARY    , 2004, UNLESS EXTENDED (THE "EXPIRATION DATE").


The Exchange Agent for the Exchange Offer is:


THE BANK OF NEW YORK

By Mail: By Facsimile Transmission: By Hand/Overnight Delivery:
The Bank of New York (for eligible institutions only) The Bank of New York
Corporate Trust Operations (212) 298-1915 Corporate Trust Operations
Reorganization Unit Attn: Sirojni Dindial Reorganization Unit
101 Barclay Street—7 East Confirm by Telephone: 101 Barclay Street—7 East
New York, New York 10286 (212) 815-5920 New York, New York 10286
Attn: Carolle Montreuil   Attn: Carolle Montreuil

         DELIVERY OF THIS NOTICE OF GUARANTEED DELIVERY TO AN ADDRESS OTHER THAN AS SET FORTH ABOVE OR TRANSMISSION OF THIS NOTICE OF GUARANTEED DELIVERY VIA A FACSIMILE TRANSMISSION TO A NUMBER OTHER THAN AS SET FORTH ABOVE WILL NOT CONSTITUTE A VALID DELIVERY.

        As set forth in the prospectus, dated January    , 2004, of Compass Minerals International, Inc. (formerly Salt Holdings Corporation), a Delaware corporation (the "Company"), under "The Exchange Offer—Guaranteed Delivery Procedures," and in the accompanying letter of transmittal and instructions thereto, this form or one substantially equivalent hereto or an agent's message relating to guaranteed delivery must be used to accept the Company's offer to exchange $1,000 principal amount at maturity of its 12% Series B Senior Subordinated Discount Notes due 2013, which have been registered under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, for each $1,000 principal amount at maturity of its outstanding 12% Series A Senior Subordinated Discount Notes due 2013, if certificates representing such notes are not immediately available, time will not permit the letter of transmittal, certificates representing such notes or other required documents to reach the exchange agent, or the procedures for book-entry transfer (including a properly transmitted agent's message with respect thereto) cannot be completed, on or prior to the expiration date.

        This form is not to be used to guarantee signatures. If a signature on the letter of transmittal is required to be guaranteed by signature guarantor under the instructions thereto, such signature guarantee must appear in the applicable space provided in the letter of transmittal.



PLEASE READ THE ACCOMPANYING INSTRUCTIONS CAREFULLY

Ladies and Gentlemen:

        The undersigned hereby tenders to the Company, upon the terms and subject to the conditions set forth in the prospectus and the letter of transmittal, receipt of which is hereby acknowledged, the aggregate principal amount at maturity of outstanding notes set forth below pursuant to the guaranteed delivery procedures set forth in the prospectus under the caption "The Exchange Offer—Guaranteed Delivery Procedures." The undersigned hereby authorizes the exchange agent to deliver this notice of guaranteed delivery to the Company with respect to the outstanding notes tendered pursuant to the exchange offer.

        The undersigned understands that tenders of the outstanding notes will be accepted only in principal amounts at maturity equal to $1,000 or integral multiples thereof. The undersigned also understands that tenders of the outstanding notes pursuant to the exchange offer may be withdrawn at any time prior to the expiration date. For a withdrawal of a tender of notes to be effective, it must be made in accordance with the procedures set forth in the prospectus under "The Exchange Offer—Withdrawal Rights."

        The undersigned understands that the exchange of any exchange notes for outstanding notes will be made only after timely receipt by the exchange agent of (i) the certificates of the tendered notes, in proper form for transfer (or a book-entry confirmation of the transfer of such notes into the exchange agent's account at The Depository Trust Company), and (ii) a letter of transmittal (or a manually signed facsimile thereof) properly completed and duly executed with any required signature guarantees, together with any other documents required by the letter of transmittal (or a properly transmitted agent's message), within three New York Stock Exchange, Inc. trading days after the execution hereof.

        All authority herein conferred or agreed to be conferred by this notice of guaranteed delivery shall not be affected by, and shall survive, the death or incapacity of the undersigned, and every obligation of the undersigned under this notice of guaranteed delivery shall be binding upon the heirs, personal representatives, executors, administrators, successors, assigns, trustees in bankruptcy and other legal representatives of the undersigned.

2




 
PLEASE SIGN AND COMPLETE



X

 

Date:  


X


 

Address:  

Signature(s) of Registered Holder(s) or Authorized Signatory   Area Code and Telephone No.:  
Name(s) of Registered Holder(s):    



 

If Notes will be delivered by book-entry transfer,
provide information below:

Principal Amount of Notes Tendered*:

 

Name of Tendering
Institution:    


  Depositary Account No. with DTC:  
Transaction Code Number:  

Certificate No.(s) of Notes (if available):

 

 



 

 
* Must be in denominations of $1,000 and any
integral multiple thereof.
   

DO NOT SEND NOTES WITH THIS FORM. NOTES SHOULD BE SENT TO THE EXCHANGE AGENT TOGETHER WITH A PROPERLY COMPLETED AND DULY EXECUTED LETTER OF TRANSMITTAL OR PROPERLY TRANSMITTED AGENT'S MESSAGE.


        This notice of guaranteed delivery must be signed by the holder(s) exactly as their name(s) appear(s) on certificate(s) for notes or on a security position listing as the owner of notes, or by person(s) authorized to become holder(s) by endorsements and documents transmitted with this notice of guaranteed delivery. If signature is by a trustee, executor, administrator, guardian, attorney-in-fact, officer or other person acting in a fiduciary or representative capacity, such person must provide the following information:

PLEASE PRINT NAME(S) AND ADDRESS(ES)


Name(s):

 





Capacity:

 



Address(es):

 





3


THE GUARANTEE BELOW MUST BE COMPLETED
GUARANTEE
(Not to be used for Signature Guarantee)

        The undersigned, a member firm of a registered national securities exchange or of the National Association of Securities Dealers, Inc., a commercial bank or trust company having an office or a correspondent in the United States or an "eligible guarantor institution" within the meaning of Rule 17Ad-15 promulgated under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, hereby guarantees that the notes to be tendered hereby are in proper form for transfer (pursuant to the procedures set forth in the prospectus under "The Exchange Offer—Guaranteed Delivery Procedures"), and that the exchange agent will receive (a) such notes, or a book-entry confirmation of the transfer of such notes into the exchange agent's account at The Depository Trust Company, and (b) a properly completed and duly executed letter of transmittal (or facsimile thereof) with any required signature guarantees and any other documents required by the letter of transmittal, or a properly transmitted agent's message, within three New York Stock Exchange, Inc. trading days after the date of execution hereof.

        The eligible guarantor institution that completes this form must communicate the guarantee to the exchange agent and must deliver the letter of transmittal, or a properly transmitted agent's message, and notes, or a book-entry confirmation in the case of a book-entry transfer, to the exchange agent within the time period described above. Failure to do so could result in a financial loss to such eligible guarantor institution.


Name of Firm:

 



Authorized Signature:



Title:

 



Address:

 



Area Code and Telephone Number:

 



Date:

 



 

, 2004

4




QuickLinks

NOTICE OF GUARANTEED DELIVERY
For Tender Of Any And All Outstanding Series A 12% Senior Subordinated Discount Notes Due 2013
of
COMPASS MINERALS INTERNATIONAL, INC. (FORMERLY SALT HOLDINGS CORPORATION) Pursuant to the Prospectus Dated January , 2004
The Exchange Agent for the Exchange Offer is
THE BANK OF NEW YORK
PLEASE READ THE ACCOMPANYING INSTRUCTIONS CAREFULLY

LETTER TO REGISTERED HOLDERS AND DTC PARTICIPANTS
REGARDING THE TENDER OF ANY AND ALL OUTSTANDING
SERIES A 12% SENIOR SUBORDINATED DISCOUNT NOTES DUE 2013

of

COMPASS MINERALS INTERNATIONAL, INC
(FORMERLY SALT HOLDINGS CORPORATION)
Pursuant to the Prospectus dated January     , 2004



January     , 2004

To Registered Holders and DTC Participants:

        Compass Minerals International, Inc. (formerly Salt Holdings Corporation), a Delaware corporation (the "Company"), is offering to exchange, upon and subject to the terms and conditions set forth in the prospectus, dated January     , 2004, and the letter of transmittal, $1,000 principal amount at maturity of its 12% Series B Senior Subordinated Discount Notes due 2013, which have been registered under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, for each $1,000 principal amount at maturity of its outstanding 12% Series A Senior Subordinated Discount Notes due 2013, of which $179,600,000 aggregate principal amount at maturity is outstanding.

        In connection with the exchange offer, we are requesting that you contact your clients for whom you hold outstanding notes registered in your name or in the name of your nominee, or who hold outstanding notes registered in their own names. The Company will not pay any fees or commissions to any broker, dealer or other person in connection with the solicitation of tenders pursuant to the exchange offer. However, you will, upon request, be reimbursed for reasonable out-of-pocket expenses incurred in connection with soliciting acceptances of the exchange offer. The Company will pay or cause to be paid all transfer taxes applicable to the exchange of outstanding notes pursuant to the exchange offer, except as set forth in the prospectus and the letter of transmittal.

        For your information and for forwarding to your clients, we are enclosing the following documents:

        To participate in the exchange offer, a beneficial holder must either:

2


        By complying with DTC's ATOP procedures with respect to the exchange offer, the DTC Participant confirms on behalf of itself and the beneficial owners of tendered outstanding notes all provisions of the letter of transmittal applicable to it and such beneficial owners as fully as if it completed, executed and returned the letter of transmittal to the exchange agent.

        You will need to contact those of your clients for whose account you hold definitive certificated notes or book-entry interests representing outstanding notes and seek their instructions regarding the exchange offer.

        If holders of outstanding notes wish to tender, but it is impracticable for them to forward their certificates for outstanding notes prior to the expiration of the exchange offer or to comply with the book-entry transfer procedures on a timely basis, a tender may be effected by following the guaranteed delivery procedures described in the prospectus and the letter of transmittal.

        Any inquiries you may have with respect to the exchange offer, or requests for additional copies of the enclosed materials, should be directed to the exchange agent for the outstanding notes, at its address and telephone number set forth on the front of the letter of transmittal.

    Very truly yours,
   
Compass Minerals International, Inc.
(formerly Salt Holdings Corporation)

         NOTHING HEREIN OR IN THE ENCLOSED DOCUMENTS SHALL CONSTITUTE YOU OR ANY OTHER PERSON AS AN AGENT OF THE COMPANY OR THE EXCHANGE AGENT, OR AUTHORIZE YOU OR ANY OTHER PERSON TO USE ANY DOCUMENT OR MAKE ANY STATEMENTS ON BEHALF OF EITHER OF THEM WITH RESPECT TO THE EXCHANGE OFFER, EXCEPT FOR STATEMENTS EXPRESSLY MADE IN THE PROSPECTUS OR THE LETTER OF TRANSMITTAL.

3




Instruction to Registered Holders and
DTC Participants
From Beneficial Owner of
Series A 12% Senior Subordinated Discount Notes Due 2013


of


COMPASS MINERALS INTERNATIONAL, INC.
(FORMERLY SALT HOLDINGS CORPORATION)

        The undersigned hereby acknowledges receipt of the prospectus, dated January    , 2004, of Compass Minerals International, Inc. (formerly Salt Holdings Corporation), a Delaware corporation (the "Company"), and the letter of transmittal, that together constitute the Company's offer to exchange $1,000 principal amount at maturity of its Series B 12% Senior Subordinated Discount Notes due 2013, which have been registered under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the "Securities Act"), for each $1,000 principal amount at maturity of its outstanding Series A 12% Senior Subordinated Discount Notes due 2013, of which $179,600,000 aggregate principal amount at maturity is outstanding.

        This will instruct you, the registered holder and/or book-entry transfer facility participant, as to the action to be taken by you relating to the exchange offer with respect to the outstanding notes held by you for the account of the undersigned, upon and subject to the terms and conditions set forth in the prospectus and the letter of transmittal.

        The aggregate face amount of the outstanding notes held by you for the account of the undersigned is ( fill in amount ):

        $                        of Series A 12% Senior Subordinated Discount Notes due 2013.

        With respect to the exchange offer, the undersigned hereby instructs you (check appropriate box):

        If the undersigned instructs you to tender outstanding notes held by you for the account of the undersigned, it is understood that you are authorized:


        The undersigned acknowledges that if an executed copy of this letter of transmittal is returned, the entire principal amount of outstanding notes held for the undersigned's account will be tendered unless otherwise specified above.

        The undersigned hereby represents and warrants that the undersigned (1) owns the notes tendered and is entitled to tender such notes, and (2) has full power and authority to tender, sell, exchange, assign and transfer the outstanding notes and to acquire exchange notes issuable upon the exchange of such tendered notes, and that, when the same are accepted for exchange, the Company will acquire good, marketable and unencumbered title to the tendered notes, free and clear of all liens, restrictions, charges and encumbrances and not subject to any adverse claim or right or restriction or proxy of any kind.

2


SIGN HERE


Name of Beneficial Owner(s) (please print):



Signature(s):



Address:



Telephone Number:



Taxpayer Identification Number or Social Security Number:



Date:


3




Letter to Beneficial Holders Regarding the Offer to Exchange
Any and All Outstanding Series A 12% Senior Subordinated Discount Notes Due 2013
of
COMPASS MINERALS INTERNATIONAL, INC.
(FORMERLY SALT HOLDINGS CORPORATION)
Pursuant to the Prospectus dated January    , 2004




January    , 2004

To Our Clients:

        Enclosed for your consideration is a prospectus, dated January    , 2004, of Compass Minerals International, Inc. (formerly Salt Holdings Corporation), a Delaware corporation (the "Company"), and a letter of transmittal, that together constitute the Company's offer to exchange $1,000 principal amount at maturity of its 12% Series B Senior Subordinated Discount Notes due 2013, which have been registered under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the "Securities Act"), for each $1,000 principal amount at maturity of its outstanding 12% Series A Senior Subordinated Discount Notes due 2013, of which $179,600,000 aggregate principal amount at maturity is outstanding.

        The materials relating to the exchange offer are being forwarded to you as the beneficial owner of outstanding notes carried by us for your account or benefit but not registered in your name. A tender of any outstanding notes may only be made by us as the registered holder and pursuant to your instructions. Therefore, we urge beneficial owners of outstanding notes registered in the name of a broker, dealer, commercial bank, trust company or any other nominee to contact such registered holder promptly if they wish to tender outstanding notes in the exchange offer.

        Accordingly, we request instructions as to whether you wish us to tender any or all such outstanding notes held by us for your account or benefit pursuant to the terms and conditions set forth in the prospectus and the letter of transmittal. We urge you to read carefully the prospectus and the letter of transmittal and other material provided herewith before instructing us to tender your outstanding notes.

        THE LETTER OF TRANSMITTAL IS FURNISHED TO YOU FOR YOUR INFORMATION ONLY AND CANNOT BE USED BY YOU TO EXCHANGE OUTSTANDING NOTES HELD BY US FOR YOUR ACCOUNT OR BENEFIT.

        Your instructions to us should be forwarded as promptly as possible in order to permit us to outstanding tender notes on your behalf in accordance with the provisions of the exchange offer.

        Your attention is directed to the following:

        1.     The exchange offer will expire at 5:00 p.m., New York City time, on February    , 2004, unless extended. Tendered outstanding notes may be withdrawn, subject to the procedures described in the prospectus, at any time prior to 5:00 p.m. New York City time, on the Expiration Date.

        2.     The outstanding notes will be exchanged for the exchange notes at the rate of $1,000 principal amount at maturity of exchange notes for each $1,000 principal amount at maturity of outstanding notes validly tendered and not validly withdrawn prior to the expiration date. The exchange notes will bear interest from the most recent interest payment date to which interest has been paid on the outstanding notes or, if no interest has been paid, from May 22, 2003. The form and terms of the



exchange notes are identical in all material respects to the form and terms of the outstanding notes, except that the exchange notes have been registered under the Securities Act.

        3.     Notwithstanding any other term of the exchange offer, the Company may terminate or amend the exchange offer as provided in the prospectus and will not be required to accept for exchange, or exchange any exchange notes for, any outstanding notes not accepted for exchange prior to such termination.

        4.     Any transfer taxes applicable to the exchange of the outstanding notes pursuant to the exchange offer will be paid by the Company, except as otherwise provided in the prospectus and in Instruction 8 of the letter of transmittal.

        5.     Based on an interpretation of the Securities Act by the staff of the Securities and Exchange Commission, the Company believes that exchange notes issued pursuant to the exchange offer in exchange for outstanding notes may be offered for resale, resold and otherwise transferred by holders thereof without compliance with the registration and prospectus delivery provisions of the Securities Act, provided that the holder:

        To participate in the exchange offer, holders must represent to the Company that each of these statements is true. If the holder is a broker-dealer that will receive exchange notes for its own account in exchange for outstanding notes that were acquired as a result of market-making activities or other trading activities, it must acknowledge that it will deliver a prospectus meeting the requirements of the Securities Act in connection with any resale of such exchange notes.

        If you wish to have us tender any or all of your outstanding notes, please so instruct us by completing and returning to us the form entitled "Instruction to Registered Holders and DTC Participants From Beneficial Owner" that appears below. An envelope to return your instructions is enclosed. If you authorize a tender of your outstanding notes, the entire principal amount of outstanding notes held for your account will be tendered unless otherwise specified on the instruction form. Your instructions should be forwarded to us in ample time to permit us to submit a tender on your behalf by the Expiration Date.

2





GUIDELINES FOR CERTIFICATION OF TAXPAYER IDENTIFICATION
NUMBER ON SUBSTITUTE FORM W-9

         Guidelines for Determining the Proper Identification Number to Give the Payer —Social Security Numbers have nine digits separated by two hyphens: i.e., 000-00-0000. Employer Identification Numbers have nine digits separated by only one hyphen: i.e., 00-0000000. The table below will help determine the type of number to give the payer.

For this type of account:

  Give the SOCIAL
SECURITY number of—

  For this type of account:

  Give the EMPLOYER IDENTIFICATION number of—


1.

 

An individual's account

 

The individual

 

8.

 

Sole proprietorship account

 

The owner(4)
2.   Two or more individuals (joint account)   The actual owner of the account or, if combined funds, any one of the individuals(1)   9.   A valid trust, estate or pension trust   The legal entity (Do not furnish the identifying number of the personal representative or trustee unless the legal entity itself is not designated in the account title)(5)
3.   Husband and wife (joint account)   The actual owner of the account or, if joint funds, either person(1)   10.   Corporate account   The corporation
4.   Custodian account of a minor (Uniform Gift to Minors Act)   The minor(2)   11.   Religious, charitable, or educational organization account   The organization
5.   Adult and minor (joint account)   The adult or, if the minor is the only contributor, the minor(1)   12.   Partnership account held in the name of the business   The partnership
6.   Account in the name of guardian or committee for a designated ward, minor or incompetent person   The ward, minor or incompetent person(3)   13.   Association, club, or other tax-exempt organization   The organization
7.   a.   The usual revocable savings trust account (grantor is also trustee)   The grantor-trustee(1)   14.   A broker or registered nominee   The broker or nominee
    b.   So-called trust account that is not a legal or valid trust under State law   The actual owner(1)   15.   Account with the Department of Agriculture in the name of a public entity (such as a State or local government, school district or prison) that receives agricultural program payments   The public entity

(1)
List first and circle the name of the person whose number you furnish.

(2)
Circle the minor's name and furnish the minor's social security number.

(3)
Circle the ward's, minor's or incompetent person's name and furnish such person's social security number.

(4)
You must show your individual name, but you may also enter your business or "doing business" name. You may use either your Social Security Number or Employer Identification Number.

(5)
List first and circle the name of the legal trust, estate or pension trust.

Note:     If no name is circled when there is more than one name, the number will be considered to be that of the first name listed.


GUIDELINES FOR CERTIFICATION OF TAXPAYER IDENTIFICATION
NUMBER ON SUBSTITUTE FORM W-9
Page 2

Obtaining a Number

        If you do not have a taxpayer identification number or if you do not know your number, obtain Form SS-5, Application for Social Security Number Card (for individuals), or Form SS-4, Application for Employer Identification Number, at the local office of the Social Security Administration or the Internal Revenue Service (the "IRS") and apply for a number.

Payees Exempt from Backup Withholding

        Payees specifically exempted from backup withholding on ALL payments by brokers include the following:

        Payments of dividends and patronage dividends not generally subject to backup withholding include the following:

        Payments of interest not generally subject to backup withholding include the following:


        Exempt payees described above should file Form W-9 to avoid possible erroneous backup withholding. FILE THIS FORM WITH THE PAYER, FURNISH YOUR TAXPAYER IDENTIFICATION NUMBER, CHECK "EXEMPT" IN PART II OF THE FORM, SIGN AND DATE THE FORM AND RETURN IT TO THE PAYER.

        Certain payments other than interest, dividends and patronage dividends, that are not subject to information reporting are also not subject to backup withholding. For details, see the regulations under Section 6041, 6041(A)(a), 6045, and 6050A.

         Privacy Act Notice. —Section 6109 requires most recipients of dividend, interest, or other payments to give taxpayer identification numbers to payers who must report the payments to the IRS. The IRS uses the numbers for identification purposes. Payers must be given the numbers whether or not recipients are required to file tax returns. Payers must generally withhold up to 31% of taxable interest, dividend, and certain other payments to a payee who does not furnish a taxpayer identification number to a payer. Certain penalties may also apply.

Penalties

(1)
Penalty for Failure to Furnish Taxpayer Identification Number.— If you fail to furnish your taxpayer identification number to a payer, you are subject to a penalty of $50 for each such failure unless your failure is due to reasonable cause and not to willful neglect.

(2)
Failure to Report Certain Dividend and Interest Payments.— If you fail to include any portion of an includible payment for interest, dividends, or patronage dividends in gross income, such failure will be treated as being due to negligence and will be subject to a penalty of 5% on any portion of an under-payment attributable to that failure unless there is clear and convincing evidence to the contrary.

(3)
Civil Penalty for False Information With Respect to Withholding.— If you make a false statement with no reasonable basis which results in no imposition of backup withholding, you are subject to a penalty of $500.

(4)
Criminal Penalty for Falsifying Information.— Falsifying certifications or affirmations may subject you to criminal penalties including fines and/or imprisonment. FOR ADDITIONAL INFORMATION CONTACT YOUR TAX CONSULTANT OR THE INTERNAL REVENUE SERVICE.